http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/top.gif

Spring 2015 Issue 49

 

Special Focus |  Policy and Legislation |  e-Government |  e-Commerce |  e-Society |  e-Security |  ICT Development

 


Contact Us: unpan-ap@sass.org.cn

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/Special-Focus.gif

 

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif GLOBE: Towards a More Inclusive Society Through the Use of ICT

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif Cyber Sovereignty Must Rule Global Internet

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif New Tools to Implement Egovernment

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif LATIN AMERICA: Lessons About Government Performance

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif AUSTRALIA: Building Single Log-In for Central, State and Local Government Services

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif CHINA: E-Commerce to Play Key Role in Poverty Relief

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif INDIA: Internet Governance Model to Balance Public & Private Interests

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif JAPAN: Nation to Promote Big Data Experts

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif SOUTH KOREA: Revealing New ICT Vision

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif NEW ZEALAND: Tops OECD Fibre Broadband Subscription Growth

 

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/Policy_.gif

 

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/01.gif

 

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif EUROPE: Belgium Expensive for Big Mobile Data Plans – Study

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif Estonia Plans 5G Mobile Network Pilots in 2016

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif NORTH AMERICA: Canada’s Cloud Computing Strategy Calls for No Cross-border Data Storage

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif U.S.: 7 Essential IT Infrastructure Strategies That Customers Need Now

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif Copyright Law as a Tool for State Censorship of the Internet

 

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/02.gif

 

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif CHINA: To Roll Out Draft of First E-Commerce Law

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif JAPAN: Nation to Promote Big Data Experts

 

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/03.gif

 

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif INDONESIA: Govt to Form Creative Economy Body

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif Country Aims to Put All Services Online by 2019

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif THAILAND: Digital Economy Bills 'Must Address Public Concerns'

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif ICT Ministry Wants to Resolve Network Issues Before 4G Auction

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif VIETNAM: Civil Code Draft Open for Feedback

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif Incentive Policies Necessary to Develop Support Industry

 

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/04.gif

 

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif INDIA: Guidelines for E-Auction of Coal

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif US, India to Formulate Smart City Action Plans in 3 Months

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif SRI LANKA: Policy of Going Forward Not What You See

 

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/05.gif

 

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif AZERBAIJAN: To Reduce Tariffs for Mobile Communications

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif Azerbaijan Introduces Electronic Leasing

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif Workers of ICT Sphere to Fulfill Tasks Set by Azerbaijani President

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif Gov't Planning to Attract New Sources for Internet Development

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif KAZAKHSTAN: National Fund to Finance 4G Network Expansion Project

 

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/06.gif

 

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif AUSTRALIA: Not So Fast on Data Retention, Says Committee

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif ACS Urges QLD Govt to Put ‘Digital First’

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif Draft Copyright Code Published

 

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/e-Government.gif

 

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/01.gif

 

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif AFRICA: Botswana Puts Egovernment Architecture Deal Out to Tender

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif Libya: Virtual News Agency in the Planning

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif Togo Trains Staff to Manage E-Government Network

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif EUROPE: MEPs Debate Internet Governance

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif Bulgaria: Visegrad Four to Share E-Government Best Practices

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif Spain Launches ID Card with Contactless E-Government Apps

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif LATIN AMERICA: Lessons About Government Performance

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif NORTH AMERICA: U.S. - White House Names New Federal CIO

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif New Tools to Implement Egovernment

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif Our Opinion: Protect Internet from Government's Control

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif Multistakeholderism Unmasked: How the NetMundial Initiative Shifts Battlegrounds in Internet Governance

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif For the Internet Governance Leaders of Tomorrow: Learning in a Multi Stakeholder Environment

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif Towards Democratic Internet Governance

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif Internet Voting Doesn't Inspire the Apathetic: E-Democracy

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif International Cyber Governance: Engagement Without Agreement?

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif Ensuring Trust in Internet Governance

 

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/02.gif

 

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif CHINA: Urging Better Internet Governance

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif China Standardizes Official Govt Websites

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif China Launches Website for Complaints About Party Officials

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif China Launches Website on Military Weaponry Procurement

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif A Safer Internet Needs Better Governance

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif JAPAN: Online Voucher Websites Restore Trust, Gain Popularity

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif SOUTH KOREA: More Gov't Data, Info to Be Released to Public

 

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/03.gif

 

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif MYANMAR: Over US$16 Million Spent on E-Government

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif MALAYSIA: Connectivity Raises Quality of Governance

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif SINGAPORE: New Mobile App OneService Enables One-Stop Municipal Feedback

 

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/04.gif

 

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif INDIA: FM - Role of IT Sector Is Crucial in Order to Promote E-Governance for Empowering Citizens; to Promote the Inclusive and Sustainable Growth of the Electronics, IT and ITeS Industries and Enhancing India’s Role in Internet Governance

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif India's Internet Governance Model to Balance Public & Private Interests

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif E-GovWatch: Single Smartcard Soon for Workers' Social Security Benefits

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif E-Governance an Essential Part of Digital India: Indian PM

 

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/05.gif

 

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif AZERBAIJAN: Largest Bank Connects to E-gov’t Portal

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif Azerbaijan Starts to Apply E-Mortgage Portal

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif BAHRAIN: Among Top 25 Egovernment Leaders Worldwide

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif UZBEKISTAN: To Establish Ministry of Development of IT and Communications

 

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/06.gif

 

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif AUSTRALIA: NICTA Advises Government to Do More on Identity Assurance

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif Australia Latest to Create Specialist E-Government Unit

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif ‘Digital Transformation’ Office to Be Setup

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif Australian Government Unveils Cloud Services Panel

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif Australia Building Single Log-In for Central, State and Local Government Services

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif NEW ZEALAND: How govt.nz Listens to Citizens’ Problems

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif How the NZ Govt Can Do More with Data

 

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/e-Commerce.gif

 

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/01.gif

 

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif EUROPE: German State to Use Budget Surplus for Faster Internet

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif Dutch Govt Looks into Influence of Internet Companies

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif Online Digital Goods Could Be Subject to GST Under OECD Global Plan

 

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/02.gif

 

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif CHINA: A Business Model for the Internet Age

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif JD.com Copes with Intel for Real Sense Shopping Online

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif Amazon Begins Chinese-language International Shopping Services in China

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif Trust rating for Cloud Firms on Cards

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif Global Christmas Buyers Embrace Chinese Online Retailers

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif E-Commerce to Play Key Role in Poverty Relief

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif China's NetEase Attacks Alibaba with New Cross-border Shopping Website

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif China's E-Commerce Trade Reaches US$2.1 Trln in 2014

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif China E-Commerce Targeting Rural, Foreign Markets

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif Chinese Internet Company Sets Domain Name Record with USD17 Million Purchase

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif E-Commerce Stands Test as Couriers Go Home for Holiday

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif JAPAN: Electronics Makers Focus on Low-Cost Smartphones

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif High-Speed Visible Light Communication Tech Developed for Smartphones

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif Japan’s Biggest Online Retailers Now Have More Smartphone Traffic Than Desktop Site Users

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif Govt Fund to Market ICT, Broadcasting Overseas

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif FSA to Allow Bank-IT Firm Alliances

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif SOUTH KOREA: LG Electronics Keeps 3rd Place in Global Smartphone Market

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif Mobile Shopping on the Rise

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif Gov't to Promote Smart Factories, Software Companies

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif S. Korea to Allow More Corporate Investment in Online Banks

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif S. Korea Ranked 12th in IoT Penetration

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif S. Korea Seeks to Boost Exports Through E-Trade

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif Goods Bought from Foreign E-Commerce Shops Surge in Last 5 Years: Report

 

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/03.gif

 

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif SINGAPORE: IDA Launches Challenge to Discover Private Sector Datasets

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif THAILAND: Three Factors Key to Success of 'Digital Economy', Forum Told

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif Ministry to Pressure E-Commerce Businesses to Register Legally

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif True's 4G Service Expected to Be a Major Growth Driver

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif 'Sound Telecom Frequency Allocation' Key to Digital Era

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif Ministry Joins Hands with Microsoft

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif Wireless Data Charged on an 'Actual-Use Basis'

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif VIETNAM: Electronics and Appliance Sales Surge to $1.3 Billion

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif Firms Offering E-Wallet Services to Get Licences

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif Retailers Yet to Take to Online Shopping in VN

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif Delivery Firms Urged to Tap E-Commerce Potential

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif Study Finds Gaps in E-Commerce Growth

 

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/04.gif

 

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif INDIA: Balance of Trade Not in Favour

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif From e-Com to Movie Making, Amazon Takes a Leap Forward

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif FDI Liberalisation Sought in E-Commerce in India

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif SRI LANKA: Creative Marketing for TechTurnaround

 

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/05.gif

 

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif AZERBAIJAN: Nar Mobile Supports Another Online Media Project

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif Online Shopping Increases in Azerbaijan

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif E-commerce Market in Azerbaijan Increases by 1.5 Times

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif UZBEKISTAN: New Mobile Network Operator Kicks Off Operations

 

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/06.gif

 

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif APAC Online Games Revenue to Hit $30B in 2018

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif AUSTRALIA: Infosec Budgets Are Probably Wrong - Deloitte

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif Data Retention Cost ‘Up to’ $400 Million a Year

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif NEW ZEALAND: Government Claims NZ$239 Million in Savings from Common ICT

 

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/e-Society.gif

 

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/01.gif

 

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif AFRICA: Nigeria - UNESCO Offers ICT Training to 60,000 Women

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif EUROPE: German Pupils Criticise IT Conditions at School - Survey

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif Estonia: 26 Countries Show Interest in E-State Solutions

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif French Demand for Software Developers Outstrips Supply

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif Benchmarking Public Demand: Russia’s Appetite for Internet Control

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif UK Govt to Invest GBP 3.6 Mln in Teacher IT Training

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif NORTH AMERICA: U.S. - Closing the Gender Gap in Federal IT

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif New York City Launches City-Specific ID Card

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif Internet Can Be Used to Undermine Freedom, Too

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif Net Control Decision a Crucial One

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif ADB Urges Greater ICT Use to Deliver Affordable Universal Healthcare

 

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/02.gif

 

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif CHINA: Launching Its First National Traffic Management Website

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif E-Banking to Increase Accessibility for Disabled

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif China's 2014 Online Audio-Visual Market Revenue Tops 6 Bln USD

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif China's Small Schools Go Digital

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif Authorities Cleaning Up China's Internet

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif Year-Long Internet Cleanup Deletes 1 Bln Posts

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif JAPAN: E-Books, Digital Music on Overseas Sites to Be Taxable

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif SOUTH KOREA: High-Tech Classroom Opens in Paraguay

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif Park Asks Officials to Handle Disasters with Science, Technology

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif Gov’t to Open 7 E-Book Zones Across the Country

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif MS Korea Launches Cloud-Based Predictive Analytics Service

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif Race Heats Up in Bid to Build National Emergency Network

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif SKT Boasts Emergency Network Tech

 

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/03.gif

 

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif INDONESIA: Jakarta to Monitor Flood Reports on Twitter

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif PHILIPPINES: More Accurate Maps to Save Rehabilitation Costs, Says Environment Secretary

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif The Philippines Asked to Lead the Way in Online Services

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif SINGAPORE: Elderly, Youths and SMEs Prioritised in Smart Nation

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif New Mobile Community Health Centre Will Benefit Patients with Diabetes, Chronic Illness

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif THAILAND: Digital Economy Requires Everyone to Adapt

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif Internet Usage Cuts Time Spent on Books

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif VIETNAM: Internet Day Celebrates Growth of Online Activity

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif ADB Urges Use of ICT in Healthcare

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif E-Library to Be Built at Police Academy in Vietnam

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif Mobile Networks Ensure Tet Service

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif Ministry Revokes Licence of Online Newspaper

 

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/04.gif

 

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif BANGLADESH: Viber, Tango, 3 Others Services Resume

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif 4G Within This Government's Tenure: Joy

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif INDIA: E-toll Collection to Enable Fuel Savings Worth 86,000 Crore

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif India Launches E-Visa Facility for 43 Nations

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif E-Education Through Broadband Facility

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif Gadkari Launches E-Books on His Ministry's Achievements

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif Technical Observations About Recent Internet Censorship in India

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif Digital Era Spelling Doom for Hindi Pulp-Fiction

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif Idukki: Indian District with Total Rural Broadband Network

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif Mobile Internet Users in India to Have 213 Million Users by June: Report

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif India to Have Largest Facebook User Base on Phones by 2017: Report

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif India, a World Leader in Space Technology: Jitendra Singh

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif Smart Cities to Promote Harmonious Living: Indian Minister

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif Smart Cities Are More for the Poor, Says Indian Minister

 

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/05.gif

 

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif AZERBAIJAN: Wi-Fi-Zones to Cover Baku

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif Demand for E-Signature Increases in Azerbaijan

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif Transparency Azerbaijan Welcomes Use of Mobile Digital Signature Asan Imza

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif Azerbaijan Sees Decline in Tourism Flow by E-visas

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif Number of Issued E-Signatures Increases in Azerbaijan

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif Bakcell Supports “Digital Village” Project

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif ICT Ministry, SOFAZ Postpone Financing of Fiber to Home project

 

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/06.gif

 

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif Mobile Tech Predictions for 2015

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif 2014's Top Three Depressing Network Stories

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif Satellites a New Tool in Pacific Fight Against Disease

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif AUSTRALIA: National Library Hits 15 Million Digitised Newspaper Pages

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif Internet Connection Speeds Up Despite Hitting Quarterly Speed Hump

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif NICTA Experimenting with Health Records App

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif Aussie Study Aims to Capture True Value of Public Wi-Fi

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif Parents ‘Want Kids Taught Digital Skills’

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif NEW ZEALAND: Tauranga Happy to Get Connected

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif New Zealand Homes Increasingly On-Line: Census Data

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif $450K NZ Govt Spend Targets Ed-Tech Expansion

 

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/e-Security.gif

 

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/01.gif

 

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif AFRICA: Uganda - Cyber Security and Internet Freedoms - Finding the Balance

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif EUROPE: French IT Agency to Pilot Cloud Security Label

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif NORTH AMERICA: Canada - Internet of Things in 2015 - Security Threats Continue to Grow

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif Ottawa to Spend $100M to Battle Cyber Attacks

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif U.S.: The Cyber Threat in 2015 - 10 Twists on Hackers’ Old Tricks

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif Federal Cybersecurity Spending Is Big Bucks. Why Doesn't It Stop Hackers?

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif Obama Turns Focus to Internet Security, Privacy

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif New Year, New Threats - Electronic Health Record Cyberattacks

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif Cybersecurity Expert Says Government Hasn't Done Enough to Protect Data

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif White House Big Data Report Stresses Importance of Protecting Data

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif Tightening the Net: Governments Expand Online Controls

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif Cyber Sovereignty Must Rule Global Internet

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif Protecting the Internet from Government Control

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif Added Protections for Consumer Information on Health Website

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif ENISA Draws the Cyber Threat Landscape 2014: 15 Top Cyber Threats, Cyber Threat Agents, Cyber-Attack Methods and Threat Trends for Emerging Technology Areas

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif Internet Censorship: The Worst Offenders

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif Most Dating Apps for Mobile Phones Vulnerable to Hackers, Says IBM Security

 

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/02.gif

 

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif CHINA: Enhancing Security Checks for Govt Websites

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif Cost of Cybercrime Surging

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif 93% of Chinese Govt Websites Have Security Loopholes

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif Lawmakers Press for Fair, Efficient Social Security Network

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif Online Info Security Boosted by Alliance

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif Rule to Protect Cyber Security 'On the Way This Year'

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif JAPAN: Sony Hack Adds to Security Pressure on Companies

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif Tech Identifies Users Vulnerable to Cyberattack Based on Ways They Use Their Computers

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif New Insurance System for Cyber-Attacks Planned

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif Computer Hacking Case Demonstrates Need for Better Cyber-Investigations

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif SOUTH KOREA: Hacker Posts More Reactor Info on Internet

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif Park Calls for Increased Cyber Security for Infrastructure

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif S. Korean Military to Set Up Cyber Operations Team

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif Korea to Enhance Hi-Tech War Systems

 

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/03.gif

 

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif INDONESIA: Country Plans to Set Up National Cyber Security Agency

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif PHILIPPINES: Eyes for Centralized Crime Reporting System

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif THAILAND: No Violation of Privacy

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif VIETNAM: Computer Virus Costs Users 400 Mln USD in 2014 - Survey

 

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/04.gif

 

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif BANGLADESH: Govt Blocks Viber, Tango on Security Grounds

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif BHUTAN: Internet Usage for Terrorist Activities - A Concern

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif INDIA: Government to Launch Security Web Portal

 

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/05.gif

 

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif Israel Offers Azerbaijan Solutions in Cyber Security

 

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/06.gif

 

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif Research: 59% Expect IT Security to Be More Secure in 2015

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif AUSTRALIA: Revision of Cyber Security Strategy in the Works with 37% Increase in Attacks

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif Two Countries Lead Asia Pacific in Cyber Security Capabilities

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif Two Countries Top the Region in Cyber Security Capabilities

 

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/ICT_.gif

 

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/01.gif

 

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif EUROPE: Irish Government Wants 60% Increase in ICT Graduates

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif Dutch FTTH Network Penetration Rises to 31% in 2014

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif LATIN AMERICA: Brazil - GVT Clocks Fastest Broadband – Study

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif NORTH AMERICA: U.S. - The State of the Union's IT Issues

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif ITU Releases Annual Global ICT Data and ICT Development Index Country Rankings

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif IDC Reveals Top 10 Tech Predictions for 2015

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif More Than 35 Organizations from 19 Countries Launch Global Net Neutrality Coalition

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif Towards a More Inclusive Society Through the Use of ICT

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif Web Report: Online Surveillance and Censorship Are Getting Worse

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif 2015 a Pivotal Year for Internet Freedom

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif The Global Information Technology Report 2014

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif Web Freedom Is Seen to Be Growing as a Global Issue in 2015

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif Internet Freedom Saw Drastic Decrease in 2014

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif Schools in the Cloud: How Digital Media Is Changing the Future of Learning

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif Riding the Digital Wave – The Impact of Cyber Capacity Building on Human Development

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif The Mobile Web Isn’t Dead, IAB Says

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif Open Data and Privacy Not 'Headbanging' Concepts

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif Report Highlights Opportunities to Build Tomorrow’s Electricity Sector

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif ITA and Industrial Innovation Centre to Boost ICT Industry

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif Ministers Firm on ICT Use to Narrow Gap in Development

 

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/02.gif

 

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif CHINA: ICT Market to Grow Steadily

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif China Mobile Eyes 250 Mln 4G Customers Next Year

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif China Mobile Aims at 250 Million 4G Users in 2015

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif Big Data Tops China's Top 10 Management Practices

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif 3D Printing Ready to Revolutionize Manufacturing

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif China Mobile's 4G Users Top 100 Mln

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif SOUTH KOREA: Ranking No. 2 in ICT Development

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif The Shifting of Korea’s Mobile Social Media

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif Korea Reveals New ICT Vision

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif S. Korea, China to Launch Joint Research on '5G' Network

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif 2015 to See Dawn of Internet of Things

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif KT Manages the World’s Largest Underwater Telecommunications Network

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif Smartphone Industry Eyes Technological Leap

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif ICT Evolving for Consumers in 2015

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif S. Korea's ICT Exports Grow in 2014 on Strong Semiconductor

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif Park Vows to Boost IT-Based Cultural Content Industry

 

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/03.gif

 

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif INDONESIA: Great Leap Forward for Network Connectivity, but There’s a Catch

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif SINGAPORE: Why the URA Is Using 3D Maps for Future Planning

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif VIETNAM: Technological Innovation Vital to Increasing Competitiveness

 

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/04.gif

 

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif BANGLADESH: World Class IT Training for 30,000 Launched

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif Digital World-2015 Begins in Bangladesh Monday

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif India and US to Further Strengthen Their Ties in the Field of Electronic Manufacturing and Information Technology

 

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/05.gif

 

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif AZERBAIJAN: Improving Positions on ICT Development Index – ITU

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif Azerbaijan, Iran to Support Entrepreneurs of ICT Sector

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif Azerbaijan, Qatar Agree to Cooperate in ICT

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif ICT Sector Revenues in Azerbaijan Increase by over 7.3%

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif Nar Mobile Continues “New Smartphone for New Year” Campaign

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif Volume of ICT Services in Azerbaijan Grows 15.1%

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif CEIBC Discusses ICT Prospects

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif Azerbaijan, Israel Discuss Development of ICT Cooperation

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif UZBEKISTAN: Seeking to Cut Cost of Industrial Production

 

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/06.gif

 

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif AUSTRALIA: To Finally Get Sky High Internet via NBN Satellites in 2015, 2016?

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif Coming Soon - Better 4G for the Bush

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif NEW ZEALAND: On Edge of Phone Revolution

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif Faster Connectivity on the Way for FSM

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/dot.gif New Zealand Tops OECD Fibre Broadband Subscription Growth

 

 

 

 

TOP

 

 

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/Special-Focus.gif

 

 

GLOBE: Towards a More Inclusive Society Through the Use of ICT

 

H.E. The President of Malta Marie Louise Coleiro Preca together with Parlamentry Secretary Hon Dr Jose Herrera and Hon Kristy Debono, presided the Annual General Meeting of the Foundation for Information Technology Accessibility (FITA). “It is important that whoever is providing ICT services, appreciate and implement effective ICT accessibility mechanisms in order to have a more inclusive society through the use of technology.” stressed H.E. President of Malta while thanking FITA, the private sector, government departments and persons with disability for their dedication and tangible actions. This year’s FITA AGM was preceded by a mini Expo to which local organisations and suppliers of accessible ICT products were invited. During the activity a live demonstration of ICT accessibility products was showcased, where visitors were able to try the products and evaluate how they could benefit from them. Some of these products are also part of the FITA ICT pool and can be borrowed all year round from FITA. The mini Expo also included a number of presentations about ongoing projects and accessibility aspects which drew a lot of interest. Ms Elizabeth Olivieri, Chairperson of FITA addressed those present and thanked the esteemed guests, for their continued support. She also thanked Mr. Tony Sultana, MITA’s Executive Chairman for the support that MITA regularly gives to FITA.

 

Ms. Olivieri described how FITA has a reltively wide portfolio of services and initiatives geared at addressing both disabled persons and also educators and employers who seek to enhance the accessibility of their services. She also urged disability NGOs and service providers to make use of these tools and opportunities provided by FITA. As per Government’s vision in this sector, FITA can collaborate with private and public sector entities to ensure that more persons with disabilities can be integrated into various jobs and initiatives. This will be done by improving the ICT knowledge and skills of persons with disability through FITA’s various programmes and also by suggesting applicable ICT platforms for entities to operate more inclusively. Mr Stanley M Debono, FITA CEO delivered an overview of FITA’s activities, including the use of the MSE over the years and the benefits for entities like local banks and their clients from using FITA’s ICT Accessibility Certification services. Mr Tony Borg and Mr Joseph Cauchi, both FITA service users, delivered short presentations outlining how they benefited from FITA ICT Training and FITA’s ICT Accessibility Consultancy respectively. Opposition Spokesperson for Competitiveness and Economic Growth, Hon Kristy Debono, explained how important it is that more individuals get to know about FITA’s work and how this is benefitting large amounts of disabled persons through increased accessibility.

 

Hon. Herrera, Parliamentary Secretary for Competitiveness and Economic Growth, commented how the training and ICT solutions must be used for persons with disability to generate exposure to work opportunities. This will not only lead to financial independence, but as FITA experienced directly through its own ICT courses, an increased level of self confidence. “These people that are working wholeheartedly to gain qualifications and maximise their potential” he said. Persons with disability have increased access to education and rightly so, now have higher expectations. It is therefore important that they are given equal opportunities for work, so they will continue to become more productive and contribute more actively in society.

From http://www.di-ve.com/ 12/07/2014

TOP↑

 

 

Cyber Sovereignty Must Rule Global Internet

 

China-U.S. relations in the field of the Internet is now an important component of the new model of major power relationship. To a great extent, the Internet will decide the future of both countries. As it is now, the relationship is generally positive and making progress in a steady manner in spite of hurdles. The relationship displays two features: First, deep fusion and high stakes. China and the U.S. have never been so closely interconnected as they have become in cyberspace. China is the biggest overseas market for U.S. Internet companies. Almost all leading U.S. Internet companies have made great profits in China. For instance, half of the profit of Qualcomm is realized in China; half of the new users of Apple products come from China. Nearly a thousand U.S. investment funds have designated China as their priority, reaching to every corner of the Chinese Internet market, accounting for more than half of their total overseas investment in this field. The success or failure of some U.S. companies is closely related to the Chinese market.

 

The U.S. is the main overseas IPO destination for Chinese Internet companies, almost 50 of which are listed in the U.S. with a total market value of nearly U.S. $500 billion. U.S. shareholders have benefited from the development of the Internet market in China. Not long ago, the IPO of Alibaba in the U.S., the largest IPO ever in the world, raised over U.S. $25 billion. Experts believe that the investments made by U.S. shareholders in Alibaba demonstrates they have great confidence in the Chinese Internet, the Chinese market and the future of China. Second, disagreements and frictions still exist. It is because of the deeper integration, more extensive exchanges and closer contacts between the Internet industries of China and U.S. that our differences are easily put under magnifying glasses and spotlights -- not to mention we also have the impact of cultural differences. Disagreements on certain issues thus understandably rise. For example, with regard to the cyberspace governance, the U.S. advocates "multi-stakeholders" while China believes in "multilateral." ["Multi-stakeholder" refers to all Internet participants on an equal footing making the rules and is considered more "people-centered" while "multilateral" refers to the state making the rules based on the idea of the sovereignty of the nation-state representing its citizens.]

 

These two alternatives are not intrinsically contradictory. Without "multilateral," there would be no "multi-stakeholders." Exaggerating our disagreements due to difference in concepts is neither helpful to the China-U.S. Internet relations nor beneficial to global governance and the development of the Internet. Our deep integration is because of confidence, but our disagreements are due to lack of trust. Confidence without trust is the unavoidable issue of the current China-U.S. Internet relations. Looking back at the 20 years' history of exchanges and development between the Internet industries of China and U.S., despite the disagreements that still exist, we can make the following judgments: our consensus is greater than our disagreements and our cooperation is more important than disputes. President Xi Jinping has pointed out that those who share the same idea and follow the same path can be partners, and those who seek common ground while reserving differences can also be partners. We can have disagreements but we must not stop communication.

 

We can have arguments but we must not discard trust. We should not be confused or blinded by chaotic situations. Instead, we should look carefully at the issues with a historic perspective. We should see that cooperation between China and the U.S. benefits our two countries as well as other countries, while confrontation can only hurt both sides and even the world at large. It is the essence of the development of the Internet that the Internet should bring peace and security to humans, should deny access to criminals and terrorists, should help younger generations to grow in health and should also serve the interests of developing countries since they need the Internet more than others. We should realize that the Internet has turned the world into a global village. Big convergence, great development and deep fusion are the trends of this era, and co-sharing and co-governance are the choices of the history.

 

In this spirit, I therefore put forward five propositions:

1. First, mutual appreciation instead of mutual negating.

The Internet was invented in the U.S. and then spread across the world, which is a great U.S. contribution to human development. China is the world's largest Internet market with over four million websites, 600 million Internet users and four of the world's top 10 Internet companies. Trade via e-commerce is expected to reach 200 million U.S. dollars in China this year and will keep growing at 30 percent a year. Chinese Internet companies Baidu, Alibaba and Jindong all reported more than 50 percent increase in their 2014 third quarter revenue, which is really rare growth in the Internet industry. These achievements are a demonstration of the openness and good governance of China's Internet industry. They are also testimony to the success of China's reform and opening up, of the development path chosen by the Chinese people, and the leadership of the Chinese communist party. We should not only cheer for our common ground, but also learn from each other's merits and experiences, rather than negating each other.

 

2. Second, mutual respect instead of confrontation and accusation.

All countries, big or small, should be equal. We should respect each other's cyber sovereignty, Internet governance, major concerns and cultural differences. We should strengthen communication, increase understanding and broaden consensus. The success of the Internet in China over the past 20 years shows that successful foreign companies in China respect China' s market environment and abide by China's law and regulations. U.S. companies operating in China show that those who respect the Chinese law can seize the opportunity of China' s Internet innovation and create immense value, while those who chose opposition will be isolated by themselves and finally abandoned by the Chinese market.

 

3. Third, mutual governance instead of self-interest.

President Xi has called for a multilateral, democratic and transparent international Internet governance system that upholds peace, security, openness and cooperation of cyberspace. That is the common consensus of international cyberspace governance. "No country can achieve absolute security without the overall security of international cyberspace." The gauge of a great country is not its power, but its responsibility. Peace between major countries may not result in a peaceful cyberspace, but distrust will definitely bring chaos. A responsible major country should never restrain others for its own development, or infringe on other countries' security to protect its own security. No country can achieve absolute security without the overall security of international cyberspace. As long as we take a long-term view and prepare for a new era of shared governance, we can translate the diversity of development into the driving force of world Internet development.

 

4. Fourth, mutual trust instead of mutual suspicion.

As the nation with the most Internet users in the world, China knows all too well the value of a peaceful cyberspace. As the main victim of hacking, China understands too well the importance of security. Our government has always opposed all forms of Internet attack. On the issue of cybersecurity, China and the U.S. should increase communication, deepen mutual trust, fight cybercrime, terrorism, hacking and invasions of privacy together, and jointly protect intellectual property rights, making the Internet as the treasure trove of Alibaba rather than a Pandora' s box. With wisdom and courage, cybersecurity will not become a source of conflict in Sino-U.S. relations, but a new bright spot of cooperation.

 

5. Fifth, win-win instead of zero-sum.

The development of China's Internet over the past 20 years resulted in mutual benefit, a win-win situation and integration with the United States. Between China and the U.S. Internet industry, there are differences in terms of market volume, operational mechanisms, technology and training. These differences should not be obstacles. It is precisely through these differences that we can complement each other and create all kinds of possibilities for cooperation and mutual benefits. When the largest developed country and largest developing country cooperate; when modern Western civilization interacts with long-standing Chinese culture; when the most advanced information technology is applied in the largest Internet market -- the scope for cooperation between China and the U.S. will definitely be wider than the Pacific Ocean.

From http://www.huffingtonpost.com/ 12/20/2014

TOP↑

 

 

New Tools to Implement Egovernment

 

The eGovernment is linked to the consolidation of democratic governance and seeks ways to facilitate and enhance the participation of citizens in public debate and policy formulation in public policies through participatory consultations of citizens, so, the Inter-American Development Bank (IDB) launched GobAPP.com, which intends to be a think tank to promote the use of digital tools that bring citizens and governments and facilitate a more inclusive and transparent governance. When XVII Ibero-American Summit of Chiefs of State and Government, gathered in Santiago de Chile on November 10, 2007, it resolved to aprove the Ibero-American Electronic Government Charter adopted by the IX Ibero-American Conference of Ministers of Public Administration and State Reform, and this was the beginning, with firm and determined step, of a path that will soon have, with the help of the IDB, a technological element that will enhance it even more.

 

For the Ibero-American Charter, eGovernment and eAdministration are synonymous and refer to the use of ICT in administration bodies to improve information and services offered to citizens, guide the effectiveness and efficiency of public administration and increase substantively the public sector transparency and citizen participation. The adoption of egovernment in public administration from the Ibero-American States tries to contribute to the development of Society and would never be a simple response to technological opportunities that come from the market. The eGovernment is symbiotically linked to the consolidation of democratic governance and seeks ways to facilitate and enhance the participation of citizens in public debate and policy formulation in general or sectoral public policies, among other means, through participatory consultations of citizens, so, in this line, the Inter-American Development Bank (IDB) launched GobAPP.com, which intends to be a think tank to promote the use of digital tools that bring citizens and governments and facilitate a more inclusive and transparent governance.

 

GobAPP.com will bring together various initiatives, as yoGobierno.org, SomosAfro.org andGob247.org, and will be a place to test new ideas of governance through social and digital media in order to transfer them to other institutions once entrenched. This think tank has the support of different governments in the region: Uruguay, Colombia, Brazil, Argentina, Costa Rica, Mexico, Panama, Paraguay, Ecuador, Chile and Dominican Republic. The Organization of American States (OAS) is also helping. The principles on which the eGovernment is based, Equality, Legality, Conservation, Transparency and accessibility, Proportionality, Accountability and technological adequacy, will be relaunched with hackatones and online voting for proposing and selecting priority projects, social networks, and use of mobile services for citizens to communicate their needs to the rulers. Because Latin America is one of the most active regions in the use of social networks worldwide, which together with different technological solutions, applications, mobile services and other ICT platforms, constitute a package of valuable tools that promote new forms to think about development, modernization of the State and to improve the quality of citizen services, the tools are not designed to go unnoticed.

From http://www.lexology.com/ 01/08/2015

TOP↑

 

 

LATIN AMERICA: Lessons About Government Performance

 

Harvard’s Bob Behn has written about the spread of the “PerformanceStat” movement across the U.S during the past two decades. Now the creation of “Delivery Units,” which is another name for this phenomenon, has spread across the world -– even to Latin America. Behn’s recent book on PerformanceStat says this data-driven management approach is more of a leadership strategy than a process or a program to deliver better performance and results. However, a new study by the Inter-American Development Bank shows that having the right processes and structures matter as well. The study examines the increased attention in Latin American and Caribbean countries on defining and delivering results. They found that using tools and techniques, such as Delivery Units that report to the heads of government, are an effective way to strengthen the coordination and implementation of cross-agency initiatives.

 

The authors of the IDB study highlight the importance of “an integrated, whole-of-government approach (i.e., one that emphasizes a common strategy for the entire government, rather than letting each department implement its own agenda)." They recommend a range of routines, processes and technologies that help make this approach work for public executives. The study’s recommendations reach beyond Latin America, though, in popularity. As Behn notes in his book, a centralized implementation function, which he calls PerformanceStat, was pioneered in American cities and states, as well as by Britain’s prime minister, Tony Blair, who called it the Prime Minister’s Delivery Unit. In fact, Delivery Units have been subsequently created in Thailand, Malaysia and India. The IDB study notes that several developing countries in Eastern Europe and Africa have banded together to create a Global Network of Delivery Leaders.

 

The authors examine different configurations of how to best achieve integrated policy implementation at the “center of government” in Latin American countries. They describe the use of competitive, collegial and hierarchical managerial styles, noting that different chief executives have tailored their management styles “according to their own personalities, political realities, available information, or other contextual factors." The authors also observe that the structures developed for effective centers of government “are less relevant than the capacity to perform the functions. [However,] to embed this capacity, certain processes, mechanisms, and technologies have to be institutionalized so that new administrations do not have to create them afresh." In reaching these conclusions, they researched the use of Delivery Units and other central government approaches in the U.S., British and Australian governments. In each of these countries the focus was on a handful of critical priorities, a central office was empowered by the chief executive to add value to the delivery of services (largely by integrating efforts across agencies), and there was a greater reliance on data and evaluation in the decision-making process. Two Latin American governments stood out as noteworthy pioneers in using these approaches: the national government of Chile and the state of Pernambuco in Brazil.

 

Chile's Priority Pillars

Chile’s “center of government” operations have evolved over the past two decades, but when a new government took office in 2010, the new president, Sebastián Pi?era, established a President’s Delivery Unit (somewhat patterned after the Prime Minister’s Delivery Unit in the United Kingdom, 2001-2010). The new government identified seven programmatic priorities, or “pillars” (e.g., citizen security, employment, health and education). This new unit created an evaluation and results monitoring system that reported to the president. For these broad priorities, the President’s Delivery Unit was involved in drafting protocols to coordinate interagency committees, assisted the sectors in defining what results were to be achieved in each priority area, and how those results would be channeled into the formal decision-making process. It was also involved in drafting the president’s May 21st Speech (akin to our State of the Union) and the budget. As a result, when it came to maintaining the government’s strategic focus, the discipline that the PDU imposed on each ministry or agency proved important. “The PDU’s contribution had less influence on creating the substance and content of the actions to be unrolled, but focused instead on securing the coherence and integration of these actions,” the IDB study says. For example, the “citizen security” pillar created in 2010 included a commitment to reduce household crime by 15 percent by 2014. By marshaling resources across agencies, it exceeded this goal.

 

Pernambuco's Performance Pacts

When governor Eduardo Campos took office in 2007, he had 66 agency heads reporting directly to him. He quickly decided he needed a better center-of-government structure and he committed to using a data-driven management approach. Pernambuco is the seventh most populous state in Brazil, with a population of 9 million. It is located in the northeast of the country, which is the poorest of Brazil’s regions. Campos separated key public management responsibilities -– such as planning, budgeting, and monitoring and improving performance -– from the more routine tasks of a public administration secretariat, such as human resources and procurement. He integrated planning, budgeting, management, and monitoring of delivery of results into a single unit so these functions could better integrate their efforts. Within this structure, he established a routine similar to those of a Delivery Unit, chairing weekly progress meetings organized around one of the 12 strategic objectives set in his strategic plan.

 

He also established a secretariat of planning and management that created multiyear strategy maps. For example, the study says, "the 2012-15 map includes 12 objectives and 750 priority goals (of which 382 were still being monitored as of late 2013)." The plan was developed with citizen input, not unlike what Oregon did years ago. Campos led 12 regional seminars. During the 2011 planning cycle, about 13,500 people participated. The priority goals and strategic objectives in the strategy map were cross-walked to budget accounts. A project management office was created to monitor about 100 priority goals, such as key infrastructure projects, and an online dashboard was created for each priority goal (somewhat like Performance.gov in the U.S., but only for internal government use). Performance pacts were created in three policy areas (somewhat like the U.S. government’s cross-agency priority goals). "Management for Results Centers, formed by eight to 10 [of the secretariat’s] analysts, have been established in each of the secretariats (defense and public security, education, and health),” the IDB study says.

 

“These analysts collect information, monitor the planned activities, prepare the monitoring meetings, and oversee the delivery of the agreements made at the meetings." The authors say, "Engaging employees from all levels of the civil service, from managers to a range of front-line staff, has begun to change the organizational culture of Pernambuco’s public administration." It also increased its focus on achieving tangible results. For example, one of the pacts, called the "Pact for Life" – the state's violent crime reduction goal – resulted in a 30 percent reduction in homicides between 2007 and 2012. Homicides rose in the rest of the country.

 

A New Leadership Strategy?

In most governments that have employed PerformanceStat or Delivery Units, their success seems to be based on the level of commitment of the leader. Behn says its value is rooted in its role as a leadership strategy, not a process or function. The IDB report, however, offers several ideas to help institutionalize several processes that may incentivize – or at least make it easier – for future leaders to want to adopt them as their own leadership strategy. These include:

- Creating or empowering a secretariat or program management office focused on achieving results.

- Creating routines and using analytic tools to inform decision-making.

- Documenting the processes used.

- Establishing stronger links with the delivery system, including local governments.

- Investing more attention in learning from what works and what doesn’t (rather than relying on them as primarily an accountability tool).

- Increasing citizen engagement in the process (so they demand better value from their political leaders).

 

In the U.S. federal government, top-level, periodic reviews of progress on priorities, which are key elements of most Delivery Units, is embedded in a new law. A number of agencies find the requirements a useful underpinning for their leadership strategy. But there is no guarantee these requirements will serve as a leadership strategy in the next administration. It will be interesting to see if the IDB suggestions for institutionalization help bridge the transitions in government in the U.S. as well as Latin America.

From http://www.govexec.com/ 01/23/2015

TOP↑

 

 

 

AUSTRALIA: Building Single Log-In for Central, State and Local Government Services

 

Australia's Digital Transformation Office (DTO) will build a single log-in for government services that will operate across federal, state and local governments. The move is important because it bridges the divide between central and local government digital services by creating a common system for citizens anywhere in Australia. The current federal myGov system, run by the Department of Human Services, will now be managed by the DTO and made available to local government. Speaking in Parliament, Communications Minister Malcolm Turnbull - who is responsible for the DTO - said that “to bring on board a state government service agency costs only $50,000 [US$39,000] in onboarding costs. We are going to make this available to all local and state government for no charge from the Commonwealth. This is going to revolutionise the way state services are delivered, it's going to make government more efficient”. According to a post on Communications Minister Malcolm Turnbull's website, the DTO will also work with state and local governments on a “digital mailbox and a digital identity platform.”

 

Like others in the region, including Singapore and New Zealand, Australia has established a central digital team with a remit to work across all central government digital services. “The DTO has been established so that agencies can adopt a coordinated, whole-of-government approach to service delivery, moving beyond the current model of agencies operating in silos,” according to Turnbull. The services built by the DTO will be “reusable and interconnected”, he pledged. DTO's announcements mark a significant step forward for the concept of 'government as a platform', an idea coined by Tim O'Reilly and being popularised in the UK. This concept sees all government agencies using the same basic systems based on a framework set by central government. Britain's Government Digital Service - which inspired the launch of the DTO - is looking to expand its mandate to cover local government services. Both the government and opposition parties in the UK have committed to make this happen after the next general election in May.

From http://www.futuregov.asia 02/16/2015

TOP↑

 

 

CHINA: E-Commerce to Play Key Role in Poverty Relief

 

China will push forward the use of e-commerce platforms to more than 60,000 impoverished villages in the next five years to aid its relief effort, a senior official said on Wednesday at a conference in Beijing on national poverty alleviation.Liu Yongfu, head of the State Council Leading Group Office of Poverty Alleviation and Development, said the country will encourage residents in poor rural areas to open stores on major e-commerce platforms to distribute their agricultural produce.The authority will select 1,500 poverty-stricken villages in 2015 for a e-commerce pilot project, Liu said.The e-commerce program is part of the authority's effort to help those with the most pressing needs and to make the most efficient use of poverty reduction funds."We should further increase the intensity of our relief effort, but we should also make sure the relief effort will go to those who need it most," he said at the conference.The authority will roll out favorable measures to the poor villages to develop e-commerce networks and platforms that will enable villages and households to sell their products directly to the market. Training sessions for farmers in the use of the platforms will also be organized, he said.The authority will sign more agreements with e-commerce platforms to encourage more of them to join the poverty relief effort in the rural areas.

 

Several leading e-commerce companies in China have already announced plans to boost their infrastructure and facilities in rural areas to further explore the untapped market.E-commerce giant Alibaba announced plans in October to invest 10 billion yuan ($1.6 billion) within three to five years to build thousands of facilities in rural China that include 1,000 "county operational centers" and 100,000 "village service stations". The move will extend the company's network to one-third of China's counties and one-sixth of its rural areas.JD.com has initiated its first pilot program for rural e-commerce in Renshou, Sichuan province. The company has posted its ads on more than 8,000 walls in more than 100 townships across the country since the fourth quarter of last year.China has already identified 128,000 impoverished villages and 88.6 million people living in poverty thanks to a national database project that started this year.Liu told the conference that the country will meet its target of lifting more than 10 million people out of poverty this year.In 2015, the country will also push forward the use of solar panels in rural areas to generate electricity, and the planting of paper mulberry as a cash crop in impoverished areas as part of the new programs.

From http://www.news.cn/ 12/25/2014

TOP↑

 

 

INDIA: Internet Governance Model to Balance Public & Private Interests

 

NEW DELHI: India's Internet governance model will be consistent with the role private firms play in widening Internet's reach and the pre-eminent role of government in public welfare, Telecom Minister Ravi Shankar Prasad said today. In recent times, issues related to privacy, content regulation and barrier to access Internet or Internet based services have been in the spotlight. "Today I tried to understand the trend and cross trend of Internet governance and related issues across the world. India will decide on its Internet governance model which will be consistent with the role private players play in spread of Internet and pre-eminent role played by government in public welfare," Prasad told after a meeting on Internet governance with ministry officials. Internet governance applies to activities as diverse as coordination of technical standards, operation of critical infrastructure, development, regulation and legislation. "To come up with a broad framework, we will need to consult various stakeholders," Prasad said. Net-neutrality, which is access to Internet or Internet based services without any barrier or discrimination, has been in limelight following telecom major Airtel announcing a plan to charge separately for Internet based voice calls. The company later backtracked its plan following huge public outcry on social media. TRAI is expected to come out with a consultation paper to take a public view on regulating over-the-top telecom players like Skype, WhatsApp, Viber which facilitate their users to make calls or send messages using the Internet for free. OTT subscribers are only required to pay for Internet data consumed for using. Prasad in his meeting with US Under-Secretary of State Catherine Novelli earlier this week had said, "For India, net neutrality is very important."

From http://www.i-policy.org/ 01/18/2015

TOP↑

 

JAPAN: Nation to Promote Big Data Experts

 

The government, companies and universities are trying to meet the challenge of producing more “data scientists,” experts that skillfully utilize statistics and other techniques to analyze big data, large volumes of electronic data gathered by corporations, for use in creating managerial and sales strategies. Compared to other countries, Japan has been weak in the field of so-called big data. The Internal Affairs and Communications Ministry plans to launch a free online course on basic data science targeting corporate workers and others, beginning in the middle of March. Professors from the University of Tokyo and others will teach the course, which will focus on giving students a basic understanding of analysis, including how to view and understand data. A video nearly 10 minutes long will be shown four to seven times a week, and quizzes as well as final exams will be taken using laptops, smartphones or other devices.

The “office for considering the development of data scientists,” launched by 10 companies and organizations, including IT companies NTT Data Corp. and Nihon Unisys Ltd., established a system in June 2014 to clarify the skill and knowledge required for five different levels, such as “beginners” and “instructors.” This system is then applied to training programs provided in each company. In addition, the Japan DataScientist Society, created by 30 companies and groups including major advertising agency Dentsu Inc. and major online search company Yahoo Japan Corp., publicly announced a similar system in December 2014. However, these activities fail to follow a common path.

 

According to a survey conducted by the Japan Users Association of Information Systems, only slightly more than 8 percent of companies currently utilize big data in their systems (including those in the process of doing so). A major factor contributing to this is that Japanese students of universities and other educational institutions have few opportunities to learn statistics, especially those in the arts and humanities fields. According to a government report on information and communications, only about 3,400 graduates of Japanese universities had received training as of 2008, around one-seventh of the total in the United States. Universities have also begun reconsidering methods of instructing students. For example, Keio University’s faculties of Policy Management and Environment and Information Studies put into place from the 2014 academic year the “data science” program, in which students learn statistics and other relevant knowledge, as one of key curricula on a par with studies of “foreign languages” and “information technologies,” in which students learn programming and other skills. Prof. Fumitoshi Kato feels that “these skills are necessary to be successful in today’s society.” Makoto Shirota of the Nomura Research Institute points out that “Japan still has a large number of companies that rely on intuition or experience, rather than data. They need to quickly accelerate the pace of their employees’ development.”

 

In 2013, about 6,000 U.S. companies reportedly hired data scientists. More and more universities throughout the United States have also begun establishing master’s programs to train experts in the field. Even in Japan, which possesses relatively few data science experts, such a move has begun to accelerate, mainly among IT companies. Rakuten Inc., for instance, appointed Harvard graduate and theoretical physicist Takuya Kitagawa as an executive officer, and continues to actively hire such experts, many of them foreigners. Yahoo Japan has around 200 employees in its data analysis department. The company enjoys around 60 billion monthly page views. It capitalizes on this huge figure by using data processing to display ads targeted to each user’s specific interests and preferences. Big data utilization is absolutely essential in building strategies that are logical for each company. Akindo Sushiro Co., a popular Japanese conveyor belt sushi chain, decided to place IC tags on each sushi plate, recording over 1 billion pieces of data in one year. It then analyzed this data to create a system where computers calculate the amount and types of sushi to send out to the conveyor belt, enabling them to reduce uneaten food to about a quarter. SoftBank Corp. has used a smartphone app to gather around 2 billion pieces of data monthly on data transfer times, locations, and more, which they then utilize in the construction of base stations.

From http://the-japan-news.com 01/20/2015

TOP↑

 

 

SOUTH KOREA: Revealing New ICT Vision

 

The South Korean government has set forth a new vision for enabling the country to achieve sustainability through information technology amid the dawning of the Internet of Things era. In an event commemorating the country’s achievement of connecting the society through IT since 1984 in Pangyo, Gyeonggi Province, Friday, the Ministry of Science, ICT and Future Planning unveiled a road map for the future of Korea’s technology. The five strategic visions are: developing a digital market where everyone can think and come up with creative ideas, strengthening the country’s software capability, establishing and expanding the economic foundation for sustainability, advancing technology for increased connectivity, and fostering global ICT leaders. “We hope that these visions can be shared with everyone and become stepping stones for the country to leap forward toward a new hyperconnected age,” said ICT Minister Choi Yang-hee in his keynote speech at the event.

“We urge everyone in the public and private sectors to participate and achieve their dreams in the new digital nation,” the minister added. However, he said that the private sector rather than the government and its public enterprises should lead the way in creating the envisioned economy. The government said the road map for the new connected era should most of all aim to narrow the digital divide by improving the lives of the underprivileged through IT. Also, technology enabling hyperconnections of not only mobile devices but also wearables such as glasses should help the country create an environmentally friendly environment. The country set out its IT initiative to build a connected society in 1984 when it began developing a network infrastructure to back mobile communications. The ministry said that Asia’s fourth-largest economy should aim to develop a “humanized technology,” allowing everyone not just to collaborate, but cocreate and share value in order to sustain the economy. “Korea should move to develop a ‘horizontal industry’ (where players and participants treat each other equally) and achieve a paradigm shift,” the ministry said in a press statement. The country, overall, aims to develop a “creative society” through hyperconnections by 2025.

From http://www.koreaherald.com 12/05/2014

TOP↑

 

NEW ZEALAND: Tops OECD Fibre Broadband Subscription Growth

 

New Zealand has topped the Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD) in fibre broadband uptake, seeing a 272 percent increase in fibre broadband connection growth for the year ending June 2014, almost double the rate of increase of Luxembourg, which came second, with 139 percent. By comparison, Australia came in sixth, after Canada, Spain, and Chile, with an annual growth rate in fibre broadband connection of 77 percent, according to the OECD. The OECD, which has tallied up the broadband growth among its 34 member countries, revealed in its latest report that mobile broadband penetration has risen to 78 percent within its catchment area. This equates to just over three wireless subscriptions for every four inhabitants, according to data for June 2014 released on Friday. Mobile broadband subscriptions in the OECD were up 11.9 percent from the previous year to a total of 983 million, driven by the growing use of smartphones and tablets. Seven countries, including Australia, Finland, Japan, Sweden, Denmark, Korea, and the United States, now lie above the 100 percent penetration threshold for mobile broadband.

 

Meanwhile, fixed-line broadband subscriptions in the OECD area reached 344.6 million as of June 2014, up from 332 million in June 2013 and making an average penetration of 27.4 percent. DSL remains the prevalent technology, making up 51.5 percent of fixed broadband subscriptions, but it continues to be gradually replaced by fibre, which now accounts for 17 percent of subscriptions. Cable made up most of the rest, with 31.4 percent. New Zealand saw 31.2 per 100 people, or just under 1.4 million, with a fixed broadband subscription. Australia claimed 26.9 per 100 inhabitants, equating to just over 6.2 million people, with a broadband subscription. The OECD average was 27.4 per 100. Australia had one of the top rates of mobile broadband subscriptions, coming in third after Finland and Japan. Australia had over 26.6 million mobile wireless broadband subscriptions -- the country's population, according to the Australian Bureau of Statistics, is just under 23.8 million. New Zealand came in ninth, seeing 95.5 per 100 people with a mobile broadband subscription, or just over 4.2 million subscriptions out of a population of just under 4.5 million. Australia saw a 6.5 percent increase in fixed broadband penetration between June 2013 and June 2014, while New Zealand recorded a 5.4 percent increase in fixed broadband penetration for the same period. Luxembourg, Chile, and Switzerland claimed the top three positions in fixed-line broadband penetration increase. According to the OECD figures, as of June 2014, Australia had over 6.2 million fixed broadband subscribers, while New Zealand claimed 1.4 million. According to the figures, Australia holds the second position after Finland in wireless broadband penetration over the past 10 years.

From http://www.zdnet.com 02/20/2015

TOP↑

 

 

 

 

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/Policy_.gif

 

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/01.gif

 

 

EUROPE: Belgium Expensive for Big Mobile Data Plans – Study

 

Belgian telecom prices are in line with the average charged in neighbouring countries, according to a study by the regulator BIPT. This is the third edition of the study aimed at helping to orientate government policy in the sector. The study looked at almost 700 telecom plans advertised in August 2014 in the Netherlands, France, UK and Germany and compared the prices with Belgium based on the standard usage profiles recommended by the OECD. BIPT said it also consulted with local operators on Belgian usage habits. In the postpaid mobile market, Belgium ranked third for the cheapest average prices, after France and the UK, and in mobile prepaid, Belgium came second after the UK. For mobile internet it scored less well, with the highest prices of the five countries for plans with a lot of data. Few plans of more than 2GB are available in Belgium. For low to medium usage, Belgian mobile internet prices were the second lowest after the UK. In fixed telephony, the country had the cheapest prices for the two profiles with the highest usage and ranked second or third for the other three usage profiles compared. The comparison in the broadband market proved more complicated, as standalone broadband is not available in Belgium and only some of the other countries had the same type of dual-play plans. The comparison of triple-play offers showed Belgium remains relatively expensive, with its position improving only once the cost of a bundle of fixed calls is included in the comparison. Especially for plans with speeds of over 100 Mbps, Belgium services were costly compared to its neighbours.

From http://www.telecompaper.com/ 01/23/2015

 

TOP↑

 

 

Estonia Plans 5G Mobile Network Pilots in 2016

 

Estonia is to become one of the first countries to test a potential 5G network, the as yet undefined fifth generation of mobile network technology. Mobile operator EMT, owned by the Swedish TeliaSonera group, is planning to pilot the technology in the second half of 2016. "New mobile internet technologies have come out every ten years on average, and this will probably happen with 5G too," said EMT's technology director Tiit Tammiste. "5G enables more devices to interact with each other. We are already seeing the birth of the Internet of Things based on 4G networks, but at some point they won't be enough and 5G is going to be introduced." Other areas interested in pioneering 5G include the Isle of Man and South Korea, while London Mayor Boris Johnson has said that he hopes the nation's capital will roll out the next generation data network by 2020.

 

What exactly 5G will actually consist of is still up for debate, though some industry experts believe it will be around 100 times faster than current 4G LTE technologies. Other significant technological advances that 5G promises include the possibility of something referred to as the Tactile Internet - an innovation that could transmit augmented and virtual reality data across mobile networks in real time. "In principle, all of our human senses can interact with machines, and technology's potential in this respect is growing," a 2014 report by Technology Watch stated. "The Tactile Internet will enable haptic interaction with visual feedback, with technical systems supporting not just audiovisual interaction, but also that involving robotic systems to be controlled with an imperceptible time-lag." EMT's plans for a 5G network would theoretically allow download speeds of up to 100Gbps, though tests have so far recorded speeds of around 4.4Gbps.

From http://www.ibtimes.co.uk/ 02/07/2015

TOP↑

 

 

NORTH AMERICA: Canada’s Cloud Computing Strategy Calls for No Cross-border Data Storage

 

Keeping data inside Canada’s borders is a key consideration in the federal government’s cloud computing strategy. Public Works and Government Services Canada’s Request for Information seeking industry feedback on how the government can use and deliver cloud computing services to Canadians, outlined some of the requirements that potential providers would likely face. The deadline for submission to the RFI expired on January 30 and it is unlikely that the public will have access to the submission since the RFI includes a non-disclosure agreement. However, the RFI itself sheds some light into the government’s data encryption and cloud storage concerns.

 

Public works wanted to find out from industry if the following strategies for “reducing Canada’s risk associated with contracting cloud services” were viable as well as what challenges could be present and what alternative solutions should be considered:

- Require that all domestic data traffic be routed exclusively through Canada;

- Require that all databases in which data is stored be running on servers located in Canada;

- Ensure that there are no connections from the Canadian database(s)/servers to any supplier database located outside Canada, with no way (short of hacking) of accessing the Canadian database(s) from a location outside of Canada;

- Encrypt the data (in transit and at rest) and ensure that encryption keys are held only by Canada;

- Require physical segregation of Canada’s data as part of the design of the solution

 

The government also wants any contract with a provider to clearly state that “Canada owns and controls all data.” The government also wants it to be considered a breach of contract if the contractor accessed data “except as necessary to perform the contract” or to print, copy or provide access to the data to any third-party. The Treasury Board of Canada has been developing a government-wide policy on the use of cloud computing services since 2014, according to privacy advocate Michael Geist, a law professor at the University of Ottawa and holder of the Canada Research Chair of Internet and E-commerce law. He said the government hopes to complete its consultation and come up with cloud computing usage policy by this summer. The requirements of the government are not unique to Canada, according to a recent article in Infoworld.com.

 

“Some European countries also won’t allow certain types of data to leave the country,” said writer David Linthicum. However, he said, if Canada were to go with a large multinational providers it is likely that data will be replicated across borders and in some cases “you’ll have no clue” that this is happening. If the concern is that data cross the border might not be safe from the prying eye of United States authorities, the idea of data sovereignty is “a bit of an illusion,” according to David Fraser, a Canadian privacy lawyer and partner with the Halifax firm McInnes Cooper. He said most countries have legal tools that allow their law enforcement agencies to make legal claims to data held in their countries or outside their borders. The real issue for Ottawa when considering outsourcing that includes storing data in the U.S. should be assessing the risk that data can be lost or unlawfully accessed and taking steps to lower the risk, Fraser said.

From http://www.itworldcanada.com/ 02/05/2015

TOP↑

 

U.S.: 7 Essential IT Infrastructure Strategies That Customers Need Now

 

As we begin 2015, what do your customers really need from you? What is your government technology infrastructure plan of action for the coming year? Here are seven must-have strategies for enterprises to enable long-lasting innovation. More than fifty years ago, U.S. government leaders recognized a huge infrastructure need for our nation to succeed both economically and militarily. In order for goods and services to quickly move around our country, something big needed to be done to our transportation networks. After the best and brightest came together to construct a new national strategy, President Dwight D. Eisenhower signed the Federal Highways Act of 1956 to implement a massive road-building project. President Eisenhower vision turned into a reality that now offers over 47,700 miles of roadway in our nationwide interstate network.

 

Today, our opportunities to improve are just as great in our new 21st century information society; however, our current needs are different. Technology upgrades are essential to enable the online services that require an upgraded electronic transport infrastructure that is both safe and fast. In order to take full advantage of the explosive growth in data as well as new service opportunities, there is a desperate need for infrastructure action at federal, state and local levels of government. The trouble is, progress is not as easy as just buying new technology. No doubt, new innovative software, hardware, networks, tools, databases, monitoring equipment and more are available for purchase to help the public and private sectors. But legacy systems often slow down progress dramatically. Industry experts have long recognized that the right mix of people, process and technology is needed to integrate new solutions. What’s also required is a sense of urgency by government leadership on these infrastructure projects across the nation.

 

Background on This Essential 7 List

So what infrastructure upgrades should be on everyone’s 2015 roadmap? As background, plenty of infrastructure priorities were offered in 2014 from the National Governor’s Association (NGA) to National Association of State CIOs (NASCIO) to the National Association of Counties (NACo). NASCIO’s top ten CIO priority list is a great place to start – along with the award-winning NASCIO projects. (Top tip:  Take the time to read through the innovative NASCIO award winners and finalists from the past three years to help with relevant project details.)

 

There are also excellent lists from Gartner, Forrester and Deloitte that offer great direction as well as resources, aids and potential building blocks for conceptual frameworks in coordinating or integrating solutions or projects. But before we go to the list, here’s a warning. These labels aren’t new and the technology concepts are not difficult. In fact, the broad categories described can become a hindrance to action, in my view. The reason?  Management may be tempted to think they’ve “been there, done that and got the T-shirt” regarding infrastructure topics, rather than see the need for evolutionary improvements.

 

All of these technology areas are in vastly different places in 2015 than they were even a few years back. In fact, it is not uncommon to be on version 2.0 or 3.0 regarding many of these topics. Just as many users of the original iPhone have annually upgraded to a new device with numerous additional features, most of these infrastructure strategies require a fresh look and a strategy refresh approximately every two years. In each of these seven essential technology areas, I have listed one or two award-winning government examples that can be used to kick-start your efforts. There are also numerous vendor case studies from around the country that can offer helpful solutions, and I’ve listed a few of those examples.

 

1)  Cloud strategy – Whether using a public cloud, private cloud or a hybrid mix, every government needs a workable cloud strategy that can transform service delivery. As the Federal government’s cloud.cio.gov points out, “There are many types of cloud computing services and each provides unique benefits.  As you consider moving to the cloud, learn how agencies are already benefiting from cloud computing and how your agency can use cloud services to reap similar benefits….” Cisco, Google and Microsoft Cloud for government programs are all worth considering. Also, take a look at the FedRAMP program for help with cloud providers.

 

2)  Mobile-first strategy – More and more governments have declared “mobile-first” strategies. Two leading approaches come from Utah and Michigan. You may also include your approach to BYOD in this category. Delaware has also been a leader in mobility and BYOD. Utah’s mobile program is truly the top in the nation, in my view. Why? “Our mobile strategy is reaching new population groups that haven’t interacted with government before. That’s why total visits to the state’s websites have grown substantially in the last couple of years,” said Dave Fletcher, the state’s chief technology officer. The state’s website received 1.63 million unique visitors in June -- 26 percent of which came from mobile devices.

 

3)  (Big) Data analytics strategy – More and more governments are using big data analytics strategies to reduce fraud, build enterprise-wide data warehouses and much more.  The Tech America Foundation published this report on Big Data. According to this Pew Trust article, “Indiana began a big crackdown on identity crooks this year and the results are startling: The state has saved Hoosier taxpayers $85 million so far by not paying out bogus tax refunds.” Bottom line, data analytics, or big data projects are a must for governments moving forward, and can bring big benefits.

 

4)  Network / Datacenter architecture redesign strategy – After the aggressive virtualization of servers and networks in datacenters in governments over the past few years, many networks now requires redesigns. Cisco and VMWare offer case studies and tutorials to help. Here’s some helpful metrics from the VMWare:

-  Virtualization provides government organizations with an evolutionary path to cloud computing that preserves existing IT investments, security and control….

-   Reduce data center and capital costs by as much as 60 percent.

-   Cut the operating expenses around your end-user computing environment by up to 50 percent.

-   Reduce time spent on routine administrative tasks by about a third.

-   Reduce power, cooling and real estate needs to cut energy costs by up to 80 percent.

 

5)  Identity & Access Management (IAM) strategy – For more than a decade, enterprises having been seeking the “holy grail” of single sign-on for end user customers. Sorry, but it’s not happening. In fact, the number of passwords and access methodologies is increasing in many organizations as social media and disparate system use grows dramatically. Still, federated identity management can dramatically improve service delivery and help governments offer better customer service. From a security and provisioning perspective IAM is a must-do to reduce password and provisioning challenges. Deloitte has delivered several excellent solutions using IBM technology, and there are numerous other solutions that work well.  NASCIO offers a good description of the benefits here.

 

6)  Broadband / wireless connectivity strategy – Faster Internet speeds. More WiFi. Better reliability. These technology challenges continue to evolve as things speed up, so governments are in the never-ending cycle of trying to keep up. Therefore, governments need a strategy to constantly assess and adjust online speeds and service for internal government customers and citizens. The State of Vermont’s Strategic IT Plan includes many components, including upgrades to statewide connectivity. From laying fiber to working with Google on high-speed options, what’s your plan?

 

7)  Disaster recovery (DR) / business continuity planning (BCP) / incident management strategies - And what if something goes wrong? Are you ready? From breaches to fires, floods, tornadoes and hurricanes, strategic plans and specific projects for critical infrastructure protection are now a must. These topics are often also be split into different groupings in most states, but make sure these strategies align. The DR & BCP topics are not new. NASCIO published this IT Disaster Recovery and Business Continuity Toolkit in 2007, but most of the items in the checklist still apply. Still, more must be done to prepare for the inevitable. FEMA has highlighted the Michigan Cyber Disruption Response Strategy as a best-practice in governments working with the private sector on cyberattacks. The State of Maryland also published this action plan on disaster recovery after Hurricane Sandy, which was approved by HUD in 2013.

 

Why Infrastructure Urgency?

I suspect that readers have seen the items on this list before. Nevertheless, is your government making progress on turning your strategies into projects with deliverables that matter? Are funding and resources being applied to these priorities? Are Request for Proposals (RFPs) being issued? Is staff being held accountable to deliver? Are you measuring progress? Government technology leaders have an opportunity to leverage the work of other public and private organizations to leap-frog the pack and make meaningful progress. And yet, a lack of action will certainly hamper innovation efforts as new applications come on line that rely on state-of-the-art infrastructure. Sadly, many government staff now have more up-to-date technology at home than at work.

From http://www.govtech.com/ 01/04/2015

TOP↑

 

Copyright Law as a Tool for State Censorship of the Internet

 

When state officials seek to censor online speech, they're going to use the quickest and easiest method available. For many, copyright takedown notices do the trick. After years of lobbying and increasing pressure from content industries on policymakers and tech companies, sending copyright notices to take media offline is easier than ever. The copyright law that state actors most often invoke is the Digital Millennium Copyright Act (DMCA). The DMCA was the first major digital copyright law passed in the United States, creating strict procedural rules for how and when a copyright holder can claim that uploaded content infringes on their copyright. US-based tech companies that receive these infringement notices must comply with these rules to receive their safe harbor—the protection they have from being liable for hosting unlawful user content.

 

The DMCA has become a global tool for censorship, precisely because it was designed to facilitate the removal of online media. The law carries provisions on intermediary liability, among many other strict copyright enforcement rules, which induce websites, Internet service providers, and other such "intermediaries" to remove content that is alleged to be a copyright infringement. If the DMCA is US law, how can governments around the world use it to censor speech? The DMCA has become the default template for tech companies to respond to copyright infringement notices. Since many major tech companies have offices in the US, they must comply with US law. But even if they don't operate in this jurisdiction, most major companies have implemented a DMCA-style takedown procedure anyway because it has become a de facto legal norm.

 

It's a norm that is reinforced and exported abroad by dozens of trade agreements that carry provisions that mirror, and further entrench, restrictive interpretations of the DMCA. The South Korea-US free trade agreement (aka KORUS) and the Australia-US free trade agreement (aka AUSFTA) are just two examples. The language in those agreements were actually a lot like the DMCA. But the negotiators abstracted the language just enough so that US law could still be compliant with it, while the other countries could be pressured to enact even harsher domestic restrictions. Following their trade agreements with the US, South Korea enacted a three-strikes takedown regime, and Australia was pushedinto enacting policies requiring intermediaries to terminate the accounts of repeat infringers. The Trans-Pacific Partnership (TPP) and the Trans-Atlantic Trade and Investment Partnership (TTIP) are two multilateral trade agreements that may contain similarly expansive copyright terms. Now we're seeing a disturbing trend where governments and state-friendly agencies are abusing DMCA takedowns to silence political criticism. Here are the cases we know about where governments have misused US copyright law to censor the Internet.

 

DMCA and State Censorship Around the World: A Timeline of Case Studies

UNITED STATES: YouTube removed a 30-second Air Force recruitment ad after lawyers for the Air Force's Cyber Command sent a DMCA notice demanding it take it down. The notice was likely invalid, since US government works are in the public domain. (March 2008)

CANADA: The House of Commons sent takedown notices to Friends of Canadian Broadcasting for posting videos and podcasts of Parliamentary committee proceedings on their website. (May 2009)

CANADA: The Auditor General issued a takedown to both The Globe and Mail and Scribd, for posting one section of the Auditor General's report on immigration, claiming that crown copyright applies. (November 2009)

CANADA: Transport Canada issued a takedown notice to Scribd over an on-the-record response to a journalist. (February 2012)

CANADA: Department of National Defense demanded the removal of a widely discussed leaked copy of the Canadian Land Force Counter-Insurgency Operations Manual from the site PublicIntelligence.net. It is unknown if other websites that published the document received similar notices. (April 2012)

 

UNITED STATES: The Department of Homeland Security reportedly issued copyright takedowns to YouTube over some conspiracy theory videos, when federal agencies themselves cannot own copyrights—unless it has been assigned to them, which seems unlikely in this case. (August 2012)

ECUADOR: A law firm, Ares Rights, has been sending DMCA takedown notices to dozens of websites, companies and individuals over tweets, documentaries, and search results on behalf several Ecuadorian state officials. (2014 and ongoing)

SAUDI ARABIA: A satirical show on Youtube called "Fitnah" was censored when the primary, state-funded Saudi TV channel, Rotana, sent DCMA notices to take down several of their videos. Later, a Lebanese TV show did a report about the takedown, and then another DMCA notice was sent and it was also removed from Youtube. All of the videos were later restored. (September 2014)

BRAZIL: Videos critical of 2014 presidential candidate and former governor, Aécio Neves, have been targeted by copyright takedowns. Although the identity of the sender cannot be confirmed, there is much speculation that Neves himself is behind the takedowns. (October 2014)

 

There are likely many more notices that state actors have used to censor users. Rightsholders are sending more and more DMCA takedowns by the year, and a telling sign of this is that some companies have begun to quantify this abuse in their transparency reports. As companies are increasingly being forced to be complicit in this censorship, it's now more important as ever for them to be transparent about the notices they receive, and for them to take advantage of the flexibility they have under the DMCA to do what they can to protect users' speech. If you know of any cases of state-mandated Internet censorship carried out through the DMCA or other copyright laws' takedown procedures, please send them to maira@eff.org. We already track general DMCA takedowns with our Takedown Hall of Shame. Now we're looking for more cases where governments and their agencies have directly sought to censor the Internet via their own takedown requests.

From https://www.eff.org/ 12/07/2014

TOP↑

 

 

 

 

 

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/02.gif

 

 

CHINA: To Roll Out Draft of First E-Commerce Law

 

It's been reported that China is set to complete the drafting of the country's first e-commerce law in the second half of this year.Related organizations are said to be working on an outline for the new law, with the goal of completing that task by March.China's booming online shopping market is faced with challenges in online transaction security, intellectual property rights protection, and the protection of consumers' rights. The e-commerce law is going to play an important role in protecting consumers and creating a healthy market environment.

From http://www.news.cn/ 01/08/2015

TOP↑

JAPAN: Nation to Promote Big Data Experts

 

The government, companies and universities are trying to meet the challenge of producing more “data scientists,” experts that skillfully utilize statistics and other techniques to analyze big data, large volumes of electronic data gathered by corporations, for use in creating managerial and sales strategies. Compared to other countries, Japan has been weak in the field of so-called big data. The Internal Affairs and Communications Ministry plans to launch a free online course on basic data science targeting corporate workers and others, beginning in the middle of March. Professors from the University of Tokyo and others will teach the course, which will focus on giving students a basic understanding of analysis, including how to view and understand data. A video nearly 10 minutes long will be shown four to seven times a week, and quizzes as well as final exams will be taken using laptops, smartphones or other devices.

The “office for considering the development of data scientists,” launched by 10 companies and organizations, including IT companies NTT Data Corp. and Nihon Unisys Ltd., established a system in June 2014 to clarify the skill and knowledge required for five different levels, such as “beginners” and “instructors.” This system is then applied to training programs provided in each company. In addition, the Japan DataScientist Society, created by 30 companies and groups including major advertising agency Dentsu Inc. and major online search company Yahoo Japan Corp., publicly announced a similar system in December 2014. However, these activities fail to follow a common path.

 

According to a survey conducted by the Japan Users Association of Information Systems, only slightly more than 8 percent of companies currently utilize big data in their systems (including those in the process of doing so). A major factor contributing to this is that Japanese students of universities and other educational institutions have few opportunities to learn statistics, especially those in the arts and humanities fields. According to a government report on information and communications, only about 3,400 graduates of Japanese universities had received training as of 2008, around one-seventh of the total in the United States. Universities have also begun reconsidering methods of instructing students. For example, Keio University’s faculties of Policy Management and Environment and Information Studies put into place from the 2014 academic year the “data science” program, in which students learn statistics and other relevant knowledge, as one of key curricula on a par with studies of “foreign languages” and “information technologies,” in which students learn programming and other skills. Prof. Fumitoshi Kato feels that “these skills are necessary to be successful in today’s society.” Makoto Shirota of the Nomura Research Institute points out that “Japan still has a large number of companies that rely on intuition or experience, rather than data. They need to quickly accelerate the pace of their employees’ development.”

 

In 2013, about 6,000 U.S. companies reportedly hired data scientists. More and more universities throughout the United States have also begun establishing master’s programs to train experts in the field. Even in Japan, which possesses relatively few data science experts, such a move has begun to accelerate, mainly among IT companies. Rakuten Inc., for instance, appointed Harvard graduate and theoretical physicist Takuya Kitagawa as an executive officer, and continues to actively hire such experts, many of them foreigners. Yahoo Japan has around 200 employees in its data analysis department. The company enjoys around 60 billion monthly page views. It capitalizes on this huge figure by using data processing to display ads targeted to each user’s specific interests and preferences. Big data utilization is absolutely essential in building strategies that are logical for each company. Akindo Sushiro Co., a popular Japanese conveyor belt sushi chain, decided to place IC tags on each sushi plate, recording over 1 billion pieces of data in one year. It then analyzed this data to create a system where computers calculate the amount and types of sushi to send out to the conveyor belt, enabling them to reduce uneaten food to about a quarter. SoftBank Corp. has used a smartphone app to gather around 2 billion pieces of data monthly on data transfer times, locations, and more, which they then utilize in the construction of base stations.

From http://the-japan-news.com 01/20/2015

TOP↑

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/03.gif

 

 

 

 

INDONESIA: Govt to Form Creative Economy Body

 

REPUBLIKA.CO.ID, PALEMBANG -- President Joko Widodo has reiterated the government's plan to set up a creative economy board in support of the national creative industry, including film industry. "In the past one month, we are in the process of setting up a creative economy board. This body will directly be responsible to the President. This is a form of our seriousness (about developing the creative economy)," the President said at a function marking the conferment of Citra Awards at the 2014 Indonesian Film Festival (FFI) here on Saturday night. He said the government's support for the national film industry was part of efforts to achieve self-reliance in creativity and arts. "I call on the public to love Indonesian films. Our films are our face to show that we love Indonesia as a whole. May the peoples of Indonesia and other countries love our films," he said.

 

The government had taken a number of policies to unite assets to develop self-reliant creative economy, encourage creativity and promote awareness of intellectual property rights, he pointed out. The creative industry in Indonesia is classified into 14 groups of industry including architecture; design; fashion; film, video and photograph; craft; computer and software services; music; art and antiques markets; publishing and printing; advertising; interactive games; research and development; performing arts; television and radio. The government is determined to make the creative industry a major contributor to the country's gross domestic product (GDP) in the next five years. The creative industry now employs more than 11.79 million workers or about 10.65 percent of Indonesian workforce which reaches 110.80 million workers. Currently, the creative economy sector ranks seventh out of the 10 economic sectors and contributes to the tune of 6.9 percent of the GDP or Rp573.89 trillion, according to data from the Young Indonesian Entrepreneurs Association.

 

The government has set a target to develop the creative industry sector by 10 percent this year and make it the third-largest contributor to the GDP. Chairman of the Young Indonesian Entrepreneurs Association of Jakarta Chapter Rama Datau noted recently that the creative industry shares 10 percent of the total number of businesses in Indonesia as a result of its growth rate that reached one percent in the same period of time. In 2013, Indonesia had 5.4 million units of creative industry, absorbing 12 million employees and contributing Rp19 trillion or 5.72 percent of Indonesia's foreign exchange. In the first half of this year, the Indonesian creative sector exports had reached Rp63.1 trillion or increased 7.27 percent over the same period last year.

From http://en.republika.co.id/ 12/07/2014

TOP↑

 

Country Aims to Put All Services Online by 2019

 

Indonesia’s Ministry of Administrative and Bureaucratic Reform (PAN-RB) has launched a new programme to put nearly every single public service online by 2019. The programme is jointly developed with the Ministry of Information and Communication (Menkominfo) and is looking to be completed by the end of new Indonesian President Joko Widodo’s five year term. If the public wants to know information on development in east and west Java, they should be able to see it through a single window, Yuddy Chrisnandi, Minister of PAN-RB said. “If the public has to search for this information it will take a long time,” he added. He also stated that for the programme to work, e-government systems have to have reliable software and strong security.

From http://www.futuregov.asia/ 12/15/2014

TOP↑

 

THAILAND: Digital Economy Bills 'Must Address Public Concerns'

 

Drafters of the digital economy bills have admitted that the draft needs to be revised to better address public concerns before they become laws this year. The Electronics Transactions Development Agency (ETDA), a public organisation responsible for drafting the bills, hosted an open forum yesterday to hear public opinion on the points of concern over the proposed bills. The Agency's executive director and chief executive Surangkana Wayuparb said that as the bills were hastily drawn up so that the National Legislative Assembly could pass them before the next election, some points of concern raised by the public, especially regarding the Cyber Security Bill's Article 35 (3), lacked detail about the authority's power. "We're committed to the balanced use of [the authority's] power, checking [the authority's] power, and people's rights," said Surangkana. She insisted that the goal of the bills was to support development of the digital economy and not impose a set of security laws. "If it's done too quickly or in a hurry, we tend to forget some things. We forgot to have public communication. And we admit that we missed some points and missed the chance to communicate with the public, who have raised concerns over these bills," she said.

 

"We will revise them, especially the particular points of concern. We will open a forum to hear public opinion parallel with the consideration of the Council of State. We will communicate and hold public hearings until they become law." She said the bills were expected to become law this year. The first batch of laws would include the bill on the establishment of the National Digital Commission for the Economy and Society and the bill on ministerial restructuring, she revealed. The second batch would in-clude the Electronics Transaction Bill and related bills, while the last batch would be the National Broadcasting and Telecommunica-tions Commission Bill, the Digital Economy and Society Development Fund Bill, the Cyber Security Bill, the Computer Crime Bill, and the Personal Data Protection Bill. "These difficult bills cannot get passed by a normal government. We would like to get them finished during the term of this government. The first batch will be passed in the first round within the next three months," said Surangkana. Sarinee Achavanuntakul co-founder of the Thai Netizen Network, said that in principle nobody denied that Thailand should have the bills but the content needed to be looked at more closely because "the devil is in the detail". She said there were many points of concerns such as the Cyber Security Bill's Article 35, as it did not give a definition of cyber-threat.

 

'Revise the bills'

"It seems that the process to pass the 10 bills is not to be retard, it is just to have an open forum every Saturday. I think that is not enough. Instead, it should have the solid mechanism of having a public hearing on these bills," said Sarinee. She suggested that the drafters revise the bills by using as a guideline the Organisation for Economic Cooperation and Development's Privacy and Personal Data Protection document. "The digital economy is boundless, so the digital economy bills should be internationalised. The important point is the balance between cyber-security and computer crime and people's privacy and personal data protection, which will affect the development of the digital economy," said Sarinee. Pichet Kongsri, a member of the Digital Economy Working Group Committee chaired by Deputy Prime Minister MR Pridiyathorn Devakula, said the bills were not designed to be security laws; they were a set of bills to support the digital economy.

 

Pichet said that the word "security' contained in the bills did not relate to government security but security for society, the economy, the political sphere, and each member of the public personally. "We are finding solutions to balance security in these four dimensions," said Pichet. Kriengkrai Bhuvanij, a representative of the Thai Federation of ICT Technology Association, said that global technology firms were paying attention to how the government was handling the matter, especially the Cyber Security Bill, as it would affect them. Nawanan Theera-Ampornpunt, deputy executive director for Informatics, the Faculty of Medicine at Ramathibodi Hospital, Mahidol University, said the government's attitude was important - that it was not looking for control but ways to deal with cyber problems. Nawanan said the administration should find a point to balance between ensuring the public's privacy and facilitating business and public services, while also balancing personal and public-data protection.

From http://www.nationmultimedia.com 01/25/2015

TOP↑

 

ICT Ministry Wants to Resolve Network Issues Before 4G Auction

 

The INFORMATION and Communications Technology Ministry wants to completely settle the fight over network ownership by state and private telecoms before the 4G auction can take place. "We need to resolve the disputes, especially over ownership of telecommunications towers and infrastructure under the concessions, as these assets will be the keys for business expansion under the new licences," a government source said yesterday. The state enterprises or the private operators would gain the upper hand in expanding their business with 4G if they get to legally own the assets, the source said. MR Pridiyathorn Devakula, the deputy prime minister in charge of the economy, reaffirmed that the auction would take place in the first half of this year and that the government has given top priority to it. ICT Minister Pornchai Rujiprapa said the ministry strongly supported the auction. Recently Takorn Tantasith, secretary-general of the National Broadcasting and Telecommunications Commission, said the NBTC might have to delay the auction from August to December or even later as so far there has been no go-ahead sign from the National Council for Peace and Order to resume preparing the plan to auction the 1800MHz bands of TrueMove and Digital Phone. The bands can be used to provide 4G service. The NBTC had planned to hold the auction in the middle of last year, but on July 17 the junta ordered it to suspend the auction for one year, pending complete clarification of the auction plan.  The telecom operators are hopeful that the auction will happen as soon as possible to allow them to acquire more bandwidth to serve rising demand for wireless Internet service from their subscribers.

 

Legal battle

According to the build-operate-transfer terms of their concessions, the private operators have to transfer assets under their concessions to the state telecom enterprises after the concessions expire. CAT Telecom and Total Access Communication (DTAC) are engaged in a legal ownership battle over 10,419 telecom towers under the concession, while CAT and TrueMove are wrangling over 8,031 telecom towers. Advanced Info Service and TOT are clashing over who owns 13,198 telecom towers under the concession. The private telecom operators in recent months have also tried to seek ways to end these disputes with the state enterprises by suggesting partnerships. AIS proposed to join with TOT to manage the 13,198 telecom towers in the concession. However, TOT still has yet to make a decision. CAT's board recently approved DTAC's proposal to set up a joint venture with CAT to operate the telecom towers under dispute. Then CAT forwarded this matter for the consideration of the State Enterprise Policy Commission. ICT Minister Pornchai also said yesterday that certain digital economy bills, including the one creating the Digital for Economy and Society Ministry, are expected to be taken up by the National Legislative Assembly in April and go into force in June. The government has drafted 10 bills related to the promotion of the digital economy.

From http://www.nationmultimedia.com/ 02/26/2015

TOP↑

 

VIETNAM: Civil Code Draft Open for Feedback

 

The draft amendments to the Civil Code will be open for feedback from Vietnamese people from all walks of life, both inside and outside the country, from today until April 5, according to the National Assembly Standing Committee. Members of the public can submit their opinions via the Ministry of Justice website at http://www.moj.gov.vn as well as in documents or at related conferences and dialogues. The revision aims to recognise and better protect the rights of individuals and organisations in the civil realm, helping complete socialist-oriented market economy regulations and stabilise the legal framework for the country's socio-economic development. The current draft comprises 672 articles, shorter than the 2009 Civil Code, which contains 777 articles. Some are the same, while others were adjusted or added. A report collecting public opinion on the draft revision of the Civil Code will be submitted to the National Assembly at the ninth session of the 13th NA, scheduled to start in May.

From http://vietnamnews.vn 01/05/2015

TOP↑

 

Incentive Policies Necessary to Develop Support Industry

 

More support should be given to several key industries to help add value and increase the localisation ratio of exports, the Industry and Trade Department of HCM City has said in a new report. The department urged the city to develop incentive policies for support industries, especially for engineering, electronics and garments, and encourage local enterprises to use domestic technology, machinery and materials. To help businesses, the department said it had provided capital, business space, IT application and re-investment for new technology. In the near future, the city plans to give priority to increase exports that have special advantages, including high value-added and high-technology exports. It will also reduce exports of raw materials. Support industries will be set up in high-tech parks, new export markets will be approached, and high value-added agricultural products and food will be created. More worker training courses are also part of the city's plan. As for exports, the proportion of technology, processing and manufacturing industries comprise 68.26 per cent, more than the city's target of 62 per cent by 2020. On a national level, it is 58.5 per cent. The proportion of four key industries in HCM City to total industry increased from 54 per cent in 2006 to 59.4 per cent in 2014. Engineering rose from 15.4 per cent in 2006 to 19 per cent in 2014; electronics and information technology, from 3 per cent in 2006 to 4.1 per cent in 2014; chemical substances-plastics-rubber, from 16.8 per cent to 19.2 per cent; and food and food processing, from 14.8 to 17.2 per cent. For two labour-intensive industries, shoes and textiles and garments, most workshops have been moved to rural areas where industries can take advantage of the supply of labourers. Value-added processes like design, new models and luxury fashion have remained in HCM City with a proportion of 18 per cent.

From http://vietnamnews.vn/ 02/14/2015

TOP↑

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/04.gif

 

 

 

 

INDIA: Guidelines for E-Auction of Coal

 

The Government has formulated an Approach Paper for auctioning of coal mines which includes the proposed time schedule of the bidding process. The Approach Paper has been uploaded on the web-site of the Ministry seeking comments from members of the public and stakeholders concerned as a part of the process of public consultation. This was stated by Sh. Piyush Goyal, (Minister of state (IC) for Power, Coal & New and Renewable Energy in a written reply to a question in the Rajya Sabha today.

From http://pib.nic.in/12/22/2014

 

TOP↑

 

US, India to Formulate Smart City Action Plans in 3 Months

 

The United States of America will assist in development of smart cities in three Indian states of UP, Rajasthan and Andhra Pradesh. New Delhi: India and the United States of America today agreed on taking quick measures for development of Visakhapatnam, Allahabad and Ajmer as smart cities. Issues relating to development of these cities as smart cities were discussed in detail at a meeting between the Minister of Urban Development Shri M.Venkaiah Naidu and the visiting US Secretary of Commerce Ms.Penny Pritzker. The discussions lasted about 45 minutes. The US delegation agreed to the suggestion of Shri Venkaiah Naidu for setting up Task Force for each of the three cities for formulating concrete action plans in the next three months. Each Team will consist of three representatives each from central and respective state governments and the US Trade and Development Agency (USTDA). Each city Task Force will discuss city specific features, project requirements and appropriate revenue models for enabling flow of investments etc., before suggesting action plans for developing them as smart cities.

 

Penny Pritzker said ‘this meeting was in pursuance of the directive of President Barack Obama to work on the economic dimension of strategic and commercial dialogue between Prime Minister Modi and President Obama and the decisions taken’. USTDA and the respective three state governments signed Memoranda of Understanding on January 25, for developing Visakhapatnam, Allahabad and Ajmer as smart cities. Referring to the Modi-Obama Joint Statement of September last year and signing of MoUs on smart city cooperation, Shri Naidu said ‘it is now time for both the sides to walk the talk by acting quick and concretising the agreements reached. The Joint Statement and the MoUs have raised high hopes about smart cities becoming a reality. President Obama’s current visit to India has even furthered these expectations and action is the need of the hour’. In her response, Penny Pritzker said she was in agreement with Naidu’s views and needful would be done. Referring to her meetings with Chief Minister of Andhra Pradesh N Chandrababu Naidu and of Rajasthan Vasundhara Raje Scindia, Pritzker noted that she found them to be ‘go getters’ and was confident of making a success of smart city cooperation between the US and India. She also said that US companies would be told that ‘what is being talked about India is real and they should seize the opportunities’.

 

Venkaiah Naidu assured the US delegation that he would personally ensure that things move fast with regard to development of smart cities. Naidu informed the US delegation that the Ministry of Urban Development will be represented by Durga Shankar Mishra, Additional Secretary and Dr.Sameer Sharma and Shri Praveen Prakash, both Joint Secretaries on the Task Force for each of the three cities. Soon after the meeting, Naidu spoke to Chief Ministers of Andhra Pradesh and Rajasthan and will soon appraise Chief Minister of UP about the decisions taken. Chief Minister of AP informed that his government will be represented by the state’s Urban Development Minister Dr.P.Narayana besides Secretary(UD) and Municipal Commissioner of Visakhapatnam.

From http://southasia.oneworld.net/ 01/28/2015

TOP↑

 

SRI LANKA: Policy of Going Forward Not What You See

 

Sri Lanka’s Deputy Policy Planning and Economic Affairs Minister Dr. Harsha de Silva, said that the new government would get the private sector and industry involved for a better economic policy in going forward. The new government’s interim budget 2015 has been dubbed as a “Robin Hood budget” in various fora as its fulfilment of election promises and heavily imposed tax on private sector and industries “This has been done in just 20 days,” Dr. de Silva said at the LBR/LBO CEO Forum answering a question from the audience about tax on hybrid vehicles. “This is not necessarily means our policy Going Forward," “Our policy Going Forward will be formulated via discussion with industry and looking at evidence from the past," “You must consider many of these are one-time adjustments that will not be repeated in the future. That is the way you need to look at it.” he said.

From http://www.lankabusinessonline.com/ 02/05/2015

 

TOP↑

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/05.gif

 

 

 

 

AZERBAIJAN: To Reduce Tariffs for Mobile Communications

 

Tariffs for mobile communication will be reduced in Azerbaijan, 1news.az reports. As stated by Minister of Communications and High Technologies Ali Abbasov, the transition to a single rate of inter-operator tariff will be conducted in the near future.  "Mobile operators are agree to these measures," Abbasov said.  The Minister noted that the transition to a single inter-operator tariff will balance the competition in the mobile market of the country.  "In addition, it will create conditions for reducing mobile communication tariffs for the population," the head of department said.  At the present time Azerbaijan has three mobile operator - Azercell Telecom, Bakcell and Azerfon (Nar Mobile brand).

From http://news.az/ 12/02/2014

TOP↑

 

Azerbaijan Introduces Electronic Leasing

 

Azerbaijan’s state-run leasing company Agroleasing will render its services via the e-government portal at www.e-gov.az.  This was possible thanks to the changes made to the Cabinet of Ministers decision, dated Nov. 24, to approve the “Rules of e-services on specific fields provided by central executive bodies” and “List of types of e-services”, published Dec. 8 by the official press.  From now on it will be possible to submit applications and documents online to get agricultural equipment in lease.  Agroleasing, created Oct. 23, 2004, is on the balance sheet of the Azerbaijani Agriculture Ministry. Its activities are aimed at improving the agricultural sector and support the entrepreneurship in Azerbaijan through the purchase and distribution in lease of agricultural machinery to local landowners.

From http://en.trend.az/ 12/08/2014

TOP↑

 

Workers of ICT Sphere to Fulfill Tasks Set by Azerbaijani President

 

All workers of the sphere of Information and Communication Technologies (ICT) will make every effort to fulfill the tasks set by Azerbaijani President Ilham Aliyev, the country’s Minister of Communications and Information Technologies Ali Abbasov said on Dec.24.  He made the remarks during the conference entitled ‘10 years of development: 2004-2014’.  Abbasov said Azerbaijan’s projects for the development of the information infrastructure throughout Eurasia were supported with three decisions of the UN General Assembly and the country was approved as the coordinator of Eurasian communications alliance.  Although Azerbaijan is a small country, it can render qualitative services in the ICT sphere not only within the country, but also in the region and increase the export potential, said the minister.  He said the World Economic Forum praised Azerbaijan’s development model throughout the past 10 years, as well as its development models for the future.  The minister added that this development was achieved as a result of the efforts of Azerbaijani President Ilham Aliyev.  If the development potential in the ICT sphere in Azerbaijan was 30-35 percent in 2004-2008, this figure increased to 60-65 percent after 2008, said the minister.  “This shows at least a threefold increase of potential in the ICT sphere every three years, which is 2-2.5 times more than the world average figure,” Abbasov added.  Installation of telephones in all settlements of the country (for the first time among CIS countries), the expansion of the mobile communications infrastructure in recent years and etc. are the bright examples of this development, according to the minister.  Azerbaijan became the ninth country in Europe and 37th in the world to use 4G technology,” said the minister. “The country is among 20 countries in the world with 100-percent coverage of 3G technology.”  “In terms of the internet penetration rate - 73 percent - Azerbaijan is a leader among the CIS countries and has been maintaining this position throughout several years,” Abbasov added.

From http://en.trend.az/ 12/24/2014

TOP↑

 

Gov't Planning to Attract New Sources for Internet Development

 

Azerbaijan’s Communications and High Technologies Ministry is planning to attract new financial sources for the development of broadband Internet project in the country, said Elmir Velizade, Deputy Minister of communications and high technology. "Earlier the State Oil Fund was considered as a sole source of funding for the project and now the Ministry is aimed at attracting other resources," he said. Velizade said the main point is to attract loans from various structures to implement the projects. "This project is important for our country and due to its economic feasibility problems, attracting new financial resources from other sources is not expected easily. The project will be successfully implemented," Velizade assured. Currently the final cost of the project has not been determined, since the attitude to it has changed, the Deputy Minister added. The project will cover 2014-2016. Previously, the total project cost was estimated at more than 450 million manats. Last year, 100 million manats were expected to be allocated for the project from the State Oil Fund. The Ministry plans to cover all settlements of Azerbaijan with the high-speed access to the Internet until 2017.

 

The first-priority areas of the project are expanding the number of users and improving the quality of Internet services, expansion of infrastructure and availability of electronic services. The project envisages increasing the number of ports of broadband Internet and number resources in 47 cities and regions of the country. The works are expected to be completed by the end of the year. Implementation of this project will increase the number of broadband connections at 60 percent. The results of the first year of the project will form the basis of the works to be done in the following years. Currently, about 70 percent of the population use the Internet, and the broadband Internet penetration among the population stands at 50 percent. Azerbaijan is taking the 64th place in the world in terms of ICT development, the International Telecommunication Union has said. The country is adopting measures to develop the non-oil segment of its economy. In this context, ICT is one of the prominent sectors, and the income of Azerbaijan's information technology sector has doubled in the past five years.

From http://www.azernews.az/ 01/14/2015

TOP↑

 

KAZAKHSTAN: National Fund to Finance 4G Network Expansion Project

 

Kazakhstan’s Development Bank, a subsidiary of the national managing holding Baiterek, began to finance projects with help of funds from the Kazakhstan National Fund.  The Development Bank said in a message that the first such project will be a project of the ALTEL, a subsidiary of the Kazakhtelecom JSC.  ALTEL’s project is for the expansion of the 4G (LTE) mobile broadband internet network.  The message said the project costs 104.9 billion KZT ($1 - 182.05 KZT), and about 35 percent of the necessary financing is provided by Kazakhstan’s Development Bank for up to 10 years.  Kazakh tenge (KZT) will be the loan currency, according to the message.  The message also said this is the first project financed by the Development Bank with the help of funds from the Kazakhstan National Fund. “The launch and development of 4G network is planned in all cities and settlements in Kazakhstan,” the message read. 

 

“The project is designed to be realized in two phases. The first one (until 2018) suggests the emergence of a new generation wireless communication in all the major cities and settlements of 50,000 residents, and the second one (up to 2022) suggests the development of LTE/GSM/UMTS networks and introduction of LTE network in all the settlements in the country,” according to the message.  The project will make it possible to provide a data transmission rate of up to 100 Mbit/s, to actively introduce e-learning at higher and secondary educational institutions, as well as provide an opportunity to watch high definition streaming video.  Kazakhstan’s Development Bank continues long-term financing of the economy, based on its key mission – to promote the development of the country’s non-raw-materials sector.  Kazakhstan’s first converged network with a simultaneous support of 4G, 3G and 2G technologies has been already deployed in 200 settlements with a total population of about 10.6 million people, accounting for 62 percent of the country’s population.

From http://en.trend.az/ 12/31/2014

TOP↑

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/06.gif

 

 

 

 

AUSTRALIA: Not So Fast on Data Retention, Says Committee

 

The Parliamentary Joint Committee on Intelligence and Security has started another inquiry into the Government’s planned data retention bill. The committee has six Coalition members and five ALP members, including former Communications Minister Stephen Conroy and former Attorney-General Mark Dreyfus. It also includes Father of the House and former Justice Minister Phillip Ruddock. The Opposition communications spokesman Jason Clare is on the committee, but Communications Minister Malcolm Turnbull is not. There are no Green or other members. The committee says it wants to take another look at the controversial legislation. Given that the Coalition is in the majority it is unlikely to want to embarrass Turnbull or Attorney-General George Brandis, but by extending its inquiry and calling for further submissions it may have that effect. The bill seeks to implement a mandatory telecommunications data retention regime. It contains measures to require telecommunications suppliers in Australia to retain certain data for two years. It was introduce hastily, with no reference to Malcolm Turnbull, who has subsequently had to defend it after Brandis’s inept performance.

 

As it stands, says the committee, “the data to be retained does not include a person's web-browsing history, or the content of a communication, email or social media post. The bill also limits those able to access telecommunications and stored data to enforcement agencies with a demonstrated need and with appropriate internal procedures to protect privacy.” The Explanatory Memorandum to the Bill states that data retention is necessary at this time as:

# Serious and organised criminals and persons seeking to harm Australia’s national security, routinely use telecommunications service providers and communications technology to plan and to carry out their activities

# Agencies have publicly identified the lack of availability of data as a key and growing impediment to the ability to investigate and to prosecute serious offences.

 

The proposal for a data retention regime was considered by the Committee in its 2013 Report of the Inquiry into Potential Reforms of Australia’s National Security Legislation. In that report the committee recommended a number of features that should characterise any proposed regime and the oversight mechanisms. The chair of the committee, Liberal MP Dan Tehan, said that “Australia has recently introduced a number of counter terrorism measures to address emerging threats. The committee has carefully scrutinised each of these measures and made a number of recommendations to ensure adequate safeguards and oversight are in place. “We will be considering the appropriateness of the data retention regime proposed in this bill and its application to the investigation and prosecution of serious criminal offences and to countering threats to national security. Safeguards and oversight will be a key focus for the committee.”

From http://www.itwire.com 11/28/2014

TOP↑

 

ACS Urges QLD Govt to Put ‘Digital First’

 

The Australian Computer Society (ACS) has some suggestions for QLD Premier Annastacia Palaszczuk to turn Queensland into Australia’s ‘leading digital economy’. Without delay, the ACS has urged new QLD Premier Annastacia Palaszczuk to go digital with gusto. Dr Nick Tate, the Chair of the Queensland branch of the ACS said: “A new Government has a chance to set the policy priorities for Queensland and ensure that developing a strong digital economy is at the heart of the Government’s agenda. “By focusing on four key issues identified before the election by the ACS, the new Government can build a policy suite which will see Queensland lead the nation in the digital space. We look forward to working with the Government and assisting them in policy development based around these key issues.” The ACS reminds us and Premier Palaszczuk of the four initiatives the ACS says are ‘critical to establishing Queensland as Australia’s leading digital economy’. These are:

 

1. Digital Economy Ministry & Digital Ministerial Advisory Council

Establish a dedicated Digital Economy Ministry headed by a Cabinet Minister, supported by a Digital Ministerial Advisory Council. The Council would provide advice to the Government on issues and initiatives related to the demand and supply for ICT skills, digital literacy of the workforce, workforce development planning, and assisting key Queensland industries to become more competitive in a digital economy.

 

2. Digital Skills

A far stronger emphasis on digital technologies in the education system. The ACS strongly recommends mandating a Digital Technologies stream as part of the primary and secondary school curriculum; encouraging VET providers to ensure all students attain some minimum level of ICT skills and competencies; and employers and educators working collaboratively to provide ICT students (tertiary and VET) with more work-integrated learning opportunities (such as internships) to help develop work readiness.

 

3. Digital Literacy of Small to Medium Enterprises (SMEs)

With SMEs representing the vast majority of businesses in the economy, driving growth requires Governments to create an environment where these businesses can thrive. This includes SMEs being assisted to attain minimum levels of digital competence and literacy. The ACS recommends the creation of a “hands on” program which works with individual businesses to benchmark their digital literacy, identify specific areas of weakness, and assists them engage with suitable organisations and professionals who can help address these weaknesses.

 

4. Digital Cities

A commitment to building one or more ‘digital cities’ in Queensland by 2020. A digital city deploys digital technologies deeply to generate significant and widespread community benefits. The Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers (IEEE) – the world's largest association of technical professionals – defines Digital or Smart: "A smart city brings together technology, government and society to enable the following characteristics: smart cities, a smart economy, smart mobility, a smart environment, smart people, smart living, smart governance.”

From http://www.itwire.com 02/16/2015

TOP↑

 

Draft Copyright Code Published

 

Rights holders and ISPs have published a draft of the Government mandated code intended to combat online copyright infringement. Stakeholders have published a draft of an industry code of practice intended to drive down the rate of online copyright infringement, or ‘Internet piracy’ in Australia. The draft code has been released by industry group Communication Alliance for public comment. Communication Alliance CEO John Stanton said it is the product of an intensive development process by Internet Service Providers and a ‘broad alliance’ of content rights holders from the music, film, TV and performing arts industries. The code is scheduled to be submitted in final form to the Australian Communications and Media Authority (ACMA) by 8 April for registration – in line with the tight timeline requested by the Government December 2014. The code creates a ‘Copyright Notice Scheme’ through which residential fixed Internet users who are alleged to have infringed copyright online will receive an escalating series of infringement notices designed to “change their behaviour and steer them toward lawful sources of content.” Stanton said the scheme has a strong emphasis on public education and does not contain explicit sanctions against Internet users. But it does provide for a “facilitated preliminary discovery” process through which ISPs can assist rights holders to take legal action against persistent infringers.

 

“The scheme contains strong safeguards against any threat to the privacy of Internet users,” said Stanton. “It allows an account holder who receives three infringement notices in a 12 month period to have the validity of the allegations independently reviewed.” Several key issues are still under discussion between rights holders, including who will pay for the scheme and the volume of notices anticipated to be sent during its initial 18 months of operation, after which time the Government has said its effectiveness will be independently reviewed. Stanton praised the “cooperative spirit and energy” shown by rights holders and ISPs to reach agreement on the draft. “These issues are complex, and while both industries want to eradicate online copyright infringement, it has proved very difficult in the past for rights holders and ISPs to agree on the shape of a notice scheme. Stanton was referring to previous arguments between copyright holders over who would pay for the policing and enforcement actions of a stricter anti-piracy regimen. Rights holders have long argued that ISPs should pay, because they control customers’ access to the Internet and they benefit from the increased traffic piracy generates. ISPs have argued that rights holders should pay because they are the ones who would benefit, through increased sales of their content, from a stricter regime.

 

“Much work remains, but publication of the draft code is an important milestone toward greater protection for the legitimate rights of the creative industries,” Stanton said, indicating that the cost issue has still not been solved. Rights holders involved in the code development include APRA AMCOS, ARIA, Australia Screen Association, Copyright Agency, Foxtel, Free TV Australia, Music, Rights Australia, News Corporation Australia, Village Roadshow (which has been particularly active) and World Media. Chris Woodforde, the representative of many of the rights holders during the negotiations, said “The creative industries believe that the implementation of an effective code is an important step in protecting creative content in the online environment. “The release of the draft code for public comment is important in achieving that goal. The creative industry representatives will continue to work with the Government, ISPs and other stakeholders to implement the code and address the serious issue of online copyright infringement.” A Copyright Information Panel (CIP) will be created to oversee the scheme and to coordinate the public education program, including via a dedicated website. Consumer representative body ACCAN (see following article) and the Internet Society of Australia are among the stakeholders involved in the code development process. Members of the public and other stakeholders are encouraged to comment on the draft Code by submitting comments here. The deadline for public comment is 23 March. Public comments will be taken into account before the Code is finalised and submitted to the ACMA.

From http://www.itwire.com 02/23/2015

 

TOP↑

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/e-Government.gif

 

 

 

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/01.gif

 

 

 

 

AFRICA: Botswana Puts Egovernment Architecture Deal Out to Tender

 

The Botswanan government modernisation office has put the provision of professional services for the development of eGovernment service-oriented enterprise architecture out to tender, IT-Web reported. The bidding process is expected to close by 21 January. The Public Procurement and Asset Disposal Board (PPADB) said the project should solve the architectural problem in achieving seamless eGovernment interoperability, and help in finding a common understanding of e-government and its realisation. The tender invitation states that 100 percent foreign-owned companies should subcontract up to 30 percent of the undertaking to a 100 percent citizen-owned company, and must indicate the sub-contractor by name, as well as the percentage of work to be subcontracted, in line with Botswana's Citizen Economic Empowerment Policy of 2012.

From http://www.telecompaper.com/ 01/18/2015

TOP↑

 

Libya: Virtual News Agency in the Planning

 

Imagine this: journalists produce solid, accurate news reports around the clock; correspondents report from locations throughout the country; and domestic and international media as well as other correspondents and cloud subscribers can access this new source of information. The news sector has stabilized and reports out of Libya can now be trusted. A farfetched scenario in this country riven by conflict? Not necessarily, especially now that the Cloud News Agency (CNA) is set to be launched online this summer, one of the components of the long-term EU project "Stability through Structure." DW Akademie has been playing a leading role in developing the CNA since December 2013. The idea was born out of necessity. Projects already running in Libya had to be put on hold in July 2014 after violence escalated between rival militia groups. Political solutions are still nowhere in sight and fighting continues. "Government authority is basically nonexistent and the national news agencies and institutions we were working with have since collapsed. People simply can't access information," says Martin Hilbert, DW Akademie country manager for Libya. But that's where a virtual news agency comes in. "The goal is to acquire and distribute news independently," says Hilbert. DW Akademie's role in the "Stability through Structure" project is to help with the technical aspects as well as offer editorial support and training modules. Participating journalists are to be trained as cross-media correspondents able to upload their reports to CNA. The project includes multi-stage educational programs and a comprehensive mentoring concept.

 

Developing an independent agency

The CNA project is coming together. Since November 2014 sixty Libyan journalists have been trained in Istanbul or Tunis as correspondents, receiving basic and advanced instruction in various journalistic areas including conflict-sensitive reporting. Other workshops, including security training, are also planned. By April this year some 100 media workers will have been coached, some of them also as mentors. A roadmap has been created for the establishment of an editorial team. Chief editors will be responsible for checking the facts and sources of incoming material. "Stability through Structure" is based on an initiative by the EU delegation in Libya. At the end of January this year, EU Ambassador Nataliya Apostolova spoke in Tunis to participating journalists about the importance of independent news. "Independent and reliable news sources and open and responsible public debates are essential to a society in transition," she said. All the more so, she continued, "in these highly polarized times." Germany's ambassador in Tripoli, Christian Much, also sees independent news and the CNA as a constructive strategy toward solving the current crisis. He said it reflected the project's goals of creating stability by improving the quality of information available to people.

 

Ambassador and journalists in discussion

"Stability through structure" is a comprehensive EU project being conducted by DW Akademie. At the Tunis dialogue, diplomatic representatives and participants discussed the current situation for journalists in Libya. "Journalists are expected to be partisan and take a clear position in the conflict," said one of the journalists taking part. "That makes us part of the conflict and that's dangerous because we become targets for those who don't like what we're writing or thought we were firmly on their side." He said participants were now learning "that journalists need to distinguish between fact and opinion and remain neutral."

 

The trainees come from all regions in Libya and from all ethnic minorities. "Stability through Structure" is the most comprehensive project that DW Akademie has so far conducted in the field of EU-funded media development. The 30-month project is to run until mid-2016 and is divided into four components; three are to be conducted by DW Akademie and the fourth by the Institute for War and Peace Reporting (IWPR). New media associations and committees will also receive project support as well as journalism workshops and consultation services for media managers. Under the auspices of "Media Governance," DW Akademie is advising government agencies and the government itself on modern media regulations and legislation. This includes supporting new media associations and boards. Another focus is the development of a public broadcasting system. A third component looks at strengthening independent and professional journalism in the region. Trainings are to fit the needs of staff at individual radio and TV stations. Accompanying surveys on media consumption are to be developed together with universities in Bengasi and Tripoli and conducted in various parts of the country. The final component involves a planned Content Development Fund that supports media workers and institutions, and that will subsidize independent reporting. This component is being developed by IWPR.

From http://www.dw.de/ 02/17/2015

TOP↑

 

 

Togo Trains Staff to Manage E-Government Network

 

Togo wants to resuscitate – or relaunch – its e-government services, and is therefore looking for highly skilled staff to manage this sector. An intense training workshop, which is currently taking place in the capital Lomé and will last for eight weeks is being attended by technicians, engineers and other ICT professionals under the government’s patronage. Those who will do well will be sponsored to continue their training overseas, the government said, without elaborating on the name of the country or putting a price tag on the project. Post and digital economy minister Cina Lawson, who reiterated that the government was determined to put Togo at the forefront of high-speed internet, said the country’s public services needed to be improved through a successful and well performing e-government platform. “That’s my main focus,” US-educated Lawson said. The training consists of building capacity to help ICT engineers and technicians acquire all the knowledge they need to manage broadband network infrastructure with the aim of enabling the country’s e-government to perform well and produce the desired results. Speaking at the opening session of the training workshop, Lawson said Togo's ICT sector was like a work in progress. “We did not want to wait for problems to arise in the management of infrastructure and equipment before we could seek solutions. That’s why we chose to be proactive,” she said, adding that the government wants to reposition Togo's ICT sector in the sub-region and Africa.

From http://www.biztechafrica.com/ 02/02/2015

TOP↑

 

EUROPE: MEPs Debate Internet Governance

 

European Parliament President Martin Schulz opened this month's plenary session on 9 February 2015. After approving a request from the centre-right EPP group to add a resolution to next month's plenary sitting relating to a debate on internet child abuse, scheduled for this Thursday, MEPs began the session by debating intellectual property (IP) rights protection. MEPs pressed the Commission on a decision it made last September to set up an expert group on intellectual property rights, charged with helping member states to improve protection of IP and combat infringements. Members of the Parliament's Legal Affairs Committee had questioned this decision, given that a body called the Office for Harmonisation in the Internal Market (OHIM) had already been given the task of gathering experts on this subject. After that, MEPs debated the work of the Internet Governance Forum, a United Nations body helping countries decide good policy in relation to the Web. A resolution to be voted on Wednesday supports the role of the body in helping preserve an open and democratic internet, and calls for the UN to renew its current five-year mandate. A full text report of the opening of Monday's session can be found here.

From http://www.bbc.co.uk/ 02/16/2015

TOP↑

 

Bulgaria: Visegrad Four to Share E-Government Best Practices

 

Good practices in the implementation of electronic government services will be presented at an expert workshop in Sofia organized by the embassies of the four countries of the Visegrad Group in Sofia on 26 February. The event will be held at the embassy of the Slovak Republic which is holding the rotating presidency of the V4 group also comprising the Czech Republic, Hungary and Poland. The forum, to be officially opened by Bulgaria’s Deputy Prime Minister for Coalition Policy and Public Administration Rumyana Bachvarova, will include presentations on the current state of e-government in Bulgaria by the Ministry of Transport, Information Technologies and Communications. Presentation by members of the Bulgarian Association of Software Companies (BASSCOM) on e-government activities as well as presentations by Czech, Polish, Slovak and Hungarian institutions on best practices in the implementation of e-government are on the agenda. The event will also feature presentations of e-government solutions by leading companies in the IT sector from the V4 countries. Comparisons with Bulgarian e-government experience will be drawn. Bulgaria’s government coalition that came to power in November has ranked the modernisation of public administration and expansion of e-government services among its priority task

From http://www.novinite.com/ 02/17/2015

TOP↑

 

Spain Launches ID Card with Contactless E-Government Apps

 

Spanish officials this week launched a new national identity card featuring NFC connectivity and a faster microchip that powers electronic signature capabilities. The card, known as the DNI 3.0, uses NFC to link to an online platform on smartphones or tablets with different mobile applications to manage services and features. E-government apps can be used to contact the police, town hall or Social Security,as well as manage traffic tickets and pay taxes. Meanwhile, authorities can also use the cards to verify citizens’ identities by using its NFC features with mobile devices. It can also be used as a travel document within the European Union. The first card was issued to Olympic swimmer Mireia Belmonte at a ceremony in Lleida attended by Minister of Internal Affairs, Jorge Fernandez Diaz. The DNI 3.0 will initially be tested in Lleida before a nationwide rollout. The card will be followed by the launch of a new ePassport which will feature a higher chip capacity and speed; a new security paper, new holographic components and other invisible security measures.

From http://www.securitydocumentworld.com/ 01/18/2015

TOP↑

 

LATIN AMERICA: Lessons About Government Performance

 

Harvard’s Bob Behn has written about the spread of the “PerformanceStat” movement across the U.S during the past two decades. Now the creation of “Delivery Units,” which is another name for this phenomenon, has spread across the world -– even to Latin America. Behn’s recent book on PerformanceStat says this data-driven management approach is more of a leadership strategy than a process or a program to deliver better performance and results. However, a new study by the Inter-American Development Bank shows that having the right processes and structures matter as well. The study examines the increased attention in Latin American and Caribbean countries on defining and delivering results. They found that using tools and techniques, such as Delivery Units that report to the heads of government, are an effective way to strengthen the coordination and implementation of cross-agency initiatives.

 

The authors of the IDB study highlight the importance of “an integrated, whole-of-government approach (i.e., one that emphasizes a common strategy for the entire government, rather than letting each department implement its own agenda)." They recommend a range of routines, processes and technologies that help make this approach work for public executives. The study’s recommendations reach beyond Latin America, though, in popularity. As Behn notes in his book, a centralized implementation function, which he calls PerformanceStat, was pioneered in American cities and states, as well as by Britain’s prime minister, Tony Blair, who called it the Prime Minister’s Delivery Unit. In fact, Delivery Units have been subsequently created in Thailand, Malaysia and India. The IDB study notes that several developing countries in Eastern Europe and Africa have banded together to create a Global Network of Delivery Leaders.

 

The authors examine different configurations of how to best achieve integrated policy implementation at the “center of government” in Latin American countries. They describe the use of competitive, collegial and hierarchical managerial styles, noting that different chief executives have tailored their management styles “according to their own personalities, political realities, available information, or other contextual factors." The authors also observe that the structures developed for effective centers of government “are less relevant than the capacity to perform the functions. [However,] to embed this capacity, certain processes, mechanisms, and technologies have to be institutionalized so that new administrations do not have to create them afresh." In reaching these conclusions, they researched the use of Delivery Units and other central government approaches in the U.S., British and Australian governments. In each of these countries the focus was on a handful of critical priorities, a central office was empowered by the chief executive to add value to the delivery of services (largely by integrating efforts across agencies), and there was a greater reliance on data and evaluation in the decision-making process. Two Latin American governments stood out as noteworthy pioneers in using these approaches: the national government of Chile and the state of Pernambuco in Brazil.

 

Chile's Priority Pillars

Chile’s “center of government” operations have evolved over the past two decades, but when a new government took office in 2010, the new president, Sebastián Pi?era, established a President’s Delivery Unit (somewhat patterned after the Prime Minister’s Delivery Unit in the United Kingdom, 2001-2010). The new government identified seven programmatic priorities, or “pillars” (e.g., citizen security, employment, health and education). This new unit created an evaluation and results monitoring system that reported to the president. For these broad priorities, the President’s Delivery Unit was involved in drafting protocols to coordinate interagency committees, assisted the sectors in defining what results were to be achieved in each priority area, and how those results would be channeled into the formal decision-making process. It was also involved in drafting the president’s May 21st Speech (akin to our State of the Union) and the budget. As a result, when it came to maintaining the government’s strategic focus, the discipline that the PDU imposed on each ministry or agency proved important. “The PDU’s contribution had less influence on creating the substance and content of the actions to be unrolled, but focused instead on securing the coherence and integration of these actions,” the IDB study says. For example, the “citizen security” pillar created in 2010 included a commitment to reduce household crime by 15 percent by 2014. By marshaling resources across agencies, it exceeded this goal.

 

Pernambuco's Performance Pacts

When governor Eduardo Campos took office in 2007, he had 66 agency heads reporting directly to him. He quickly decided he needed a better center-of-government structure and he committed to using a data-driven management approach. Pernambuco is the seventh most populous state in Brazil, with a population of 9 million. It is located in the northeast of the country, which is the poorest of Brazil’s regions. Campos separated key public management responsibilities -– such as planning, budgeting, and monitoring and improving performance -– from the more routine tasks of a public administration secretariat, such as human resources and procurement. He integrated planning, budgeting, management, and monitoring of delivery of results into a single unit so these functions could better integrate their efforts. Within this structure, he established a routine similar to those of a Delivery Unit, chairing weekly progress meetings organized around one of the 12 strategic objectives set in his strategic plan.

 

He also established a secretariat of planning and management that created multiyear strategy maps. For example, the study says, "the 2012-15 map includes 12 objectives and 750 priority goals (of which 382 were still being monitored as of late 2013)." The plan was developed with citizen input, not unlike what Oregon did years ago. Campos led 12 regional seminars. During the 2011 planning cycle, about 13,500 people participated. The priority goals and strategic objectives in the strategy map were cross-walked to budget accounts. A project management office was created to monitor about 100 priority goals, such as key infrastructure projects, and an online dashboard was created for each priority goal (somewhat like Performance.gov in the U.S., but only for internal government use). Performance pacts were created in three policy areas (somewhat like the U.S. government’s cross-agency priority goals). "Management for Results Centers, formed by eight to 10 [of the secretariat’s] analysts, have been established in each of the secretariats (defense and public security, education, and health),” the IDB study says.

 

“These analysts collect information, monitor the planned activities, prepare the monitoring meetings, and oversee the delivery of the agreements made at the meetings." The authors say, "Engaging employees from all levels of the civil service, from managers to a range of front-line staff, has begun to change the organizational culture of Pernambuco’s public administration." It also increased its focus on achieving tangible results. For example, one of the pacts, called the "Pact for Life" – the state's violent crime reduction goal – resulted in a 30 percent reduction in homicides between 2007 and 2012. Homicides rose in the rest of the country.

 

A New Leadership Strategy?

In most governments that have employed PerformanceStat or Delivery Units, their success seems to be based on the level of commitment of the leader. Behn says its value is rooted in its role as a leadership strategy, not a process or function. The IDB report, however, offers several ideas to help institutionalize several processes that may incentivize – or at least make it easier – for future leaders to want to adopt them as their own leadership strategy. These include:

- Creating or empowering a secretariat or program management office focused on achieving results.

- Creating routines and using analytic tools to inform decision-making.

- Documenting the processes used.

- Establishing stronger links with the delivery system, including local governments.

- Investing more attention in learning from what works and what doesn’t (rather than relying on them as primarily an accountability tool).

- Increasing citizen engagement in the process (so they demand better value from their political leaders).

 

In the U.S. federal government, top-level, periodic reviews of progress on priorities, which are key elements of most Delivery Units, is embedded in a new law. A number of agencies find the requirements a useful underpinning for their leadership strategy. But there is no guarantee these requirements will serve as a leadership strategy in the next administration. It will be interesting to see if the IDB suggestions for institutionalization help bridge the transitions in government in the U.S. as well as Latin America.

From http://www.govexec.com/ 01/23/2015

TOP↑

 

NORTH AMERICA: U.S. - White House Names New Federal CIO

 

The White House has named Tony Scott, CIO and senior vice president at VMware, as U.S. chief information officer and administrator of the Office of EGovernment. Like his predecessor, Steven VanRoekel, Scott is an alum of Microsoft Corp. Scott has been at VMware since August 2013. Before that, he served as CIO at Microsoft from 2008 to 2013, according to his LinkedIn profile. He also previously was CIO at Walt Disney Co. and chief technology officer for General Motors. Noting Scott’s "over 35 years of global leadership and management experience," OMB Director Shaun Donovan and Deputy Director for Management Beth Cobert wrote on the OMB blog that "under Tony’s leadership, we will continue to build on the remarkable work done by the nation’s first CIOs Vivek Kundra and Steve VanRoekel in changing the way the Federal government manages IT." Deputy CIO Lisa Schlosser has been serving as acting CIO since September 2014, when VanRoekel left the post to return to the U.S. Agency for International Development as chief innovation officer and senior advisor to USAID Administrator Rajiv Shah, at the height of the West Africa Ebola crisis.

From http://fcw.com/ 02/05/2015

 

TOP↑

 

New Tools to Implement Egovernment

 

The eGovernment is linked to the consolidation of democratic governance and seeks ways to facilitate and enhance the participation of citizens in public debate and policy formulation in public policies through participatory consultations of citizens, so, the Inter-American Development Bank (IDB) launched GobAPP.com, which intends to be a think tank to promote the use of digital tools that bring citizens and governments and facilitate a more inclusive and transparent governance. When XVII Ibero-American Summit of Chiefs of State and Government, gathered in Santiago de Chile on November 10, 2007, it resolved to aprove the Ibero-American Electronic Government Charter adopted by the IX Ibero-American Conference of Ministers of Public Administration and State Reform, and this was the beginning, with firm and determined step, of a path that will soon have, with the help of the IDB, a technological element that will enhance it even more.

 

For the Ibero-American Charter, eGovernment and eAdministration are synonymous and refer to the use of ICT in administration bodies to improve information and services offered to citizens, guide the effectiveness and efficiency of public administration and increase substantively the public sector transparency and citizen participation. The adoption of egovernment in public administration from the Ibero-American States tries to contribute to the development of Society and would never be a simple response to technological opportunities that come from the market. The eGovernment is symbiotically linked to the consolidation of democratic governance and seeks ways to facilitate and enhance the participation of citizens in public debate and policy formulation in general or sectoral public policies, among other means, through participatory consultations of citizens, so, in this line, the Inter-American Development Bank (IDB) launched GobAPP.com, which intends to be a think tank to promote the use of digital tools that bring citizens and governments and facilitate a more inclusive and transparent governance.

 

GobAPP.com will bring together various initiatives, as yoGobierno.org, SomosAfro.org andGob247.org, and will be a place to test new ideas of governance through social and digital media in order to transfer them to other institutions once entrenched. This think tank has the support of different governments in the region: Uruguay, Colombia, Brazil, Argentina, Costa Rica, Mexico, Panama, Paraguay, Ecuador, Chile and Dominican Republic. The Organization of American States (OAS) is also helping. The principles on which the eGovernment is based, Equality, Legality, Conservation, Transparency and accessibility, Proportionality, Accountability and technological adequacy, will be relaunched with hackatones and online voting for proposing and selecting priority projects, social networks, and use of mobile services for citizens to communicate their needs to the rulers. Because Latin America is one of the most active regions in the use of social networks worldwide, which together with different technological solutions, applications, mobile services and other ICT platforms, constitute a package of valuable tools that promote new forms to think about development, modernization of the State and to improve the quality of citizen services, the tools are not designed to go unnoticed.

From http://www.lexology.com/ 01/08/2015

TOP↑

 

Our Opinion: Protect Internet from Government's Control

 

Last month, China hosted the first World Internet Conference and gave everyone reason to worry. At the last minute, Chinese officials tried to ram through a declaration calling for governments to exert greater control over the fastest and freest communications tool the world has ever seen, using the chilling concept of “Internet sovereignty” to justify it. Russia, meanwhile, has crushed its most prominent Internet entrepreneur — Pavel Durov, the founder of a major Facebook-like application — after he refused to cooperate with the Kremlin. It’s bad enough that these authoritarian governments repress online expression within their borders. They should not be let anywhere near the governance of the Internet’s global infrastructure. Yet the Commerce Department is proceeding with a plan to relinquish supervision of one crucial element of world Internet governance to an international body, which may not be sufficiently resistant to influence from the world’s many would-be censors. If the situation doesn’t improve, Commerce should halt the march toward a formal turnover.

 

The Internet Corporation for Assigned Names and Numbers (ICANN) is responsible for a lot of everyday maintenance — essentially acting as the Internet’s phone book. Until recently, its major policy dilemmas have revolved around whether to create new top-level domain names such as .tv or .xxx. But now it is at the center of a potentially perilous transition. It continues to operate under the Commerce Department’s benign oversight, but Commerce’s contract with ICANN is up next year. Relying on a global community of Internet engineers, businesses and other nongovernmental entities, ICANN wants to end one of the last vestiges of formal U.S. control over the global Internet, completing the transfer of responsibility for maintaining basic Internet functionality to a multi-stakeholder organization that operates by consensus and independently of any government.

 

The problem is that no one yet has a convincing explanation for how the multi-stakeholder model will be immune to pernicious influences from governments. Independent voices from global nongovernmental interests are supposed to suffuse the ICANN system and provide a self-correcting ethos. But civil society in many countries is deeply connected to the state, and those states will try to manipulate or control as much as they can. Details of the technical transition are being hammered out, but the accountability measures and controls that will be vital to establishing and preserving a legitimate global Internet governance are taking longer. Commerce still holds a trump card: It can renew its contract with ICANN. The Obama administration has said it will insist on adequate protections for freedom of speech before it lets go, and it must stick to that commitment. That could be hard: The Snowden revelations have put pressure on the Obama administration. Yet the free and open Internet has thrived under existing arrangements. The United States should not allow other governments to use the leaks as a pretext to gain control of Internet governance.

From http://www.timesrecordnews.com/ 01/08/2015

TOP↑

 

Multistakeholderism Unmasked: How the NetMundial Initiative Shifts Battlegrounds in Internet Governance

 

Julia Pohle is a researcher at the centre for Studies on Media, Information and Telecommunication (SMIT) at the Vrije Universiteit Brussel. She is a fellow of the Research Foundation Flanders (FWO) and the Global Governance Futures (GGF 2025) program. Since 2013, Julia has been a member of the steering committee of the Global Internet Governance Academic Network (GigaNet). This piece is part of the ‘The Global Governance Futures 2025’ programme which brings together young professionals to look ahead and recommend ways to address global challenges. The year 2014 was a historic year in internet governance: From the announcement of the IANA transition process to the NetMundial meeting and the ITU Plenipotentiary Conference, the procedures and policies regarding the coordination of the internet seem to be more than ever a central topic of global governance. Most of these events have been welcomed by large parts of the internet community for fostering an inclusive multistakeholder approach at the expense of more traditional intergovernmental forms of governance. But just before the end of the year, yet another process in internet governance added a bitter aftertaste to this development: the NetMundial Initiative (NMI). Perceived by some as an attempt to create a “Security Council of the Internet”, this new initiative has stirred an intense debate among civil society groups about the limits of multistakeholder governance – a debate which could actually help to overcome the gridlocked controversy between multistakeholder and intergovernmental governance models for the internet.

 

The NMI was officially launched on 6 November 2014 by the Internet Corporation for Assigned Names and Numbers (ICANN) and the Brazilian Internet Steering Committee (CGI.br). It is hosted by the World Economic Forum (WEF), best known for arranging an exclusive annual meeting for the world’s political and economic “elite” in Davos, Switzerland. Aiming to “take advantage of the WEF’s uniquely interdisciplinary, leader-level multistakeholder community”, the NMI does not appear to have much in common with its namesake,NETmundial, the “Global Multistakeholder Meeting on the Future of internet Governance” hosted by Brazil in April 2014 in São Paulo. Indeed, the original NetMundial process brought together 1500 representatives from governments, international organisations, the private sector and civil society to develop new principles of internet governance and a roadmap for the future. While this one-time event was praised by many for its open, inclusive and transparent structures, the new ICANN-WEF initiative has been met with serious reservations – and this despite its seemingly well-meant objective to “seek through multistakeholder dialogue and action to apply the NETmundial Principles in ways that enhance trust in the capacity of the Internet’s distributed governance ecosystem to respond to a range of emerging policy challenges”. Within civil society and the technical community, where reactions range from unconcealed scepticism to categorical rejection, the doubts mainly concern three different aspects of the NMI.

 

Firstly, the process through which the NMI was created and functions has been heavily criticized for its lack of transparency, bottom-up inclusion and consultation. It is perceived as a significant departure from the NETmundial outcomes, which called for internet governance to be based “on democratic, multistakeholder processes, ensuring the meaningful and accountable participation of all stakeholders”. In contrast to these principles, the NMI created a “Coordination Council” that was supposed to comprise 20 members and – like the UN Security Council – five permanent seats, all chosen through a centralized top-down approach. Reacting to the criticism on this arrangement, the NMI’s initiators have since distanced themselves from the idea of permanent seats and allowed stakeholder groups to appoint their own representatives to the council. Secondly, concerning the objectives of the initiative, many worry that the NMI could have a negative impact on the UN Internet Governance Forum which, despite all its flaws, has served since its inception in 2006 as a unique grassroots discussion-forum for policy problems related to the internet. While ICANN’s CEO Fadi Chehadé tried to smooth ruffled feathers by asserting that the NMI’s work is not supposed to serve as a substitute for the IGF but rather complement its efforts, critics continue to question how additional leader-level coordination could in any way add separate value to the existing internet governance landscape. In addition, suspicion arose about ICANN, currently in charge of the narrower technical issues of naming and numbering, having a possible agenda regarding the establishment of an equivalent institutional framework for broader internet public policy issues.

 

Thirdly, and most interestingly, it is the interests behind the initiative that unsettle many in the internet community, in particular those civil society representatives who always view with a critical eye the involvement of industry in internet governance. Due to its link with the WEF, a small and wealthy group with expertise in facilitating engagement between big business and governments but with little experience in grassroots decision-making, the NMI is considered by many to be “an attempt by economic and political elites to secure a central role in Internet governance”. This is one of the reasons why several civil society groups usually involved in internet governance decided to abstain from participating or endorsing this new initiative, most prominently the Internet Society (ISOC) and the JustNet Coalition. When looking at all the clamour over NMI, some observers rightly wonder how much influence such an institution could actually have in terms of real governance authority over the public policy aspects of the internet. But despite its marginal political impact, the NMI’s announcement has already resulted in an interesting twist in the debates about authority in global governance because it exposes the hidden perils of multistakeholderism.

 

Indeed, until recently, most controversies about internet governance were the result of a dichotomy between the proponents of traditional regulation through intergovernmental authority and those of a multistakeholder model, the hypothetical middle ground between a free-market model, a cyberlibertarian idea of self-regulation and the classical governmental approach. What the debates about the two divergent approaches rarely reveal is that most implementations of the multistakeholder approach are far from an ideal governance model. In fact, while multistakeholderism may have so far allowed various non-state actors to participate in internet governance processes, it does not necessarily lead to a wider range of views or a more global representation of interests and concerns. In several instances, multistakeholder processes actually tend to increase the overrepresentation of actors from the highly developed Western world, whereas they neglect developing countries, which often lack independent civil society networks and strong business players that could meaningfully engage in the existing structures. But with the discussion around the NMI, the battleground seems to have shifted: Without any intent to do so, WEF and ICANN’s new initiative contributes to revealing this imbalance and the inherent contradictions of stakeholders usually united by their opposition to an intergovernmental approach to internet governance. The NetMundial Initiative therefore fosters a new but much needed discussion on power mechanisms and could eventually shed light on the real interests of those proponents of the multistakeholder approach who seem eager to maintain the unbalanced representation of voices and concerns in internet governance. In the long run, this discussion could lead to a more honest and transparent scenario for multistakeholderism, which does not fail to consider the rights and interests that all countries and all users have in the governance of the global internet.

From http://blogs.lse.ac.uk/ 01/18/2015

TOP↑

 

For the Internet Governance Leaders of Tomorrow: Learning in a Multi Stakeholder Environment

 

Do you want to understand the multilayer, multi player mechanisms of Internet Governance? Do you want to know what the political, economic, social and legal implications of Internet Governance are? Do you want to learn what is behind cryptic acronyms like ICANN, RIR, DNS, ccTLD, gTLD, iDN, IPv6, ISP, IETF, W3C, IAB, WHOIS, GAC, IGF, WGIG and WSIS? Do want to get more detailed information about technical Internet standards, protocols, codes, domain names, IP addresses, registries and registrars? Are you interested to look deeper into the opportunities and risks of the emerging global Internet Economy? Do you want to become an Internet Governance leader of tomorrow? Than you should apply for the “9th European Summer School on Internet Governance” (EuroSSIG). The 2015 Summer School offers a unique multidisciplinary high level 48 hours academic programme. The programme is a well balanced mixture of theoretical lectures with world leading academics as well as practical presentations from well known experts working directly in the technical community, the market or in policy. It offers unique opportunities for learning in a multi stakeholder environment, which includes also intense and individual interactive communication with faculty members and fellows from all over the world. The faculty is chaired by Prof. Wolfgang Kleinwächter, University of Aarhus.

 

Application

Applications will be accepted both from students and individuals working in the private sector, in government or in civil society groups from all over the world. Application criteria are a basic academic degree or relevant practical experiences. The full course fee is 1000 EUR (plus 19% VAT), but we offer reduced fee for master students of 500 EUR (plus 19% VAT). It includes, next to the lecture programme:

six nights accommodation in the guest rooms of the academy

breakfast, lunch, dinner, coffee

one evening reception in the “Meissen Porcelain Manufactory”

gala dinner in the historic wine restaurant “Vincenz Richter”

boat trip on the river Elbe

free WiFi access and

all teaching material.

Fellowship programme

 

We can offer students from developing countries an opportunity to apply for the global fellowship programme.  These fellowships are limited and do not all include travel costs. Therefore we kindly ask you to indicate if you are able to cover your travel costs. The application period starts in January 2015 and remains open until 15 April 2015. If you are interested in the European Summer School on Internet Governance (EuroSSIG), please apply by using the online application form. For any additional questions please contact Sandra Hoferichter the coordinator of the Summer School.

From http://www.fs-datenserver.de/ 01/22/2015

TOP↑

 

 

Towards Democratic Internet Governance

 

The Internet might have pervaded the common man's life but its governance still remains in the hands of a few corporate giants. To counter this, civil society organisations propose democratic Internet governance. Though Google’s Eric Schmidt predicts the “disappearance of Internet into the background”, a group of organisations have set out to bring to fore voices that have remained in the background in spite of the Internet’s all pervasive nature.As the World Economic Forum (WEF) 2015 is in progress in Davos (Jan 21-24), civil society organisations have come together to create a global ‘Internet Social Forum’ countering the WEF's NETmundial initiative for Internet governance. The organisations aim to create an Internet space governed in public interest. Bengaluru-based organisation IT for Change will be an active part of this global forum, along with five other Indian organisations: Society For Knowledge Commons, All India Peoples Science Network, Free Software Movement of India, SLFC.in and Digital Empowrment Foundation.

 

The Internet Social Forum will consist of civil society organisations from across the globe who believe that Internet governance should not be limited to the vested interests of corporate giants. Their endeavour is to put in place a “bottom's up” approach, where grassroots groups can have their say in regulating Internet space. Civil organisations feel that the WEF’s global internet policy making and governance initiative the ‘NETmundial’, restricts itself to the voices of the global elite. The concept of WEF itself has been countered by the “World Social Forum” and the Internet Social Forum draws inspiration from it. In fact, the “preparatory process” of the forum is likely to be held in March 2015 in Tunis, during the World Social Forum meet. When one searches for something on the Internet, the most popular links related to the subject appear at the top of the list. However, more often links that appear first are not guided by popularity but by the money invested by interested parties to ensure they are displayed on top. In this regard, the Internet Social Forum will fight for “Net neutrality”.

 

IT For Change Executive Director Parminder Jeet Singh said, “In its current form, internet governance has not yet become a people's movement. The Internet is increasingly controlled by corporates.” Community owned broadband, data ownership, limits to copyright and including rural communities in the dialogue process are some of the issues that the forum seeks to address. Rishab Bailey, Director (legal), Society For Knowledge Commons, added that such an initiative was significant as, at present, a lot of thought is going into setting up institutions for Internet governance. “We have to ensure a representative and democratic Internet governance. Internet is a global construct and it touches all our lives. As of now there are no concrete mechanisms to deal with issues pertaining to Internet governance. We have to make sure that Internet governance is a true bottoms up approach.”

From http://www.deccanherald.com/ 01/27/2015

TOP↑

 

 

Internet Voting Doesn't Inspire the Apathetic: E-Democracy

 

CAMBRIDGE – According to a study, more people used Internet voting during the last municipal election than ever before, but the relatively new method of marking a ballot shouldn’t be regarded as a panacea to improve voter turnout and political engagement. “Of the 97 (Ontario) municipalities that used Internet voting in 2014, voter turnout increased in 52 communities and decreased in 44 from 2010,” explained Dr. Nicole Goodman, research director with the Centre for e-Democracy, which helped fund the Internet Voting Project (www.internetvotingproject.com). Results of the study, which included survey feedback from Internet voters in 43 municipalities, including Cambridge, will be released online next week. Goodman shared highlights during a webinar this past Thursday (Jan. 29) afternoon. Voter turnout is contextual, so other factors such as issues, candidates and how Internet voting was structured in various jurisdictions need to be considered as well, Goodman said.

 

Yet, 14 per cent of survey respondents said they definitely or probably wouldn’t have voted if not for the Internet voting option. Internet voting won’t have a huge impact on turnout because it won’t likely encourage the apathetic to vote, Goodman discerned. But it does have the potential to encourage some non-voters to participate, she said. “Typically, these are people who cite 'everyday life issues' as their reason for non-voting.” The vast majority (95 per cent) of survey respondents reported a “strong satisfaction” with Internet voting, saying it was easy, straightforward, private and convenient, and between 94 and 98 per cent said they would use it again in a future election. The average Internet voter was 53 years of age, with a household income of at least $80,000 per year and access to home Internet service. “These people were engaged, not apathetic voters,” Goodman emphasized.

 

Survey respondents also included candidates themselves, who reported a 69 per cent satisfaction rating with Internet voting. The majority – 64 per cent – felt the method made the beginning of their campaigns much more crucial, as many voters they spoke with door-to-door had already cast a ballot online. Goodman acknowledged a dramatic increase in advanced voter turnout, but those results weren’t mirrored across the board. However, administrators surveyed in municipalities offering online voting as an option reported a 96 per cent satisfaction rating. The majority believe Internet voting is the least risky form of voting compared to other methods such as mail-in and traditional paper ballots. In addition to convenience and accessibility, administrators cited “counting efficiency” as a main benefit of internet voting and public outreach as the biggest challenge.

From http://www.cambridgetimes.ca/ 02/02/2015

TOP↑

 

 

International Cyber Governance: Engagement Without Agreement?

 

The following post is the latest installment of our Monday Reflections feature in which a different Just Security editor takes an in-depth look at the big stories from the previous week and/or a look ahead to key developments on the horizon. In mid-January, the members of the Shanghai Cooperation Organization (SCO)—China, Kazakhstan, Kyrgyzstan, Russia, Tajikistan, and Uzbekistan—sent a revised draft International Code of Conduct for Information Security to the U.N. Secretary-General. The new document updates an initial draft that China, Russia, Tajikistan, and Uzbekistan circulated in September 2011. The United States, among others, rejected the 2011 version because it seemed to deny the applicability of existing international law to cyberspace, advocated increased government control over the Internet, and legitimized limitations on freedom of expression. Although the revised draft now discusses the right to “seek, receive and impart” information (see par. 7), in other major respects, it doubles down on the 2011 positions. The draft even seems to walk back from a 2013 concession by some of the SCO states that existing international law applies to cyberspace.

 

Despite its intransigence on major areas of disagreement, the latest draft does include a promising new provision on “develop[ing] confidence-building measures aimed at increasing predictability and reducing the likelihood of misunderstanding and the risk of conflict.” This provision, while desirable in the abstract, won’t make the rest of the Code any more palatable to the United States and others that opposed the initial draft. Its inclusion, however, may signal that China, in particular, is ready to re-engage in bilateral discussions with the United States on cybersecurity issues nearly a year after terminating the countries’ working group in retaliation for U.S. indictments against Chinese officials for hacking U.S. companies. In their letter to the U.N. Secretary-General transmitting the 2015 draft, the SCO states suggested that they revised the Code in response to comments received on the 2011 version. Chinese diplomats quoted by Xinhua characterized the revised Code as “more comprehensive and balanced” and as having taken into account “reasonable suggestions from the international community.” The Russian Foreign Ministry similarly noted that the revised draft is “based on the new realities and proposals submitted by the states concerned.”

 

Despite the revisions, the SCO members’ core vision for state control of cyber governance remains largely unchanged. Both the 2011 and 2015 versions (in par. g and par. 8, respectively) seek to establish “multilateral, transparent and democratic” Internet governance, rejecting the current multistakeholder model of governance that includes not just states but civil society, technical experts, and other interested parties. Both also highlight states’ “rights and responsibilities” to protect their “information space” (par. e in the 2011 version, and par. 6 in the 2015 version). The new draft does concede a somewhat increased role relative to the state for the private sector and civil society. Whereas the old draft declared that states would “lead all elements of society, including its information and communication private sectors, to understand their roles and responsibilities with regard to information security” (par. h), the new draft declares that states must “cooperate fully with other interested parties in encouraging a deeper understanding by all elements in society, including the private sector and civil-society institutions, of their responsibility to ensure information security” (par. 9).

 

However, this apparent elevation of “other interested parties” comes after and is separate from the new Code’s provision on Internet governance in paragraph 8, which focuses solely on states: “All States must play the same role in, and carry equal responsibility for, international governance of the Internet, its security, continuity and stability of operation, and its development . . . .” This provision echoes a controversial resolution adopted at the 2012 World Conference on International Telecommunications (WCIT). WCIT was convened to revise the International Telecommunication Regulations, a treaty administered by a U.N. body—the International Telecommunications Union (ITU)—that sets standards for “global interconnection and interoperability” in telecommunications, like telephone calls. In advance of the conference, Vladimir Putin announced Russia’s desire to “‘establish[] international control over the Internet’” under the auspices of the ITU. Although Russian proposals for ITU control of the Internet were kept out of the final text of the treaty, a version of the proposal was adopted in an accompanying resolution, which declares that “all governments should have an equal role and responsibility for international Internet governance and for ensuring the stability, security and continuity of the existing Internet and it future development” (Res. 3, par. E). As I noted in a prior post, the United States and other key countries, including France, Germany, and the United Kingdom, refused to sign the revised treaty, citing the Internet governance resolution and its incompatibility with the multistakeholder model of Internet governance.

 

The invocation of the controversial WCIT language in the revised Code makes clear that the SCO member states’ views on Internet governance have not shifted and are not intended as any accommodation to the advocates of the multistakeholder governance model. The revised draft Code also has two potentially troubling omissions. First, it makes no mention of agreement reached in a 2013 U.N. report that existing international law applies to cyberspace. The United States has repeatedly asserted that existing international laws, including laws on the use of force, apply to cyberspace (see, for example, here and here). Prior to the June 2013 U.N. report, China had not agreed with that proposition, and with the proposal of the 2011 draft Code, China appeared to suggest that new law was needed because existing law did not apply. In June 2013, however, the U.N. Group of Governmental Experts on Developments in the Field of Information and Telecommunications in the Context of International Security (GGE)—a group that includes China and Russia—reached consensus that “[i]nternational law, and in particular the Charter of the United Nations, is applicable and essential to maintaining peace and stability and promoting an open, secure, peaceful and accessible [information and communication technology] environment” (par. 19).

 

The revised Code cites the GGE Report, but does not reference the agreement that existing international law, particularly the U.N. Charter, applies. Instead the draft Code cites only an earlier paragraph of the GGE Report on “norms derived from existing international law” and the possible development of additional norms “over time” (par. 16). Maybe the lack of citation to the international law paragraph is simply an oversight; the draft Code does at least cite the GGE report. But China’s reluctance over the course of years to agree to the applicability of existing international law combined with the re-proposal of the Code, which would itself be new international law if adopted, suggest that the lack of reference to the international law paragraph may be best understood as a sign that China continues to resist applying existing international law to cyberspace.

 

Second, the revised Code entirely omits a provision regarding proliferation of weapons. The 2011 Code would have required states “[n]ot to . . . proliferate information weapons or related technologies” (par. b). This provision is simply missing from the new draft, and the motivation for the omission is unclear. On the one hand, the United States criticized the proliferation provision in the 2011 draft on the ground that it “ignores the fact that this technology is a quintessential dual-use technology.” Perhaps the SCO countries omitted the provision in response to this critique. On the other hand, given the recent attention to zero-day vulnerabilities, including acknowledgements that the U.S. government does not always disclose vulnerabilities of which it is aware, the provision may have been omitted in recognition of the fact that cyber powers stockpile and use vulnerabilities that might be conceptualized as “information weapons or related technologies.” One provision of the revised Code that should appeal to the United States—if it can be pursued without acceptance of the rest of the Code—is a new paragraph (par. 10) pursuant to which states would:

 

develop confidence-building measures aimed at increasing predictability and reducing the likelihood of misunderstanding and the risk of conflict. Such measures will include, inter alia, voluntary exchange of information regarding national strategies and organizational structures for ensuring a State’s information security, the publication of white papers and exchanges of best practice, wherever practical and advisable. This provision may suggest a willingness on China’s part to resume dialogue with the United States on cybersecurity issues. The countries established a bilateral working group on cybersecurity in 2013, but after the United States indicted five Chinese military officials for hacking U.S. companies, China suspended its participation in May 2014. As Adam Segal of the Council on Foreign Relations has noted, the suspension of the working group “is bad for both sides,” which have a “shared interest in confidence building in the areas of cyber conflict and in preventing third party attacks on critical infrastructure.” If the confidence-building provision of the revised Code can jumpstart renewed dialogue, it would be a significant silver-lining to a proposal that otherwise seems likely to do more to highlight disagreement than to build agreement on international cyber governance.

From http://justsecurity.org/ 02/03/2015

TOP↑

Ensuring Trust in Internet Governance

 

By Senator Chuck Grassley (R-Iowa), Chairman of the Senate Judiciary Committee and Representative Bob Goodlatte (R-Va.), Chairman of the House Judiciary Committee. This week in Singapore, important decisions are being made about the future of the Internet at the Internet Corporation for Assigned Names and Numbers (ICANN) 52 conference. At stake are fundamental questions: Should the American people surrender stewardship over core technical functions that have preserved the open and neutral operation of the Internet since its inception? Should the Obama Administration cede this authority to an organization many consider to be non-transparent, unaccountable and insular? If the administration insists on a transfer, what guarantees, capabilities and conditions first should be demanded and stress-tested by the global multi-stakeholder community?

 

This discussion began with the surprise announcement by the National Telecommunications and Information Administration (NTIA), an agency within the Department of Commerce, which asked ICANN to develop a proposal to transition NTIA's role as "the historic steward of the Domain Name System (DNS)." The announcement came as a shock to many who follow Internet governance issues and others who depend upon the Internet to communicate freely or conduct commerce around the world. Indeed, NTIA's announcement appeared to directly contravene long-standing positions of both the legislative and executive branches that the United States should retain its stewardship in overseeing the management of the Internet for the benefit of users worldwide. Since this announcement, the administration's process and the factors it weighed preceding this decision have not been fully disclosed. However, evidence suggests that the proposal to transition the responsibility for administering changes to all top-level domains, as well as serving as the historic guarantor of the DNS, was dictated not by technical considerations but rather in response to political motives. Moreover, questions persist as to whether the Obama Administration had the authority to commence such a transition without congressional oversight and approval in the first place.

 

In its original press release and subsequent communications, NTIA referred to two congressional resolutions, S.Con.Res.50 and H.Con.Res.127, which were passed by the 112th Congress. These resolutions affirmed House and Senate opposition to attempts by foreign governments and inter-governmental organizations to assume control over the Internet and generally endorsed the multi-stakeholder model of Internet governance. These resolutions were specifically intended to signal U.S. opposition to efforts by other nations to enlist the United Nations and empower the International Telecommunications Union as the global regulator of the Internet. However, neither resolution mentioned ICANN, the Internet Assigned Numbers Authority (IANA) functions that NTIA now proposes to transfer oversight over, or contained a suggestion, explicit or otherwise, that the United States should contemplate surrendering stewardship over the administration of these critical functions to ICANN or any other entity. In fact, two other resolutions passed in 2005, H.Con.Res.268 and S.Res.323, affirmed that operation and management of the Internet's domain name and addressing system should remain under the oversight of the United States. The administration's practice of playing fast and loose with clear statements of Congressional intent is not the way to inspire confidence, build support or work towards achieving consensus. Serious questions remain about the wisdom of ceding this authority, as well as the specifics of any transition. Our committees have been conducting oversight of ICANN and we will continue to closely examine the processes of the United States government and ICANN as these transition discussions continue.

 

We welcome NTIA Assistant Secretary for Communications and Information Larry Strickling's recent acknowledgements that there are no hard and fast deadlines for completing this process. If the administration is determined to give up oversight of ICANN and the IANA contract, permanent improvements to ICANN's accountability and transparency are critical to building public and congressional trust for any proposed transition. Any consideration of such a transition must be done carefully and in close coordination with Congress, rather than in a unilateral way. Further, we encourage members of the public and the many constituencies with interests in this process to make their voices and concerns heard. We also encourage ICANN to ensure that whatever results from this process shows that the outcome emanated from a true bottom-up multi-stakeholder process and was neither imposed on nor unduly influenced by ICANN's leaders, staff, or members of its board. The U.S. has served as a critical and responsible backstop against censorship and threats to openness and free speech on the Internet. As a result, the Internet has thrived. We must ensure that these principles remain intact for all Internet users across the globe. The future of the Internet as a medium for free speech, the flow of ideas and global commerce is at stake, and must be protected.

From http://www.i-policy.org/ 02/16/2015

TOP↑

 

 

 

 

 

 

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/02.gif

 

 

 

CHINA: Urging Better Internet Governance

 

China held the First Internet Conference in the rivertown of Wuzhen, calling for global Internet interconnectivity and shared governance by all. The conference saw roughly 1,000 Internet professionals, officials and experts from more than 100 countries and regions in attendance. Founders of China's top three Internet companies Alibaba, Tencent and Baidu as well as executives from global giants including Apple, Amazon, Google and Facebook all joined the gala. Chinese President Xi Jinping sent a congratulatory note to the ceremony, hoping countries can jointly build a cyberspace of peace, security, openness and cooperation and an international Internet governance system of multilateralism, democracy and transparency. Xi urged better international cooperation, more respect for sovereignty on the Internet and for countries to uphold cyber security following the principle of mutual respect and mutual trust. Chinese Vice-Premier Ma Kai, who attended the opening ceremony, called for joint efforts of the international community to promote the interconnectivity of Internet infrastructure, prosperity of Internet economy, strengthen the sharing of Internet technologies and to ensure cyberspace safety. Ma added that Internet infrastructure will be one of the prioritized investment areas of the planned Asian Infrastructure Investment Bank and the Silk Road Fund. Lu Wei, minister of the Cyberspace Administration of China, hoped the attendees would make plans for Internet interconnectivity and shared governance as well as promote consensus and to make a historical contribution for the Internet.

From http://www.news.cn/ 11/20/2014

TOP↑

 

China Standardizes Official Govt Websites

 

China will add an official label to all official government websites, according to the State Commission Office for Public Sector Reform (SCOPSR) and Cyberspace Administration of China (CAC) on Tuesday.Domain names of some government outlets were not properly labeled while the approval for portals has been careless, causing problems and confusion to the public, said Song Qing, deputy chief of SCOPR's E-government affairs department.The misuse and choice of domain names also brought security problems including hijacking or falsifying of websites to steal personal information.The label will be exclusively used on approved government sites and philanthropic portals to distinguish them from commercial ones, Song said.The label in the background of the home page will include the department name, category, address, domain name, issuer of the label and the time of issue.The central government will soon review all existing government portals and rectify irregularities, said Wang Rongxiang, vice dean of the communication bureau of the CAC.

From http://www.news.cn/ 11/25/2014

TOP↑

 

China Launches Website for Complaints About Party Officials

 

A website allowing people to complain about Communist Party of China (CPC) organizations and members in government departments was launched Tuesday.Either by real name or anonymously, people can report breaches of Party rules by organizations and members. The public can also submit proposals to improve Party work and build clean government. The website is run by the committee in charge of discipline for central government departments.The Internet is an important way of reporting wrongdoings by Party members and government officials.Also Tuesday, the CPC Central Commission for Discipline Inspection (CCDI) opened a new "whistle blowing channel" on its website to support its campaign to hunt down fugitive corrupt officials abroad. People, at home or abroad, with relevant information are encouraged to pass on the intelligence on the website.

From http://www.news.cn/ 12/09/2014

TOP↑

China Launches Website on Military Weaponry Procurement

 

A website on military weapon procurement was officially launched on Sunday.Under the General Armament Department of the People's Liberation Army (PLA), weain.mil.cn provides information on the country's weapon and armament needs, relevant policies, procurement notices, enterprise lists and technology.Private enterprises, military armament-purchasing departments and military industry groups as well as personnel can register on the website for consultation and further information.According to the PLA General Armament Department, the new platform was established to cement military and civilian integration and aims to accelerate steps in armament procurement system reform, break procurement barriers, improve competitiveness and promote efficiency.Since 2014, a series of policies have been issued to improve military and civilian integration, market access, information exchange, supervision, and security.In May, 2014, the first "military and civilian integration forum" released around 200 items on weapon procurement, which attracted more than 100 private enterprises and scores of cooperation agreements were subsequently signed.

From http://www.news.cn/ 01/04/2015

TOP↑

 

A Safer Internet Needs Better Governance

 

As the world marked Safer Internet Day 2015 on Tuesday, which aims to promote safer and more responsible use of digital technology for children and young people, China was concerned about Internet safety in a broader sense.China had 648 million Internet users by the end of 2014 and more than 70 percent were worried by Internet security.Besides the safety of computers, servers and online content, cyber security includes the safety of national interests.

China has been the target of cyber attacks, over 10,000 Chinese websites are maliciously tampered every month and 80 percent of the government's websites have been hacked, according to Lu Wei, minister of the Cyberspace Administration of China (CAC).IT development globally is uneven, which means some less-digitally developed countries are at risk of being controlled by more sophisticated nations.Mass surveillance by the United States National Security Agency (NSA) on governments and individuals disclosed since June 2013 by former NSA contractor Edward Snowden show that cyberspace also has boundaries.

 

Chinese President Xi Jinping, who also heads the central Internet security and informatization leading group, told a meeting in February 2014 that "no Internet safety means no national security".Countries should respect for each other's sovereignty in cyberspace; all countries have the right and power to exercise jurisdiction over information facilities and activities within their own territories, and to enforce their own policies.When governments regulate the Internet within their boundaries, they should act in line with laws and regulations, which is what China has been doing.As the flow of information is border-free and cyber security is a common challenge faced across the globe, shared governance should also be advocated globally, just like this year's slogan for the Safer Internet Day -- "Let's create a better Internet together".

From http://www.news.cn/ 02/10/2015

TOP↑

 

 

JAPAN: Online Voucher Websites Restore Trust, Gain Popularity

 

The number of consumers who use websites that sell purchasing rights for goods and services at discounted prices for a limited time has been increasing recently. The image of these websites was once damaged after a series of problems caused by sloppy quality management. However, constant efforts by major online voucher providers to increase the trust of consumers have led to growth in the market. The Japanese unit of U.S. online voucher provider Groupon Inc. has resumed selling rights to buy traditional osechi Japanese New Year’s food for the first time in four years. Groupon Japan, Inc. had suspended sales of osechi after the company had trouble selling the festive boxed meals for the 2011 New Year. Numerous buyers of osechi lodged complaints that the item, created by a restaurant operator and sold on the website operated by Groupon Japan, differed from the sample images posted online — the boxed meal contained very little food, unlike the images. Ahead of restarting sales of osechi, the company reinforced its checking system for delivery and quality control. The firm has also increased the variety of osechi it sells online. “We’ve kept improving systems [to provide services,] with the osechi scandal in mind,” Groupon Japan President Satoru Nemoto said.

 

Online voucher providers in the nation were an approximately ¥40 billion industry in 2013, up about 10 percent from the previous year, according to an online service company. Two major voucher providers, Groupon and Ponpare, operated by Recruit Holdings Co., are competing head to head. Ponpare has the advantage of selling a wide variety of goods, cooperating with tour and restaurant information websites operated by Recruit. Operated by Rakuten Inc., RaCoupon is also popular for its loyalty program that gives buyers discounts for future shopping. Recently, an increasing number of people are using voucher websites through smartphone apps. Observers say improving services offered through apps, such as sending e-mails automatically to the app users in order to introduce items as they pass by stores that offer the items, will likely hold the key for surviving the competition among online voucher providers. Such websites sell vouchers for goods and services, or purchasing rights, at discounted prices for a limited time. Those who buy items receive vouchers online and by other means and they receive items or services by presenting the vouchers at stores. The system enables sellers to sell a large quantity of items in a short period of time.

From http://the-japan-news.com 12/30/2014

TOP↑

 

SOUTH KOREA: More Gov't Data, Info to Be Released to Public

 

Additional public data that is in high demand will be opened to the public in the near future. Within the first half of this year, the Ministry of Culture, Sports and Tourism (MCST) announced that it would revise its existing management guidelines concerning public data and set up a policy to promote the free use of such information. The ministry’s action will lead to an increase in the amount of public data released to the public to about 5 million items, from the current number of nearly 3 million. To encourage the use of public data, in 2012 the government launched an online portal, Gonggongnuri (www.kogl.or.kr). The website allows people to use previously-protected works and copyrighted works that used to belong to public organizations for free with certain conditions. Also, they do not have to sign a contract or apply for copyright use. At the end of last year, a total of 10,936 items owned by the National Museum of Korea were added to the portal. Early this year, approximately 130,000 items, including photos of ancient artifacts that are part of the Cultural Heritage Administration, will be released for public use through the website.

This website provides not only data about historical remains. Its collection also includes about 265,000 documents, ranging from white books from the main projects undertaken by the Seoul Metropolitan government and research reports through to history-related writings from public organizations. The use of public data has helped many firms design and develop new products. It has enabled the commercialization of 12 products so far, and helped the companies create successful business models. These products include a wallpaper pattern at Homeart and bead puzzle kits by Puzzlia, which recorded sales worth some KRW 83 million and KRW 10 million, respectively, since their launches last year. “If nearly 7.6 million copyrighted data points from public organizations are released to the public for free, it will have an effect worth up to KRW 2.8 trillion on the economy. We will support the nation in this respect so that the people can create added value by using the released public data, extended in terms of both quality and quantity,” said the culture ministry.

From http://www.korea.net 01/15/2015

TOP↑

 

 

 

 

 

 

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/03.gif

 

 

 

MYANMAR: Over US$16 Million Spent on E-Government

 

Myanmar has spent over US$16 million on its e-government masterplan in the last four years, the ICT Ministry has announced. Since the 2011-12 financial year, 65 regional and state governments have been implementing e-government projects, said Thaung Tin, Deputy Minister, ICT Ministry. The government is developing applications which can be shared by all ministries, building infrastructure and writing a roadmap to support the uptake, he added. Each ministry is working on its own plans for delivering online services. Thaung Tin hopes that the projects will be completed by March next year. The World Bank approved a further $5.4m of funding to implement e-government projects in Myanmar in January, including a single portal for citizens and businesses to access government information and services. This money is to be spent over a four year period The government has also recently formed two units to promote transparency, acting on its plan to join the Open Government Partnership by 2016.

From http://www.futuregov.asia/ 11/28/2014

TOP↑

 

MALAYSIA: Connectivity Raises Quality of Governance

 

As the world becomes more connected, citizens are able to share their ideas on how they are governed and hold their governments to account said Malaysian Prime Minister Najib Tun Razak in a speech earlier this week. "People can access a huge range of statistics, indicators and international comparisons. They can read and engage with opinions and political philosopies from different systems around the world, and if they are unhappy with the state of their government, they can and will tell the world about it, in real time, with pictures, videos and hashtags to help their message across," Prime Minister Najib noted. The Malaysian leader has been a longstanding advocate of the role of social media by the public sector, requiring senior officials to create accounts, and building up 2.23 million followers on his Twitter account. Speaking of the challenge of engaging citizens, the Prime Minister referred to the challenge posed by 'disengagement in the age of distraction'. "We must find new and creative ways to ensure people remain engaged with their local communities, that they feel as much a part of their nation as they do their favourite Facebook group," he continued.

From http://www.futuregov.asia/ 11/28/2014

TOP↑

 

SINGAPORE: New Mobile App OneService Enables One-Stop Municipal Feedback

 

SINGAPORE: To provide more timely feedback on municipal issues in Singapore, the public can now make use of "OneService" - a mobile app for Android and iOS users. Minister in the Prime Minister's office Grace Fu, who is also the Minister overseeing the Municipal Services Office (MSO), launched the app on Sunday (Jan 25). The app aims to make it easier and faster for the public to report any issues they encounter. For starters, feedback can be submitted according to categories such as "Animals", "Cleanliness" and "Roads and footpaths" instead of agencies. This way users do not have the added worry of identifying the agency in charge of a particular issue. The app will automatically channel all feedback to the relevant agencies so more timely service and response can be provided. Plus, the geo-tagging function in the app will automatically pinpoint the exact location of the problem, while the photo-taking feature will provide a clearer picture to agencies. Ms Fu said there is scope for agencies to improve in their delivery of municipal services - particularly in areas where multiple agencies need to be involved or when the issue is complex in nature. She added that with the app, it will be more convenient for the public to give their feedback and the MSO will progressively enhance the app to be even more user-friendly. According to MSO, agencies will send an acknowledgement reply upon receiving a feedback. While turnaround time may vary from case to case, users can expect a response within a week of submission for straightforward municipal-related issues. Feedback requiring further investigation or review may take up to three weeks.

From http://www.channelnewsasia.com/ 01/25/2015

TOP↑

 

 

 

 

 

 

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/04.gif

 

 

 

INDIA: FM - Role of IT Sector Is Crucial in Order to Promote E-Governance for Empowering Citizens; to Promote the Inclusive and Sustainable Growth of the Electronics, IT and ITeS Industries and Enhancing India’s Role in Internet Governance

 

The Union Finance Minister Shri Arun Jaitley said that the role of IT sector, be it hardware or software, is crucial in order to promote e-governance for empowering citizens. He said that the role of this sector is also important in promoting the inclusive and sustainable growth of the electronics, IT and ITeS industries and enhancing India’s role in internet governance. The Finance Minister said that at a larger scale, the role of IT sector is crucial for boosting manufacturing sector in the country. He said that reviving manufacturing, diversifying its base and equipping it for robust long run expansion is one of the major challenges of our economic management in the next five years. The Finance Minister, Shri Jaitley was making his Opening Remarks during the Pre Budget Consultative Meeting with the IT (Hardware & Software) Groups here today. The Finance Minister further said that the government introduced ‘Make in India’ initiative in this context which refers to the production in India at a competitive price with global quality standards. The Finance Minister Shri Jaitley said that the idea is that large scale production at competitive price in India for the global market will create gainful employment and will help India reap demographic dividend, increase their purchasing power faster, and finally, with rising incomes will generate a huge market within India.

 

The Finance Minister, Shri Jaitley said that the overall rapid growth of the section in recent years, including exports earnings of about US$86 billion demonstrate sustained competitiveness and an ability of the sector to overcome structural deficiencies related to business and policy environment. He further said that the portfolio and capabilities of Indian IT/ITeS industry have significantly expanded, and is perhaps the only country other than the USA, with the capability of providing end to end services in IT, BPM, Software Products and Engineering, Research and Development and more recently in Internet and e-Commerce. The Finance Minister Shri Jaitley said that the success of ‘Digital India’ initiative will necessarily rely on the IT/BPM sector for design, deployment and its continued success. Realization of ‘Make in India’ is inseparable from ICT sector. He said that modern manufacturing relies on IT for efficiencies and innovation leading to ‘know-why’ of products and processes. He further said that similar contribution from the IT sector can be made in healthcare, education and defence etc. He said that the Government’s focus on financial inclusion will require enabling financial transactions on the mobile and internet for greater access.

 

The Finance Minister Shri Jaitley said that the Government is, therefore, keen to leverage the inherent strength of the IT sector as it charges the growth map for the country and would certainly take further policy and regulatory initiatives based on the inputs from the participants in today’s meeting.  The meeting was attended among others by Shri Jayant Sinha, Minister of State for Finance, Shri Rajiv Mehrishi, Finance Secretary, Shri Shaktikanta Dass, Revenue Secretary, Shri Ratan P. Watal, Secretary (Expenditure), Secretary, Electronics, Dr. Arvind Subramanian, Chief Economic Adviser, and Ms. Snehlata Shrivastava, Additional Secretary (DFS). The representatives of the IT (Hardware & Software) Groups present during the meeting included Shri Vishal Sikka, CEO, Infosys, Shri Suresh Senapathy, CFO, Wipro, Shri Anil Chanana, CFO, HCL Technologies, Shri Phiroz Vandrevala, Executive Vice President, TCS, Shri R. Chandrasekaran, Chairman, NASSCOM, Shri R. Chandrashekhar, President, NASSCOM, Shri Sachin Bansal, CEO, Flipkart, Shri Kunal Bahl, CEO, Snapdeal, Shri Rostow Ravanan, ED, Mindtree, Shri Naveen Tewari, CEO, InMobi, Shri Vinod Nayyar,Tech Mahendra, , Shri Nitin Kunkolienkeer, Vice President, Manufacturer’s Association for Information Technology, Shri Sandeep Girotra, Head of Indian Region, Nokia, Shri N.K. Goyal, President, Telecom Equipment Manufacturers Association of India, Shri Pankaj Mahendra, Cellular Ltd. and Shri Subhash Goyal, President, ELCINA Electronic Industries Association of India among others.

 

This was for the first time that the Finance Minister held an exclusive Pre-budget meeting with the representatives of IT industry.  Various suggestions were made by representatives of IT industry during the meeting. Major suggestions include incentives for setting-up of data centers within the country. It was said there is a need to give tax incentives for building infrastructure for large data centers and cloud services within the country to ensure data security as well as to have a big network of large software products companies within the country. Besides it, other suggestions include more budgetary allocation for digital literacy programme in order to make Digital India a success, to promote innovations by allowing angel funding, stable tax regime, direct tax benefits for the sector, tax benefits for cashless transactions, resolving issues relating to double taxation on software products, transfer pricing and duty drawback. There is need for clarity on royalty payment on software products (whether goods or services)

 

Other suggestions include initiatives to improve overall business environment including ease of doing business and setting-up of a High Level Committee for industry interactions. In order to make ‘Make in India’ success, extend investment allowance for efficiency enhancing tools like IT products, remove exclusion for expenses towards software tools for R&D deduction, incentives for digitization of SMEs, tailor incentives for skill development and employment generation for SMEs and large companies, revision/clarifications on export related issues like foreign tax credit policy, drawback scheme for services, carry backward of business losses etc. among other. Suggestions were made for clarity in service tax between domestic and overseas vendors for e-commerce and export proceed realization (SEZ). There is need for MAT rate to be rationalized, applicability on transfer pricing on companies eligible under section 10A and 10 AA and introduce duty drawback scheme for software services like goods among others.

From http://pib.nic.in/ 01/14/2015

TOP↑

 

 

India's Internet Governance Model to Balance Public & Private Interests

 

NEW DELHI: India's Internet governance model will be consistent with the role private firms play in widening Internet's reach and the pre-eminent role of government in public welfare, Telecom Minister Ravi Shankar Prasad said today. In recent times, issues related to privacy, content regulation and barrier to access Internet or Internet based services have been in the spotlight. "Today I tried to understand the trend and cross trend of Internet governance and related issues across the world. India will decide on its Internet governance model which will be consistent with the role private players play in spread of Internet and pre-eminent role played by government in public welfare," Prasad told after a meeting on Internet governance with ministry officials. Internet governance applies to activities as diverse as coordination of technical standards, operation of critical infrastructure, development, regulation and legislation. "To come up with a broad framework, we will need to consult various stakeholders," Prasad said. Net-neutrality, which is access to Internet or Internet based services without any barrier or discrimination, has been in limelight following telecom major Airtel announcing a plan to charge separately for Internet based voice calls. The company later backtracked its plan following huge public outcry on social media. TRAI is expected to come out with a consultation paper to take a public view on regulating over-the-top telecom players like Skype, WhatsApp, Viber which facilitate their users to make calls or send messages using the Internet for free. OTT subscribers are only required to pay for Internet data consumed for using. Prasad in his meeting with US Under-Secretary of State Catherine Novelli earlier this week had said, "For India, net neutrality is very important."

From http://www.i-policy.org/ 01/18/2015

TOP↑

 

E-GovWatch: Single Smartcard Soon for Workers' Social Security Benefits

 

BENGALURU: Labour Ministry plans to issue a single smartcard for formal sector workers to help them avail of a host of benefits under different social security schemes such as pension, provident fund and health insurance. The ministry will seed employees’ details such as Universal PF Account Number (UAN), Employees State Insurance, Aadhaar, PAN, bank account numbers as also the IFSC codes of the bank branches, with the smartcard that will benefit employees. “The Labour Ministry has worked out a scheme to provide a single smartcard for availing various benefits of social security schemes available for the organised sector workers,” a senior Labour Ministry official said. This card will be used as a tool to verify identity, age, address, bank account and dependents for providing benefits to those workers and their dependents under various social security schemes run by the government through its agencies and bodies like Employees’ Provident Fund Organisation (EPFO) and Employees’ Provident Fund Organisation (EPFO) and Employees’ State Insurance Corporation (ESIC), he added.

 

He further said the scheme would be rolled out after all UANs issued by the EPFO get operationalised and stabilisation of the database. EPFO had issued over four crore UANs to its subscribers and started seeding these portable PF account numbers with the various know-your-customer details like bank account, PAN and Aadhaar in July last year. At present, out of the 4.26 crore UANs issued as many as 31,41,173 PF accounts were activated by the subscribers. For activating the UAN, the EPFO subscriber has to log into his account on the web portal after KYC details are verified. A senior EPFO official said that though over 1.7 crore subscribers’ KYC detail is verified, a large number of accounts are not activated because many members are not that tech savvy. In the present scenario, EPFO does not issue any card or passbook to its subscribers. But they can login into their PF accounts online and can take print out of the statement. The ESIC, which has a subscriber base of over 1.8 crore, issues smartcards to formal sector workers for availing health insurance benefits under the scheme run by it. The Labour Ministry official said that with seeding of different data of subscribers of social security schemes together into a single chip, the ministry will be able to use it for providing benefits such as pension, PF and deposit linked insurance. He said it will take at least one year to make the new smart card a reality as all depends on stabilisation of UAN database.

From http://news.siliconindia.com/ 01/22/2015

TOP↑

E-Governance an Essential Part of Digital India: Indian PM

 

“The more technology we infuse in Governance, the better it is for India,” said Narendra Modi, the Indian Prime Minister. New Delhi: Taking his innovative use of social media and latest technology to the next level, the Prime Minister, Narendra Modi addressed the 18th National Conference on e-Governance through Twitter. This is the first time such an address has taken place through Twitter. Below is a text from the Prime Minister’s address to the 18th National Conference on e-Governance. The Prime Minister tweeted: “Good morning friends! I am delighted to join the 18th National Conference on e-Governance through Twitter. I wanted to personally attend the conference but was unable to do so. However, there was no way I could miss interacting with you. I thought- despite not attending, how can I connect with you. That is when I decided to use technology and talk to you via this medium. Am told this conference brings together several delegates from Central and State Governments, Armed Forces, Academia, Industry and private sector.

 

The participants and their expertise make this conference a perfect forum to look at the way forward to effective and efficient e-Governance. I am also told that 22 awards will be presented in 12 categories. I congratulate all the award winners and laud their efforts. Am particularly delighted that the theme of this year's conference revolves around digital governance, skill development and employability. Centre is committed to realising dream of a Digital India, with a vision to make India a digitally empowered society and knowledge economy. We are actively working to create a robust digital infrastructure that would serve the interests of our citizens and transform their lives. E-Governance is an essential part of our dream of Digital India. The more technology we infuse in Governance, the better it is for India. I am also certain that technology and e-Governance will make processes simpler and remove several obstacles slowing the pace of work and progress. While we look at e-Governance, let us think about ‘mobile first’ and thus give importance to m-Governance (mobile governance).

 

I urge you to explore ways to provide as many services as possible through mobiles. Let us bring the world into our mobile phones! The youthful energy that our Nation possesses is our prized asset. Giving an impetus to skill development through technology is essential. Scale and speed at which we have to take India's development journey requires maximum and smart utilisation of latest technology. I am sure this all-India conference will become a focal point of several innovative ideas that will help our Nation in the years to come. Once again, my best wishes to everyone in the conference. Thank you very much.” Recently, during President Obama's visit to India, the Prime Minister shared through "SoundCloud" the special episode of ‘Mann Ki Baat.’ He also shared a native video on Facebook and an audio tweet and video tweet of glimpses of his speech at the NCC parade on 28th January.

From http://southasia.oneworld.net/ 01/30/015

TOP↑

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/05.gif

 

 

 

AZERBAIJAN: Largest Bank Connects to E-gov’t Portal

 

International Bank of Azerbaijan has started issuing electronic certificates through the portal of electronic government (e-gov.az), the message of the Information Technology Center of the Ministry of Communications and High Technologies of Azerbaijan said Jan.21.  The message said the project is being implemented in order to provide personal information to the citizens appealed to the bank.  One can use the service with the help of the “Online help on personal data of the citizens.”  Citizens will be able to create personal information about them after registering on the portal of electronic government and send it to the bank. Online Help will have legal force that will simplify the procedure of registration of documents for bank lending.  Along with this, clients of the IBA will be able to use this service in the specific terminals installed in the bank. At present, the service is available in the central branch of the IBA, the branch “Premier” and branches located in Sabail and Yasamal districts of Baku.  Bank Respublika, Unibank, Bank of Baku, AccessBank, Muganbank and VTB Bank (Azerbaijan) also joined the project of ITC. It is planned to expand cooperation in this field with other banks as well in the future.  There are 44 banks in Azerbaijan.

From http://en.trend.az/ 01/21/2015

TOP↑

 

Azerbaijan Starts to Apply E-Mortgage Portal

 

The portal will be avaliable for population since February. Azerbaijan Mortgage Fund has successfully completed application of E-mortgage portal and the system has been put into use of market participants.   AMD told APA-Economics that the system allows market participants – authorized credit institutions, insurance and appraiser companies to implement all technical procedures online.   Along with this, the e-mortgage portal (www.e-ipoteka.azwil) will be launched since 2 February.

From http://news.az/ 01/31/2015

TOP↑

 

BAHRAIN: Among Top 25 Egovernment Leaders Worldwide

 

Bahrain has been ranked among the top 25 eGovernment leaders in the world, according to the UN eGovernment Survey 2014. Bahrain is the only Arab country to feature in this category of advanced countries which have a very good development rate on the eGovernment Development Index, said the Gulf Daily News (GDN), our sister publication. South Korea has retained the top spot this year with its continued leadership and focus on eGovernment innovation. Australia (second) and Singapore (third) have both improved their rankings considerably over their 2012 performance. Bahrain was ranked 18th out of 193 UN member states, followed by Iceland, Austria, Germany, Ireland, Italy, Luxembourg and Belgium. “The global achievement acknowledges Bahrain’s landmark eGovernment strides,” said Education Minister Dr Majid Al Nuaimi as he received a copy of the survey from eGovernment Authority chief executive Mohammed Al Qaed.

From http://www.tradearabia.com/ 01/02/2015

TOP↑

 

 

UZBEKISTAN: To Establish Ministry of Development of IT and Communications

 

President of Uzbekistan Islam Karimov signed a decree on "Establishment of the ministry of development of information technologies and communications".  According to the decree, released on Feb.5, the ministry is being established on the basis of the State Committee of Communication, Informatization and Telecommunication Technologies.  Ensuring the implementation of a unified state policy in the field of information technologies and communications, creating the "e-government" - are among the main tasks and directions of the new ministry’s activity. Working out and implementing the comprehensive programs for the implementation and development of a national information and communication system are also among these tasks. The ministry will be charged with further development and modernization of the telecommunication infrastructure. 

 

The ministry will implement the state programs for the creation of the "e-government", interministerial coordination, monitoring, evaluation and control of the activity of the ministries, departments, companies and associations, on the scene public authorities charged with informatization and improvement of interactive state services.  The ministry will also create a unified system of formation, storage and use of state information resources and databases.  The ministry was also tasked to further develop the national segment of the Internet.  It will also coordinate and assist the development of domestic production and domestic market of competitive software and services, and the introduction of modern software, information systems and information resources.  The ministry was entrusted to implement measures to ensure information security, and organize researches and developments, and will also execute the functions of government regulation, licensing and control of the activities in telecommunications area and in the use of the radio spectrum.  It will also carry out international cooperation in the field of communications and information technologies.  The State Committee for Communication, Informatization and Telecommunication Technologies was established by a presidential decree in October 2012, replacing the Uzbek Agency for Communication and Informatization.

From http://www.azernews.az/ 02/06/2015

TOP↑

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/06.gif

 

 

 

AUSTRALIA: NICTA Advises Government to Do More on Identity Assurance

 

Australian Government agencies must adopt identity authentication techniques, according to a new report by the agency which advises the public sector on ICT. A white paper from National Information and Communications Technology Australia (NICTA) said that using these tools will verify that people on the website are citizens, and allow them greater flexibility in how they access government digital services. Some governments are already starting to test identity assurance services like those provided by Google and Facebook, the report said. Last month, the United Kingdom announced a new beta program for people to choose from a variety of private sector identity assurance options. Meanwhile, the Estonian Government has pioneered a single system for people to register for all citizen-facing services. NICTA also said that Governments’ storage of data must move towards cloud-computing services to save cost by eliminating unnecessary data centres.

 

Further, it suggests that agencies should review service arrangements to provide more room for private platforms to work with the government. In a speech to the FutureGov Summit this week, Paul Fletcher, Parliamentary Secretary to the Minister for Communications, said that the mindset that governments should not outsource their platforms to external parties “is increasingly incompatible with end user needs in the digital age”. The NICTA report also warned of challenges faced by Australian government such as the unpopular reception of digital channels from the public, the cost, complexity, and lack of skills to change and implement e-government systems. Appropriate protocols are yet to be implemented for shared services and data between agencies, it added.

From http://www.futuregov.asia 11/28/2014

TOP↑

 

Australia Latest to Create Specialist E-Government Unit

 

The Australian Government has today announced plans to establish a Digital Transformation Office (DTO) to manage the development of digital public services across government. Based in the Department of Communications, the unit will combine web developers, designers, researchers and content specialists from across government into a new unit to quickly improve e-government services. The announcement said it will “operate more like a start-up than a traditional government agency”. One of the DTO’s first tasks will be creating a single digital identity for citizens to use to log in to every online government service. The unit is also intended to work closely with state governments, according to the announcement.

 

The DTO is a very similar approach to that taken first in the United Kingdom, and then in the United States. Britain set up the Government Digital Service in 2011, taking the management of e-government services away from individual departments and placing it in a specialist unit with greater hiring power and management structures more akin to a startup than a government agency. Last year, the United States government created 18F, its own specialist digital team operating from the centre of government with a remit to work across all departments. Singapore has also established its own government digital team within the Infocomm Development Authority, although its remit is less wide-ranging. The move comes after Communications Minister, Malcolm Turnbull (pictured), invited members of the Government Digital Service to Australia last year to discuss their operating model.

From http://www.futuregov.asia/ 01/23/2015

TOP↑

 

‘Digital Transformation’ Office to Be Setup

 

AUSTRALIANS will be offered a single “digital identity” to access all government services. The identity will replace the tangle of usernames, passwords and processes that Australians use to log on to dozens of government agencies and departments online. Communications Minister Malcolm Turnbull will oversee the change, which will be driven by a new Digital Transformation Office in his department. The DTO will recruit developers, designers, researchers and content specialists working across government to improve digital services. Mr Turnbull said it would operate more like a tech start-up than a traditional government agency. “Interacting with government should be as easy as internet banking or ordering a taxi through an app,” he said. The minister said security and privacy of personal information would be protected.

From http://www.theaustralian.com.au 01/23/2015

TOP↑

 

Australian Government Unveils Cloud Services Panel

 

Microsoft, Datacom, IBM, and Macquarie Telecom are among the first to be included in the Australian government's new whole-of-government cloud services panel. As part of the Abbott government's digital strategy, the Department of Finance went to tender in September last year for a whole-of-government cloud services panel to provide software, platform, and infrastructure as a service to the government. Finance Minister Mathias Cormann on Friday announced the first 49 companies to be added to the panel, including F1 Solutions, Fuji Xerox, Redcore, and Zettagrid. The government had originally targeted finalising the panel at the end of 2014. Under the revised cloud policy released in October, government agencies must adopt cloud where it is fit for purpose, provides adequate protection of data, and delivers value for money. The commonwealth is attempting to drive up agency usage of cloud services after it was revealed that despite the government spending nearly AU$6 billion per year on IT, total procurement of cloud services by federal agencies since July 2010 added up to just AU$4.7 million.

 

Now that the cloud panel is in place, the government is likely to begin examining the possibility of moving to a whole-of-government arrangement for desktop services and email. "We're closing at the moment a scoping study on what we're calling GovDesk and GovMail, which are similar infrastructure-level offerings for agencies to provide office automation services for a subscription price they can use and provide it centrally, and potentially the same thing for email," federal government chief technology officer John Sheridan said in November. Sheridan indicated that the services could be put to the market later this year or in 2016.

From http://www.zdnet.com 02/13/2015

TOP↑

 

Australia Building Single Log-In for Central, State and Local Government Services

 

Australia's Digital Transformation Office (DTO) will build a single log-in for government services that will operate across federal, state and local governments. The move is important because it bridges the divide between central and local government digital services by creating a common system for citizens anywhere in Australia. The current federal myGov system, run by the Department of Human Services, will now be managed by the DTO and made available to local government. Speaking in Parliament, Communications Minister Malcolm Turnbull - who is responsible for the DTO - said that “to bring on board a state government service agency costs only $50,000 [US$39,000] in onboarding costs. We are going to make this available to all local and state government for no charge from the Commonwealth. This is going to revolutionise the way state services are delivered, it's going to make government more efficient”. According to a post on Communications Minister Malcolm Turnbull's website, the DTO will also work with state and local governments on a “digital mailbox and a digital identity platform.”

 

Like others in the region, including Singapore and New Zealand, Australia has established a central digital team with a remit to work across all central government digital services. “The DTO has been established so that agencies can adopt a coordinated, whole-of-government approach to service delivery, moving beyond the current model of agencies operating in silos,” according to Turnbull. The services built by the DTO will be “reusable and interconnected”, he pledged. DTO's announcements mark a significant step forward for the concept of 'government as a platform', an idea coined by Tim O'Reilly and being popularised in the UK. This concept sees all government agencies using the same basic systems based on a framework set by central government. Britain's Government Digital Service - which inspired the launch of the DTO - is looking to expand its mandate to cover local government services. Both the government and opposition parties in the UK have committed to make this happen after the next general election in May.

From http://www.futuregov.asia 02/16/2015

TOP↑

 

NEW ZEALAND: How govt.nz Listens to Citizens’ Problems

 

New Zealand’s new e-government web site - govt.nz - is focused on meeting user needs, the government has said. FutureGov spoke with the Department of Internal Affairs (DIA) to find out how the agency has used user feedback in the new web site. Users have told the government that they don’t want something flashy and with a lot of images, but a service that gets the job done, said Nadia Webster, Principal Adviser, Digital Engagement at DIA. “The point of it is not to attract people or get them excited because what they really want to do on a government web site is answer the question, get the information and get to where they want to go,” she said. With these in mind, the government developed and launched in a new web site consolidating services across agencies in July. As a result, the web site has seen an 84 per cent increase in traffic through organic search in November 2014, compared to November 2013, Webster said. The department has been analysing user behaviour on its web site and listening to feedback from visitors to understand what they want. “We’re doing a lot of work on the analytics of the site to understand the user journeys and to tweak how the site works in response,” Webster said. The department is tracking what visitors click on, what pathways they use to get to the information they want and what search terms they use.

 

Govt.nz also has the traditional feedback form, so visitors can tell DIA about problems they find or things they don’t like. The department used feedback and statistics on govt.nz’s predecessor, newzealand.govt.nz, to understand what users want as well. “We used to get a lot of emails [with] people requesting information because they couldn’t find it on government web sites,” she said. DIA is using all of this to make small, but continuous improvements to the web site. Australia is also using this “agile” approach for its recently launched e-government portal and has continued to collect feedback on it. A challenge to this approach is that “you’re always trying to get the right mix that’s going to suit most of the people”, Webster admitted. “We do a lot of user research to do that [and] to understand those [needs], but it’s never going to be a 100 per cent for everybody.” Another challenge was in translating government jargon to simple language, which was one of the design principles of the web site, she added. The challenge was to get over 40 agencies to check that the translation to plain language done by DIA was accurate. “There was a lot of to and fro because some agencies insisted on using certain language and we had to [compare] that with what our user testing showed us.”

 

The department has come up with a style guide which defines the language that should be used and how government-related topics should be described in simple language. It is published on govt.nz and other agencies are starting to use it in their communications with citizens, Webster said. The government is also planning to take learnings from the govt.nz experience and make iterative improvements to the open data portal, data.govt.nz, she said. In the mean time, DIA will continue collecting user feedback to decide what functionalities to introduce next and what content to bring from other agencies.

From http://www.futuregov.asia 12/18/2014

TOP↑

 

 

 

How the NZ Govt Can Do More with Data

 

New Zealand’s recent ranking as the joint-fourth leading country in the world in implementing open data strategies carries greater significance according to one industry analyst. “This is about more than just transparency,” says Nick Wallace, analyst, Ovum. “Opening up city data provides the raw material for a whole range of new services.” Examining open data readiness, implementation, and impact across 86 countries, the UK once again earned the top spot in the Barometer’s global rankings this year, followed by the US, Sweden, France and New Zealand while Australia ranked joint-tenth in the list. But according to Wallace, governments, including that of New Zealand, should help poor cities to build their own platform. “The new edition of Open Data Barometer has once again ranked the UK as number one for openness, but finds that with the exception of a few leading countries, most are falling behind on their stated plans,” Wallace claims. The report also observes that the presence of city-level open data initiatives correlates with a higher social impact of open data, and argues that opening up city-level data will help to complement national initiatives.

 

“The most popular open-data-based tools come out of city-level data, because such data is relevant to citizens’ daily lives,” Wallace says. “It is being used to build navigation apps that incorporate real-time public transport information, to map out the cost of renting a house, and to show availability at city bike-sharing terminals. The potential social value of city-level data deserves special attention from policymakers. What might be accessible to a machine or long-in-the-tooth city bureaucrat could look like gibberish to anyone else, even a well-heeled data analyst,” he adds. “Unintentional misuse of incomprehensible – or worse, unreliable – data could carry social costs: nobody wants a navigation app that makes them miss their train or catch the wrong bus. Open data doesn’t just mean pushing data onto the Internet; it means investing in making sure that others can reuse it with confidence. Some countries have national platforms for local government data, but they are generally unimpressive, even in leading countries,” he adds. “The best examples of city-level open data around the world are locally controlled.” As a result, Wallace recommends that instead of spending money on trying to open up cities’ data for them, national governments should help poorer cities’ attempts to develop their own platforms.

From http://www.computerworld.co.nz 02/02/2015

TOP↑

 

 

 

 

 

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/e-Commerce.gif

 

 

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/01.gif

 

 

 

EUROPE: German State to Use Budget Surplus for Faster Internet

 

In the run-up to the state budget talks on 3 February, municipalities in Mecklenburg-West Pomerania demand that the surplus from the federal state budget is used for faster broadband expansion, heise.de reports. In order to get companies to invest in the area as well as to increase competitiveness and tourism, high broadband coverage is essential, according to local politicians. Infrastructure minister Christian Pegel (SPD) had already announced the government will give a higher priority to digital infrastructure when distributing the expected surplus of EUR 165 million.

From http://www.telecompaper.com/ 02/02/2015

TOP↑

 

Dutch Govt Looks into Influence of Internet Companies

 

The Dutch government wants to identify internet “gatekeepers”, companies that play a special role in the internet economy and which have therefore garnered a position of power, like Google or Facebook. The ministry of economic affairs did not preclude the need for further regulation, which it said it also needed in Brussels. Providers of fixed and mobile networks have a special position as gatekeepers for the internet, the ministry said. That is why net neutrality rules were developed for providers. Other parties also play that role, such as companies with a platform (search engine or social network), that brings people into connection with each other. The ministry will this year continue to look at the role these platforms play in the internet economy market and if further regulation is needed. European competition rules could play a role, promoting a sort of “platform neutrality”. In both national and Europe-wide cases, this would mean rules for providers such as Google and Facebook. This could mean splitting up activities, for example. Talks will continue with both traditional and new players, as well as European partners. Measures protecting end-users may also be discussed.

From http://www.telecompaper.com/ 01/02/2015

TOP↑

 

Online Digital Goods Could Be Subject to GST Under OECD Global Plan

 

A global regime that would lead to Australians paying GST on digital books, music, games and other items bought online from overseas is a step closer after the release of a proposal for consideration by advanced economies. The Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development released a paper in December that was strongly backed by local retailers. It was released just before the federal government signalled it could move on the issue as part of its own white paper process. The OECD paper follows a forum in Tokyo in April where 100 countries agreed, in principle, to take action. Australia attended the forum. If adopted by member states, including Australia, it would mean that foreign suppliers would have to pay sales taxes, such as GST, on online goods bought by local consumers. Major suppliers of digital products including Amazon, Apple and Google would be likely to comply with a flat tax.

Advertisement

 

In Australia, goods bought online and worth less than $1000 are not subject to the 10 per cent GST. The paper recommends that overseas suppliers be required to register in countries where they ship goods as the "most effective and efficient approach" to tax. At the same time, it recommends that governments implement simplified registration and compliance regimes. The OECD proposal, which is out for consultation until February, also recommends that jurisdictions work more closely together to ensure the correct tax is collected from companies based beyond their borders. New Assistant Treasurer Josh Frydenberg said in December that the federal government would consider whether to apply GST to low-value online purchases from overseas as part of its white paper process. Australian retailers have long complained about the loophole, saying it puts them at a disadvantage compared with overseas competitors.

 

They want items bought from overseas websites for as little as 1¢ to be subject to the tax in order to even the playing field. KPMG's head of indirect tax, Dermot Gaffney, said the OECD proposal, if implemented in Australia, would result in a large amount of lost revenue now being taxed. "Digital books, music, games and other items purchased by Australian residents would all be subject to GST for the first time," he said. Online retailer Gerry Harvey, who has long advocated that online goods be subject to GST, said the exemptions benefited overseas technology giants. He described it as a "rort that's been going on for a long time". "All the big tech companies have been exploiting that right [to not pay GST]," Mr Harvey said. "They milked it, and they will continue to milk it until someone stops them." He said a change to the GST threshold would not benefit the Harvey Norman retail chain "but it does have a big impact on things that are brought into [the] country like handbags, shoes, dresses and books".

 

Australian Retailers Association executive director Russell Zimmerman said the OECD plan made sense, and, if implemented, would ensure that local retailers were no longer disadvantaged. "If you're an online retailer in Australia selling e-books, you still have to pay the GST, but if you shift yourself offshore, you don't have to pay it any longer," he said. While there would always be price differentials, Mr Zimmerman said it would give local retailers a chance to be more competitive against overseas players. Mr Frydenberg has said the upcoming tax white paper would examine the issue, although he did not go as far as saying how low the existing $1000 threshold should fall. "It makes sense to have a serious look at this from a jobs perspective because the retailers are such big employers," Mr Frydenberg said.

 

Attempts to raise GST or change the threshold would need the support of the states. Treasurer Joe Hockey had commissioned a joint working group of state and federal bureaucrats to finalise proposals for lowering the threshold at its March meeting, but state governments failed to reach a deal. An options paper ahead of the tax white paper, which Mr Frydenberg will play a big part in steering in his new role, is expected to be released early in 2015. The white paper will also canvass changes to GST, such as increasing its rate or broadening the base to include other goods such as fresh food. Mr Hockey has ruled out immediate changes to GST, saying that the budget could not afford the compensation needed to make a GST increase politic­ally palatable. Abbott government adviser and pollster Mark Textor had told Fairfax Media in an interview that any increase in GST would need to be supported by tax cuts and/or greater spending on public services such as health and education.

 

Mr Hockey agreed that middle and low-income Australians would have to be "compensated" with "significant tax cuts" but said "we haven't got the financial capacity to do that at the moment". While the government would not take action on GST in its first term, Mr Hockey has not ruled out taking the proposal to the next election. In an interview with Fairfax Media in December, the OECD's head of tax, Pascal Saint-Amans, said there was scope to lift the GST rate and broaden the base to bring Australia into line with other countries. The OECD is taking written submissions on its proposed plan regarding taxing digital goods. Public consultation on the discussion draft will be held in February at the OECD Conference Centre in Paris.

From http://www.smh.com.au/ 12/31/2014

TOP↑

 

 

 

 

 

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/02.gif

 

 

 

CHINA: A Business Model for the Internet Age

 

Since the launch of reform and opening-up in 1978, China has imported and adapted international business theories and practices. But the winds of change may be coming as some of the more successful Chinese companies are trying to pursue their own innovative ways to work in the market.Zhang Ruimin, chairman and CEO of the Haier Group, recently talked to China Daily about how the company, one of China's largest manufacturers of electronic and electrical appliances, is pioneering new values and practices in its organizational management.Zhang not only wants to make Haier a big global company, but also a business "platform" where different Haier teams offer niche services to customers.He says that requires the company change its old pyramid-shaped, command-and control-based organization into a "flattened" community of small business organizations that, to a large extent, are self-managed.And that is a revolution in Zhang's traditional power as CEO."What power?" Zhang asked. "The bosses are not customers, why should the workers listen to them?"In Zhang's model, the CEO can only earn his authority from the consent of the small "enterprises" operating on the company's platform.

 

The CEO's responsibilities are to coordinate the "system", and to provide expertise-based services to the different units that are essentially self-managing.There have already been some 200 "micro-enterprises" under the Haier umbrella. But up to now, only 10 percent have become fully independent and able to draw all their revenues from market-oriented innovations. "It takes time, as it inevitably will, for workers to adapt to the change and to tap the new resources they can use," he said.Haier still doesn't have a mature organizational model, Zhang admitted. But he is quite clear about its basic goal. That is for it to become a company of many innovators and implementers, a company of "makers" who are good at combining new technologies and practical skills.Zhang has been active in explaining his new management concept at various business forums, although he says it is still too early to obtain tangible results and solid data from the structural change he has initiated."As a direction for progress, I think this is absolutely correct", he said, although he noted that such a change will unavoidably meet many uncertainties along the way and will have to avoid contracting the so-called large-enterprise disease, such as rampant bureaucracy. But the key, he stressed, is that in the "Internet age" it needs to be done.

 

Since 2013, Haier has radically restructured - cutting 26,000 positions for middle-level managers in a company that had 86,000 employees in total.Zhang explains business in the Internet era has three main characteristics: zero distance from customers, centerless organizations and distributive use of resources."Hanging on to the past is just impossible," said the 65-year-old industrialist.Following these new characteristics of the times, Haier's ongoing organizational change aims to make the company into a platform that encourages employees to become innovators (or "makers", in Zhang's own word) by utilizing the resources within the company and on the Web so they can provide customized products and services to satisfy the demands of customers.By transforming Haier into an open business platform, Zhang said he hoped that the company would enable customers to access services provided by some of the most intelligent people in the world.Zhang's determination to pursue change comes from his deep conviction that Haier's growth up to now is mainly a result of its following trends rather than creating trends."When a storm comes, pigs can also fly in the sky - although they don't know why," he said.During that storm in the early 1980s, Zhang turned a bankrupt State-owned refrigerator factory in the coastal city of Qingdao, Shandong province, into a company that takes in 160 billion yuan ($27 billion) in global revenue now.To achieve that, the company has been engaged in a constant learning process, whether adopting the Total Quality Management from Japan in the 1980s, or the Six Sigma management model from the United States in the 1990s."But these models are losing their shine in the Internet age," Zhang said, and so, braving all kinds of criticism and disbelief, he is courageously pursuing his own model.

From http://www.news.cn/ 12/03/2014

TOP↑

JD.com Copes with Intel for Real Sense Shopping Online

 

China's e-commerce giant JD.com Inc. on Wednesday signed a framework agreement with Intel Corp. to set up a joint innovation laboratory to explore "real sense" shopping online.According to the strategic cooperation agreement, the two Nasdaq-listed firms will develop applications such as 3D product display and visual fitting rooms for Jingdong's retail website JD.com.Other collaborative projects in the pipeline for the next two years include smart hardware as well as plans to develop tailor-made servers for corporate customers to help them promote online sales of their products.JD.com Inc. is one of four Chinese firms in the world's top 10 Internet companies by market value. The company said that its partnership with Intel will help promote a slew of new applications that will improve its e-commerce services, for example, digital image processing, database monitoring, identity authentication and website security.JD.com Inc. moved online in 2004, selling consumer electronics, computers and books. It now has 25 million registered users and 6,000 suppliers nationwide. By the end of 2013, JD.com Inc. had 82 warehouses in 34 cities, almost 1,500 delivery terminals in 460 cities, and 209 locations for customers to pick up their orders.

From http://www.news.cn/ 12/17/2014

TOP↑

 

Amazon Begins Chinese-language International Shopping Services in China

 

Amazon.cn announced that its Chinese-language international shopping store started trial operation this past week.The overseas products purchased by Chinese consumers will be delivered to them in an average of two weeks, with expedited shipping times of as little as three days.Consumers can directly visit Z.cn to access the full Chinese-language Amazon international shopping store. With localized familiar operating processes, they are able to buy products from Amazon.com, enjoy the same price and quality as American consumers, and read the product comments of American consumers.In regards to tariffs, Amazon will help collect the import duties when consumers place their orders. If the collected amount is higher than the actual amount, the company will refund the consumers; while if it is lower than the actual amount, consumers do not need to make up the difference.As for post-sales services, all products purchased from Amazon international shopping store can enjoy the localized post-sales service support in China.The first batch of 80,000 products from Amazon.com is now available during the trial operation started from November 11, 2014, covering apparel, shoes, maternal and child products, cosmetics, toys, personal care, outdoor, and sports.

From http://www.news.cn/ 12/19/2014

TOP↑

 

Trust rating for Cloud Firms on Cards

 

China will soon start rating the trustworthiness of cloud computing service providers, especially for government procurement contracts, a move that could potentially shut the doors to foreign companies, a leading expert involved in drafting the policy told China Daily on Friday.Only companies that get full security clearance from the government will be allowed to join Smart City and various other government-funded projects, said Zuo Xiaodong, vice-president of the China Information Security Research Institute, an industry think-tank."The basic idea of the security rating mechanism is to find trustworthy hardware, software and service providers to ensure that the government has total control of the entire ecosystem," Zuo said.He said the country is building a cloud security assessment, authorization and monitoring system similar to the Federal Risk and Authorization Management Program adopted by the United States two years ago.Zuo is one of the key officials involved in drafting one of the two fundamental national standards designed to avoid security loopholes in for-government-use cloud products. The standards will be implemented from April.

 

The new policy, however, poses a threat to the market share of overseas companies in the sector although they will be allowed to take the assessment. China may ask cloud providers to hand over key operating data and source codes for security reasons, but no overseas company has publicly agreed to disclose such information to the government.Increasing IT safety concerns are pushing China to hire more local cloud technologies. A number of projects even abandoned overseas providers for made-in-China products.Earlier this year, Beijing-based virtualization company Sugon Information Industry Co Ltd replaced VMware Inc, a US firm, in a high-profile cloud project in Wuxi, Jiangsu province.Sugon, Alibaba Group Holding Ltd and Huawei Technologies Co Ltd are among the most active supporters of replacing overseas cloud products.Wang Zhengfu, chief operating officer of Sugon, said years of heavy investment in research and development have made local firms more competitive in the market. He said the company sees the government's security requirement a golden opportunity to take on foreign players.

 

Industry sources said China may want overseas IT providers - including cloud companies - out of the government procurement market by 2020. According to Zuo, though the government has no fixed timetable, it is "determined" to use safer IT products.Turnover of the Chinese public cloud market is expected to exceed 6.2 billion yuan ($1 billion) this year, a 30 percent growth over the corresponding period in 2013, according to figures from the China Academy of Telecommunication Research under the Ministry of Industry and Information Technology.The academy expects the government to be the major buyer of cloud products in China.Zhou Min, deputy director of the State Information Center, said local providers are capable of meeting most of the technological demands in the cloud-based public service sector. As the country demands a bigger say in the entire ecosystem, local companies are ready to take a bigger share, he said.

From http://www.news.cn/ 12/20/2014

TOP↑

 

Global Christmas Buyers Embrace Chinese Online Retailers

 

Christmas shopping adapts to the internet age, Chinese e-commerce sites are grasping the opportunity to play Santa Claus for the whole world.In Russia, 29-year-old Eva is waiting for her son's new coat to arrive from China. A Christmas gift for her seven year old, she bought it using AliExpress, an overseas online shopping platform under Chinese e-commerce giant the Alibaba Group.The platform, launched in 2010, has expanded its business to 220 countries and regions worldwide. Jiang Dongjian, director of Alibaba's international department, said, during this Christmas season, the platform has been providing discounts for various products including garments, beauty products and electronics.He said Russia is a major market for Aliexpress. The website once organized a painting activity named "Santa Claus in my heart", with Russian children participating."One of the children even painted a Santa sitting on a Chinese dragon, and another kid's Santa was a giant panda in Santa's clothes," he said.In recent years, China's booming e-commerce sector has been increasing expansion abroad.

 

Statistics from the Ministry of Commerce show cross-border e-commerce companies in China recorded a foreign trade volume of about 3.1 trillion yuan (497.1 billion U. S. dollars) in 2013, up by about 31.3 percent from 2012. The ministry predicted the volume will grow to 6.5 trillion yuan in 2016.The LightinTheBox Holding Co., Ltd., another Chinese online retailer serving global consumers, has been offering discounts of up to 80 percent during this Christmas buying season.On Black Friday, which is considered to be the unofficial start of the holiday shopping season, the company set a one-day sales record of 2.65 million U.S. dollars, a growth of 65.6 percent from last Black Friday, according to a report by the company.China's manufacturers are also benefiting from the development of cross-border e-commerce.MyLED.com, a subsidiary of Huaqiangwoguang based in Guangdong Province, provides Chinese LED products to customers around the world. Since September, the platform has been busy preparing for Christmas sales, since Christmas lights produced by Chinese LED manufacturers are a major export for China.The company's CEO Zhang Bin said this year's Christmas sales have exceeded 10 million yuan, with the biggest order, including more than a hundred different products, coming from Germany.

 

"The good performance of the Chinese cross-border e-commerce firms is based on the advantages of 'Made in China' products. Meanwhile, online retailers have provided chances for the Chinese-made products to reach the international buyers more easily," he said."Manufacturers are enjoying a larger profit margin as they no longer have to rely on middlemen to go abroad," he added.Cross-border e-commerce is also bringing discounted products from the foreign market to Chinese consumers during the Christmas season.Xiu.com is a Chinese e-commerce focused on selling foreign luxury and fashion goods to Chinese buyers. Ji Wenhong, CEO of the website said, the Christmas buying season in western countries is a golden business opportunity for his company."Many foreign retailers start a clearance sale several days ahead of Christmas, and that is when we manage to buy the products at the lowest prices," he said.China's e-commerce sector boom is backed by the central government's preferential policies.

 

The Ministry of Commerce and other departments issued a paper on implementing policies to support cross-border e-commerce retail export in August 2013. It defined six supportive policies for e-commerce exports, which covered areas such as inspection, quarantine, payment and tax rebate.In January 2014, the Ministry of Finance and the State Administration of Taxation ruled qualified cross-border e-commerce retail export enterprises could utilize the same tax exemption and rebate policies as ordinary foreign trade enterprises."Establishing Chinese e-commerce brands and deepening their engagement in the global market competition should be the goals for the Chinese cross-border online retailers," Zhang Bin said.However, further development of Chinese cross-border e-commerce is still facing obstacles such as the slow logistics and inconvenient cross-border payments, Zhang said.E-commerce companies should pay more attention to improving the user experience in order to attract more international customers, he said.

From http://www.news.cn/ 12/24/2014

TOP↑

E-Commerce to Play Key Role in Poverty Relief

 

China will push forward the use of e-commerce platforms to more than 60,000 impoverished villages in the next five years to aid its relief effort, a senior official said on Wednesday at a conference in Beijing on national poverty alleviation.Liu Yongfu, head of the State Council Leading Group Office of Poverty Alleviation and Development, said the country will encourage residents in poor rural areas to open stores on major e-commerce platforms to distribute their agricultural produce.The authority will select 1,500 poverty-stricken villages in 2015 for a e-commerce pilot project, Liu said.The e-commerce program is part of the authority's effort to help those with the most pressing needs and to make the most efficient use of poverty reduction funds."We should further increase the intensity of our relief effort, but we should also make sure the relief effort will go to those who need it most," he said at the conference.The authority will roll out favorable measures to the poor villages to develop e-commerce networks and platforms that will enable villages and households to sell their products directly to the market. Training sessions for farmers in the use of the platforms will also be organized, he said.The authority will sign more agreements with e-commerce platforms to encourage more of them to join the poverty relief effort in the rural areas.

 

Several leading e-commerce companies in China have already announced plans to boost their infrastructure and facilities in rural areas to further explore the untapped market.E-commerce giant Alibaba announced plans in October to invest 10 billion yuan ($1.6 billion) within three to five years to build thousands of facilities in rural China that include 1,000 "county operational centers" and 100,000 "village service stations". The move will extend the company's network to one-third of China's counties and one-sixth of its rural areas.JD.com has initiated its first pilot program for rural e-commerce in Renshou, Sichuan province. The company has posted its ads on more than 8,000 walls in more than 100 townships across the country since the fourth quarter of last year.China has already identified 128,000 impoverished villages and 88.6 million people living in poverty thanks to a national database project that started this year.Liu told the conference that the country will meet its target of lifting more than 10 million people out of poverty this year.In 2015, the country will also push forward the use of solar panels in rural areas to generate electricity, and the planting of paper mulberry as a cash crop in impoverished areas as part of the new programs.

From http://www.news.cn/ 12/25/2014

TOP↑

 

China's NetEase Attacks Alibaba with New Cross-border Shopping Website

 

Chinese Internet portal NetEase.com announced the public testing of its cross-border e-commerce platform Kaola.com, which currently provides maternal and child products, food and health care products, cosmetics and personal care products, and overseas direct mail service.New users can directly login to the website with their NetEase accounts. The definite date for emergence from the beta testing has not been released.Kaola.com launched two models: bonded zone delivery and overseas direct mail. With bonded zone delivery, products will be purchased via centralized procurement and stored in bonded warehouses in China.Users will be able to receive the goods in less than three days after order placement. With overseas direct mail, products will be shipped by overseas certified vendors and consumers can receive goods in seven to 30 days.This new website marks NetEase's latest attempt to gain traction in the e-commerce sector. In September 2012, NetEase launched Huihui.cn, which offered advertising solutions for B2C and C2C partners. In December 2012, the company launched an Internet sales platform for health and nutrition products.Kaola.com more importantly is a direct response to Alibaba's latest moves to entice buyers both outside of China to purchase goods in China and for buyers in China to purchase goods from international sellers who ship goods to China.

From http://www.news.cn/ 01/15/2015

TOP↑

 

China's E-Commerce Trade Reaches US$2.1 Trln in 2014

 

The government says China's e-commerce transactions totaled 2.1 trillion US dollars in 2014.The spokesman of the commerce ministry says the number represents growth of 25 percent compared to 2013.China has the world's biggest online population, 632 million as of last year.Online shopping has exploded in recent years as consumers turn to the Internet for cheaper products and overseas goods that are believed to be safer than domestic options, such as baby formula.Authorities have said they hope e-commerce will become a new "engine" for growth in the world's second-largest economy.

From http://www.news.cn/ 01/22/2015

TOP↑

 

China E-Commerce Targeting Rural, Foreign Markets

 

As the world's biggest e-commerce market, China has attracted global attention for an online shopping spree that has revolutionized the nation's shopping habits.In 2014, China's e-commerce transactions expanded 20 percent year on year to hit 12 trillion yuan (1.96 trillion U.S. dollars), while online retail sales grew 41 percent, ringing up transactions of 2.6 trillion yuan, data from the Ministry of Industry and Information Technology (MIIT) showed.Hoping to tap the new territory to offset a saturated urban market, China's e-commerce giants have stepped up expansion of online retail business in rural areas and abroad while promoting targeted and tailored services to consumers.Alibaba announced in October 2014 that it will invest 10 billion yuan over the next three to five years to build 1,000 "operating centers" in county seats and up to 100,000 "service outlets" in villages in order to expand its presence in the rural market.

 

JD.com Inc., a Nasdaq-listed e-commerce firm, has also announced plans to set up a county-level center in south China's Guangdong Province to facilitate farmers shopping online.Suning Commerce Group, another major player in Chinese e-commerce, also plans to establish 10,000 depots covering 25 percent of Chinese rural areas in five years, according to its vice president Sun Weimin."The rural market will become a new engine to drive e-commerce growth and the competition to dominate the new territory has just started," said Sun.Experts forecast the rural e-commerce market will top 460 billion yuan in sales by 2016, and that it will exceed consumption by urbanites in as few as 10 years.Meanwhile, Chinese online shoppers' appetite for overseas goods is also growing.

 

The Ministry of Commerce forecast cross-border trade by e-commerce companies in China will be worth 6.5 trillion yuan in 2016, with an average annual growth of over 30 percent.To capitalize, Amazon China announced in August that it will begin cross-border online shopping with a facility in the Shanghai Free Trade Zone. Chinese buyers can go to Amazon websites in the United States and other countries to buy online and receive shipments from Shanghai in a week to 10 days with lower delivery costs.Alibaba has also opened channels for buying goods online from overseas and is using its global payment system, Alipay, to bring in more players from abroad, including U.S. retailing giants Macy's, Bloomingdale's and luxury brands like Prada and Hugo Boss.

 

China's e-commerce giants are also using Big Data technologies to grasp consumer trends and exploit analysis of personal consumption habits.Li Xi, vice president of JD.com, told Xinhua that adopting Big Data was allowing JD to customize its products to consumers based on their previous orders."Data mining has become an important driver for business innovation and decision-making," said Li.In other words, Big Data is fulfilling sellers' dreams of knowing what their customers want, and is helping bosses make business decisions.As Suning's Sun Weimin has put it, no matter how the online business mode, science and technology develop, the purpose of e-commerce will remain unchanged: "to always serve the customers."

From http://www.news.cn/ 01/31/2015

TOP↑

 

Chinese Internet Company Sets Domain Name Record with USD17 Million Purchase

 

How much is a good website domain name worth these days? An insider from Qihoo 360 confirmed that the company has invested USD17 million, which is about CNY110 million, to acquire the top-level domain 360.com.This top-level domain was previously owned by telecom carrier Vodafone.At present, the domain has directed to Qihoo 360's search engine site Haosou.com. At the same time, the owner information of domain record has been updated to Beijing Qihoo Technology Company Limited.Qihoo 360's domain acquisition price reportedly sets a new record for domain transactions, making 360.com the most expensive publicly-priced domain in the world. Prior to this, Sex.com held the first position. This domain was acquired by Clover Holdings Ltd from an adult entertainment company named Escom LLC for USD13 million in 2008.

 

The insider from Qihoo 360 said that the lack of an international top-level domain was a major brand risk for the company. The domain acquisition will help Qihoo 360 improve its international brand image and eliminate the brand risk. In 2015, Qihoo 360 will enhance expansion in overseas markets and this new top-level domain will become a big advantage.The security software and mobile services company previously relied on the domain 360.cn, but now it will focus on solely using the new 360.com domain name.Dropping the .cn domain name is important for international expansion because many email providers will block email coming from .cn domains; search engines pigeonhole .cn domains as only focusing on Chinese users; and many international users are unaware of the .cn extension and will attempt instead to always visit the .com address.

From http://www.news.cn/ 02/09/2015

TOP↑

 

E-Commerce Stands Test as Couriers Go Home for Holiday

 

China's e-commerce industry is being tested as more than half of couriers are going home for the Lunar New Year holiday.Though the State Post Bureau has urged companies to continue deliveries over the period, which lasts about three weeks, some have found it hard to cope with the shortage of labor.Wu Bo of Best Express said they had to work around the clock to handle packages before Spring Festival, but efficiency may be affected as many couriers in big cities have to go back home.Xiong Jun, a manager with STO Express, said more than half of its couriers in Beijing have gone home.China's e-commerce industry employs some 1.2 million couriers. Though a large number of couriers go home for family reunions, some are choosing to stay as many Chinese people can't do without delivery services.Liu Xin, a courier from YTO Express, said he would stay in Beijing during the holiday because he can earn several times his usual salary.

From http://www.news.cn/ 02/14/2014

TOP↑

 

JAPAN: Electronics Makers Focus on Low-Cost Smartphones

 

Major electronics makers are rushing into the low-cost smartphone market, shifting a business focus from supplying handsets for major mobile phone carriers such as NTT Docomo Inc. Earlier this month, retail giant Aeon Co. started offering Fujitsu Ltd.’s Arrows M01 handsets for its inexpensive smartphone services. For Fujitsu, the smartphone is the first low-cost model. While cutting costs by downgrading the performance of the smartphone’s camera, compared with cameras of models supplied to major carriers, Fujitsu keeps the low-end model water- and dust-proof. Peer Sharp Corp. has started supplying its Aquos SH-M01 smartphones to low-cost services operated by a unit of online shopping service provider Rakuten Inc. In the meantime, Kyocera Corp.’s KC-01 model has been adopted for low-cost smartphone services by KDDI Value Enabler Corp., a unit of KDDI Corp. Monthly fees for low-cost smartphone services offered by retailers is about half of those for services provided by major carriers. Smartphones for such services have been supplied mainly by Taiwanese and Chinese electronics makers as well as small and midsize manufacturers in Japan. But demand for major domestic makers’ handsets has grown particularly among housewives and older people considering purchases of low-cost smartphones, a Fujitsu official said. Domestic makers face pressure from U.S. Apple Inc.’s iPhones on supplying smartphones to major mobile phone carriers, said Eiji Mori, analyst at private research firm BCN Inc. Mori noted that the recent launches of low-cost smartphones have come at a time when major makers seeking new customers share a mutual interest with low-cost smartphone service operators hoping to offer quality devices.

From http://the-japan-news.com 12/14/2014

TOP↑

 

High-Speed Visible Light Communication Tech Developed for Smartphones

 

Panasonic Corp has developed a visible light communication technology that uses a smartphone camera for reading and features a high data transmission rate of several kilobits per second. The data transmission rate of conventional visible light communication technologies that use a smartphone camera is lower than 20 bits per second. The company will commercialize a device that transmits an ID from a light source in fiscal 2015. As ID transmitters, Panasonic is considering lighting apparatuses, digital signage, signboards with a built-in light source, etc. For transmitting an ID, the brightness (contrast) of a power source is used. In the case of digital signage whose width is 1 meter, it is possible to receive an ID from a distance of about 5 meters. A dedicated application software is installed in the smartphone used as an ID receiver. By reading an image taken with a smartphone camera after separating it into several blocks, it became possible to read data at a speed faster than the frame rate of the camera. Panasonic plans to organize events where some customers can experience the new technology in cooperation with Isetan Mitsukoshi Holdings Ltd and Isetan Shinjuku.

From http://www.japantoday.com 12/16/2014

TOP↑

 

Japan’s Biggest Online Retailers Now Have More Smartphone Traffic Than Desktop Site Users

 

Japan’s most visited sites saw PC traffic decline by between 10 and 20% in 2014, while access from smartphones rose rapidly, according to a Nielson survey published this week. Online retailers saw the most marked changes, with some experiencing as much as a 60 percent rise in mobile internet traffic. It’s easy to see this shift to mobile as part of a wider global trend – after all, Americans already spend more time accessing the internet via mobile and tablet apps than with computers. But smartphone use in Japan looks a little different. When Japanese consumers use smartphones to access the internet, it is mostly via mobile web browsing, rather than dedicated apps. The data, published by global market research company Nielson on Dec 16, gives the average monthly visitors to Japan’s most popular sites for desktop site browsing and mobile internet, as well as app users. By comparing this to last year’s data, we can see how internet usage is changing in Japan. Mobile browsing and app access are up; computer browsing is down.

 

Overall, the average number of visitors accessing Japan’s top ten sites via mobile was up 34% on last year; app users rose 32%. The number of people using PC sites, by contrast, was down 8%. This can be attributed to rising smartphone ownership: 70% of 16 to 49-year-olds in Japan now have a mobile device. The most visited desktop site was Yahoo!, still a big favorite in Japan, which saw a fall of 12% in PC access with a rise in smartphone visits of 31%. The most visited site on the mobile web, however, was Google. PC browsing still trumps mobile…but for how long? In terms of overall numbers, though, more people still visit the top sites using computers than smartphones. The average number of monthly PC visitors to the top ten sites was 52.1 million, compared to 42.6 million people using mobile browsing, and 41.9 million dedicated app users. With big shifts to mobile compared to last year, though, it looks like 2015 could be the year that mobile browsing completely overtakes computer access in Japan. Social networks and online retailers see big shift to mobile. The sites that had the biggest increase in mobile internet visitors were online shopping and social networking sites: Amazon JP and Twitter saw mobile access increases of 61% and 45%, respectively, while Facebook and Rakuten were both up by 42%.

 

Users prefer Facebook and Twitter’s mobile sites to apps. In many other countries including the United States, social media apps way outperform mobile sites. Not so in Japan, where Twitter’s mobile site had on average 26 million monthly visitors, compared to 14 million people using the Twitter app. Facebook is a similar story, with the mobile site averaging 27 million mobile site visitors, compared to 20 million people using Zuckerberg’s app.  Although global sites such Twitter, Facebook, and Google’s myriad services dominated the most-used sites and apps in Japan, home-grown services were well represented too. Japanese blogging sites livedoor and Ameba made the list of ten most-visited websites, as did video hosting site FC2, which narrowly beat YouTube for desktop site visitors. It may come as no surprise that messaging service LINE, Japan’s largest social network, was the most-used app; what’s more impressive is that LINE saw a 46% increase in monthly users this year.

From http://www.japantoday.com 12/21/2014

TOP↑

 

Govt Fund to Market ICT, Broadcasting Overseas

 

The government is likely to establish a fund with the private sector in fiscal 2015 to help market the nation’s telecommunication technology and equipment in other countries, sources have said. The project is designed to support Japanese companies with “All-Japan” cooperation, namely joint efforts between public and private sectors, and to contribute to the improvement of such technology in developing countries. Preparations to establish the fund will start after approval is given by a subgroup of the Fiscal System Council, an advisory panel to the finance minister to be convened soon. The fund is expected to bring together ¥30 billion to ¥50 billion in total. The government will finance the fund with money from the nation’s fiscal investment and loan program, and will collect investment from the private sector including telecommunication companies, equipment manufacturers and financial institutions. Joint ventures and local companies that receive investments from the fund will sell devices related to digital terrestrial broadcasting and communication equipment for cell towers to local TV stations and communications companies. The investments are expected to be recouped by returns on the trading of shares held by the fund. Due to varying signal transmission systems and other factors, there are four international standards for digital terrestrial broadcasting: Japanese, European, American and Chinese. Possible candidate markets for the sales of Japanese communication devices include about 20 nations such as Brazil, the Philippines and the Maldives, as these countries have adopted the Japanese standard for digital terrestrial broadcasting and so are ready to receive the devices. The government intends to secure an opportunity to regain momentum for the nation’s communications and broadcasting technology in these countries, and expand it to other developing nations.

From http://the-japan-news.com 01/12/2015

TOP↑

 

FSA to Allow Bank-IT Firm Alliances

 

The Financial Services Agency will allow banks to do business with online shopping firms and companies that manage electronic money, through IT-related subsidiaries, according to sources. If banks do business with such companies, bank cards could then be equipped with e-money functions. Users will be able to load value onto the cards from their bank accounts at an ATM, making their shopping more convenient. The FSA plans to submit a bill to revise the Banking Law during the ordinary Diet session next year and have part of the new law put into force the same year. Under the current law, a bank, in principle, must limit its capital contribution ratio in a company in sectors other than banking to up to 5 percent. This rule is designed to prevent banks from failing in businesses other than banking and having their overall corporate management deteriorate, which would have an adverse impact on the entire financial system. As online shopping services and e-money are now widely used, however, pressure has grown to allow banks, whose main business includes settlements, to enter such sectors. By allowing banks to work in such sectors, problems concerning payments and receipts for goods and services would be reduced, which many bank card holders could find more convenient, according to the FSA. The FSA assumes a bank will participate in the management of an online shopping service operator by taking a stake in, or setting up, an e-money business enterprise. However, the revised law will include certain restrictions so that banks will be permitted to own only information technology-related companies that deal with finance-related businesses.

 

The agency plans to hash out the details of the new system soon. If banks are allowed to buy IT-related companies with technologies that secure safe money transactions, they can enter new businesses, including e-money management. Such a collaboration could make it easier for consumers by making each bank card multifunctional, allowing users to load e-money on the card at ATMs while using it as a credit card. The law revision will likely boost business alliances between banks and IT firms in such areas as settlement services for online shoppers. Possible business collaborations will help banks reduce their system management costs — a heavy financial burden on their management.  For example, a major bank and a major IT-related company could jointly launch an IT start-up that handles system management, and the new company could offer services for multiple regional banks to lower their financial burdens considerably. The agency’s decision has been welcomed by the banking industry, with one megabank official saying, “We appreciate the regulation easing as it could lead to an expansion of our settlement services.”  Banks are set to examine how they can utilize the new system for their businesses. However, they should take care not to destabilize their core banking business through an unsuccessful alliance with an IT firm. One major financial institution’s business failure could have an extensive adverse impact on the real economy — as can be seen in the bankruptcy of Lehman Brothers that triggered the global financial crisis.

From http://the-japan-news.com/ 02/04/2015

TOP↑

SOUTH KOREA: LG Electronics Keeps 3rd Place in Global Smartphone Market

 

LG Electronics Inc., South Korea's No. 2 smartphone maker, has retained its third place in market share for a fourth consecutive quarter ending in September, data showed Wednesday, largely due to robust sales of its marque G3.  Its global market share by revenue stood at 5.4 percent in the third quarter, up from 4.8 percent three months earlier, recent data by Strategic Analytics showed. LG has climbed from 4.1 percent in the last quarter of 2013 and 4.2 percent in the first quarter of this year.  Its stable market share stems from brisk sales of its flagship G3 models. The company shipped a fresh record high of 16.8 million units of smartphones in that period, with its mobile communication unit logging a record-setting quarterly operating profit of 384.4 billion won (US$346.3 million) in the same period.  LG's third-quarter operating profit more than doubled from that in the previous quarter, with the net surging 87 percent on-quarter over the cited months.  Its firm market presence compares with a fall in bigger rival Samsung Electronics Co., the world's No. 1 player. The portion for Samsung reached 24.8 percent in the third quarter, a significant drop from 31.2 percent in the second quarter. Samsung was the second-largest smartphone maker by revenue after Apple Inc., which took up 32.3 percent.  China-based Xiaomi Inc. and Huawei Technologies Co., two fast-growing upstarts, saw their shares come in at 4.3 percent and 3.8 percent, respectively.

From http://www.koreaherald.com 11/26/2014

TOP↑

 

Mobile Shopping on the Rise

 

South Korea is witnessing a surge of mobile shoppers on the strength of the solid broadband network and consumers’ preference for faster and easier shopping experiences on the go. The ratio of consumers who use their smartphones to shop online rose to nearly 60 percent this year, sharply up from 24 percent in 2012. The increase in mobile shopping is largely attributed to the growing number of smartphone users in the country. The Ministry of Science, ICT and Future Planning said the number of Korean households who own at least one smartphone stood at 84.1 percent this year, up about 20 percent from 65 percent in 2012. While the majority of shoppers ― 81 percent ― still used their desktop computers as their main device for browsing and purchasing products on the Internet, the ratio is down 8 percentage points this year from 89 percent two years ago. Of some 25,000 households nationwide, 98.5 percent have access to the Internet.

From http://www.koreaherald.com/ 12/15/2014

TOP↑

Gov't to Promote Smart Factories, Software Companies

 

The government intends to concentrate on developing core industries and on creating new growth engines for the country's future prosperity. The Ministry of Science, ICT and Future Planning (MSIP) announced on January 15 that it would focus on nurturing the Internet of Things (IoT), big data and cloud computing industries, with the goals of boosting competitiveness, improving information and communications technology (ICT) and creating new markets. The ministry's announcement was made at Cheong Wa Dae during a briefing on its specific objectives related to the government's three-year plan to promote innovation and to grow the economy. During the briefing, President Park Geun-hye said, "Many startups fail to pass the so called 'death valley' stage when they commercialize their ideas. The government needs to concentrate more on its efforts to solve the difficulties experienced by startups, such as raising capital when entering new markets and developing sales channels."

"It is important to preemptively secure source technologies in such promising areas as biotechnology, nanotechnology and in responding to climate change so that we can create industries and jobs. Developing new technologies takes a lot of time and money and the risk of failure is very high. Thus, the government needs to preemptively invest in those areas." The ministry intends to increase the number of its "Creative Vitamin 2.0" programs from 57 to 90 this year. These are comprehensive, pan-government joint projects that pursue pilot trials, conduct R&D and train and publicize achievements. It will also raise the number of "smart factories," which are designed to integrate the entire creation processes, covering product design, manufacturing and distribution. Its aim is to increase from 1,000 such factories in 2015 to 4,000 in 2017, and onward to 10,000 by 2020. By 2017, the ministry plans to invest KRW 240 billion into developing core components and in upgrading major industries. It will also help secure Korean firms' competitiveness in next-generation products, including smart cars and environmentally friendly liquefied natural gas (LNG) ships.

 

In a bid to improve companies' competitiveness in ICT and to create new industries and markets, the ministry intends to invest another KRW 704 billion in R&D this year. It will also introduce a fast-track system to reduce the amount of time needed to go from R&D planning through to financial assistance from one year to three months. It will help develop 5G technologies to commercialize a system by 2020 and increase the penetration rate of giga-speed internet from 40 percent this year to 90 percent in 2017. The ministry will build IoT research complexes to nurture new software-based industries, covering the IoT, big data and cloud computing. It also plans to nurture global software companies and digital content companies, and introduce a system in June to examine whether public corporations infringe on the private sector software market. In order to secure the future biotechnology market, the ministry intends to invest KRW 560 billion this year. It will help develop stem cell and DNA treatment technologies and medical equipment, and expand its support for technological development for potential new services, such as the early diagnosis of dementia. In order to reduce the amount of time required to conduct clinical trials of new medicines, it will operate technology verification platforms at six hospitals and designate personnel to deal with the Ministry of Food and Drug Safety. It will also train investors specialized in biotechnology companies in order to promote related production and exports, and provide market information about 37 target nations.

 

The government plans to invest KRW 1 trillion this year in R&D to secure green technology and energy markets, including the reduction of greenhouse gases. It will also help develop industry models in the solar cell and fuel cell industries to achieve KRW 216 trillion in sales by 2020 in both the energy-saving and clean energy industries. The ministry will strengthen its support for developing nanotechnology, which will become a common base technology across many industries. It will also help develop technologies for the disaster response and safety industries. To help the country become a nanotechnology power, the government said it would help develop component- and censor-related technologies and commercialize advanced source technologies. The ministry plans to create a "mid- to long-term technology development investment road map" to increase the effectiveness of its plans and to help promote innovation across the national R&D sector. It will also connect the public and the private sector in conducting R&D and assign roles for the two sectors. Finally, it will create a window in which 40 R&D institutions can provide technologies to the private sector.

From http://www.korea.net 01/15/2015

TOP↑

 

S. Korea to Allow More Corporate Investment in Online Banks

 

South Korea is to begin a deregulation drive to encourage investment in Internet-only banks to be introduced in the first half of 2015, the financial regulator said Tuesday, as the country hastens to match technology with financial business. In promoting what has been named "fintech," the Financial Services Commission (FSC) said it will ease certain measures, which include revising local banking laws that require all commercial banks to have brick-and-mortar offices and face-to-face channels with customers. "The second-tier financial sector, such as brokerage houses and insurance firms, is free from these regulations, but the banking sector is strictly limited," the FSC said. "As fintech has been the most important trend in the global financial sector, there is strong demand for deregulation in fostering the financial technology industry," the FSC said. "The current banking system focuses only on offline institutions. We will have local financial regulations reflect the new online, mobile trend."

The regulator said it will also adjust restrictions that limit manufacturers from owning financial institutions in order to encourage large companies to invest in the online banking industry. Under the current law, a manufacturing company is banned from holding more than a 4-percent stake in a bank. "We've been considering making the rule less strict, and we are still discussing it. No details have been finalized yet," said Son Byung-doo, head of the Banking and Insurance Bureau at the FSC. Market watchers expect the FSC to raise the ceiling up to 20 percent to attract investment from big-name companies including Samsung Electronics Co., Hyundai Motor Co. and Naver Corp. The real-name financial transaction regulation will be revised for online banks as well, the FSC added, as it is impossible for internet-based banks to identify the real name of an individual who opens an account in person. The FSC said it will announce a more detailed plan during the first half of this year after completing the revisions.

From http://www.koreaherald.com 01/27/2015

TOP↑

S. Korea Ranked 12th in IoT Penetration

 

South Korea ranked 12th among the world's 20 major economies in terms of readiness for the Internet of Things technology, a report showed Monday. Asia's fourth-largest economy was given 52.2 points out of 100 in the National Absorptive Capacity index for IoT, according to the report released by market researcher Accenture. A higher number indicates a more IoT-friendly environment. The United States took the top spot at 64 points, trailed by Switzerland with 63.9 points and Finland with 63.2 points. Sweden, Norway and the Netherlands followed at 62.4 points, 61.8 points and 59 points, respectively. Japan was the only Asian country in the top 10 at 54.4 points. IoT is a concept in which all tangible objects are connected to the Internet and can identify themselves to other devices to exchange necessary data for improved efficiency and convenience. The sector is seen as becoming the key area of focus for the global technology industry, and South Korean tech players have been competing to adopt the concept in their business plans for 2015. Samsung Electronics Co., the country's biggest tech firm, said last month it plans to inject $100 million into funding start-ups and developers of the IoT technologies and connect all of its products to the IoT network by 2020. Accenture expected the IoT to account for around $14.2 trillion of the world's gross domestic product by 2030.

From http://www.koreaherald.com/ 02/02/2015

TOP↑

 

S. Korea Seeks to Boost Exports Through E-Trade

 

South Korea will work to nearly double its exports via electronic trading this year, a move that will include support for some 20,000 products, the government said Monday. The plan was unveiled at the first meeting of online exporters hosted by the Ministry of Trade, Industry and Energy. "Exports through e-trade will likely provide a greater opportunity for small and medium-sized firms and one-man startup businesses rather than large companies," the ministry said in a press release. The country's online exports rose over 21 percent on-year to 460 billion won ($421.8 million) last year from about 380 billion won in 2013, according to the ministry. The government plans to boost the amount to over 700 billion won this year, it said. The move largely targets China's online market, which jumped 78.5 percent on-year to about $301 billion in 2013. The ministry will provide support to some 1,500 local firms, up from 1,000 in 2014, in having their products registered at Taobao, an online shopping mall run by Alibaba Group, one of the largest online retailers in China. It will also help create personal websites for 20,000 local products in foreign languages, the ministry said. A new cargo service, using passenger and cargo ferries between South Korea's Incheon and China's Qingtao, will be launched before the end of June, reducing the shipping cost between the two countries by up to 40 percent, it said.

From http://www.koreaherald.com 02/09/2015

TOP↑

 

Goods Bought from Foreign E-Commerce Shops Surge in Last 5 Years: Report

 

Goods bought from foreign e-commerce shops surged over the last five years with the increase being fueled by demand for such products as coffee, handbags and sneakers, a government report showed Sunday. According to Korea Customs Service (KCS), imports from on-line shops excluding printed materials, compact discs and tissue soared 60 percent in terms of volume and 48.4 percent in value. The data covers a period from January 2009 through June 2014. South Koreans purchased 70.62 million items worth 2.11 trillion won (US$1.92 billion) in the cited period, and of this, 401.9 million won (US$365.3 million) were imported in the first six months of last year. This represents a 21.7 percent and 57.1 percent jump from 12.11 million items and 255.9 million won posted for the first half of 2013. In 2009, the KCS said South Koreans bought 2.2 million items worth 91.1 billion won. The customs service said in terms of numbers and value of items, coffee, handbags and sneakers were the most imported products along with health supplements, cosmetics and clothing. Coffee purchases alone in the last two years reached 15.2 billion won or some 540,374 shipments. For the five-year period, this reached 18.61 billion won, totaling 648,444 shipments. Volume for handbags reached 449,651 shipments worth 49.87 billion won during the five-year period, while for the last two years, numbers hit 39.61 billion won and 375,772 shipments.

Numbers for sneakers for 2013 and 2014 reached 70.76 billion won and 926,648 items with overall numbers topping 107.91 billion won and 1.47 million shipments. The findings added there was a sharp increase in consumer electronics such as TVs and miscellaneous kitchenware along with food products. By country, South Koreans bought from on-line shops located in 137 countries, but the U.S., Germany, China and New Zealand accounted for 96 percent of all products as calculated in volume, although the latter accounted for just 2 percent. U.S. shopping malls made up 85 percent of all items imported and 72 percent of the value. The corresponding numbers for Germany stood at 5 percent and 11 percent, with China standing at 4 percent and 11 percent, respectively. Goods bought from the United States centered around health food, along with fashion items and baby products. Purchases from Germany were mainly baby products, cosmetics and kitchen-related goods, while local consumers bought sneakers, handbags and clothing from China. KCS said it plans help consumers buy products directly from abroad as part of its efforts to fuel competition, which can bring down prices while enhancing quality of service.

From http://www.koreaherald.com 02/15/2015

TOP↑

 

 

 

 

 

 

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/03.gif

 

 

 

SINGAPORE: IDA Launches Challenge to Discover Private Sector Datasets

 

Singapore’s Infocomm Development Authority launched a data-sharing challenge to encourage the use of private sector datasets. The Data Discovery Challenge, launched last week, aims to promote the combination of private and public datasets to develop products and services that can benefit businesses and the public. The challenge will use Singapore’s new platform, the Federated Dataset Registry (FDSR), to share public and private sector datasets. According to IDA, many private datasets are residing in siloed servers, or can only be made available through cumbersome processes such as the use of CD-ROMs. The FDSR will enable users to use these private datasets that were previously unconnected. “Currently, there is no coherent mechanism for users to easily discover private sector datasets made available from data providers across various [industries]”, IDA said. The Data Discovery Challenge is open from the 11 December to 25 January next year. Participants will have to use datasets from the FDSR and integrate it with any public and private datasets to develop data visualisation tools, mobile or web applications. “We well understand the importance of finding new ways to effectively use data to deal with challenges of healthcare, transport and energy, to name just three areas. In the midst of harnessing data effectively, we also… understand the importance of protecting the data and respecting the privacy of individuals”, said Steve Leonard, IDA Executive Deputy Chairman.

From http://www.futuregov.asia/ 12/19/2014

TOP↑

 

THAILAND: Three Factors Key to Success of 'Digital Economy', Forum Told

 

INFRASTRUCTURE, legislation, and promotion will be the key factors to make the government's "digital economy" policy a success, one of its backers said yesterday. Sittichai Pookaiyaudom, a member of the Digital Economy Working Group and an adviser to Deputy Prime Minister MR Pridiyathorn Devakula, made these points at a Capital Market Research Forum on "Driving Thailand's Economy under the Digital Economy Concept" hosted by the Stock Exchange of Thailand. Infrastructure, both fixed-line and wireless, is now on the way to being available throughout the country. A fibre-optics network is expected to reach every home within three years. Meanwhile, for improved wireless access, a spectrum auction will be held to facilitate establishment of a fourth-generation broadband network. Sittichai said the country needed a lot more international Internet gateways as well as access to submarine-cable networks. These would make Thailand's Internet network stable, accessible and affordable, and help make this country an Asean Internet hub. Legislation is another important factor in making the "digital economy" dream come true, and the military regime is in the process of pushing this through.

 

Even though there have been many concerns voiced that these new laws could amount to an abuse of power and further curtailment of citizens' rights, Sittichai played these down. "The prime minister and deputy prime minister have ordered the drafters [of the legislation] to deal with all the points of concern. They have insisted these will not be dictatorial bills. Accessing any personal information of citizens will require a court order," he said. As for the promotional factor, the private sector, especially small and medium-sized enterprises, needs to be convinced that it will benefit from going digital. Once the infrastructure is fully in place, a lot of e-commerce can take off. Varakorn Samakoses, chairman of the executive board of the Electronic Government Agency, said government policy would need continuity to make the digital economy sustainable. He pointed to the "Malaysia 2020" policy as an example of such continuity in a neighbouring country.

From http://www.nationmultimedia.com/ 02/07/2015

TOP↑

 

Ministry to Pressure E-Commerce Businesses to Register Legally

 

THE Commerce Ministry will make online traders register with the Business Development Department in order to prevent unscrupulous businesses ripping off consumers. The ministry has called for e-commerce traders to register with the department under the Business Act so they will get a legal business licence and protection under the law. Whichai Phochanakij, deputy director-general of the department, said his agency expected a surge in e-commerce traders as the government pursues a "digital economy" policy, increasing the need for consumer protection in this area. After doing business for 30 days, enterprises need to register with the department to get an e-commerce licence. If they fail to do so, the department will stringently enforce the law and punish unlicensed traders. The department will also call on the Thai E-Commerce Association, the Thai Webmasters Association and other associations and website own?ers not to allow unlicensed enterprises to trade online. Businesses that have registered legally can be inspected easily and therefore will be trusted by consumers who want to do business with them in cyberspace. Consumers can check them with the department and relevant associations so that they know whether an online trader is trustworthy. After an e-commerce site registers, it will get a DBD Registered and DBD Verified Certificate. Enterprises can also use their licence as evidence for financial institutions, and be able to participate in the department's e-commerce support projects. The department has also set up a dispute centre at the Commerce Ministry's head office in Nonthaburi to clear up problems between e-commerce traders and online shoppers. This is in response to many complaints that were forwarded to the department and the Consumer Protection Board. The department is holding a "Thailand Online Mega Sale" from today till Saturday on www.thailandmegasale.com.

From http://www.nationmultimedia.com/ 02/09/2015

TOP↑

 

True's 4G Service Expected to Be a Major Growth Driver

 

TRUEMOVE H, the broadband cellular-service brand of True Corp, expects service revenue growth of 10-15 per cent this year and its number of 4G subscribers to increase to almost 2 million, from some 900,000 presently. Kittinut Tikawan, True Corp chief commercial officer for mobile business, said yesterday that the 4G-2.1GHz service would be a key driver of True's mobile-phone service business this year. Market-leading Advanced Info Service (AIS) expects its own service revenue, excluding interconnection-charge income, to grow by 3-4 per cent this year, due to continuously high wireless-data demand and an improving 3G-2.1GHz network. AIS posted like-for-like service revenue of Bt117.99 billion in 2014, up 1.2 per cent year on year. Total Access Communication (DTAC), meanwhile, expects low single-digit growth in its service revenue (also excluding interconnection-charge revenue) this year, driven by the economic recovery and mobile Internet service. Last year, DTAC reported like-for-like service revenue of Bt68.275 billion, down 2.6 per cent year on year, as it was pressured by intense competition and the sluggish economy. True said that by April this year, its 4G service would cover 80 per cent of the population via 9,000 cellular base stations nationwide.

 

TrueMove H generates an average revenue per user of Bt1,000 per month for its 4G service, against Bt600-Bt800 for its 3G service, Kittinut said. As of the third quarter last year, TrueMove H had 26 million subscribers, of which 900,000 were 4G users. Some 23.1 million were 3G users under 850MHz and 2.1GHz bandwidth, and the remaining 2 million were 2G users. Yesterday, True and China Mobile - its strategic partner, which holds 18 per cent of the company -co-launched the "Thailand-Greater China Number Service" for Thai business travellers to China and Hong Kong, and a 4G multi-band smart phone - the True Smart 4G 5.5. The "Thailand-Greater China Number Service" provides local China and Hong Kong numbers on TrueMove H SIM cards, in line with Thai business customers' requirement for convenient communication when travelling to China and Hong Kong, which are listed in the top-5 most-visited destinations among Thai travellers. The service, which was co-launched in Thailand, along with the new 4G phone, means travellers will stay connected via their Thailand-Greater China numbers without the need to change to local SIM cards. The China and Hong Kong numbers can be reached via local Greater China business partners at the domestic tariff. True chief executive officer Supachai Chearavanont said the number service was the first joint service offering by True and China Mobile following the signing of their strategic-partnership agreement last September.

From http://www.nationmultimedia.com/ 02/12/2015

TOP↑

 

'Sound Telecom Frequency Allocation' Key to Digital Era

 

INFRASTRUCTURE is important to the military regime's quest for a "digital economy", but more important is a system to make frequency allocation and utilisation more efficient, said panellists at a seminar on "Direction of Thailand's Telecommunication Infrastructure after the Digital Economy Reform". The seminar was hosted yesterday by the Thai Chamber of Commerce. Pacharasut Sujarittanonta, a lecturer at Chulalongkorn University's economics faculty, said that to make the allocation of telecom frequencies more efficient, existing frequencies had to be reclaimed to prevent hoarding. For example, the 2.6-gigahertz spectrum could be reallocated to provide fourth-generation cellular service. "Some frequencies are not fit for the market system or auctions, but the problem is not only the method of frequency allocation," he said.

 

Superboard

Amornthep Jirattiticharoen, a telecom specialist on the junta's "superboard" overseeing state enterprises, said frequency allocation and resource management were the key challenges facing the digital-economy project. "We still lack efficient frequency management. Thailand now uses only four [telecom] frequency bands, 800 megahertz, 900MHz, 1,800MHz and 2,100MHz. There are still other bands such as 700MHz, 2.3GHz, and 2.6GHz that Thailand still does not benefit from," Amornthep said. Sudharma Yoonaidharma, dean of the School of Law, University of the Thai Chamber of Commerce, said Thailand lacked both hard and soft infrastructure, and both fixed-line and wireless connectivity, but it was likely now to focus on only frequency allocation, while the optical-fibre network is ignored. "Thai government [regulator] favored to play role as investor therefore I agree with the government to move fund from regulator. Regulator should play role as regulator. It is good to have a National Digital Economy Committee to oversee the national infrastructure," he added. Meanwhile, Methinee Thepmanee, permanent secretary of the Information and Communications Technology Ministry, said that under the digital-economy policy, the two main services to be enhanced would be basic public health and basic education services. Telecommuni-cation infrastructure is the key factor to make these goals a reality.

 

Wi-Fi for schools

The ministry has provided a 2-megabit-per-second Wi-Fi service for 27,000 schools nationwide over the past three years. This year, the ministry will bring it into another 10,000 schools. "We will have a large data centre, jointly invested by the government and the private sector, to store digital content and serve people nationwide. We will provide a fibre-optics network that reaches every village throughout the country as well as improving digital literacy for Thais," she said. Pirongrong Ramasoota, director of the Thai Media Policy Centre, a research unit specialising in issues related to media law and regulations at the faculty of communication arts, Chulalongkorn University, said one role of the digital economy would be to bring new media to the country. New media new media in Thai context, is new digital media and ICTs, and post-reform media such as community radio, satellite TV, cable TV, and digital terrestrial TV (DTT), while in international context, new media is media with possibility of on-demand access to content any time, anywhere, on any devices, as well as interactive form.Pirongrong Ramasoota, director of Chulalongkorn University's Thai Media Policy Centre, said a key component of the digital economy would be new media, in both the international and Thai contexts. He said these would be a mixed blessing, bringing opportunities and challenges. The opportunities are an open society, user empowerment, harnessing participation, democratising content, and precision mapping. Challenges are mismatches with the political regime, polarizing 'echo chamber' effect, reduced consumer protection compared with tangible goods, and asymmetry of knowledge such as case of social media advertising.

From http://www.nationmultimedia.com 02/14/2015

TOP↑

 

Ministry Joins Hands with Microsoft

 

THE Science and Technology Ministry has joined with Microsoft Thailand to set up the Microsoft Innovation Centre at the National Science and Technology Development Agency's central Bangkok facility to turn out 200 start-ups, or entrepreneurs, per year. "This is an important time for the IT industry as Thailand moves towards a digital economy. We are expecting technology will be able to contribute to the growth of the country. It will also enhance the competitiveness of the country as a whole," Science and Technology Minister Pichet Durongkaveroj said yesterday. The collaboration will develop the digital and innovation skills of entrepreneurs to improve their efficiency. It will also use information technology to support local small and medium enterprises, students and entrepreneurs, he said.  Haresh Khoobchandani, managing director of Microsoft Thailand, said that seven years ago, the firm and NSTDA established the Microsoft Innovation Centre at Rangsit University's campus on Sathorn Thani Road. It is being re-launched at NSTDA's central Bangkok facility on Yothi Road.

 

Microsoft will provide all software resources, cloud computing, training and experts to support students, entrepreneurs and start-ups through practical training courses, internships and mentoring. However, during the seven-year collaboration, 50 start-ups were created. The re-launch of the MIC is expected to double the start-ups in the first year. The firm also expects that the innovation centre will transform research from the shelf into commercial applications and give confidence to start-ups to develop their products and services commercially. Thaweesak Koanantakool, president of NSTDA, said the partnership would build an ecosystem in the nation. It will strengthen IT and innovation as well as transfer benefits to the community and business. The collaboration will amplify knowledge and create a cluster centre among the NSTDA Academy, Software Park and the National Electronics and Computer Technology Centre to develop the ecosystem in the nation. However, the agency expects that the innovation centre this year will give birth to 200 IT start-ups and about 20-30 per cent of them will be able to make it to the commercial market.

From http://www.nationmultimedia.com/ 02/19/2015

TOP↑

 

Wireless Data Charged on an 'Actual-Use Basis'

 

FIVE TELECOM OPERATORS yesterday told the National Broadcasting and Telecommunications Commis-sion that they had been billing customers for wireless data services on an actual-use basis for some time. The NBTC had called the companies in to ask them to charge customers for the use of data services on the basis of what they actually use. All five of them - Advanced Info Service (AIS), Total Access Communication ( DTAC), True Move H, CAT Telecom and TOT - informed the watchdog they had already been doing so for a long time. The licensing body also asked them to stop using the term "unlimited" when advertising data packages, and to use the term "continuously" instead and promote understanding of the fair-usage policy among subscribers. The NBTC is concerned that use of the term "unlimited" will make people believe - wrongly - that they can consume an unlimited amount of data in the packages at the same constant speed of data transfer. Fair-usage policy, meanwhile, means customers can consume a certain data amount offered by the packages at a high speed of data transfer. However, the data-transmission speed will drop after the usage exceeds that amount, although users can continue to consume an unlimited amount of data.  Meanwhile yesterday, Saree Ongsomwang, chairman of the National Reform Council's committee for consumer protection, said at a separate event that AIS, DTAC and True Corp had introduced new per-second-billing call packages, which were found by the council to be more expensive than existing packages. The new packages also offer fewer privileges and benefits to consumers, she said.

From http://www.nationmultimedia.com 02/25/2015

TOP↑

 

VIETNAM: Electronics and Appliance Sales Surge to $1.3 Billion

 

Vietnamese consumer spending on electronics products and appliances reached VND28 trillion (US$1.3 billion), a 20.9-per cent increase, in the third quarter of 2014.

Most of the products purchased were mobile phones and earphones, which brought in sales of more than VND12 trillion ($561 million), a 28-per cent year-on-year increase. Information and technology (IT) products ranked second with total sales of VND5.6 trillion ($262 million). Significant growth was also seen in total sales of three major domestic appliances: refrigerators at 15.6 per cent, washing machines at 15.5 per cent and microwave ovens at 12.8 per cent. However, sales of laptop computers declined, even as sales of tablet devices doubled with the exception of the Apple iPad and iPad mini, which ironically experienced a sales decline in the world market following the release of Apple's iPhone 6. GFK, one of the world's largest research companies, predicted Viet Nam's technology and electronics market to continue growing in the last quarter of the year. The company predicted bestselling products to include the LED TV, smartphones and tablet devices, as producers and retailers were expected to offer promotional and sales programmes for these products during the year-end months to stimulate consumer spending. Sales of washing machines, refrigerators and laptops are likewise expected to grow but at a low rate.

From http://vietnamnews.vn/ 11/29/2014

TOP↑

 

Firms Offering E-Wallet Services to Get Licences

 

Vietnamese businesses will be granted licences to provide e-wallet services from March 2015, after five years of a pilot programme. The State Bank of Viet Nam (SBV) has issued Circular 39, stipulating the regulations for intermediate payment services. Accordingly, e-wallet will be recognised as one of the payment services, together with other types such as collection and payment services. Non-banking organisations in the pilot implementation can complete the required procedures and apply for licences. The licences issued during the pilot scheme will be invalid by the end of next year. The e-wallet service was first introduced in Viet Nam in 2008 in the context of an urgent need for payment methods for e-commerce activities. However, all nine businesses that were issued licences to implement the service were part of the pilot project, as the country did not have a specific legal framework covering the payment service. A representative from the central bank said that Circular 39 will be the foundation for the development of the service.

 

However, the SBV asked enterprises providing e-wallet services to open an account to ensure payment, limit risks and refund money to customers in case of emergencies. It has to be ensured that the payment is not more than the total balance of all their e-wallets at the same time. The businesses are not allowed to issue more than one e-wallet to a payment account at a bank, as well as give credit to customers or pay interest rates. Activities to increase the value of the money in the e-wallet are also prohibited. E-wallet providers are required to have a tool for the central bank to carry out checks and inspections of the customers' money. Deposits or withdrawals from e-wallets have to be made through bank accounts. Statistics from the central bank showed that at the end of 2013, the country had 1.84 million e-wallets, with a total transaction of VND23.3 trillion (US$1.1 billion). The figure was said to be modest in comparison with the non-cash payment market in Viet Nam. There were 66 million units in the card market alone, with $52 billion worth of local transactions at the end of last year. E-wallet is virtual money created in mobile phones or other electronics devices, including computers and chips, and used as a non-cash payment method. Users don't need a real wallet or cards, but only a mobile phone to pay bills or do e-commerce activities.

From http://vietnamnews.vn/ 12/13/2014

TOP↑

 

Retailers Yet to Take to Online Shopping in VN

 

The development of e-commerce has played a vital role in the world market as retail continues to modernize. However, many retailers have not utilised more modern trade methods, like online shopping, said Vu Vinh Phu, president of the Ha Noi Supermarket Association, at a conference in Ha Noi promoting internet-based retail. Phu said e-commerce makes shopping more convenient, and increases production and consumption. Consumers can save time and find lower prices online, said Nguyen Ngoc Hung, director of Di Sieu Thi Joint-Stock Company. However, some businesses have posted exaggerated advertisements and poor products online, preventing the online market from developing. Phu urged online retailers to deliver quality products and good customer service to protect the sector's reputation. State agencies should have strict measures for dealing with online trading violations, he said. However, just in case, consumers should research products carefully before buying. However, so far, online shopping accounts for only 0.1 to 0.2 per cent of the nation's total retail revenue, far lower than in many other countries, said Nguyen Lam Thanh, general secretary of the Viet Nam Digital Media Association. In developed countries, popular companies sell products online, but in Viet Nam they haven't paid much attention to the new form of shopping, Thanh said. It's important to change how people in Viet Nam think about online shopping, he said. The conference was co-organised by the Ha Noi Super Market Association, Viet Nam Digital Media Association and Dien dan Doanh nghiep (Business Forum).

From http://vietnamnews.vn/ 12/25/2014

TOP↑

 

Delivery Firms Urged to Tap E-Commerce Potential

 

The rapid development of online shopping websites has presented both opportunities and challenges for express delivery businesses, said the Viet Nam E-commerce Association (VECOM). According to Tran Huu Linh, Head of the Ministry of Industry and Trade's Department of E-commerce, e-commerce is not a requirement, but a tool that creates favourable conditions for delivering goods and setting up logistical capabilities. Catching up with the trend, several companies in the sector have strengthened their investment to take advantage of the market. Express delivery services are experiencing a boom nationwide. Online shopping has become a vital trend, creating opportunities for both e-commerce and express delivery enterprises as 35 to 40 per cent of the country's population uses the internet daily. It is because of this reason that enterprises in the sector are considering developing special services for customers using e-commerce.

 

For example, DHL-VNPT has invested US$10 million to expand its market and open a 4,900sq m office with modern equipment. It has 134 transport vehicles and more than 400 staff members for processing the over 10,000 orders received daily. Viettel Post, which was ranked third in the sector with a 10 per cent market share, has also tapped into the opportunities by investing 3 to 5 per cent of its turnover in technology, thus maximising delivery time and cost. Nguyen Thanh Hung, VECOM's general secretary said 91 businesses were granted licences by the postal service. However, several enterprises have not implemented the service. In addition, the poor quality of delivery has not made online shopping cheaper than traditional purchasing methods. This has become a big barrier for the e-commerce sector in Viet Nam. Hung said delivery companies should improve quality and competitive prices by expanding their scale, enhancing training, as well as the application of information and technology. He also suggested closer collaboration among online companies and delivery firms to meet customers' demand more effectively.

From http://vietnamnews.vn/ 01/10/2015

TOP↑

 

Study Finds Gaps in E-Commerce Growth

 

A recent report by the Viet Nam e-Commerce Association (VECOM) revealed growing disparity in e-commerce development among provinces and cities, and urged the Government to implement policies that boost development. Ha Noi had topped the Viet Nam e-Business Index (EBI) 2014 with 72.6 points out of 100 perfect points. The index was based on e-commerce application at about 3,500 enterprises throughout the country with four criteria: human resources and information technology infrastructure, transactions between firms and clients, transactions among enterprises and online public services. The capital city was followed by HCM City, Da Nang, Hai Phong, Binh Duong, Dong Nai, Khanh Hoa, Can Tho and Nghe An. The northern mountainous province of Lao Cai was placed at the bottom of the list. The report pointed out that the average EBI was 56.5 points, nearly a point higher than the previous year, reflecting the expansion of e-commerce in business. However, there were huge gaps among localities, in terms of e-commerce application, as well as readiness for e-commerce, especially between the country's two major cities and other provinces, the association's General Secretary, Nguyen Thanh Hung, stated.

 

The average point among the top five localities was 68.3 in comparison with 48.0 points for the five lower most localities. Hung said mobile platforms contributed largely to the development of e-commerce, with 10 per cent of the surveyed firms admitting to the use of mobile applications for their business and 15 per cent having mobile versions for their websites. Social networks are also becoming a platform for the development of e-commerce, with 24 per cent of the firms saying they do business via social networks and 16 per cent revealing that their efficiency had improved as a result. The report also pointed out that goods delivery services needed to be improve. In addition, consumers' interests must be protected better. The report found that more than 80 per cent of the customers were worried about product quality when buying online. A survey by the Department of e-Commerce and Information Technology under the Ministry of Industry and Trade revealed that more than 42 per cent of the consumers were also apprehensive about the security of their personal information while shopping online. Hung said the Government should formulate policies to develop human resources and infrastructure for the development of e-commerce, and predicted an e-commerce boom going forward.

From http://vietnamnews.vn/ 02/13/2015

TOP↑

 

 

 

 

 

 

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/04.gif

 

 

 

INDIA: Balance of Trade Not in Favour

 

NEW DELHI: Even as it expressed concern over the general adverse balance of trade position, the government today said it is committed to enhancing trade engagement by diversifying to markets in Africa, ASEAN and Latin America which offer immense opportunities."Our trade balance is not really in favour. Simply put, we seem to be importing a lot more than we export," Commerce & Industry Minister Nirmala Sitharaman said. The Minister was here to unveil the Indian Trade Portal, aimed at providing MFN and preferential tariff rules, rules of origin and identifying technical barriers to trade faced by exporters, on a single platform for ease of doing business. Trade is now governed by the rules agreed upon under the WTO under which members are required to accord the Most Favoured Nation (MFN) status to each other which translates into the privilege of paying similar tariffs, she said. The Minister said she has identified exports as one of the most important sectors to boost the country's economy, while urging exporters and importers to make best use of the website. She said they could give continuous feedback for further improvement and additional details that they may need.

 

"For 2013-14 our trade total was $314.40 billion while we have set for ourselves for 2014-15 a $340 billion target. We need to have a lot more information to be shared among our exporters for them to handle the market better". "We seem to be sharing only 1.7 per cent of all exports that took place in the international trade putting us at the 19th place. Considering the size of our country, the potential that it has, 1.7 per cent is just nothing of the total exports which happen," Sitharaman said. The Minister suggested that the portal should attract non-exporting manufacturers to draw them towards the export market. "The Indian Trade Portal will make available important data for use of exporters & importers at one place, in a user friendly manner and this will contribute to ease of doing business for trade & industry. Consequently the portal facilitates our exports and will also help our exporters to utilise the FTAs," Sitharaman said. As per the current rankings, India is the 19th largest exporter with a share of 1.7 per cent and 12th largest importer with a share of 2.5 per cent of world merchandise trade.

 

Commerce Secretary Rajeev Kher highlighted the need for better utilisation of India's free trade agreements (FTAs) and said studies have shown that these were not detrimental to overall trade. "It is also important that we utilise our FTAs in a significant manner. In our exercise in the past 2-3 years, we have clearly seen that the industry has perceived FTAs to be some sort of villain". "In detailed analysis that we have done on the subject we have clearly found that it is not the case. The case in fact is that we have not utilised these FTAs enough to be able to criticise them or to appreciate them," Kher said. PTI RSN

From http://economictimes.indiatimes.com/ 12/08/2014

TOP↑

 

From e-Com to Movie Making, Amazon Takes a Leap Forward

 

BANGALORE: Amazon Studios just announced that it will begin to produce and acquire original movies for theatrical release and early window distribution on Amazon Prime Instant Video. Production will begin this year with the goal of offering a dozen original, prestige movies annually, with a focus on unique stories, voices, and characters from top and upcoming creators. Whereas it typically takes 39 to 52 weeks for theatrical movies to premiere on subscription video services,Amazon Amazon Original Movies will premiere on Prime Instant Video in the U.S. just 4 to 8 weeks after their theatrical debut. Amazon Original Movies creative development will be led by independent film visionary Ted Hope. Hope co-founded and ran production company Good Machine, which produced notable and Academy Award-nominated films such as Eat Drink Man Woman, Crouching Tiger, and Hidden Dragon. Hope’s films have received some of the industry’s most prestigious honors including numerous Academy Awards and BAFTA nominations. He’s also taken home the Grand Jury Prize at Sundance Film Festival more often than any other producer.

 

According to Hope, “Audiences already recognize that Amazon has raised the bar with productions in the episodic realm, tackling bold material in unique ways and collaborating with top talent, both established and emerging,” reports hollywonk.com. “To help carry the torch into the feature film world for such an innovative company is a tremendous opportunity and responsibility.  Amazon Original Movies will be synonymous with films that amaze, excite, and move our fans, wherever customers watch. I am incredibly thrilled to be part of this,” added Hope. Amazon Studios head Roy Price added that in addition to bringing Prime Instant Video customers “exciting, unique, and exclusive films soon after a movie’s theatrical run, we hope this program will also benefit filmmakers, who too often struggle to mount fresh and daring stories that deserve an audience.”

From http://news.siliconindia.com/ 01/20/2015

TOP↑

 

FDI Liberalisation Sought in E-Commerce in India

 

WASHINGTON: Ahead of President Barack Obama's trip to India, two U.S lawmakers have asked him to request Indian Prime Minister Narendra Modi to liberalise foreign direct investment (FDI) restrictions on e-commerce sector. "Such a move would benefit the economies of both India and the United States," wrote senators Mark R. Warner and John Cornyn, Democratic and Republican co-chairs of the bipartisan Senate India Caucus, in a letter to Obama. Warner is one of the four lawmakers who will accompany Obama on the trip to India. "We believe [this FDI] liberalisation would benefit the Indian and U.S economies, as well as helping the nearly 400 million Indians that live below the poverty line with access to cheaper goods and job opportunities," the duo said. "In India, online generation of additional retail transactions would increase consumption, decrease consumer prices, improve market access for small- and medium-sized companies, and create jobs across a range of professional fields," Warner and Cornyn wrote.

 

Currently, they noted, India prohibits foreign businesses from selling items directly to Indian consumers over the Internet which means that US businesses cannot sell products online directly to Indian consumers without involving a "middle man." If the prohibition were lifted, many U.S businesses would have greater access to India's $4.9 trillion economy and a growing middle class, Warner and Cornyn suggested. It also has the potential to increase competition in India by providing less expensive goods and create 250,000 jobs directly with the potential for more than 1 million jobs in customer service, IT, logistics, transportation, and administration by 2021, they said. The Indian e-commerce market currently sits at about $3.5 billion and is expected to increase to $6 billion in 2016. With the increase in low-cost smart phones and mobile broadband, penetration is expected to be significant in rural and semi-rural areas, the lawmakers said. With expanded e-commerce, these consumers gain access to goods and services through retailers that currently lack brick-and-mortar locations, Warner and Cornyn said.

From http://news.siliconindia.com/ 01/23/2015

TOP↑

 

SRI LANKA: Creative Marketing for TechTurnaround

 

With the inception into the year 2015, Intel has disclosed an ambitious and innovative approach towards strategic changes in alignment to the significant partnerships with leading giants, Dell and Microsoft. Intel Country Business Manager, Indika De Zoysa said that the rolling out of a creative marketing is a crucial element in this turnaround. Dell has invested heavily into their marketing and has seen returns from this investment without deeming this as expenditure. Ambitious plans are to be foreseen by Intel, Dell and Microsoft and it was noted that 2014 has been the most influential year so far in terms of production and sales. “Microsoft is currently going through a huge transformation with a strong emphasis on the ‘mobile first – cloud first’ ambitions set high on the agenda. Partnerships are very significant for us and Dell is one of our biggest partnerships in Sri Lanka and South East Asia. Sri Lanka has got bold plans ahead with the new operating system, Windows 10 coming up,” Microsoft, Country Manager for Sri Lanka and Maldives, Imran Vilcassim said. Microsoft aims to ensure the flow of workforce into the IT industry and hopes to assist in the country’s aim to achieve the US$5 billion IT/BPM of the export volume mark by the year 2020. “As a country, what we can achieve would be phenomenal, if we attract the right people in the IT sector. Microsoft has been in the country for the past 10 years. It has not been about making money alone but setting foot into the target of bringing growth into the industry,” Vilcassim acknowledged.

From http://www.dailynews.lk/ 01/12/2015

TOP↑

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/05.gif

 

 

 

AZERBAIJAN: Nar Mobile Supports Another Online Media Project

 

“The Support to Online Media Development – 2014” project sponsored by Nar Mobile is successfully completed. Within the Project, one week long training courses for journalists were followed by the Online Media Contest. The names of winners have been made public at the presentation ceremony that took place in the Four Seasons Baku Hotel on 28 November 2014. Special certificates are issued to journalists that completed the courses in the framework of the Support to Online Media Development Project. The other winners and young journalists gaining motivating places in the Online Media Contest are given diplomas and precious gifts.  Osman Gunduz, Director of Multimedia Center which acts as one of organizers, has thanked the authors of the winning articles selected among 22 writings and 10 microbloggers that were extremely active in twitting in the framework of Project. He has wished all of them successes in future activities.

 

Then, Nigar Arpadarai, Head of PR and Corporate Communications Unit of the Azerfon LLC has brought the best wishes to winners and underlined that this enlightening and stimulating project has already become a good tradition. Other guests taking part at the ceremony have also spoken about the importance of the project by thanking specially the jury panel composed of professional experts and by congratulating the winners and asking them to provide more objective and comprehensive articles.  Azerbaijan’s fastest growing mobile operator Nar Mobile serves its subscribers since 2007. Since its creation, Nar Mobile remained always committed to its policy of affordable prices providing an exceptional value for its customers via a variety of attractive tariff offerings. Beyond the convenient voice tariffs, it also offers a great variety of choice and best value for its internet packages and a single price for each roaming zone. Nar Mobile is proud to be an Official Mobile Telecommunications Service Provider of the Baku 2015 European Games.

From http://en.trend.az/12/01/2014

TOP↑

 

Online Shopping Increases in Azerbaijan

 

E-commerce market volume amounted to 5.6 million AZN in Azerbaijan in January-November 2014, the Azerbaijani State Statistics Committee said Dec. 8.  The total volume of retail e-commerce in Azerbaijan increased by 2.4 times compared to the same period of 2013.  E-commerce market participants are legal and physical entities engaged in e-commerce and buyers of goods and services.  Some 91.2 percent of goods purchased in electronic form by the population of Azerbaijan during reporting period accounted for legal entities and 8.8 percent - physical entities.  Non-food products accounted for 94.7 percent of e-commerce market turnover.  The total retail trade volume amounted to 19.2 billion AZN in Azerbaijan in January-November 2014. The sales of consumer goods in the country increased by 9.5 percent compared to the same period of last year.  About 49.9 percent fell to non-food products. The share of non-food products increased by 3.3 percentage points compared to the same period of 2013.

From http://en.trend.az/ 12/08/2014

TOP↑

 

E-commerce Market in Azerbaijan Increases by 1.5 Times

 

The State Statistics Committee: In January, e-commerce market in Azerbaijan increased by 1.5 times In January 2015 the volume of e-retailers in Azerbaijan amounted to 864 900, 1news.az reports with reference to the official website of the State Statistics Committee of Azerbaijan.  Compared to the same period in 2014 the market of electronic commerce (e-commerce) has grown by 1.5 times.  92.8% of the goods were purchased on-line on shopping sites in the network, owned by legal, 7.2% - owned individuals.  Nonfoods accounted for 96% of the turnover of the e-commerce market.  In 2014, the volume of e-commerce market in Azerbaijan amounted to AZN 6.4 mln, which is 2.4 times higher than the turnover for 2013.

From http://news.az/ 02/13/2015

TOP↑

 

UZBEKISTAN: New Mobile Network Operator Kicks Off Operations

 

Uzbekistan’s new mobile network operator, Universal Mobile Systems (UMS), started Dec. 1 the commercial operation of the mobile network in Uzbekistan, according to the UMS website.  The UMS said on its website that it currently offers three tariffs for individuals and two tariffs for corporate clients.  The Universal Mobile Systems is a joint venture, created in late September 2014 by the Russia-based company Mobile TeleSystems JSC (MTS) and the Center of Radio Contact, Broadcast and Television, which is a state unitary enterprise operating under the Uzbek State Committee for Communications, Information and Telecommunication Technologies.  Under a settlement agreement earlier signed between MTS and Uzbekistan, the Russian company received a 50.01-percent share in the UMS, while the Uzbek side got a 49.99-percent share in the joint venture.  The UMS will utilize the infrastructure and equipment of the former subsidiary of MTS in Uzbekistan, the Uzdunrobita. 

 

The joint venture was given the 2G/3G/LTE-licenses. The necessary frequency range and number capacity (2.5 million numbers, some 1.5 million of them being for the capital city of Tashkent) were allocated for the UMS.  The UMS was also handed over other permits for work, and was provided with refund and investment safety guarantees.  Previously it was reported that in 2012, Uzdunrobita, the leader of the Uzbek market with a subscriber base of 9.3 million, was deprived of licenses.  In January 2013 the company filed for bankruptcy amid numerous claims by the Uzbek authorities.  The Tashkent Economic Court declared the company bankrupt, launching liquidation proceedings with regard to it.  However, the auctions held to sell the assets were declared invalid due to the lack of applications, and therefore in late 2013, Uzdunrobita’s property was handed over to safekeeping of Uzbekistan’s national network operator, the Uzbektelecom JSC. This summer, MTS and Uzbekistan signed a settlement agreement, under which the company must resume its work to render mobile communication services in Uzbekistan as part of a joint venture with the state’s participation.  Currently, Uzbekistan has four mobile network operators. These are the Unitel (subsidiary of the Russian company VimpelCom), Coscom (subsidiary of the Scandinavian company TeliaSonera), the Rubicon Wireless Communications JV (RWC, trademark of the Perfectum Mobile) and Uzbektelekom Mobile (UzMobile). 

From http://en.trend.az/12/01/2014

TOP↑

 

 

 

 

 

 

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/06.gif

 

 

 

APAC Online Games Revenue to Hit $30B in 2018

 

Online gamers across the Asia-Pacific are expected to help push the market's revenue to US$30.39 billion in 2018, as more turn to mobile platforms and tap the freemium model. The online games population will grow to 335.88 million, up from 240.74 million in 2013, and the number of paying online gamers will reach almost 150 million, up from 102.81 million in 2013, said IDC in a statement Monday. The research firm added that revenue in the region, excluding Japan, will further grow at a compound annual growth rate of 18.53 percent, even amid a slowdown in Southeast Asian markets. Online games revenue grew 14.27 percent to hit US$12.96 billion in 2013, compared to US$11.34 billion the year before. Growth in the region's online games market is also expected to tap the increasing consumer smartphone adoption and mobile internet access, said Shiv Putcha, IDA's Asia-Pacific associate research director for consumer mobility. He also pointed to Chin's strong contribution, the freemium model, and the rise of mobile games as growth drivers for the market. "The first major driver comes down to strong regional growth," Putcha said. "China has been and will continue to be the dominant force in online games, but other markets, like Korea and Taiwan, are also seeing strong growth."

 

He noted that China, Korea, and Taiwan were the top three markets in the region, accounting for 95.56 percent of online games revenue. China dominated with 75.73 percent share of the market in 2013, generating US$9.81 billion in revenue. Nascent online games markets, such as India and Indonesia, also made great strides in the past year, the analyst added. In addition, mobile games and new categories that included MOBA (Multiplayer Online Battle Arena) and eSports, had emerged as strong growth drivers, especially in China, Korea, and Taiwan. According to Putcha, the region's online games market had transformed from a subscription fee-based business model into a freemium model. "In 2013, online games offered in Asia-Pacific were overwhelmingly F2P (free-to-play) games and revenue was mainly earned through sale of virtual items," he said. "Although revenue will be less predictable than subscription fee-based games, F2P model will attract more new gamers when they are able to try the games at no cost." IDA expects in-app purchases and advertising to become the primary means of monetizing games in Asia, especially over mobile.

From http://www.zdnet.com 01/12/2015

TOP↑

 

AUSTRALIA: Infosec Budgets Are Probably Wrong - Deloitte

 

Australian organisations are lagging when it comes to shifting the focus of their information security efforts from merely securing their networks to detecting intrusions, responding to them, and building resilience, according to senior security and risk executives from Deloitte, the international consulting firm. Deloitte divides an organisation's infosec spend into three areas, each labelled with an adjective. "Secure" is the technology that protects critical assets against known and emerging threats across the ecosystem. This includes traditional network protection capabilities such as firewalls, anti-malware and anti-spam systems, and intrusion detection and prevention systems (IDS/IPS). "Vigilant" is about having the intelligence and monitoring capabilities to detect both known and unknown bad-guy activities, and understanding the extent to which they're a risk to the business. "Resilient" is about strengthening the organisation's ability to recover when incidents occur -- which they inevitably will. Old-school network administrators will recognise this as an echo of the 1990s paradigm for network security: Protect, detect, react, and, the fourth stage added later, adapt. Or, in some versions, recover.

 

In the US, Canada, and the UK, organisations that have engaged Deloitte are now spending much less of their infosec budgets on "secure". In the US, "secure" is now only about 20 percent of the total, according to Kelly Bissell, Deloitte's global cybersecurity leader, and leader of its global incident response team. "Most US companies are relatively mature when it comes to security, and they have seen where their budget around 'secure' is good enough. They've got enough firewalls and intrusion detection systems, and now they're moving much more of the budget into 'resilient' and 'vigilant' kind of functions," Bissell told journalists in Sydney on Wednesday. If I were to cut up a dollar spent on security for the US, 20 cents is spent on 'secure', probably 40 cents is spent on 'vigilant', and the rest is on 'resilient'," Bissell said. "The US companies have found that they have to be able to detect better when the bad guy's on the inside -- whether they're an employee or an external person -- and how to recover as fast as possible."

 

But while Australian organisations are demonstrating "a little bit more focus" on the "vigilant" and "resilient" areas, Deloitte's cyber risk leader in Australia, Tommy Viljoen, said that isn't necessarily translating into action. "A little bit more is happening over the last 12 months about 'Are we resilient? Do we have the processes in place? Have we organised the necessary skills and competencies, so that if we are under attack, that we can do something about it? Are we prepared?' But if I look at where most of the budget spend is, from a number of organisations, it's still in that protection zone," Viljoen said. "The mind shift that we're starting to see has not translated into budget shift," he said. "I would say the 'secure' spend is still about 50 percent. I would say more of the budgets that I've seen in the last six months are focusing on the monitoring component, and the 'resilient' is still limited mostly to 'Let's do an exercise and see what happens. Let's play out a particular scenario ... that's a two-day event.' That's what's in the budget." Bissell's advice from a global perspective is to adopt early to avoid some of the pain that the US has been suffering.

 

"I truly believe that the companies that hold back to the end are hurt the most -- unless they get lucky," he said. "I believe the companies who do best, and avoid the biggest problems, are the ones who are most proactive and learn from others' issues. That's the most lucky, if you will, of the companies." Deloitte's comments came as the company announced the establishment of its new Cyber Intelligence Centre in Australia, linking with the company's existing intelligence centres in the UK, Europe, Canada, and the US. James Nunn-Price, who established Deloitte's Cyber Intelligence Centre concept and oversaw its implementation in the UK in 2013, has moved to Australia this week to establish the Australian operation and become the company's Australian cybersecurity leader. Nunn-Price was previously responsible for Deloitte's overall information security, resilience, and cyber advisory services to the UK government, and personally assisted the London 2012 Olympic Games leadership team with cyber incident response, crisis management, and forensics. He also claims credit for the word "centre" in Cyber Intelligence Centre being spelled correctly.

From http://www.zdnet.com 02/04/2015

TOP↑

 

Data Retention Cost ‘Up to’ $400 Million a Year

 

The Government will still not release its report into the cost of data retention, but the Prime Minister has put the cost at a maximum $400 million a year. There are many arguments against the Governments proposed data retention laws, on civil liberties, practical and cost grounds. Cost has emerged as an important issue in recent weeks, especially after the refusal of the Attorney-Generals Department to release the report on costings the Government commissioned from consultancy PricewaterhouseCoopers. Now Prime Minister Tony Abbott has for the first time given an estimate. Speaking at child child protection group Bravehearts on the Gold Coast today, he said: "There are a range of figures which have been taken to the committee, but even at the highest estimate it's less than 1% of this $40 billion a year and growing sector," he said, trying to talk it down. "It seems like a small price to pay to give ourselves the kind of safety and the kind of freedom that people in a country like Australia deserve." Putting aside the argument that many critics of data retention believe it will actually significantly reduce our freedoms, many believe that this figure of $400 million is not as trivial as the Prime Minister seems to believe, and is actually a very significant figure.

 

Communications Alliance spokesman John Stanton said the ICT industry was still waiting to find out how much of the cost would be covered by taxpayers. He told the ABCs The World Today radio show. "It still amounts to a very significant cost and impost that needs to be paid. "The Government has so far said that it will make a reasonable contribution, so there's a great deal of interest to see how much of the total burden the Government proposes to contribute." Stanton has previously said that the industry already carries the cost of organisations like ACMA, ACCAN and the TIO, and it was unreasonable to lumber it with more costs. Abbott seemed to retreat from the idea that the Government would make any contribution at all. Asked if industry would have to pay, Abbott said: "It is very important that if you do business in this country, you adhere to the rules".

From http://www.itwire.com 02/18/2015

TOP↑

NEW ZEALAND: Government Claims NZ$239 Million in Savings from Common ICT

 

The New Zealand government's ICT Common Capabilities scheme is generating savings for government as a whole and for individual agencies, the Government chief information officer says. Cross three major components of the programme, NZ$239 million in savings are locked in over the terms of current contracts with suppliers. An ICT Update from the GCIO says increased uptake of Infrastructure as a Service (IaaS) under the programme has achieved significant savings in storage. "Savings have now increased from NZ$43.3 million to NZ$94.6 million. This figure takes into account NZ$7.3 million of savings to date, and the forecasted NZ$87.6 million that will be achieved over the remaining years of the contract," it says. Savings from the buying contract with Microsoft have reached NZ$70 million, with NZ$119 million forecast over the contract's term. Meanwhile, savings from the one.govt networking and connectivity contract have reached NZ$3.5 million, with NZ$25.6 million forecast over the whole contract. Agencies using one.govt for WAN and internet connectivity can also look forward to a further 5 percent discount soon when the contract reaches its fifth anniversary.

 

Common capabilities are designed to replace legacy applications and services, ensure processes, tools and infrastructure are not duplicated, allow agencies to shift to cloud services and reduce ICT costs. Meanwhile, the government has gone to market for telecommunications as a service to further extend its all-of-government services portfolio. The contract aims to ease the purchase of telecommunications services and improve connectivity between government agencies. "A comprehensive range of telecommunications and managed security services is sought, to be delivered through a standardised platform that could be supplied and managed by several providers," the ICT Update says. TaaS includes all services for connectivity, communications, contact centres, managed security and the emergency services network. It is anticipated TaaS services will be available for agencies by the middle of 2015. Last year the government announced it was entering negotiations with VMware, Oracle and Citrix to conclude all-of-government licensing deals. It said it would aim for similar deals with SAS, SAP, Adobe, IBM and HP as well as renewal of its deal with Microsoft in 2015.

From http://www.zdnet.com 12/29/2014

TOP↑

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/e-Society.gif

 

 

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/01.gif

 

 

 

AFRICA: Nigeria - UNESCO Offers ICT Training to 60,000 Women

 

The United Nations Education, Scientific and Cultural Organisation (UNESCO) on Wednesday promised to train 60, 000 Nigerian women and girls on Information Communication Technology (ICT) to reduce illiteracy in the country.The training Project Coordinator, Dr Safiya Muhammad, made this known in Abuja on Wednesday on the sidelines of the beginning of the three-day ICT training workshop. She said the training was a pilot project organised by UNESCO in partnership with Procter and Gamble, a private business organisation and the Federal Capital Territory, FCT, Agency for Mass Education to tackle illiteracy. “Nigeria is one of the biggest, if not the biggest country in Africa and our illiteracy rate is very high and among the illiterate, there are more women and girls. “So, Procter and Gamble saw it fit to intervene in the challenges of countries, especially in Nigeria to reduce the illiteracy rate among girls and women because girls and women are those that are more illiterate in Nigeriaâ� she explained. Among the states of Nigeria, two states were taken as pilot states, the FCT and Rivers states. It is envisaged that at the end of the target period of three years, some 60, 000 girls and women would benefit from the literacy drive, which will drastically reduce the number of illiterates among them.

From http://en.starafrica.com/ 01/31/2015

TOP↑

 

EUROPE: German Pupils Criticise IT Conditions at School - Survey

 

Fifty-four percent of German pupils describe the condition of computer technology at their school as mediocre or bad, according to a survey of 512 pupils in secondary education conducted by the German IT association Bitkom and Learntec, the digital learning trade fair. Every third child (35%) brings their own laptop or tablet computer (19%) to school. Nine out of ten children stated that those devices are used during class, and for 8 out of 10 pupils, whiteboards are used. The use of tablet computers (29%) or e-book readers (6%) are less common. Only 35 per cent of the participants use whiteboards and desktop PCs (28%) on a daily basis. Digital devices are mainly used for presentations by teachers (97%) and pupils (94%) or for research on the internet (88%). Dedicated learning software is only used 42 percent of the time, programming devices only 27 percent, and 25 percent of the time for building websites. Two thirds (67%) of pupils use digital media to study in their free time; 70 percent expressed the wish to use them more often in class, notably learning videos (71%). Three quarters (75%) demand more digital learning materials at their school; 71 percent of the children support demand for individual notebooks or tablet computers for each pupil. Eight out of 10 of the interviewees believe that the teacher should be trained better in the use of digital media.

From http://www.telecompaper.com/ 12/12/2014

TOP↑

 

Estonia: 26 Countries Show Interest in E-State Solutions

 

An overview of the activities of the Estonian e-Governance Academy has revealed that the academy assisted 26 countries in adopting e-state solutions in 2014. The e-Governance Academy (eGA) is a non-governmental, non-profit organisation, founded in 2012 for the creation and transfer of knowledge concerning e-government, e-democracy and the development of civil society. It was established as a joint initiative of the Estonian Government, the Open Society Institute (OSI), and the Bratislava Regional Support Centre of the United Nations Development Programme (UNDP). CEO Arvo Ott says that in 2014, the largest-scale development took place in Armenia, Ukraine, Moldova, Kyrgyzstan and the Palestinian territories, while far-flung areas that showed interest in the e-state included the Faroe Islands and the even more exotic India and Bhutan. Ott noted that of the former Eastern bloc countries those which have seen the most rapid development in e-governance are Ukraine, Moldova, Kyrgyzstan, Azerbaijan and Armenia.

 

“Three of them – Kyrgyzstan, Armenia and Moldova – have implemented solutions that are very similar to the ones we have here in Estonia,” he pointed out. “Azerbaijan though has taken our mobile ID solution even further and is now using the world’s most modern authentication system.” Ott added that among the more remote territories to demonstrate an interest in the e-state, the one in which it is becoming a reality are the Palestinian territories, where the e-Governance Academy has worked with tech firms to set up an X-Road solution for data exchange between official institutions. It is not only e-governance that appeals to other countries, Ott said – more and more interest is also being generated by cybersecurity. “The number of cybersecurity training courses we’re putting on is growing, and major projects in this area have been launched in both Moldova and Kyrgyzstan,” he said. “We’re also leading the way in establishing a cybersecurity index which will help assess the level of cybersecurity in different countries and share best practice based on the results.” In the course of this pilot project the academy will examine the level of cybersecurity in Ukraine, Moldova and other Eastern partner countries.

 

In addition to putting specific solutions into operation, the e-Governance Academy is involved in promoting the structure and ICT solutions of Estonia’s e-state to the rest of the world. Ott explained that almost 200 high-ranking officials and politicians from more than 20 countries have come to Estonia to take a look at its ICT solutions for themselves. “We’ve had curious visitors from Panama to Bhutan and from Belarus to the United Arab Emirates,” he said. “Belarusian officials are currently undergoing longer-term training in which they’re being educated on e-governance, Internet-based applications and cybersecurity.” The promotion of the e-state and development of solutions in other countries has been financed by the Estonian Ministry of Foreign Affairs; the European Commission; the US, Swedish and Swiss government development cooperation organisations USAID, SIDA and Swiss Contribution; the Open Estonia Foundation; and the British Embassy in Tallinn.

 

Development of the e-state beyond Estonia’s borders

2014 marked the end of a massive two-year e-service development project in Armenia, which saw the creation of e-mail addresses by the state for all citizens so as to improve communication between the state and its people. An electronic system was also established for the population register, as were an electronic communication environment for the Armenian Statistical Service and web-based services for the country’s e-police. Ukraine has been another focal point of the e-Governance Academy in recent years. Experts from Estonia have helped the Ukrainians introduce e-governance at the local level in the west of the country, where four projects are being launched for the implementation of electronic document management, mobile solutions, a geographic information system and a call centre. The biggest part of the project is the full-scale digital document management system that the Lviv city government will acquire. Activities also commenced at the central government level in 2014 in order to support the foundation of an e-governance agency for Ukraine and the introduction of e-services.

 

Knowledge of e-Estonia has also proven beneficial in Moldova, where it has been put to use in the promotion of open governance and inclusion with the help of information technology and in fostering cybersecurity capability. A handbook on inclusion is being produced for government institutions in order to put governance principles into practice in everyday working processes, as is an implementation plan in line with the cyber defence strategy and a cyber defence road map for the pilot ministry. In Kyrgyzstan, the e-Governance Academy has commenced the development of a potential reform plan for the state’s financial management system based on the experiences of Estonia. A prototype e-consul application has also been made: this will enable visa applications and other consular matters in the country to become web-based.

 

The Palestinian territories are one of the three areas in which the academy has helped establish an X-Road (ie a central system for data exchange) so as to create an e-state “skeleton” upon which to construct intergovernmental e-solutions. With the support of Estonian IT firms, a minimum of 15 e-services are being created that will use the central system and databases. Implementation of a solution similar to the X-Road has also been launched by the academy in Namibia. Elsewhere in Africa, activities in support of e-governance are underway in Tunisia, where the academy is advising the government on its choice of digital identity medium for its citizens and on preparations for its introduction.

From http://estonianworld.com/ 02/18/2015

TOP↑

 

French Demand for Software Developers Outstrips Supply

 

France is having difficulty meeting the demand for software developers, which grew by 19 percent in 2014, the president of Cap Digital, Stephane Distinguin, told La Tribune. The first study undertaken by Cap Digital and recruitment company Multiposting found that software developers are being recruited 4 months before they get their degree, and nearly always for permanent contracts. IT administrator jobs on offer increased 28 percent in 2014. Only in data analysis and big data are firms finding enough job seekers. The supply of data analyst jobs rose by 30 percent last year. Distinguin said the report aims “to allow member firms to improve their recruitment. The main thing in digital is talent scouting and if a top developer does not find a job immediately in the Paris area, he takes off for Silicon Valley. There pre-hire 3-month internships pay USD 10,000. Unless French companies adapt quickly, we may lose our talent to the US.” Multiposting CEO Simon Bouchez said his company posted over 1 million job offers in digital in 2014, only 15 percent of which were for project heads. He conceded that there was a gap between supply and demand. National job bureau representative Stephane Natkin said France must break out of the purely academic approach and sell receptive young people the benefits of participating in developing technology for a connected city.

From http://www.telecompaper.com/ 02/02/2015

 

TOP↑

 

 

Benchmarking Public Demand: Russia’s Appetite for Internet Control

 

This report explores the Russian public demand for internet freedom. Produced by Erik Nisbet with the Center for Global Communication Studies and the Russian Public Opinion Research Center, the study seeks to uncover attitudes and opinions about internet regulation, censorship of online content, and the potential for citizen mobilization and protest. Key findings from the report include: Almost half (49%) of all Russians believe that information on the Internet needs to be censored; A plurality (42%) of Russians believe foreign countries are using the Internet against Russia and its interests. About one-quarter of Russians think the Internet threatens political stability (24%); About four out of five Russians (81%) stated a negative feeling toward calls to protest against the government and change political leadership; The Russian government and the Russian security service were virtually tied in the percentage of Russians (42% and 41% respectively) that cited these organizations as trusted regulators of the Internet; 51% of Russian believe the primary motivation of government legislation creating a blacklist of websites is the maintenance of political stability versus 13% who believe the primarily motivation was limiting democratic freedoms; 39% of Russian believe personal blogs should be regulated the same as mass media websites. Read the companion piece to “Benchmarking Public Demand” by Gregory Asmolov, “Welcoming the Dragon: The Role of Public Opinion in Russian Internet Regulation.”

From http://www.global.asc.upenn.edu/ 02/18/2015

TOP↑

 

UK Govt to Invest GBP 3.6 Mln in Teacher IT Training

 

The UK government will invest GBP 3.6 million to pay for technology experts from companies such as Google and O2 to visit schools around the country to prepare primary school teachers for the new computing curriculum. The first batch of projects announced in June 2014 saw Microsoft, IBM and others offer training to over 43,000 teachers in the new curriculum’s first year. Education secretary Nicky Morgan has now announced five new projects that will see major technology companies provide experts in universities such as Oxford, UCL and Queen Mary University of London to provide the training. The latest funding includes over GBP 2 million for the British Computer Society to set up a network of 400 ‘master teachers’ to train teachers in other schools and provide classroom resources. Another GBP 1.1 million will be provided for Computing at School to help train primary teachers through online resources and school workshops. Bursaries will be increased for people wanting to become computing teachers. Computing teacher scholarships of GBP 25,000 will be introduced to encourage top graduates to become teachers. These will be backed by Microsoft, Google, Facebook and IBM.

From http://www.telecompaper.com/ 01/22/2015

TOP↑

 

NORTH AMERICA: U.S. - Closing the Gender Gap in Federal IT

 

Despite the fact that some of the fastest-growing jobs in the American economy are in the science, technology, engineering and math (STEM) segment, only 31 percent of the 1.7 million middle- and senior-level employees in the U.S. software sector are women. Unfortunately, the stats for women in federal technology are similar, with women making up about 30 percent of the federal IT workforce and being less represented in senior executive roles. STEM jobs, however, are expected to grow more than 30 percent in the next decade — three times as fast as non-STEM roles. That creates an opportunity for agencies to make major strides in hiring more women into IT roles. CEB research shows that there are several benefits to recruiting and retaining a gender-diverse workforce. In such an environment, individuals’ willingness to “go above and beyond” increases by 12 percent and the number of people reporting their intent to stay at the organization increases by an average of 20 percent. Organizations report that diversity also puts them in a better position to achieve objectives.

 

To enhance the percentage of women employees, particularly in STEM-related staff and leadership roles, federal managers should consider several actions:

- Build diverse talent pipelines. Many organizations go to big recruiting events and post vacancies on USAJobs, Monster and the like to attract talent. That approach results in a high volume of candidates but not necessarily candidates of high quality. The best organizations build pipelines of qualified women candidates by tailoring messages to that group and using current employees to identify qualified women through their networks, and then encouraging them to apply.

- Use hard data to avoid implicit bias. The use of metrics and assessments to evaluate candidates can ensure that decisions are not based on bias or “gut feeling.” Educating hiring managers about implicit bias, which is an unconscious preference for a group of people, helps support the organization’s priorities. People must understand that implicit bias affects most of their everyday decisions, even among those who consider themselves advocates for women.

 

- Conduct blind application reviews. A 2012 Yale study shows that résumés with a woman’s name are often deemed less qualified than the same résumé with a man’s name. Blind application reviews eliminate any such bias. Better yet, agencies should supplement résumé reviews and manager interviews with objective assessment tools that predict performance and help overcome innate gender biases.

- Discuss career paths with women employees. Hewlett-Packard reviewed its personnel records and found that women applied for promotions only when they believed they met 100 percent of the qualifications for the job. By contrast, men applied when they thought they could meet 60 percent of the job requirements. That gap highlights the importance of having conversations with rising women executives to clarify their qualifications and encourage them to compete for leadership positions.

 

- Understand what motivates women. Our research shows that different motivators drive women and men to rise through the ranks. Men in leadership positions are motivated by fear of failing, making mistakes, and suffering the associated loss of self-esteem and power. They thrive on opportunities to take responsibility, exercise authority and influence others. Women are motivated by a constructive work environment, positive working conditions, and acknowledgment of their contributions and achievements. Understanding what drives women and adapting that insight to the agency’s culture are essential to attracting and retaining women. If agencies take the right steps now to address the gender gap in federal IT, it will pay future dividends for the government and the economy.

From http://fcw.com/ 01/02/2015

TOP↑

 

 

New York City Launches City-Specific ID Card

 

NYC is joining a small group of municipalities offering city identification cards to its residents. esidents of New York City will soon have a chance to receive a free, city-specific ID card. In an attempt to bring official documentation to disenfranchised groups like illegal immigrants and the formerly incarcerated, a new ID card -- available only to those living within city bounds -- will be offered starting mid-January. Mayor Bill de Blasio’s administration said the program, called IDNYC, will help to enhance public safety by providing more people with identification and help to fight inequality. Funded through the mayor’s office with city funds, the 2015 budget for the program is $8.4 million. “We are launching the most ambitious municipal ID program in the country, by scale, benefits, security and privacy,” NYC Commissioner of Immigrant Affairs Nisha Agarwal wrote in an email to Government Technology. “The IDNYC program underscores Mayor de Blasio’s commitment to fighting inequality and integrating into our communities the most vulnerable New Yorkers, including undocumented immigrants, homeless individuals and disconnected young adults.”

 

The new ID card will not serve as a replacement for existing ID cards because the card will not be usable to purchase tobacco or alcohol, receive public assistance benefits, travel by air, gain work authorization or grant immigrant status. The card is intended as a supplementary ID or alternative for those who can't obtain legitimate identification otherwise. Several California municipalities offer citizens city-specific ID, including Los Angeles, Oakland, Richmond and San Francisco. Washington, D.C.; New Haven, Conn.; Asbury Park, N.J.; Mercer County, N.J.; and Monmouth County, N.J., also offer similar identification. Benefits of IDNYC include access to city buildings and some city services, and carriers will receive a free one-year membership to 33 cultural institutions, such as museums, zoos and concert halls. In addition, the New York Police Department (NYPD) recently reported that it would recognize the identification. As such, the city anticipates the program will reduce arrests because low-level offenders that would have otherwise been arrested can now be issued summonses. NYPD reported that IDNYC will be an acceptable form of identification in the issuance of summonses, desk appearance tickets and property claims. NYPD Commissioner William Bratton said the program is “part of our larger mission to forge public trust with the communities we serve.”

 

Those who apply for IDNYC will be required to prove identity and residency in New York City. Acceptable proof of identity will include things like foreign passports or drivers' licenses. Residency can be proved by providing things like a U.S. driver’s license, property lease or utility bill. All city residents ages 14 and older will be eligible for IDNYC, and applications will be available in 25 languages. Not everyone sees the program as a great social equalizer. Chairman of the Conservative Party of New York State Michael Long said the program is costly and encourages law breakers by legitimizing illegal immigrants. “New Yorkers are already the highest-taxed citizens, especially New York City citizens, in the country, and we don’t need to be spending this kind of money on this kind of program,” Long said, adding that he doesn’t believe IDNYC will reduce strain on the police force.

 

“I don’t think that’s realistic at all. The NYPD has to accept the ID, they have to enforce the regulations that are imposed by city council or the mayor,” he said. “I think [de Blasio] ought to worry about how he has made the New York Police Department disenfranchised and feel unwanted. I think he should be trying to work on his relations with the law enforcement in the city of New York and stop worrying about the feelings of people who are law breakers in our city.” At a recent NYPD graduation ceremony, de Blasio was booed by some members of the crowd, and some crowd members turned their backs to the mayor as he spoke. As anti-police sentiment grows following the Michael Brown shooting in Ferguson, Mo., and the Dec. 20 murder of two NYPD officers, Wenjian Liu and Rafael Ramos, de Blasio continues to fight a perception held by some that he is unsupportive of police.

From http://www.govtech.com/ 01/09/2015

TOP↑

 

Internet Can Be Used to Undermine Freedom, Too

 

When media guru Marshall McLuhan declared back in the 1960s that “Every innovation has within itself the seeds of its reversal,” I had no idea what he meant. But, like his other catchy quotables — “global village,” “cool media,” “the medium is the message” — it stayed with me. Now, in the Internet age, I am seeing proof of his prophecy every day. For example, McLuhan predicted that a rapidly expanding automobile culture would lead to more traffic jams, air pollution and longing for space to take long walks or ride bicycles. I’m sure he’d give a knowing I-told-you-so nod to today’s battles between car people and bike people for asphalt space. I became convinced when my millennial-generation son and his friends rejected wristwatches in their teen years as “so last century.” They preferred to tell time with their cell phones — like my grandpa with his pocket watch.

 

But more recently and less happily, I see far more sinister seeds of reversal in this era’s greatest innovation, the Internet. We greeted the Web as a liberator, but in today’s age of terrorism and post-Cold War autocrats it also poses a growing menace to the press freedoms it otherwise has invigorated. In the hands of groups like ISIS, for example, the Web is a worldwide weapon in “a new war on journalists,” said Knight Foundation president Alberto Ibarguen in November. Speaking at the International Press Freedom Awards Dinner of the Committee to Protect Journalists, on whose board I am a member, Ibarguen cited the gruesome online beheadings of American journalists James Foley and Steven Sotloff as examples of how today’s terrorists “will kill a journalist not to stop the story, but to create one.” The Atlantic’s Jeffrey Goldberg sounded a similar alarm a week earlier. Extremists have turned against journalists, he wrote, not only because they have become more extreme but also because they “don’t need us anymore.”

 

Remembering how administrators of a Taliban madrasa that he visited 15 years ago were launching a Web site, Goldberg wrote, “I remember being amused by this. I shouldn’t have been. There is no need for a middleman now. Journalists have been replaced by YouTube and Twitter. And when there is no need for us, we become targets.” Terrorists are not the only threat that terrorizes journalists in the new Internet-age media order. In his new book, “The New Censorship: Inside the Global Battle for Media Freedom,” Joel Simon, CPJ’s executive director, coins the term “democratators” to describe a new wave of elected rulers, such as Russia’s Vladimir Putin and Turkey’s Recep Tayyip Erdogan, who shamelessly navigate the information age with an iron fist of strategic information controls. Both regimes have received low marks from CPJ, Reporters Without Borders and Human Rights Watch for abuses of press freedoms and of civil society generally.

 

Another growing threat that Simon cites is government surveillance and pursuit of reporters’ confidential sources. Revelations of NSA surveillance and Justice Department probes of journalists at AP, Fox News and The New York Times have brought the New York-based CPJ closer to home after years of finding more than enough abuses to tackle overseas. What can be done? Forget the false debate over whether the traditional media or the blogosphere or social media is better. Each plays a vital role in keeping the public informed, maintaining robust debate and changing world events. In her 2012 book “Consent of the Networked,” Rebecca MacKinnon, a former CNN bureau chief in Beijing and an Internet policy specialist, urges us to stop arguing over whether the Internet empowers people. Instead we should address how technology should be governed best to support the rights and liberties of users around the world. I’m not comforted by the coalition of Internet-restricting nations like China, Russia, Iran and Saudi Arabia that have called for the United Nations to take over Internet governance. But the de facto governance by corporations who mine our data for commercial reasons raises disturbing questions, too. McLuhan was right about every innovation containing the seeds of its own reversal. We need to seriously start thinking about how our current wave of communications innovations can best be governed before the next one comes along.

From http://www.poughkeepsiejournal.com/ 01/08/2015

TOP↑

Net Control Decision a Crucial One

 

Last month, China hosted the first World Internet Conference and gave everyone reason to worry. At the last minute, Chinese officials tried to ram through a declaration calling for governments to exert greater control over the fastest and freest communications tool the world has ever seen, using the chilling concept of “Internet sovereignty” to justify it. It’s bad enough that these authoritarian governments repress online expression within their borders. They should not be let anywhere near the governance of the Internet’s global infrastructure. Yet the Commerce Department is proceeding with a plan to relinquish supervision of one crucial element of world Internet governance to an international body, which may not be sufficiently resistant to influence from the world’s many would-be censors. If the situation doesn’t improve, Commerce should halt the march toward a formal turnover. The Internet Corporation for Assigned Names and Numbers is responsible for a lot of everyday maintenance – essentially acting as the Internet’s phone book. Until recently, its major policy dilemmas have revolved around whether to create new top-level domain names such as .tv or .xxx. But now it is at the center of a potentially perilous transition. It continues to operate under the Commerce Department’s benign oversight, but Commerce’s contract with ICANN is up next year. Relying on a global community of Internet engineers, businesses and other nongovernmental entities, ICANN wants to end one of the last vestiges of formal U.S. control over the global Internet, completing the transfer of responsibility for maintaining basic Internet functionality to a multi-stakeholder organization that operates by consensus and independently of any government.

 

The problem is that no one yet has a convincing explanation for how the multi-stakeholder model will be immune to pernicious influences from governments. Independent voices from global nongovernmental interests are supposed to suffuse the ICANN system and provide a self-correcting ethos. But civil society in many countries is deeply connected to the state, and those states will try to manipulate or control as much as they can. Details of the technical transition are being hammered out, but the accountability measures and controls that will be vital to establishing and preserving a legitimate global Internet governance are taking longer. Commerce still holds a trump card: It can renew its contract with ICANN. The Obama administration has said it will insist on adequate protections for freedom of speech before it lets go, and it must stick to that commitment. That could be hard: The Snowden revelations have put pressure on the Obama administration. Yet the free and open Internet has thrived under existing arrangements. The United States should not allow other governments to use the leaks as a pretext to gain control of Internet governance.

From http://www.bgdailynews.com/ 01/08/2015

TOP↑

 

ADB Urges Greater ICT Use to Deliver Affordable Universal Healthcare

 

Information and communication technology (ICT) tools are crucial to helping Asian governments fast-track good-quality, affordable healthcare for all their citizens, delegates at a regional healthcare conference here heard today. “Better use of ICT means better data and systems that improve the quality of healthcare while reducing the costs,” said Susann Roth, Senior Social Development Specialist at the Asian Development Bank (ADB). “And ultimately, good health makes for improved lives and sustainable and inclusive growth.” The conference, Measuring and Achieving Universal Health Coverage with ICT in Asia and the Pacific, is gathering around 200 key government officials from health, social protection, finance agencies, academic institutions, and development organizations from over 25 countries. Participants will review evidence on the cost, benefit, and impact of ICT solutions in order to improve healthcare monitoring and thus achieve universal health coverage more quickly. The conference also aims to help ADB developing member countries strengthen their own business cases for strategic ICT investments to maximize the use of their healthcare budgets. The conference is co-hosted by ADB, the World Health Organization, and the Asia e-Health Information Network. ADB aims to boost its annual financing of health-related projects to between $400 million and $750 million dollars a year by 2020, roughly doubling its health assistance of recent years.

 

ADB is also developing an Operational Plan for Health, with universal health coverage as the overarching goal. ICT will play a big role in the plan. ADB is already supporting ICT use to improve delivery of health services and ensure better data collection in Asia. For example, ADB is financing the laying of fiber-optic cabling in the Pacific and a related project to help Tonga use computer networks to provide healthcare services to patients who live far from hospitals and transmit X-ray images and other health data to specialists. In Bangladesh and Lao People's Democratic Republic, ADB is helping to collect patient data and collating them electronically to enable communities to better plan their health programs. Meanwhile, ICT investments in Mongolia are improving hospital management and health financing by ensuring hospitals have all the data they need to make the best decisions. ADB, based in Manila, is dedicated to reducing poverty in Asia and the Pacific through inclusive economic growth, environmentally sustainable growth, and regional integration. Established in 1966, it is owned by 67 members – 48 from the region. In 2013, ADB assistance totaled $21.0 billion, including co-financing of $6.6 billion.

From http://www.adb.org/ 12/02/2014

TOP↑

 

 

 

 

 

 

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/02.gif

 

 

 

CHINA: Launching Its First National Traffic Management Website

 

The Ministry of Public Security (MPS) kicked off the first nationwide traffic management website on Tuesday, according to a ministry announcement.Coinciding with the country's annual "Traffic Safety Day" that falls on Tuesday, the website "www.122.cn" will provide real time traffic data to the public, especially useful for private car users.The website will base its data on the information collected and reported by the nation's 270,000 traffic policemen and video surveillance records to better guarantee traffic safety.The public can instantly consult with traffic police online and learn about hot topics and events in traffic control, said head of the traffic bureau of the MPS.The traffic department will make policy and enforcement adjustments in line with the suggestions submitted online, he said.The website will also play a role in road safety education, giving traffic knowledge lectures and safe travel tips to the public.There was no national official traffic information inquiry website in the past. Previously, the only option was to log onto local websites or go to the city's transport administration to inquire on records, causing inconvenience for the public and loopholes for information tampering.

From http://www.news.cn/ 12/02/2014

TOP↑

 

E-Banking to Increase Accessibility for Disabled

 

China's electronic banking service is required to provide easier access for the disabled, according to a guideline co-issued by China Disabled Persons Federation (CDPF) and China Banking Association on Monday.The guideline asks banks to promote accessibility primarily for three kinds of disabled people using E-Banking services such as phone and online banking.For visually impaired users, E-banking will provide specially designed shortcut touch menu, active ID recognition and easy verification codes.For the deaf customers, the primary concern will be offering multiple visual facilities and instant short message service.For the physically disabled, the bank will establish a long-distance self-service system allowing them to open accounts from home, which traditionally requires a physical presence at the bank.The guideline is a holiday gift for the 85 million disabled people in China to enable the convenience of technology, just ahead of the International Day of Disabled Persons observed on Dec. 3 annually, said Lv Shiming, vice chairman of the CDFP.

From http://www.news.cn/ 12/02/2014

TOP↑

 

China's 2014 Online Audio-Visual Market Revenue Tops 6 Bln USD

 

The revenue of China's online audio-visual market in 2014 is expected to reach a record 37.8 billion yuan (6 billion U.S. dollars), according to a report released at the Sixth China Network Audio-Visual Industry Forum in Shanghai on Thursday.Among the revenue, 53 percent comes from online video, 21 percent from online music and 13 percent from mobile phone TV, according to the report.As of July this year, China's online video audience reached 439 million, covering more than 70 percent of the total Chinese Internet users. The mobile phone video audience surpassed 300 million, according to the report.The forum is co-hosted by the State Administration of Press, Publication, Radio, Film and Television and the Shanghai municipal government.

From http://www.news.cn/ 12/04/2014

TOP↑

 

China's Small Schools Go Digital

 

Small schools in southwest China's Tibet Autonomous Region have "gone digital", meaning that all 63,600 of the country's small schools now have access to digital teaching devices and resources.Small schools, or the official term "teaching spots", are seen by many as the weakest link in China's elementary education. Most are nestled in remote and mountainous areas; are understaffed; and, as a result, were often unable to offer all eight compulsory subjects to elementary-level students.To ensure rural children have access to quality education, the education and finance ministries initiated a joint program in November 2012 to install information technology at all education centers.During the past two years, government funds have financed the installation of digital satellite receivers, computers, flat-screen TVs and electronic whiteboards, enabling the small schools to utilize standardized digital teaching resources.The program is changing the educational landscape.

 

Ma Fujun, 48, is the only registered teacher in Huayagou Primary School in Xinmin Village, northwest China's Ningxia Hui Autonomous Region. The school has 22 students across grade one, two and three."It's hard to attract teachers because of transportation issues," Ma said. "I cannot teach all three classes alone."The digital program has really helped Ma."We can offer all compulsory subjects now. Distance education means our kids can have music, art and English classes, and their Chinese and math levels are advancing thanks to other people's teaching methods.""We like to have classes on the computers, especially music ," said student Yu Jiaojiao, 8. "We've learned several songs. It's fun."Primary schools are required to offer eight courses to grade one, two and three students in China -- Chinese, math, English, ethics, science, music, art and PE.

From http://www.news.cn/ 12/27/2014

TOP↑

 

Authorities Cleaning Up China's Internet

 

China has closed 50 websites and social media accounts for violations ranging from pornography to "publishing political news without a permit," the national cyberspace watchdog said yesterday.Authorities shut 17 public pages on the mobile social messaging app Weixin, or WeChat, as well as 24 websites and nine channels or columns on websites, the Cyberspace Administration of China said on its website (www.cac.gov.cn).Some of the other offenses listed include publishing fake information under the guise of the government or media, and publishing information related to gambling or fraud.Jiang Jun, a spokesman for the watchdog, said it would regularly publish a "blacklist" of violators.By last autumn, the cyberspace watchdog had closed nearly 1.8 million accounts on social networking and instant messaging services since launching an anti-pornography campaign earlier in the year.Authorities had received almost 11 million reports of what was described as harmful information online.In November, officials called for Internet controls to preserve stability.

 

With a population of 1.4 billion and 632 million people online, China is a market no one wants to miss out on.Chinese people's activities online will be subject to reinforced scrutiny as authorities expand the real-name registration system across more social networks and websites.The watchdog will "comprehensively" promote the management of real identities online, with social networks — including microblogging platforms, forums and instant messaging services — all having to enforce a real-name registration system, administration official Xu Feng said.Real names will only be seen by backend administrators and users may still choose a screen name.Internet authorities have been pressing for a real identity system since 2011, and new users of WeChat and other messaging apps have, since August, been required to provide their real names.China has more than 275 million users of microblogs with Sina Weibo leading the pack, and 459 million users of mobile messaging apps, led by WeChat.

From http://www.news.cn/ 01/14/2015

TOP↑

 

Year-Long Internet Cleanup Deletes 1 Bln Posts

 

Chinese websites self-inspected and deleted more than 1 billion pornographic and harmful posts in 2014 in an Internet "cleanup operation", said the country's cyberspace watchdog Saturday.Authorities also closed down about 2,200 websites and 20 million online forums, blogs and social media accounts that had spread erotic and illegal content, said Ren Xianliang, deputy head of the Cyberspace Administration of China (CAC).During the operation, domestic gateway websites have well cooperated, Ren said.Among the 1 billion deleted posts, 220 million were on four leading gateway websites, namely Sina, Sohu, Tencent and Netease. Two major search engines Baidu and Qihoo 360 deleted 130 million posts.Under CAC supervision, major websites tightened their internal management, adding more staff and applying new systems to improve internal inspection, Ren said.However, misconduct has rebounded since late last year, he admitted, adding that even some major websites posted erotic and disturbing content to appeal to viewers.On Saturday, the cyberspace management departments of Beijing, Shanghai and Guangzhou respectively summoned the operators of about 50 major websites, pressing them to step up internal inspection and discipline.

From http://www.news.cn/ 01/17/2015

TOP↑

 

JAPAN: E-Books, Digital Music on Overseas Sites to Be Taxable

 

The government has decided to levy consumption tax on e-books, digital music and other electronic media sold online by overseas vendors from October, according to sources. Currently, goods and services distributed in electronic formats by firms based abroad to consumers in Japan are not taxable. This has led to mounting criticism mainly from domestic booksellers, who call the system unfair. Under the envisaged system, digital media sold by vendors whose headquarters are located outside Japan will be subject to taxation, the sources said. Such firms include Amazon.com Inc. in the United States and Kobo Inc., Rakuten Inc.’s affiliate in Canada. The measure will be incorporated into the fiscal 2015 tax reform outline that the Liberal Democratic Party and its junior coalition partner Komeito aim to adopt on Dec. 30.

The government plans to submit a bill to reform the consumption tax system in next year’s ordinary Diet session. The new taxation is set to go into effect on Oct. 1. Once the new system is in place, overseas business operators will be obliged to pay taxes to relevant tax offices in Japan. The cost will likely be passed on to consumers.

 

Under the present Consumption Tax Law, only goods transacted domestically are taxable. Due to the difficulty of distinguishing between domestic and nondomestic transactions in the distribution of digital media, only goods and services offered by vendors whose headquarters are located in Japan are deemed taxable. As a result, the same book that costs ¥1,000 at an online store operated by an overseas firm will be listed as ¥1,080 on a domestic operator’s website, as the price includes consumption tax. The government and ruling parties have decided that such distribution of electronic media to consumers in Japan is also a domestic transaction and thus will amend the law to levy consumption tax on the transactions. The government has already been in talks with major overseas vendors, including Amazon and Kobo, to prepare for the taxation. The market for e-books distributed from overseas to Japan was about ¥35 billion in 2012, according to provisional calculations by Daiwa Institute of Research Holdings Ltd. When such e-books and digital music become taxable, the nation’s tax revenue will likely increase by billions of yen.

From http://the-japan-news.com/ 12/19/2014

TOP↑

 

SOUTH KOREA: High-Tech Classroom Opens in Paraguay

 

A computer-equipped classroom has been opened in Asunción, Paraguay, that uses Korean information technology. A ceremony to celebrate the opening of the high-tech classroom was held at the No. 1 National School of Commerce (Escuela Nacional de Comercio Numero Uno) in Asunción on December 4. Over one hundred people, including the Paraguayan education minister and other officials from both Korea and Paraguay, attended the ceremony and watched a demonstration of the technology installed in the classroom. Korea's project to establish and provide management support for high-tech classrooms across the world started in 2011. The government aims to share its experiences in the digitization of education and in the use of related technologies. Such classrooms have now been opened in a total of nine countries so far, including Brunei, Colombia, Indonesia, Mongolia, the Philippines, Cambodia, Azerbaijan and Sri Lanka. As part of the project, the Korean Ministry of Education conducted studies into the current situation and demand for IT products in targeted countries. This way, it was able to provide solutions customized to the students who were going to learn in the high-tech classrooms. It provided the necessary equipment, including electronic white boards and desks, and notebook computers, as well as related software. It also provided the teachers with two years' of training on how to use the high-tech educational tools and how to develop related content so that the classrooms could be properly utilized. Satisfaction in and the utilization of the classrooms in Colombia, for example, is very high, as 45,000 students have used the classrooms every year since they opened in 2011.The Ministry of Education will continue to provide related content and additional equipment, and dispatch professionals as part of follow-up procedures so that the high-tech classroom in Paraguay can be used to train both students and teachers. It has also been cooperating with 22 nations, including Laos, since 2005 to share Korea's experience in e-learning and some of its associated technologies. In addition, the ministry has been hosting e-Learning Korea events and international symposiums on the use of information technology. "We intend to share our experience in promoting digitization and related technologies as part of various international cooperation and exchange projects focused on the digitization of education, including high-tech classrooms," said a ministry official. "We plan to continuously promote the globalization of e-learning." 

From http://www.korea.net 12/16/2014

TOP↑

 

Park Asks Officials to Handle Disasters with Science, Technology

 

President Park Geun-hye instructed officials Tuesday to come up with plans for disaster management based on science and technology in the latest call to make South Korea a safer country.  She said science and technology are critical in the process of coping with disasters, noting that the number of disasters -- both natural and man-made -- jumped dramatically in the past decades.   "We should shape up disaster management and public safety based on science and technology," Park said in a meeting with a science and technology advisory committee at the presidential office. She also said early human intervention can make a huge difference in disaster management.  The comments came a month after she tapped former Navy Adm. Park In-yong as head of the new ministry that handles all sorts of disasters and safety problems.  Park has created the Ministry of Public Safety and Security as part of efforts to boost safety following April's deadly ferry disaster that left more than 300 people dead, mostly high school students on a school excursion.

From http://www.koreaherald.com 12/16/2014

TOP↑

 

Gov’t to Open 7 E-Book Zones Across the Country

 

In the near future, book lovers will be able to find e-books as well as physical books at book cafes and libraries across the country. The Ministry of Culture, Sports and Tourism (MCST) announced on January 6 that it will provide e-books and e-book readers at seven selected venues across the country starting this year. The ministry plans to supply about 10,000 e-books up until the first half of 2016. Within this month, the ministry will create e-book "experience zones" and supply about 5,300 e-books and 120 reading devices at the seven venues. These venues include three book cafes in Seoul and then two libraries, including the Jeongseon Education Library in Jeongseon County, Gangwon-do (Gangwon Province), and two public schools. At the e-book experience zones, people will be able to read high-quality e-books on the e-book readers which use electronic ink. The books on offer will include the “books of the month” recommended by the Publication Industry Promotion Agency of Korea (PIPAK). Anyone will be able to use the zones for free. 

 

In Seoul, the zones will be set up at three book cafes, such as the Wisdom House in Hongdae District, as they have many visitors and users. In the provinces, the ministry will build the zones at two libraries and at two public schools where local residents have relatively lower access to e-books. The selected libraries and schools will run a special reading program using the electronic content. For this program, teachers and librarians from Ulleung High School in Ulleung County, Gyeongsangbuk-do (North Gyeongsang Province) and from Haenam Jeil Middle School in Haenam County, Jeollanam-do (South Jeolla Province), participated in the process of selecting the e-books that will be on offer. As the project unfolds, the culture ministry and PIPAK will survey e-book experience zone users and reflect their views in setting up future policies to promote e-book publication. Both organizations will also expand e-book publication based on the results of these first few e-book experience zones. 

From http://www.korea.net 01/06/2015

TOP↑

 

MS Korea Launches Cloud-Based Predictive Analytics Service

 

Microsoft Korea launched the cloud-based predictive analytics service Azure Machine Learning in South Korea on Wednesday. The new MS service, which uses highly sophisticated data analytics algorithms, helps users to make predictions on a wide variety of managerial or social issues, such as economy, fraud detection and crime rates. “The Azure Machine Learning will be able to help not only data scientists but also decision makers at businesses to sift through structured and unstructured data and make predictions,” said Lee Keon-bok, MS Korea’s senior program manager at a media briefing in Seoul. “With the newly launched analytics service using the same analytics algorithms for game console Xbox and search engine Bing, corporate customers will also save costs and increase management efficiency.”  The machine learning technology provides predictive services to customers that are different from data mining, where users take a pinch of massive aggregate information, or big data. In an aim to beef up its capabilities in the machine learning sector, it acquired Equivio, an Israel-based machine learning start-up, on Tuesday. 

From http://www.koreaherald.com 01/21/2015

TOP↑

 

Race Heats Up in Bid to Build National Emergency Network

 

A 2 trillion won ($1.84 billion) mega race has commenced as the Korean government plans to launch a new project building a nationwide emergency network based on Long Term Evolution technology ― the first of its kind globally. Communications breakdowns have often hampered responses to disasters. Experts say that developing communications systems is one of the key challenges in ongoing efforts to improve security preparedness. The new Public Safety-LTE system will allow fire, police and rescue responders to communicate seamlessly with each other using a standard device that operates on the same frequencies. While countries like the U.S. and the U.K. plan to adopt the PS-LTE system by 2020, Korea, which aims to complete the adoption by 2017, is considered a test bed for the new technology.  Within the first quarter of this year, a block of wireless telecommunications airwaves is expected to be auctioned off to one of the nation’s three telecom carriers ― SK Telecom, KT and LG Uplus.

Competition is already heating up among global equipment companies to join the coveted project because securing the first Korean deal will be a boon for their planned business with other countries in the coming years. Industry watchers say companies will reap a combined 2 trillion won from the network building project alone. Considering the maintenance costs in the next 10 years, the total business size could surge to 3 trillion won. “Because it is a government-driven project, Korea’s Samsung Electronics is likely to win about half the deal, while other global players will vie for the remaining half,” said an official of a telecom company on condition of anonymity. In recent months, a slew of global firms, including the two potent competitors China’s Huawei and Finland’s Nokia, are piling into Korea to show off their own competitiveness in the field. Ericsson-LG, a joint venture between Korea’s LG Electronics and Sweden’s Ericsson, China’s ZTE and France’s Alcatel-Lucent are also eyeing the Korean project. And their intense lobbying has also started.

Huawei, which held a press conference in Seoul on Wednesday, pledged that it would not appeal with cheaper pricing to win the bidding. “Given the considerable resources we have poured into our R&D, there should be no big difference in our bidding price compared to rivals,” said Peter Kim, senior executive vice president of Huawei Korea. “I think how much contribution we would make to the Korean economy will become a decisive factor,” he said, adding that the company was extending ties with smaller vendors in Korea. Both Nokia and Huawei also announced they would build a new R&D center focused on PS-LTE. With the race heating up for the lucrative deal, there are concerns about foreign companies getting access to the nation’s sensitive information. Especially Huawei was involved in some disputes with the U.S. government. But the Huawei executive rebuffed the speculation, saying: “The security issues were raised by politicians without evidence. “We are a global company that operates in more than 170 countries. All the information is controlled under strict rules.”

From http://www.koreaherald.com 01/29/2015

TOP↑

 

SKT Boasts Emergency Network Tech

 

SK Telecom, South Korea’s largest mobile carrier, said Tuesday it has completed the development of core technology to be deployed for nationwide emergency networks based on Long Term Evolution. For starters, the mobile network firm said it has secured technology to design and efficiently operate the Public Safety-LTE, which will enable government agencies and rescue responders to communicate with each other during natural and man-made disasters. “SK Telecom, the leading mobile network operator, has expertise in establishing networks,” said Park Jin-hyo, head of the firms’ network technology R&D center, at a media briefing on Monday evening in Seoul. “The firm will contribute to the nationwide project for PS-LTE through technological innovation,” he added. The Korean government plans to set up the PS-LTE networks across the nation by 2017 to respond to natural disasters in a well-organized manner. The government-led project is expected to create a market worth 2 trillion won ($1.84 billion) for domestic and foreign network operators and small and medium-sized firms in Korea. At the Monday media briefing, SK Telecom showcased some of its up-to-date technologies including a solution that enables a central rescue agency to give commands through video or voice calls on smartphones. The company also introduced a range of network solutions including those to prevent disruptions or breakdowns of the PS-LTE and to improve indoor-area network coverage. SKT also unveiled its plan to develop smartphones running on the 700 MHz-band emergency networks together with SMEs. The handsets will be dust-proof, waterproof and highly impact-resistant, according to the firm. 

From http://www.koreaherald.com 02/10/2015

TOP↑

 

 

 

 

 

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/03.gif

 

 

 

INDONESIA: Jakarta to Monitor Flood Reports on Twitter

 

The Indonesian capital city plans to map social media complaints from residents on issues related to flooding to better send resources for support. There are 13 rivers flowing into Jakarta. In 2013, the city reported flood-related losses worth US$700 billion. The city has partnered with Twitter so that it can monitor reports from residents on the social network, Bambang Suryaputra, Head of Informatics at the Jakarta Disaster Management Agency told FutureGov. When residents tweet about a flood, the agency’s Big Data crawler will pick it up. If the tweet has been tagged with the location of the user, it will be plotted on a map. Suryaputra expects to launch the initiative, known as PetaJakarta, on 2 December. Jakarta is encouraging citizens to participate because “we need as much information as possible” to better deploy resources, Suryaputra said. “We do verify the information from Twitter with our field responder [to check] whether an area is really flooded,” he added. However, if the agency receives over 5 tweets from different accounts with the same reports, it can assume that the area is in fact flooded, he said.

 

Currently the system is only designed to read tweets related to flooding, but Suryaputra expects it to expand in the future to other issues such as littering, sexual harassments and riots. The city is also in talks with Twitter to develop a flood alerts system that will notify all Twitter users located within Jakarta, he said. This is still pending approval from the city’s Governor. A 2012 study named Jakarta the most active Twitter city and another said that Indonesians are the world’s leading tweeters. Jakarta’s Twitter solution is similar to Japan’s approach in the aftermath of the Great East Earthquake in 2011, when it used tweets to find where help was needed and inform citizens. Meanwhile, Jakarta has proposed a solution to overcome the limited number of sensors in the city, Suryaputra said. The city only has a few sensors, but there are thousands of taxis in Jakarta that are sending their positions through GPS to their parent companies. They can report information about flooding in the city, and combined with the GPS data from taxi companies, these reports can be mapped, he said. The city is speaking with taxi companies to get access to location data.

From http://www.futuregov.asia/ 11/26/2014

TOP↑

 

PHILIPPINES: More Accurate Maps to Save Rehabilitation Costs, Says Environment Secretary

 

The Philippines is creating high resolution maps of natural hazards to cut costs of rehabilitation in the aftermath of natural disasters, the Department of Environment has announced. “One of the biggest costs the government faces right now is rehabilitation. But if we have good plans, we need not invest in areas which will be affected by landslide,” said Ramon Paje, Environment Secretary. The new maps will be have a 1:10,000 scale and will identify the communities vulnerable to disasters, including landslides, flooding, sea level rise and storm surges, the department said. These maps can help the government cut costs on rehabilitation in the aftermath of natural disasters and reduce losses due to poor geological planning, Paje said. The maps will identify the extent of an area’s susceptibility to these disasters, added Isabelo Montejo, Regional Executive Director at the department. For instance, the maps will have features which can indicate stability of the ground and even the type of landslides that may occur in an area. The department has allocated PHP 354 million (US$7.9 million) to create detailed geohazard maps of the disaster-prone areas in the country. It will also start an education campaign next year in areas affected by Typhoon Yolanda. The areas will be given the new high-resolution maps with recommendations on how to keep communities safe, Montejo said.

From http://www.futuregov.asia/ 11/24/2014

TOP↑

 

The Philippines Asked to Lead the Way in Online Services

 

The Digital Commerce Association of the Philippines (DCom) has asked the Philippine government to offer more public services online to set an example for the e-commerce industry. The association also asked for better services to support e-commerce. It is asking for increased access to internet services in community areas such as schools, libraries and local government offices. It also raised concerns about affordable mobile data services. Robertson Chiang, President of DCom emphasised on the need to promote trust and security among end-users to use e-commerce platforms. He also called for streamlined processes across government agencies so they can work more efficiently together. The government said it will incorporate these concerns in the formulation of the first Philippine E-Commerce Roadmap, a program that will allow local companies to make use of electronic platforms for business transactions. This programme is expected to be completed in six to 12 months. “E-commerce has enabled the development of our ICT services sector, where we were able to establish our niche in the global market. It is about time that we harness the potentials that e-commerce brings until e-commerce becomes a way of life of every Filipino,” Gregory L. Domingo, Trade Secretary, Department of Trade and Industry said. The Philippines currently has 39,470,845 internet users, and 39.43 per cent of the population has internet access, according to statistics reported on internetlivestats.

From http://www.futuregov.asia/ 12/19/2014

TOP↑

 

SINGAPORE: Elderly, Youths and SMEs Prioritised in Smart Nation

 

SINGAPORE: A Smart Nation is not just about technology and machines, but also about how IT, networks and data can be integrated and designed to serve the needs of Singaporeans. Environment and Water Resources Minister Vivian Balakrishnan made the point at the Singapore Makers Festival Makers Meetup on Friday evening (Dec 5) in his first official remarks since being tasked with spearheading the project. He also revealed three groups of people that will be his focus - senior citizens, youths, and Small and Medium Enterprises (SMEs).

 

The Smart Nation vision was unveiled by Prime Minister Lee Hsien Loong on Nov 24.

SMART NATION: TECHNOLOGY PEOPLE NEED, NOT WHAT IT CAN OFFER

Be it an automated home system, seamless healthcare delivery or a driverless car, the Smart Nation initiative is all about improving lives for Singaporeans, said Dr Balakrishnan.  “There are many things technology can do, can offer. But I think the missing dimension to that is to realise that at the end of the day, it's about human beings. What we want,” he said. “The products and services offered must be designed appropriately, must be accessible to normal people. Not just technophiles or engineers or hardcore geeks, but normal people like you and me who say, yes, I want to use this because it makes my life better, it makes it more convenient, it makes it more fun and it makes a difference to my daily life,” Dr Balakrishnan added.

 

ELDERLY, YOUTHS, AND SMEs PRIORITISED

Touching on the groups that take priority in the Smart Nation vision, Dr Balakrishnan said there will be no digital divide in the Smart Nation. The elderly can look forward to high-tech healthcare initiatives, and more public centres where they can pick up IT skills he said. There will also be more CitizenConnect Centres and Silver Infocomm Junctions across Singapore. Youths are another target group. The aim is to get them future-ready and literate in the digital age. To this end, computer coding lessons could be made part of the school syllabus. The third group will be SMEs. Dr Balakrishnan said the Smart Nation initiative about making them more efficient, using technology to cut costs and open new streams of revenue.

 

GOVERNMENT DATA TO BE MADE MORE READILY AVAILABLE

Dr Balakrishnan made these points at a gathering of inventors and designers. In a keynote address, he spoke about the need for Singaporeans to be risk-takers, to bring innovation to fruition - and this will be a national effort, integrating government agencies and the private sector. Government data will be made more readily available. In doing so, authorities will be mindful of wider issues such as national security, privacy and protection of identity. "We are trying to make as much data available as possible with some caveats. Number one, government data has to be accurate. So we can't afford to have a situation where we are releasing or publishing data that is inaccurate. Secondly, we have to protect privacy and national security and we also have to make sure that in the wold to come that identity theft and securing your personal log ins and credentials is going to be crucial. So subject to those caveats all other data wherever possible we will make available. We will make it available through convenient Application Programming Interfaces and we will also be providing more data in real time wherever that is possible," said Dr Balakrishnan.

 

The hope is that more applications will be developed by the private sector, using available government data. "At the same time the data which we use in our apps will also be available to private developers and if they create apps which are more interesting, more relevant, more useful, then that becomes the dominant app. But this is an iterative process and the key point behind this is to break down barriers between government agencies and even between government and the people and the private sector. So a key word there is sharing. That you can derive value by sharing information," he added. In doing so, new laws could be introduced to address concerns over issues such as privacy and identity theft. "Yes, we have to look at that very carefully. That's not something I'm going to rush into, we'll have to consult the public and also be very careful how we can make meta data available while still protecting individual private data. So this is not a trivial subject, we will have to consider this very carefully,” Dr Balakrishnan said. Applications and services that will be rolled out over the next few months include autonomous vehicles and an app that will give commuters updated bus arrival times, by the minute.

From http://www.channelnewsasia.com/ 12/06/2014

TOP↑

 

New Mobile Community Health Centre Will Benefit Patients with Diabetes, Chronic Illness

 

SINGAPORE - Diabetes patients in areas like Bishan, Toa Payoh, Hougang and Whampoa no longer need to travel to hospitals or polyclinics for eye and foot screenings. They can now get these services on Singapore's first mobile Community Health Centre (CHC), a mobile clinic on a bus that will travel to HDB blocks and community centres in Singapore's central region. The service was launched by the National Healthcare Group and the People's Association at a Community Health Carnival on Saturday. "This will make primary healthcare more easily accessible in the community," Minister for Health Gan Kim Yong said at the launch of the service. One nurse and one patient service associate will be stationed on the bus to provide diabetic retinal photography, diabetic foot screening and nurse counselling services for other chronic conditions such as hypertension and high cholesterol. The mobile CHC will support more than 300 general practitioners in central Singapore, who can refer their patients to the service. Results will be sent to the GPs directly. The service will benefit patients with diabetes foot problems most as they need to travel less, said director of regional health at NHG Pamela Ding. Services on the mobile CHC will be eligible for Community Health Assist Scheme and Pioneer Generation subsidies. The mobile CHC will also re-visit locations once a month so patients can benefit from follow-up checks. Patients must get a referral letter from their GPs to get check-ups at the mobile CHC. Currently, those in other regions of Singapore, like Bedok, Tampines, Tiong Bahru and Jurong East already benefit from health screening services at health centres below their HDB blocks. Patients can check when the new mobile CHC will come to their neighbourhoods at https://corp.nhg.com.sg/RHS/Pages/CHC.aspx

From http://www.straitstimes.com/ 02/07/2015

TOP↑

 

THAILAND: Digital Economy Requires Everyone to Adapt

 

We need no experts to tell us that the digital economy will be more prevalent this year. We will be doing more online transactions in 2015 than ever before. Movies, music, books, business stocks, sports bets and much more have been in digital form for years, but the quality and security are improving all the time, luring more and more consumers into the "convenient" marketplaces. Companies are rethinking or reinventing their IT departments. New online applications to facilitate purchases of digital goods are introduced everyday. Grass-root vendors who assume they are a world away from the digital economy are mistaken. No one holding a "smart" gadget in his hand can escape being a part of the new economic order. Anyone receiving a text advertisement or watching a video clip promoting Thai TV soap operas on YouTube in participating, whether they like it or not. We all know about the pros. The digital economy reduces production and distribution costs and gives customers faster and often cheaper services.

 

The cons are a less understood. The "piracy" perceived by the financially better off is an opportunity to the less privileged. Digital goods are not only easier to copy, they are also easier to market. Political corruption and corporate crime employing the digital economy can be harder to detect. Money laundering, already sophisticated and hard to spot, will become more complex and even harder to track.Last but not least, the digital economy might "self-cannibalise". Inadequate regulation and copyright control can sink a product's value in the blink of an eye. Already the entertainment industry is getting hammered by copyright infringement. Again, entertainment entrepreneurs call the copiers "thieves", but to many consumers, the thieves are Robin Hoods who give share the wealth of knowledge and creative inspiration. The phenomenon is here, so there's no point debating whether we should have a digital economy. All we can do is make sure everyone gets what he deserves and no one is left behind.

 

Politicians and governments must facilitate the establishment of the necessary infrastructure. Only through effective infrastructure can the problems of exploitation and corruption be lessened. The digital economy requires widespread knowledge about how it functions in order to be transparent and, hopefully, sustainable. Of prime importance is that, like digital goods, every "price" has to fall. Companies can’t expect to be richer when the prices of their products are going down. If the digital economy enables firms to cut costs, consumers must benefit in the same way. It doesn’t make economic sense for private firms to be spending less when the consumers face the same or even larger costs. The old profit-oriented attitude will only spawn copycats, which, thanks to the digital economy, can look very "original". Goods must be cheap enough to keep customers in the legitimate market. The infrastructure must be convenient and secure enough to guarantee low prices and fees for products and services. In short, the digital economy requires everyone - from business executives to first-time smartphone users - to adapt. The new economic order is taking place alongside something bigger - the IT revolution in general. Since what the latter does is close the inequality gap, the digital economy has no choice but to go with the flow, for its own good.

From http://www.nationmultimedia.com/ 01/17/2015

TOP↑

 

Internet Usage Cuts Time Spent on Books

 

88 per cent of thaIs still read books, spending 28 minutes a day on published material - a lot less than time spent online. A POLL YESTERDAY revealed that Thai people on average spend only 28 minutes a day reading - which is lower than the National Statistical Office's 2013 report that found Thais aged over six spend an average of 37 minutes a day reading. A total of 3,432 Thais aged 15-69 in 12 provinces, including Bangkok, Chiang Mai, Songkhla, Nakhon Si Thamarat, Nakhon Ratchsima and Khon Kaen, were interviewed from December 2014 to January 2015. The poll - a collaboration between the Thai Publishers and Booksellers Association (PUBAT), Chulalongkorn University's Faculty of Economics and Research Centre for Social and Business Development - was to determine Thais' reading habits (of all publications including electronic media), book-buying and impacts of social media on their decision to buy books. The poll found that 88 per cent of Thai respondents said they read books, while 12 per cent said otherwise and cited as reasons the lack of time to read, bad eyesight and a dislike of reading. The average Thai (based on the overall population) spends 28 minutes a day reading - while the calculation based on the number of respondents who read shows that their average time spent on reading is 46 minutes a day. Of this reader group, those under 20 spend the most time reading - at 56 minutes a day. That figure shrinks further the older they get until the age of 61, when people tend to get back to the reading habit and thus read more.

 

Many prefer feel of paper

The average time youths and children spend on reading is about 46-50 minutes per day, which is similar to the National Statistical Office's 2013 report. The young people mostly read cartoons, picture novels and examination-preparation books. PUBAT president, Charun Homtientong, said that the e-book market remains small, as the survey reveals that 90 per cent of people read from paper books while 9.49 per cent read from e-books. Many respondents also agree that people still want to touch and feel books. Charun also urged the government to pay more attention to and budget for promoting people's reading |and publication businesses. The Internet is more influential. Seventy-one per cent of Thais use the Internet almost everyday at the average of 92 minutes a day, which is three times more than the reading figure. Those who spend most time on the Internet are people under 20 (at the average of 224 minutes a day) while those over 61 spend 10 minutes a day there. About 40 per cent of respondents admit to reading fewer papers, because they already read news on websites (such as Sanook, Kapook and Mthai).

 

Regarding the people's book-purchasing behaviour, PUBAT executive committee member Mingmanas Sivaraksa said the poll shows that over 90 per cent of the Thai population buys from actual bookstores and less than five per cent buy books online or through telephone orders. Thais buy an average of four books per year - those under 20 buy the most at about nine books (of which four are cartoons/picture novels and three examination preparation books) followed by those aged 21-30 who buy six books. Seniors over 61 buy about four books a year. While bookstores remain the source of news about key book launches at 63.6 per cent, many people - especially the young - receive such news though social media (Facebook and Twitter) at 24.2 per cent. Social media then could be a key channel for public relations.

From http://www.nationmultimedia.com/ 02/24/2015

TOP↑

 

VIETNAM: Internet Day Celebrates Growth of Online Activity

 

Officials recognised the importance of the internet to daily life but stressed the importance of data security and other precautionary measures during the Viet Nam Internet Association's Internet Day event held yesterday in HCM City. "The Viet Nam Internet Association would like to create an annual internet day or event for users, enterprises, organisations and State offices to prepare for co-operation among international partners and the community," Vu Hoang Lien, chairman of the association, said yesterday at a conference and exhibition held in the city. Lien said that internet infrastructure had developed well in the country, with fiber optical cables linked to many cities. "Cloud computing and content distribution network applications have also promoted efficiency in internet-based IT application and development," Lien said. Mobile devices connected through 3G have enhanced the usage of internet applications in daily life as well, and the average internet access speed along with cheap prices for internet service, especially for 3G, have attracted more internet users. "The online community and over-the-top (OTT) services have changed communication and it has seriously affected real life," the chairman said.

 

In addition, online marketing, internet banking and e-commerce have developed well and brought huge benefits to internet users as well as enterprises. However, he noted that information security on the internet "is still a problem, and there are concerns from internet users, enterprises and governments." To create a healthy internet environment, the VIA chairman suggested that Viet Nam should create reliable service providers, quality service, civilized users, a healthy online community and a legal framework. According to Business Monitor International, 34 per cent of Viet Nam's population of 92 million are using the internet. Viet Nam ranks 15th in the world for internet user growth, with a 9 per cent annual growth rate. Thanks to the growth, related internet services like added services, e-commerce, digital content and online applications – especially for mobile applications – increased significantly this year. In e-commerce, 39 per cent of internet users were buying products or services online. Sixty per cent of them notice adverts on online newspapers, and the over-the-top services have expanded greatly. For instance, 20 million people use Zalo services and send 250 million messages a day.

From http://vietnamnews.vn/ 12/06/2014

TOP↑

 

ADB Urges Use of ICT in Healthcare

 

Information and communication technology tools are crucial for Asian governments to fast-track quality, affordable healthcare for all of their citizens, a regional healthcare conference heard in HCM City last week. "Better use of ICT means better data and systems that improve the quality of healthcare while reducing the costs," Susann Roth, senior social development specialist at the Asian Development Bank (ADB), said. "And ultimately, good health makes for improved lives and sustainable and inclusive growth." The conference, titled ‘Measuring and Achieving Universal Health Coverage with ICT in Asia and the Pacific,' gathered around 200 key government officials from health, social protection, finance, academia, and development organisations from over 25 countries. They reviewed evidence on the cost, benefit, and impact of ICT solutions in improving healthcare monitoring and thus achieving universal health coverage more quickly. The conference also aimed to help ADB's developing member countries strengthen their cases for strategic ICT investments to maximise the use of their healthcare budgets.

 

It was hosted by the ADB, the World Health Organization, and the Asia e-Health Information Network. The ADB plans to boost annual funding for health-related projects to $400-$750 million dollars by 2020, around double the current level. It is also developing a programme whose overarching goal will be universal health coverage, and ICT will play a big role in it. The bank is already supporting ICT use to improve delivery of health services and ensure better data collection in Asia. For instance, it is financing the laying of fibre-optic cable in the Pacific and a related project to help Tonga use computer networks to provide healthcare services to patients who live far from hospitals and transmit X-ray images and other health data to specialists. In Bangladesh and Laos, the ADB is helping collect patient data and collate them electronically to enable communities to better plan their health programmes. ICT investments in Mongolia are improving hospital management and health financing by ensuring hospitals have all the data they need to make the best decisions.

From http://vietnamnews.vn/ 12/08/2014

TOP↑

 

E-Library to Be Built at Police Academy in Vietnam

 

An electronic library will be built with Korea's assistance at the People's Police Academy (PPA) in the Vietnamese capital, Hanoi. An explanatory session to launch the e-library was held on January 12 at the PPA. Over 100 officials from both Korea and Vietnam, including Vietnamese Deputy Minister of Public Security Dang Van Hieu, attended the session. The Korea International Cooperation Agency (KOICA) plans to spend a total of USD 2.3 million by 2016 to build an e-library at the PPA and share with the organization its operating knowhow. The library will open in 2016. The Vietnamese government takes great interest in improving library conditions and establishing a sufficient number of libraries to satisfy the public's need for knowledge and information. The establishment of an e-library at the PPA is part of the Vietnamese government's "high-quality education for all by 2020" campaign, which is aimed at improving the nation's educational infrastructure. "I hope that the creation of an e-library at the PPA will further strengthen bilateral exchanges and cooperation between Korea and Vietnam and that it will help improve security," said a KOICA official.

From http://www.korea.net 01/16/2015

TOP↑

Mobile Networks Ensure Tet Service

 

Major mobile network operators in Viet Nam have prepared technical solutions, staff and equipment to ensure smooth communication during the Lunar New Year holiday, especially 3G (third-generation network) services. Statistics from the information and communications ministry (MIC) showed that Viet Nam has about 130 million mobile phone subscribers and 28 million 3G network subscribers, mostly in large cities. Pham Hong Hai, head of the ministry's department of telecommunications, said that the network congestion during the festival was due to a surge of telecom services and messages. Telecom service providers should take preventive measures to avoid congestion, Hai pointed out. Doan Xuan Hop, deputy head of VinaPhone's sales office, said that congestion was always a problem and mobile network operators had given due attention to it during holidays, especially Tet. In 2014, VinaPhone developed its network and network optimisation to ensure quality services. The service provider upgraded 2G and 3G stations nationwide, especially in locations that have several festivals in provinces and cities, to ensure that 3G communications are as smooth and fast as 2G services, reported Vietnamplus.

 

Additionally, VinaPhone has also prepared 24x7 human resources, equipment and mobile BTSs (base transmission stations) to solve problems in transmission and meet the demand for mobile phone services since October 2014, he said. Before Tet this year, VinaPhone increased the capacity of its network by setting up more mobile switching centres (MSC), signalling systems and BTSs, he added. VinaPhone has 24 MSCs, 33,000 BTSs and short message service (SMS) centres that can handle a maximum of 42 million SMSs per hour. Hop said that VinaPhone's 3G service had operated at 70 per cent of its capacity, and so the network could meet a sudden increase in demand during the Tet festival. Meanwhile, MobiFone had also completed the upgrading of its mobile phone network and services. According to MobiFone's statistics, in recent years, users have not used text and voice services much, and have started using 3G services to send images and greetings, share videos and watch television programmes on mobile devices. Therefore, MobiFone has increased the number of 3G BTSs, upgraded existing 3G BTSs and has 10 more mobile BTSs for festivals and days when fireworks are used. It has also increased its SMS service capacity for customers who still use older services. Last year, MobiFone increased by 40 per cent its 3G BTS systems network nationwide, including a 35 per cent increase in the north, 10 per cent in the northeastern region, 45 per cent in the central region and 25 per cent in HCM City, as well as 46 per cent in the southern provinces and 67 per cent in the southwestern region.

 

Dinh Viet Hung, head of MobiFone's marketing and tariffs department, said that the firm could handle the demand of 40 million subscribers using call services and 15 million subscribers using data services, while the server system can handle 40 million SMSs per hour and also the increase in SMS traffic during Tet. Hoang Son, deputy general director of Viettel, said the group had focused on preparing technical infrastructure for the holiday. They had upgraded software and base transmission stations (BTS) in locations where more crowds are expected. In addition, Viettel had upgraded its network to handle 300 million phone calls per hour, 2.4 times higher than the expected demand on New Year Eve. Viettel had prepared 80 mobile transmission cars to avoid congestion in areas where festivals and major events are expected to be held and where there are buildings with a large number of people. Son added that they have strengthened investment to improve the 3G service quality since the fourth quarter of 2014. It has installed 3,000 more BTSs, bringing the total to 30,000 nationwide. It has also upgraded about 1,000 2G network BTSs to ensure services for users in border gates and islands during the major festival. However, experts have said it will be difficult to avoid congestion in 3G services during the festival in places where there will be thousands of people at a time.

From http://vietnamnews.vn/ 02/07/2015

TOP↑

 

Ministry Revokes Licence of Online Newspaper

 

The information and telecommunication ministry today announced the withdrawal of licence of the Nguoi Cao Tuoi (The Elderly) online newspaper's website, www.nguoicaotuoi.org.vn, and its editor-in-chief's journalist card. The decision follows an inspection of the newspaper by the ministry. The ministry also recommended that the Viet Nam Association of the Elderly should dismiss Kim Quoc Hoa, the editor-in-chief of the newspaper. In its report, the ministry said that the newspaper violated several sections of the Law on Journalism and other legal regulations. The newspaper had published a number of complaints and comments that had no legal foundation, the report said. It had allegedly published several articles that distorted the truth, aimed at insulting and making false accusations against some organisations and individuals. The online newspaper also reportedly published some articles that revealed confidential information related to national security and abused democratic rights to undermine the nation's legal benefits. Regarding copyright regulations, the newspaper published a number of articles in the ‘world' section without crediting the original sources, the report said. The newspaper is also said to have published inappropriate advertisements by using the names of doctors for advertising medicines or functional food. The information and telecommunications ministry added that during the inspection of the newspaper, it continued to receive several complaints about the content published on the newspaper's website. The ministry has transferred all concerned documents to the investigative unit of the public security ministry for further investigation.

From http://vietnamnews.vn/ 02/09/2015

TOP↑

 

 

 

 

 

 

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/04.gif

 

 

 

BANGLADESH: Viber, Tango, 3 Others Services Resume

 

The Bangladesh government removed the embargo on five popular Internet calling and messaging services including Viber and Tango early Thursday. BBN correspondent contacted with different persons over Viber, Tango, WhatsApp, mypeople, Line, and found the services in operation.The leading mobile phone operators also confirmed to the BBN about the resumption of the services. On January 18, the government blocked Viber and Tango services on security reasons. One day after, it also put bar on three more online voice and messaging services – WhatsApp, mypeople and Line. Bangladesh Telecommunication Regulatory Commission (BTRC) Secretary Md Sarowar Alam on January 18 told the BBN that the embargo was put on the popular internet calling and messaging services for a short time. The BTRC had put the bar on the services on the basis of information from intelligence agency that militants were using different modern services including the five ones to carrying out subversive activities.

From http://www.businessnews-bd.com/ 01/22/2015

TOP↑

 

4G Within This Government's Tenure: Joy

 

The auction for the rights to provide 4G technology will be held in 2016 while the service will be introduced during the tenure of the present government, prime minister's adviser Sajeeb Wazed Joy said on Thursday. Joy, the information and communication technology adviser to his mother prime minister Sheikh Hasina, said this at a programme organised by the ICT ministry to distribute 25000 tabs among government officials at Agargaon in the capital. "We have already introduced 3G service... The 4G service spectrum will be set up by 2016 and it will start operating the same year," he said. "The service will be extended everywhere within this government's tenure," he added. "You know computer never engages in corruption... The more the government services are digitised, the less the corruption would be," Joy observed. Joy said they are working to ensure that people do not find it difficult to have access to government services.

From http://en.prothom-alo.com/ 02/05/2015

TOP↑

 

INDIA: E-toll Collection to Enable Fuel Savings Worth 86,000 Crore

 

NEW DELHI: Road Transport and Highways Minister Nitin Gadkari said that the country can expect to save  86,000 crore annually after electronic toll collection (ETC) system becomes operational pan-India by December. Gadkari, who was addressing an awards ceremony organised by FICCI (Federation of Indian Chambers of Commerce and Industry), quoted a study conducted by IIM (Indian Institute of Management) Kolkata. The study showed that delays at toll plazas resulted in thousands of crore worth of losses in terms of fuel wastage, while vehicle is waiting to pay toll at the collection point. The ETC systems have already been installed at 123 plazas, while the systems are expected to be operational across 350 toll plazas by December-end. It is expected that the average waiting time of 10 minutes per vehicle at every toll plaza would be substantially reduced after complete employment of ETC systems across India. In September, the government had launched India's first ETC programme under the brand name "FASTag".The ministry had roped in ICICI bank and Axis bank for providing central clearing house (CCH) services and to distribute RFID (radio-frequency identification)-based "FASTag" through their franchises at points of sales near the toll plazas. Similar type of highway tag brands are common in developed countries and are known by different names like "Eazee Pass", "SunPass" in the U.S. "e-Pass" in Australia, and "Salik" in Dubai. In October, the first ETC system on Delhi-Mumbai highway was launched and the facility is expected to be extended to as many as 350 plazas by the end of 2015.

From http://www.siliconindia.com/ 11/26/2014

TOP↑

 

India Launches E-Visa Facility for 43 Nations

 

NEW DELHI: In a move which will give a major boost to the tourism sector, the Government launched the much-awaited electronic visa facility for visitors from 43 countries including U.S., Germany and Israel."We want to promote tourism in the country in a big way. The contribution of tourism in the GDP is approximately 7 per cent and we want to double it up," Home Minister Rajnath Singh said here after launching the e-visa facility. Now, a visitor from these countries will just have to apply for an e-visa on the designated website and pay the fee online to get an electronic travel authorisation (ETA) within 72 hours. Russia, Ukraine, Brazil, UAE, Jordan, Kenya, Fiji, Finland, Australia, South Korea, Singapore, Mauritius, Mexico, Norway, Oman and Philippines are among the countries which have got the e-visa facility in the first phase. "Currently we have included 43 countries in the first phase. Barring those who are 'high-risk' countries, we will extend this facility to almost every country in the world phase-wise," Singh said. E-visa will be valid for 30 days and a tourist can avail the facility twice a year. He said earlier the visa-on-arrival facility was available for a few countries. "But this manual system was causing delay so now we have introduced the IT-based system for faster result," he said. Congratulating all those involved in the launching of e-visa system, Tourism Minister Mahesh Sharma said, "This is a historic day for tourism sector. The facility has opened the country to a vast world." Raising the issue of safety of tourists, Sharma asked the Home Minister to provide fool-proof security to them. In response to the Tourism Minister's concern, Singh assured safety and security for all tourists particularly foreigners who come to India. "We are formulating a legal framework for this. We will ensure safety and security for all tourists," he said With the launch, the e-visa facility has become operational at nine international airports - Delhi, Mumbai, Chennai, Kolkata, Hyderabad, Bengaluru, Kochi, Thiruvananthapuram and Goa.

From http://www.siliconindia.com/ 11/28/2014

TOP↑

 

E-Education Through Broadband Facility

 

The Ministry of HRD is presently implementing the National Mission on Education through Information and Communication Technology (NMEICT) to leverage the potential of ICT, in teaching and learning process for the benefit of all the learners in Higher Education Institutions in any time any where mode. Under the Mission, more than 700 courses in various disciplines in engineering and science are available on-line under National Programme on Technology Enhanced Learning (NPTEL). E-content for 8 undergraduate subjects has also been generated by the Consortium of Educational Communication (CEC) in collaboration with its Media Centers. Over 100 Virtual Labs in 9 Engineering & Science disciplines, comprising about 770 experiments are currently ready for use and available. 1500 Spoken Tutorials are available on line. More than 200 courses for design have been created. The details about NMEICT Mission are available at www.nmeict.ac.in. Using computer infrastructure and connectivity, the reach of these facilities is ensured to the learners. The broadband infrastructure facility is the medium to access the internet. Anybody connected to internet using this infrastructure can have access to all the e-content relating to education available on the World Wide Web. This information was given by the Union Human Resource Development Minister, Smt. Smriti Irani in a written reply to the Rajya Sabha question.

From http://pib.nic.in/ 12/22/2014

TOP↑

 

Gadkari Launches E-Books on His Ministry's Achievements

 

NEW DELHI: Union Minister for Road Transport, Highway and Shipping Nitin Gadkari launched two e-books on various developmental activities, initiatives and achievements of his ministry on the completion of the six months of the Narendra Modi government. The e-books were launched at a function here to mark "Good Governance Day" on the 90th birthday of former prime minister Atal Bihari Vajpayee. "Road transport and shipping are very important sectors for the development of the country and the challenge is to reduce the cost while enhancing the quality of road construction in the country," Gadkari said on the occasion. He said the government was giving priority to solving bottlenecks coming in the way of development of roads particularly land acquisition and many such cases have been resolved. "The target is to construct 30 km of roads per day," he said and enumerated steps taken for construction of cement-concrete roads, development of toll plazas, electronic toll collection and road side amenities. Gadkari said due priority needs to be given to development of inland waterways as it is much cheaper mode of transport. "Government will promote bio-fuels in public transport and the ministry has undertaken several comprehensive initiatives in different sectors," he said.

From http://www.siliconindia.com/ 12/24/2014

TOP↑

 

Technical Observations About Recent Internet Censorship in India

 

Two weeks ago, on 17th December 2014, the Government of India's Ministry of Communications and Information Technology issued an order to all licensed Internet Service Providers (ISPs) in the country to block access to 32 websites, effective immediately. Not only did the ban affect access to popular cultural sites such as archive.org, vimeo.com, dailymotion.com, but the order also blocked access to sites like github.com, pastebin.com, which are useful for all sorts of people but are especially popular with software developers. A copy of the order that the MCIT's Department of Telecommunications sent to ISPs by email can be found here (356kB, compressed PDF) or here (2MB).

 

2015-01-06-Kaustabh_screenshot1.png

The Ministry's order was issued following a request from the Mumbai police's Anti-Terrorism Squad on 15th November 2014. The police request argued that the targeted web services were being used for "Jihadi Propaganda" by "Anti-National groups", and were encouraging youth in the country to join organisations like the Islamic State (ISIS/ISIL). However, many of the blocked sites are large resources for general use by diverse communities which have no links to terrorism. Tools which are important in the daily work of India-based software developers are included in the banned sites, whose work in the IT sector is penalised by broad bans with the excuse of anti-terrorism measures. As IT professionals in India attempt to continue to do their jobs, there has been a lack of information about the nature of the site bans. We thought it would be a good idea to do some research using free and accessible tools and to look at how censorship has been implemented, as well as the various circumvention techniques people are using.

 

A summary of our key findings

Between January 1st and 3rd 2015, we conducted censorship measurements from various Internet connections using seven different ISPs in India. These include TATA Communications and the state-run Mahanagar Telecom Nigam Limited (MTNL). The understanding we currently have is preliminary and draws on the browsing experience of several customers of different ISPs around India as well as information gained through the use of the open source censorship measurement toolkit provided by Open Observatory of Network Interference (OONI) and other manual tests we conducted. The censorship order issued by the Ministry specifies what to block, but not how. Unsurprisingly, this has led to a situation where different ISPs are blocking sites using different techniques. Users of some ISPs may be able to circumvent the censorship by simply changing their DNS settings, while others will need to configure proxies or install circumvention software. In all cases we have observed, censorship can be bypassed using standard circumvention tools such as the Tor Browser.

 

We saw a variety of different block pages across multiple ISPs. Here are screenshots of the six we captured.

http://chaoslab.in/goiblocks/block_1.png

http://chaoslab.in/goiblocks/block_2.png

http://chaoslab.in/goiblocks/block_3.png

http://chaoslab.in/goiblocks/block_4.png

http://chaoslab.in/goiblocks/block_5.png

http://chaoslab.in/goiblocks/block_6.png

 

Besides finding that different ISPs use different methods of blocking, we also found that the same sites might be blocked with different methods even from the same ISP. The "not found" and "this is a comment" error pages appeared across multiple ISPs, which could indicate that there are multiple layers of blocking so that if the first one "fails open" another layer catches it. Even so, the blocking is unreliable--when requesting the same site many times, it sometimes loads and sometimes yields a censorship message or error page. TATA appears to be using a proxy server to inspect and modify traffic to certain IP addresses. If the request is for one of the censored sites, a block page is returned instead. We can tell that the filtering is only being applied to certain IP addresses by sending HTTP requests for censored hostnames to the IP addresses of unrelated websites. Using some TATA connections, requests to some IP addresses are blocked based on the content of the request, while requests for those same hostnames sent to other IPs are not blocked. In particular, requests to google.com IPs containing host headers requesting blocked hostnames return the block page for those hostnames, while requests to yahoo.com IP addresses do not.

 

Instead of Deep Packet Inspection, MTNL appears to be using a combination of DNS-based and IP-based blocking approaches. Their DNS resolvers gives an incorrect answer (59.185.3.14) for the censored hostnames. It is possible to see the block page that MTNL users experience by browsing to http://59.185.3.14/ from anywhere in the world. Some MTNL customers were still able to connect to github's correct IP, while others were not. Most of the reports collected using OONI are available here. These reports contain evidence of other sites being blocked in addition to the 32 websites specified in the December 17th order. The other sites are apparently being blocked using the same infrastructure, but we have not been able to determine under what authority their blocking has been ordered. Other domains which appeared blocked on MTNL during testing included adult websites featuring Indian people although other adult websites listed in the alexa-top-1000 were not observed to be blocked. Censorship of advertisement, music sharing, and file hosting websites was also observed.

 

How can one circumvent this censorship? In some cases, as ISPs are only blocking HTTP connections, while allowing access to sites over HTTPS, one could try to manually access the site using https:// instead of http:// in the URL. Regardless of whether the webpages you access are being censored or not, we recommend using the HTTPS Everywhere plugin in your web browser to automatically use the HTTPS version of many sites. When the censorship is DNS-based, it can usually be circumvented by changing the DNS configuration on your device to use nameservers hosted outside of India. Two popular public DNS services are offered by OpenDNS and Google's public DNS. We were also able to access the blocked websites using Tor Browser at all times. Another option is to use a Virtual Private Network (VPN) hosted outside the country and a couple of services which offer this are The RiseUp Collective (Free) and iVPN (Paid). Mobile users using Android devices can also use Psiphon.

 

Additional resources

If you would like to understand more about censorship techniques or help collect more data, here are some useful resources that you might want to refer to:

• Open Observatory of Network Interference provides a set of open source tools that can be used to test and collect technical data about censorship and network tampering. We have made the reports generated from the data we collected using OONI here.

• URL lists provided by CitizenLab were also used during testing.

• Tor Browser is a free and open source software tool, which lets you securely circumvent censorship and surveillance and allows you to access resources on the Internet anonymously.

• For other resources about circumvention tools and tactics, and general digital security advice, please see Tactical Techology Collective's Security-in-a-box project.

• The Center for Internet and Society is an organisation based in Bangalore, India, which is actively working on policy for Internet governance, censorship and surveillance in India.

 

Current state of things

Following a new order issued on 31st December 2014, 4 of the 32 websites have subsequently been unblocked. The unblocked sites are github.com, vimeo.com, dailymotion.com and weebly.com We will keep monitoring this censorship and publish any other relevant findings over the next few days. If you are a software developer or an IT professional who wants to help us collect more data from multiple ISPs in India, please contact us at censorship-in@chaoslab.in. Please use this PGP key if you would like to send us an encrypted email.

From http://www.i-policy.org/ 01/08/2015

TOP↑

 

 

Digital Era Spelling Doom for Hindi Pulp-Fiction

 

NEW DELHI: Rajan Iqbal, a bookseller at the New Delhi Railway Station, vividly remembers "those days" when Hindi pulp fiction books were his stall's bestsellers. Today, he struggles to sell even a single copy in a day and blames the internet for "killing the reading habit and diminishing the business of pocket books". "It was not even five years back when I used to have customers who bought over 50 books at one go. There was a lady from America who used to come to my stall and buy as many as 75 books in a single purchase," Iqbal told us, while pointing at the stack of unsold pulp fiction books lined up on his stall. "But today, these books hardly have any buyers; and the only reason I think is the coming of the internet, new age smart phones and the laptop," he ruefully added. Back in the 1980s, the popularity of the genre was at its peak, with authors like Surendra Mohan Pathak, Ved Prakash Sharma, Anil Mohan and Gulshan Nanda being widely read. With the new means of entertainment entering the market, the genre gradually lost its sheen. "There are no longer any potential writers or new readers because people are now more interested in television and using their mobile phones or the internet," writer Pathak, who has nearly 300 novels to his credit, told us on phone. "This has diminished the business of pocket books. Now there are just a handful of publishers in Delhi and Meerut, compared to 50-60 in the early 80s," the 75-year-old author, known for his "Sunil Series" and "Vimal Series", added.

From http://news.siliconindia.com/ 01/12/2015

TOP↑

Idukki: Indian District with Total Rural Broadband Network

 

Edamalakudy is a tribal Gram Panchayat consisting of 26 tribal villages with a population of around 2200. Idukki: India’s Minister for Communications and IT, Ravi Shankar Prasad, on Tuesday commissioned the first high speed rural broadband of India at the Idukki district in Kerala. The Chief Minister of Kerala Oommen Chandy, Minister for Industry and IT, Govt. of Kerala P K. Kunhalikutty and Secretary Telecom Shri Rakesh Garg were present on this occasion. With the commissioning of the NOFN network, Idukki district of Kerala has become the first in India to be connected with high speed rural broadband. Currently the District has a total of 8 Block Offices & 53 Gram Panchayats of which 8 Block Offices & 52 Gram Panchayats have been connected on Optical Fibre and one Gram Panchayat, namely Edamalakudy, is connected through VSAT.

 

Edamalakudy, is a Tribal Gram Panchayat consisting of 26 Tribal villages with a population of around 2200. It is remotely located around 18 Kms from Pettimudi which is last point one can go in a vehicle. BSNL has made exceptional efforts in connecting this Gram Panchayat and now Broadband Internet as well as Mobile services are available over here. For the first time the villages under this Panchayat would be connected through Mobile phones and internet.  The establishment of NOFN would open up new avenues for Access service providers such as Telecom Service Providers, Internet Service Providers, and Cable TV operators, Content Providers etc. to launch next generation services and spur creation of local employment opportunities in a big way.

From http://southasia.oneworld.net/ 01/13/2015

TOP↑

 

 

Mobile Internet Users in India to Have 213 Million Users by June: Report

 

NEW DELHI:  Driven by strong adoption of cheaper smartphones and affordable data plans, the number of mobile Internet users in India is expected to reach 213 million by June this year, says a report. According to the ‘Mobile Internet in India 2014′ by industry body Internet & Mobile Association of India and IMRB International, the number of mobile Internet users stood at 173 million at the end of December 2014. Rural India is expected to account for 49 million by March 2015 and 53 million users by June 2015, growing at a rate of 33 percent from October 2014. Urban India, however, would continue to account for a large percentage of the mobile Internet users across the country accounting for 143 million by March 2015 and 160 million by June 2015, the report said. Also, the average monthly mobile bill has increased by 13 percent to  439. The proportion of this amount spend on mobile Internet was 45 percent last year and has now grown to 54 percent this year. As compared to last year, the average monthly spend on mobile Internet has gone up by 36 percent to reach 235. More than half of the mobile Internet users spend more than 100 but less than or equal to 500 in availing the mobile Internet services, the report said. Nearly 30 percent spend more than Rs 500 on the mobile Internet connection, it added. According to a previous IAMAI report, India was forecast to touch 302 million Internet users (mobile and broadband) by end of 2014, overtaking the US as the second largest Internet market in the world. The total Internet userbase stood at 278 million at the end of October 2014 quarter and is estimated to grow to 354 million by June 2015.

From http://www.siliconindia.com/ 01/14/2015

TOP↑

 

India to Have Largest Facebook User Base on Phones by 2017: Report

 

WASHINGTON: India will surpass the U.S. to lead the global tally of the largest Facebook user base on mobile by 2017, market research firm eMarketer said in a report. According to the report, nearly 1 billion users worldwide will access the popular social network through their mobile phones at least once each month in 2015. "India - the world's second largest Facebook audience - will surpass 100 million mobile phone Facebook users for the first time this year and by 2017, will have more mobile Facebook users than the US," eMarketer said. According to the report, Facebook user base in the US will hit 123.1 million followed by India at 101.5 million. However, by 2017, India will have the largest mobile phone user base at 145.9 million followed by the US at 138.8 million, it added. Recently, Facebook announced that growing Internet penetration and a large youth population has helped it expand its user base in India to 112 million - which is the largest after the US.

 

Of the 112 million users in India, more than 99 million users are using the platform on their mobile phones at least once a month. About 45 million users in India are using their mobile phones every day to connect with their friends on Facebook. Globally, the company has 1.35 billion users, while the daily active users are 864 million. "The US will remain the largest market for mobile phone Facebook users this year, and nearly 80 percent of users in the country, or 123.1 million people, will access the site regularly via mobile phones," eMarketer said. Overall, there will be 1.58 billion mobile phone social network users globally this year and even with the ban in China and strong local social networks in other large population countries, like Russia, mobile Facebook users will still represent over 60 percent of the worldwide mobile social audience, it added.

From http://news.siliconindia.com/ 01/23/2015

TOP↑

 

 

India, a World Leader in Space Technology: Jitendra Singh

 

NEW DELHI: Union Minister of State for Atomic Energy and Space Jitendra Singh said India was a world leader in space technology, owing to its recent landmark achievements in the field. "Even as India is making rapid strides towards achieving the goal of becoming a world power within next one decade, it has already attained the position of a world leader in space technology through some of the recent landmark achievements," Singh said in a meeting with space department officials here. He said space activities like Mars Orbiter Mission (MOM), also known as Mangalayaan, conformed to Prime Minister Narendra Modi's vision of "Make in India".The spacecraft, Singh said, "was developed and executed through 100 percent indigenous sources, material and equipment, making India the first nation which had succeeded in its maiden attempt and ISRO (Indian Space Research Organisation), the first Asian agency to reach Mars orbit".He also lauded India for providing cost-effective launch pads to developed countries for commercial satellites. While underlining that India has launched over 30 foreign satellites for 19 countries until December 2014, the minister claimed its telecommunication satellite network was one of the largest in the world. Singh said the ISRO scientists Vikram Sarabhai as well as Satish Dhawan along with contemporaries like U.R. Rao and K. Radhakrishnan not only made the nation proud but also inspired generations of youth in the country. At the meeting, the minister was apprised of the space projects that were in the offing. The ISRO is looking to accomplish its mission to the Sun and Chandrayaan-II to the Moon by 2017, an official statement said. Similarly, Astronomy Satellite Missions as well as Multimedia Broadcast Satellite Missions would also be carried forward to a higher functional level soon, it said.

From http://www.siliconindia.com/ 01/23/2015

TOP↑

 

 

 

Smart Cities to Promote Harmonious Living: Indian minister

 

The government urged for addressing climate change concerns through promotion of new forms of energy, public transport, sanitation. New Delhi: Expressing serious concern over rising air pollution and deteriorating sanitation in urban areas adversely impacting quality of urban life, Minister of Urban Development M Venkaiah Naidu has asserted that “the objective of smart cities initiative is to promote living in harmony with nature”. In his address at the Convocation of The Energy Research Institute here today, Naidu called for reorientation of urban designing and planning approaches that promote such a harmony. Elaborating on this, M Venkaiah Naidu has said that climate change concerns need to be factored in urban development strategies and action plans. He expressed concern over “designing of residential, commercial and office buildings blocking natural light and air and in turn depending on electricity for the same”. Referring to a TERI Report, Naidu said that 42,000 MW of electricity could be saved by 2021 by adopting energy efficient building practices.

 

Referring to the adverse consequences on the quality of urban life of poor urban transport infrastructure with reliance on growing motorized individual transport, unscientific municipal solid waste and sewage management, outdated Building Bye-laws etc., Shri Naidu said that his ministry is seeking to address these concerns in collaboration with states and urban local bodies under new initiatives like smart cities, infrastructure development in 500 cities, Swachh Bharat Mission etc. He stressed on the need for increased adoption of new and renewable energy sources like solar and wind power and green building construction practices. Naidu has stressed on the need for sustainable development harmonizing environmental, ecological and social aspects with emphasis on efficient resource use. Referring to new initiatives in urban sector, Venkaiah Naidu said that there is a pressing need for capacity building at various levels and the Government will soon come out with a comprehensive capacity development scheme.

From http://southasia.oneworld.net/ 02/05/2015

TOP↑

 

 

 

Smart Cities Are More for the Poor, Says Indian minister

 

Centre can do hand holding; States and urban local bodies need to rise to the challenge, says Venkaiah Naidu, the Indian minister for Urban Development. New Delhi: India’s Minister of Urban Development M Venkaiah Naidu has asserted that ‘Smart Cities to be built seek to ensure socio-economic inclusivity besides promoting employment generation through increased economic opportunity by enhancing the ease of doing business and as such would benefit the poor the most’. He elaborated on the objectives of, challenges and opportunities in building smart cities at a Conference on ‘100 Smart Cities: Need for Innovative and Integrated Approach’ organized by the Indian Chambers of Commerce here today. Venkaiah Naidu further said that currently, the poor and the less endowed are deprived of equal right and access to public urban spaces whether it is roads, transport systems, water, power etc., and this need to be changed radically. He also said that poor are the losers on account of weak urban planning and governance structures and smart cities seek to address these deficiencies.

 

Stating that innovative approaches are imperative for building smart cities, Shri Naidu urged the corporates and investors to make a success of ‘People-Public-Private Partnership’ to meet the huge investment requirement. The Minister said that central government seeks to promote adoption of best practices followed elsewhere while evolving an India specific model. He said that further to the experiences of implementation of JNNURM, the government is promoting a ‘bottom-up’ approach instead of ‘top-down’ approach by holding extensive stakeholders consultations with all the states and others. Naidu said that while the central government can mostly do hand holding besides providing some assistance and foreign willing countries can provide technical assistance, the states and urban local bodies have to rise to the occasion of building smart cities through necessary initiatives.

 

Dr Nandita Chatterjee, Secretary (Housing & Urban Poverty Alleviation) has said that Information and Communication Technologies would play a critical role in promoting smart practices, citizen participation and e- governance for better delivery of services. She however, cautioned that emphasis on technology should not result in technocratic and elitist design. Asserting that smart cities should offer economic and employment opportunities to a wider section of people, Dr Chatterjee said that slum redevelopment, providing houses for all urban poor, skill development of urban poor for increased employment would address equity dimension of smart cities.

From http://southasia.oneworld.net/ 02/10/2015

TOP↑

 

 

 

 

 

 

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/05.gif

 

 

 

AZERBAIJAN: Wi-Fi-Zones to Cover Baku

 

It is planned to improve the quality of services. In connection with first European games, which will be held in Baku next year, the issue of creating Wi-Fi zones is under consideration.  Oxu.Az reports with reference to APA that the statement came from the reporters Deputy Minister of Communications and High Technologies Elmir Velizade speaking to journalists.  According to him, in connection with the forthcoming international event, the steps to improve the quality of communication services, provision of suitable tariff for negotiations, in particular for roaming will be taken. Velizadeh noted that the sports facilities which are under construction in connection with the event will be provided with the infrastructure channels.

From http://news.az/ 12/01/2014

TOP↑

 

Demand for E-Signature Increases in Azerbaijan

 

The total number of electronic digital signatures (e-signatures) issued by the Azerbaijani National Certification Services Center in November 2014 increased by 5.8 percent and hit 27,536 as of December 1, the report of the Information-Computer Center under the Azerbaijani Communication and High Technology Ministry said Dec. 10.  The state bodies were provided with 16,616 e-signatures, 4,528 e-signatures were issued to the legal entities and 6,392 to citizens.  An e-signature enables people to easily use the e-services of state institutions, which are available on the "e-government" portal (e-gov.az).  Some 312 services of the total number of approved electronic services (451) are available on the "electronic government" (e-gov.az) portal. The total number of e-services placed on the websites of Azerbaijani state organizations is 461.  The 'Electronic Government' website is a key tool for supporting work with citizens and businesses, belonging to the state and private sectors. It aims at reducing the number of documents required by the citizens, with the help of an electronic interaction among different bodies.  The access to the portal is conducted with the help of e-signature, the identity data of the private entrepreneurs and citizens, verification data (login and password), as well as mobile authentication system, which can be obtained in an electronic form after registering on the portal.

From http://en.trend.az/12/10/2014

TOP↑

Transparency Azerbaijan Welcomes Use of Mobile Digital Signature Asan Imza

 

Transparency Azerbaijan positively assesses the use of mobile digital signature Asan Imza in the country. On December 22, 2014 the organization Transparency Azerbaijan published a report on the assessment of e-services and e-government in the country, 1news.az reports. The document, prepared in collaboration with the Ministry of Communications and High Technologies of Azerbaijan, the State Agency for the provision of services to citizens and social innovation under the President of Azerbaijan, Baku office of the OSCE, as well as other government agencies and representatives of the business sector and civil society, indicated the considerable work done in sphere of creation of e-government infrastructure in Azerbaijan.  In addition, there is a new dynamics in this area over the past two years.  "Along with the development of e-government, the report highlights the successful application of the concept of the country's mobile state.

 

Particular attention is paid to the mobile electronic signature Asan Imza, which is a key component of mobile government ", the statement of B.EST Solutions, a developer and operator of a mobile digital signature platform Asan Imza, says.  The report notes that despite the popularity of Asan Imza service among the business sector, it is available for all users, and is more convenient and easy to use compared to other means of electronic identification.  Also some statistics data is given on use of Asan Imza. Thus, the number of users of mobile signature in the country exceeds 2 times the total number of owners of electronic signature based on smart card.  The report also indicates that about 1.5 million people benefited from e-services over the past two years, and up to 400 e-government services are now available to the population in a centralized manner.  In general, according to Transparency Azerbaijan, the situation in the field of use of electronic services in the country is admitted as satisfactory.

From http://news.az/ 12/25/2014

TOP↑

 

Azerbaijan Sees Decline in Tourism Flow by E-visas

 

In line with the data of the first half of 2014, the number of foreign tourists coming to Azerbaijan by electronic tourist visa, amounted to 11,933. Oxu.Az reports with reference to the Ministry of Culture and Tourism that during 2013 the number of foreign visitors who came with e-visa was 6,147.  The ministry expects annual growth of tourists receiving electronic tourist visa by this system.  The electronic system for issuing visas to tourists was applied in Azerbaijan in March, 2013. Currently, 55 travel companies have been accredited by the Ministry of Culture and Tourism for the issuance of electronic tourist visas.

From http://news.az/12/29/2014

TOP↑

 

Number of Issued E-Signatures Increases in Azerbaijan

 

The total number of electronic digital signatures (e-signatures) issued by the Azerbaijani National Certification Services Center in 2014 increased by 60 percent and hit 28,579 as of January 1, the Information Computer Center under the Azerbaijani Communication and High Technology Ministry said.  The state bodies were provided with 17,113 e-signatures, 4,838 e-signatures were issued to the legal entities and 6,628 to citizens.  An e-signature enables people to easily use the e-services of state institutions, which are available on the "e-government" portal (e-gov.az).  Some 322 services of the total number of approved electronic services (452) are available on the "electronic government" (e-gov.az) portal. The total number of e-services placed on the websites of Azerbaijani state organizations is 463.  A significant increase in the number of appeals to the "e-government" portal was observed. As of 2014, this figure exceeded 3.1 million times. Around 890,804 people used the e-services available on the portal during this period.  The 'Electronic Government' website is a key tool for supporting work with citizens and businesses, belonging to the state and private sectors. It aims at reducing the number of documents required by the citizens, with the help of an electronic interaction among different bodies.  The access to the portal is conducted with the help of e-signature, the identity data of the private entrepreneurs and citizens, verification data (login and password), as well as mobile authentication system, which can be obtained in an electronic form after registering on the portal.

From http://en.trend.az/ 01/14/2015

TOP↑

Bakcell Supports “Digital Village” Project

 

Bakcell, The First Mobile Operator and The Leading Mobile Internet Provider of Azerbaijan, has started implementation of the “Digital Village” project, together with “SOS Children’s Villages – Azerbaijan” Association.  The main goal of this project is to create conditions for the children living under the patronage of the “SOS Children’s Villages Azerbaijan” Association for using the modern information and communication technologies and Internet resources. The project will ensure the children’s access to the necessary information, as well as provide support in doing their homework and acquiring additional knowledge by using the Internet resources.  For this purpose, all the houses in the SOS children’s villages of Baku and Ganja have been equipped with modern computer equipment by “Bakcell”. Wi-Fi infrastructure has also been established in both of these Children’s Villages.

 

In addition, content filtering has been implemented to ensure the children's safe access to the Internet.  The “Digital Village” project is being implemented in all countries, where the “Children’s Villages SOS” Association carries out its activities.  It should be noted that cooperation between “SOS” and Bakcell has started in the year 2009, and a total of 4 joint projects were implemented during this period within the frames of “Bakcell Stars” Corporate Social Responsibility program.  Bakcell, The First Mobile Operator and the Leading Mobile Internet Provider of Azerbaijan, offers a variety of products for modern mobile communications customers. Bakcell provides class leading 3G mobile internet experience in the country under the Sür@ brand name.  As one of the largest national non-oil investors, Bakcell today continues making large investments in the economy of Azerbaijan through its investments in state-of-the-art telecommunication technology and its people who service our customers.  Bakcell’s network covers more than 99% of the population and 93% of the land area of the country (excluding occupied territories). Bakcell is a leader in innovation and it focuses on bringing the best of the mobile internet to Azerbaijanis through new partnerships and its Sür@ services.  For more information about Bakcell products and services, please visit www.bakcell.com or call 555.For press releases please see www.bakcell.com/az/news (or www.bakcell.com/en/news for press releases in English).  If you are not a Bakcell subscriber, but wish to find out about Bakcell and its services, please call 055 000 05 55.

From http://en.trend.az/ 01/16/2015

TOP↑

 

ICT Ministry, SOFAZ Postpone Financing of Fiber to Home project

 

Ministry of Communications and High-Tech and the State Oil Fund of Azerbaijan (SOFAR) postponed the financing of Fiber to Home project ("Optics in house"), providing for maintenance of broadband Internet throughout the country. As part of the Caspian-European Club (CEIBC) meeting which was held in Baku, the Minister of Communications and High Technologies Ali Abbasov told reporters that the funding for the project by the SOFAR is postponed for the period after 2016, 1news.az reports. At the same time, he noted that new sources of funding for the project are found. "These are the foreign banks and international financial institutions that are willing to provide loans on concessional terms,"  Abbasov said.   According to the minister, the project was divided into several parts, the investment in the project will be paid off in 3-5 years. "Therefore, it is possible that we would not resort to the financial resources of the state", Abbasov said .  The main objective of the Fiber to Home project is to provide broadband Internet, including in remote regions of the country, at a rate of 10-100 Mbit/s and bring the number of users up to 85%. In particular, the data rate in Baku will be 100 Mbit/s,in other major cities and regional centers - 30 Mbit/s, in the townships and rural areas - 10 Mbit/s. It is planned to lay fiber-optic communication lines in all localities of the country, to upgrade the PBX, to build new buildings for PBX and so forth.

From http://news.az/ 02/18/2015

TOP↑

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/06.gif

 

 

 

Mobile Tech Predictions for 2015

 

Mobile tech has advanced at a rapid pace the last few years, but has slowed down recently to let us catch up. The major players are firmly entrenched in mobile, and with only a few hours left in 2014 it's time to look forward to see what they might have in store for us next year.

 

Android

Android is the 800 pound gorilla in every room, and next year will see that continue. Google will keep Android on a steady course as it has in the past. Android has matured to the point that it's not likely we'll see a big jump in 2015. That doesn't apply to Android One, Google's initiative to get low-cost (eg $99) Android phones into emerging markets. In 2015, expect to hear about new Android One partners in India and other emerging markets. These won't make much of a profit, but in large numbers will cement Android's number one position in smartphones. Next year's version of Android, Maple Syrup or whatever Google calls it, will probably expand on the material design of Lollipop. It's not likely we'll see a big change in the look and feel of Android next year as the design of Lollipop has already gotten both phones and tablets modernized. Google will continue the Nexus line with a new smartphone and tablet, but neither will have a wow factor. It will be slow and steady for Nexus next year. Samsung will continue floundering in 2015, releasing tablets all year and a new flagship smartphone or two. It will start the year still reeling over the lack of enthusiasm in the market for the Galaxy S5, and it will likely try to avoid that with next year's model.

 

The Galaxy Note line will continue with evolutionary new models. Samsung has hit the wall with what it can do with this line. The Galaxy Note Edge phone pushed the envelope for phones in 2014 with the innovative display on the edge of the handset. It hasn't resonated with the buying public; however, yet the company will probably try it again. Don't be surprised if Samsung brings the edge display to a tablet of some kind next year. Other major Android device makers will continue with the big phone thing and we should see evolutionary phones and tablets in 2015. There's no foreseeable jump in the technology and it will lead to largely minor improvements over current devices. One area of the Android space that will be fun to watch next year will be the Nokia factor. I predict we'll see Nokia, the company separate from Microsoft, produce at least one Android tablet. Nokia should make innovative offerings that include its own software, and its devices will be different from all the rest of the Android gadgets we'll see next year as a result.

 

Chromebooks and Chromepads

We should see the adoption of Chromebooks continue to grow in 2015, as current owners and organizations using them spread the word. Low prices will make the decision to buy the Chromebook just as attractive next year as it did in 2014. The Chromebook won't likely change much next year, but the hardware will evolve to the point that the low prices will get much more bang for the buck. We will probably see more Chromebooks with touch screens, and a bigger selection of larger display models. There are two things I believe we have a good chance to see in 2015. I wouldn't be surprised to see a tablet hit the market, and it will likely be called the Chromepad. This will be testing the waters to see how well a tablet running Chrome OS will be received. Google should be particularly interested in how enthusiastically the education sector might react to a Chromepad. The Chromebook is gaining traction in schools, and having a Chromepad will allow Google and its partners in Chrome to compete with the iPad.

 

I also think we might see Google work with a partner to produce a high-end Chromebook like the Pixel. It's been a couple of years since the Pixel, and since we've not seen a refresh of that laptop it may be an indication that Google doesn't want to do its own hardware again. Working with a partner as it does with its Nexus device line would let it concentrate on design and features, then turn it over to an OEM to manufacture it. The new Pixel (I vote to call it the Pixelator) would have to come down in price from the original, yet retain the premium design element. Expect it to offer integrated LTE like the first one, and to retain the beautiful high-resolution display.

 

Apple

Next year we'll probably see another iPhone and iPad that are only slightly better than this year's models. Apple will likely milk the iPhone 6 features with next year's phone. We should see the same tactic with the iPad Air. It's not really practical to make an iPad that's thinner, as it's already pushing the limit. Any thinner and the tablet will be fragile. We will probably see system RAM increased in the new iPad which will make it run better and aid in the increased role the iPad is assuming for work purposes. While I would love to see Apple release a Surface-type keyboard cover for the iPad, it's not likely. The folks in Cupertino seem happy with others making accessories for its products and won't likely rock the boat.

 

The never-ending rumors about a large (12-inch) iPad will probably turn out to be just that again in 2015. I don't believe a large iPad is in Apple's DNA. Instead, I think the company will continue to grow Apple Pay and focus its efforts on the Apple Watch. It's apparent that Apple intends to give the watch a big push to make it successful, and will devote resources that won't be available for other products. I predict the Apple Watch will be the biggest selling smartwatch by the end of 2015. Even so, I don't think the buying public will find wearables to be any more desirable next year than they have this year. I don't think the Apple Watch will reach the high level of sales that the company is hoping to hit. What the Apple Watch will do in 2015 is kick-start HealthKit into high gear. Expect to see it get additional health monitoring, accompanied by a flood of third-party accessories that interface with all of Apple's products, especially the watch, designed to track every aspect of your life.

 

Microsoft and Windows

The folks in Redmond have been moving at a dizzying pace of late, and predicting what we'll see in 2015 is not an easy feat. We'll see Windows 10, and that will help get over the debacle of Windows 8. Windows 10 should be the OS from the new Microsoft that starts enticing some enterprises to upgrade. That will give the company the traction it needs going forward in mobile. On the flip side, the fact that Windows 10 is expected to be the last major version of the OS may intimidate other companies who are uncomfortable with the new upgrade process of the future. We'll likely see an upgraded Surface Pro tablet, and I predict the hardware will see a modest improvement. The biggest step from the current Surface Pro will be a step down, and that's in price. Microsoft needs to get the price as low as possible, and I won't be surprised if they do that. Partners will continue to pump out Windows hybrid computers, those that function as both a laptop and a tablet, but the buying public will probably not like them any more in 2015 than they did this year. Most prospective buyers typically want larger displays on laptops but the opposite on a tablet. That won't change, so don't expect sales to jump in 2015. Windows Phone will also continue to evolve in 2015 on its way to come closer to merging with Windows 10. Next year will probably be too soon to get the two OSes totally in sync, but it's getting closer. It will be a push forward when apps are fully interchangeable between the phones and Windows tablets.

 

Amazon

This year wasn't too kind for Amazon's first smartphone, and I don't expect the company to repeat the debacle. I predict Amazon will let the Fire Phone die quietly, and keep working on its tablets. We shouldn't see big bumps in the hardware of the Fire HDX tablets; rather Amazon will keep selling as many of them as possible. Thus, hardware improvements in 2015 will be minor, and the company will add features to push its Prime service. Amazon will continue to play with the Echo, and -- make no mistake -- that's what it is doing with it. The slow rollout seemed to be controlled to let the company figure out what it was going to do with it. In 2015 Amazon will add more features and interaction with owners. I expect we'll see the Echo gain the ability to work with other devices in the home, and add more sophisticated learning about what owners want. I think we'll see the Echo get better integration with Amazon's Kindle Fire tablets.

 

2015 in a mobile nutshell

Next year will be like most others, with mobile tech making incremental improvements. Major players in mobile will continue to pump out phones and tablets which have little to differentiate them from the pack. From time to time a device will appear with one feature that pushes the envelope, and while these will strike the fancy of some buyers, they will largely fall by the wayside in the marketplace. The Consumer Electronic Show will unveil lots of new mobile gear, but as is usually the case most won't appear until late in the year, if at all. The techerazzi will get all aglow over this new tech, but the reality is most of it won't get the public's money. Crowd-sourcing outlets like Kickstarter will continue to launch innovative mobile gear, but as in the past this won't get it out in the mainstream. These projects will continue to demonstrate that those behind them can be innovative in the extreme, yet lack the business acumen to be successful in gaining a foothold in a highly competitive industry. With nothing particular on the horizon, rest assured that next year will be another that we watch closely, hoping to see the Next Big Thing.

From http://www.zdnet.com 12/30/2014

TOP↑

 

2014's Top Three Depressing Network Stories

 

I wish I could say things were just peachy on the networking side of computing and the Internet in 2014 but I can't. 2014 was not a good year for networks and the Internet. 2015 will be worse. True, software-defined networking (SDN), especially in open-source projects such as OpenDaylight, will be revolutionizing data-center networking. Within the data-center we're also seeing faster throughput than ever thanks to inventions such as the new Broadcom BCM56960 chip, which can support 3.2 Terabits per second of bandwidth, or 128 ports of 25GE on a single chip. And, for short reaches anyway, the latest DSL standard G.fast promises us 1 Gigabit per second speeds. Last, but far from least, 802.11ac-2013 is getting us closer and closer to having real-world gigabit Wi-Fi speeds. That was the good news. Now for the bad, going from least bad to the worst.

 

1) Network security is crumbling

Putting salt into the wound of pricey, not up to speed Internet, is the simple fact that the Internet's security is cracking. We're seeing ever larger Distributed Denial of Service (DDoS) attacks almost every month. Just look at what Lizard Squad did to Xbox Live and the PlayStation Network over Christmas. Two major gaming networks were taken down by what appears to be a handful hackers. Get used to it. We're only going to see a lot more DDoS attacks in 2015. That's in no small part because we're discovering that a lot of basic Internet technology is showing its age, and its security holes. In 2014 alone, we saw the Domain Name System (DNS), Network Time Protocol (NTP), and OpenSSL either have major security holes revealed and/or used in attacks. Company after company from Sony to Target have had their secrets revealed. And, although I've heard a lot of talk about improving network security, I haven't seen anything like enough action. Taken all-in-all I see a crumbling Internet infrastructure that we expect more and more from every day. I can't imagine how people can seriously expect the Internet of Things to work on today's Internet. It simply doesn't have the bandwidth or security we're going to need in the next year, never mind supplying us with sufficient bandwidth until the decade's end. We must bite the bullet and improve the Internet at a reasonable and fair price, and we need to do it now. If we don't, and we probably won't, we'll be talking about Internet blackouts and brownouts soon the way Californians talked about electrical blackouts and brownouts in the early 2000s. Then, maybe we'll see some real movement in improving the Internet. I just hope it will be before we have major Internet failures that will make the ones we've seen so far, like August 2014, look like little more than a toddler pulling out an Ethernet cord.

 

2) Last-mile Internet speeds stagnate

4K video is here and available on the net for a few shows from Amazon and Netflix. I can watch it because I have a 100 Megabit per second (Mbps) connection and Netflix says you can watch it too if you have at least a 25Mbps hook-up. That's fine for me, but what about you? The ISPs are insisting that 4Mbps counts as broadband. That was great in 2004, but in 2014, almost 15, I don't think so! On the world stage, the US' average 11.4Mbps speed put it in 14th place. Even much smaller counties like Latvia and Romania have better Internet performance! Maybe 11.4Mbps doesn't sound too bad to you, but if you look closer at the numbers you can see that well-off urban areas, which already have relatively good bandwidth, are pushing up the average while their suburban and rural brothers are still stuck in the DSL doldrums. As many city dwellers know, however, just because some neighborhoods have good Internet service doesn't mean all neighborhoods do. Internet service quality varies wildly no matter where you live or work. Besides making it harder to enjoy House of Cards, the serious problem with insufficient bandwidth is we're all putting more of our IT eggs into the cloud basket. If, as is clearly the case, we're turning to the cloud for both storage and applications, we need all the bandwidth we can get. Whether it's Gmail, Dropbox storage, or Office 365 we depend on our Internet connections as never before for our daily business.

 

3) Network neutrality is dying

Network neutrality is a simple concept: ISPs shouldn't play favorites with the content that goes over their parts of the Internet. It goes back to the Commercial Internet Exchange (CIX) in 1991. That's when the first Internet carriers agreed to share connections equally with each other. That idea became the foundation for today's Internet. ISPs like Verizon are charging content providers, such as Netflix, for access to the Internet. The courts and the FCC has been siding with Verizon, Comcast, and Time-Warner. The end result will be that we're going to end up with a tiered Internet. There will be the platinum version, with a corresponding price-tag, and then there will be the slow version that most people can afford. At the same time, Netflix, and all the other content companies such as CBS and HBO, which are following Netflix to Internet broadcasting, will up their prices to make up for their last-mile ISP surcharges. The local monopoly ISPs will win and all the rest of us will lose.

From http://www.zdnet.com 12/31/2014

TOP↑

 

Satellites a New Tool in Pacific Fight Against Disease

 

Public health authorities may have a new tool in the fight against common diseases with the use of remote sensing and geographic tracking systems. A research team at the Australian National University has trialled the system with malaria in Vanuatu, Solomon Islands and Bhutan with positive responses from local health authorities. The team's project leader Professor Archie Clements says the technology could help save millions of lives in underdeveloped countries if integrated into public health monitoring systems. "People all the way from the policy level down to delivering interventions in the field can have access to maps that tell them about the distribution of disease that tell them about where their surveillance system has been operating. Can help them identify areas where they could be doing better, where they need to be allocating their resources." Archie Clements says his team is now seeking funding to trial the system in larger countries.

From http://www.radionz.co.nz /02/23/2015

TOP↑

 

AUSTRALIA: National Library Hits 15 Million Digitised Newspaper Pages

 

The National Library of Australia's Trove of digitised newspapers now contains 15 million pages, making it the world's largest freely available collection. The 15-millionth page added to the National Library of Australia's online collection of digitised newspaper pages came from the 8 December 1917 edition of The St George Call, which was published in the Kogarah district of Sydney. The Australian Newspaper Digitisation Project began in 2008. National Library of Australia director-general Anne-Marie Schwirtlich said "The first digitised papers went online the following year and then became available through Trove. The fact we have just hit 15 million is an outstanding achievement." More than 127 million newspaper pages had been viewed so far this year through Trove, with more than 11 million views in October, she added. Trove contains digitised pages from about 800 newspapers and other periodicals, currently covering the period from 1803 (The Sydney Gazette and New South Wales Advertiser to 2007 (Woroni, the ANU student newspaper). The digitised pages are OCRed to make them searchable, and users are able to correct the text of pages they inspect. The top contributor - 'JohnWarren' - is credited with corrections to more than 2.9 million lines of text. Dozens more titles are being added to the collection, many supported by the National Library of Australia, with others backed by the State Library of New South Wales or other government or community bodies, and in one case by a private individual.

From http://www.itwire.com 12/08/2014

TOP↑

 

Internet Connection Speeds Up Despite Hitting Quarterly Speed Hump

 

Australia’s average Internet connection speeds dropped marginally in the third quarter of last year compared to the second quarter – by 1.8% to be exact – but despite this a newly published global report shows that year-on-year Australia recorded a 25% increase in speed. According to the latest State of the Internet report from global cloud services provider Akamai, the figures from Q3 2014 put Australia at 44th position globally for average Internet connection speeds – down three positions from Q2 2014. Peak connection speeds in Australia averaged 36.0Mbps, representing a 2.1% decrease quarter-over-quarter, while peak speeds increased 22% year-on-year. The report reveals that in Q3 2014 Australia’s average connection speeds were recorded at 6.9 Mbps, representing a 1.8% decrease quarter-over-quarter. On broadband connectivity (above 4Mbps), Akamai says Australia ranked in 47th position, down three positions from the previous quarter, and the percentage of broadband connectivity (above 4 Mbps) was recorded at 66% (a 0.6 % increase quarter-on-quarter). Year-on-year changes saw a 28% increase in Australia compared to the same period in 2013. For high broadband connectivity (above 10Mbps), Australia remained in 40th position globally, down two positions from the previous quarter, while the percentage of connectivity recorded above 10 Mbps in Australia was 14%, down 6.5% quarter-on-quarter. Year-on-year changes saw a 76% increase in Australia compared to the same period in 2013.

 

The Akamai report also reveals other statistics on Internet usage in Australia, including:

Situational Performance

• The average page load time for broadband in Australia was recorded at 4230 (ms). Last quarter, this was recorded at 3544 (ms)

• The average page load time for mobile in Australia was recorded at 4799 (ms), compared to 4551 (ms) last quarter

Japan recorded the shortest average page load time for broadband at 1430 (ms), while Mexico recorded the shortest average page load time for mobile at 1013 (ms).

• 4K Readiness* (<15 Mbps Connectivity)

Australia ranked in 36th position globally in terms of 4K readiness (above 15Mbps), down one position compared to the previous quarter

• The percentage of connectivity recorded above 15 Mbps in Australia was 5.8%, down 13% quarter-on-quarter. Year-on-year changes saw a 85% increase in Australia compared to the same period in 2013. 

 

* With 4k adaptive bitrate streams generally requiring between 10–20 Mbps of bandwidth, the rankings presented within this section provide insight into the states most likely to be able to sustain such streams within this range. Note that the rankings presented here are not intended to specify who can/cannot view 4k content, but rather which states have higher concentrations of 4k “capable” connectivity, resulting in a larger complement of subscribers being able to enjoy a quality experience when streaming 4k content. And, on security Akamai’s report reveals that Australia experienced 0.2% of attack traffic in Q3 2014, while New Zealand experience less than 0.1% attack traffic. Global security highlights from the Akamai report include:

 

Security

• During the third quarter of 2014, Akamai observed attack traffic originating from source IP addresses in 201 unique countries/regions, up significantly from 161 in the second quarter, and more in line with the 194 seen in the first quarter

China remained well ahead of the other countries/regions in the top 10, originating nearly half of the observed attacks, nearly 3x more than the United States, which saw observed attack volume grow by approximately 25% quarter-over- quarter

China and the United States were the only two countries to originate more than 10% of observed attack traffic during the third quarter—the remaining countries/regions were all below 10%

Indonesia was the only country among the top 10 to see observed attack traffic decline, dropping significantly from 15% in the second quarter to 1.9% in the third quarter

• The overall concentration of observed attack traffic decreased slightly in the third quarter, with the top 10 countries/regions originating 82% of observed attacks, down from 84% in the second quarter

• Presumably related in part to the significant percentage decline seen in Indonesia, observed attack traffic concentration from the Asia Pacific region dropped to 64% in the third quarter, down from 70% in the previous quarter

• North America had the next highest concentration, at 19% of observed attacks (comprised mostly of attacks originating in the United States), up from 14% last quarter, while Europe remained steady at 11% of observed attacks

• South America and Africa both originated less than 10% of observed attacks, responsible for 5% and 1% respectively.

 

DDoS Attacks

• In the third quarter of 2014, the number of DDoS attacks reported to Akamai by customers remained consistent, with 270 attacks reported for the second quarter in a row

• Overall, this represents a 4.5% reduction in attacks since the beginning of 2014 and a 4% decrease in comparison to the third quarter of 2013

• Despite the increase in size and frequency of network layer attacks higher layer attacks against applications and Web properties remain a steady problem

• The number of attacks fell in both the Americas, with 142 attacks, and in the Europe, Middle East, and Africa (EMEA) region, with 44 attacks

• Meanwhile, the number of attacks in the Asia Pacific (APAC) region rose by 25% from the previous quarter, which brought the total number of attacks in the APAC region to 84 for the third quarter

• This represents an 18% increase from the same quarter in 2013, when 71 attacks against targets in the region were reported.

 

DDoS Attacks by Industries

• The third quarter saw a significant redistribution of the industries targeted by attacks, with both Enterprise and Media & Entertainment experiencing an increase in the number of attacks, while all other industries experienced fewer attacks

• Commerce dropped 15%, from 78 to 66 attacks, while the High Tech vertical dropped from 42 attacks to 34, a 19% decrease

• The largest decline was seen in Public Sector, with a 27% decrease in reported attacks, from 30 to 22.

 

Other Security Observation

• The third quarter of 2014 was dominated by the Shellshock vulnerabilities and attack activity targeting Web sites critical to coverage of the World Cup

• Akamai also saw an increase in the use of attack tools like Blackshades rat and the Spike DDoS toolkit

• The third quarter was also notable for DDoS attacks targeting vulnerabilities in Linux systems.

From http://www.itwire.com 01/09/2015

TOP↑

 

NICTA Experimenting with Health Records App

 

Australia is developing a mobile application that will allow patients to store their health records on their smartphone, Dr Leif Hanlen, Technical Director at Australias National ICT Agency (NICTA) has announced. The app will encrypt the records and allow patients to share it with others if they wish to. NICTA is also experimenting with open clinical data. For instance, it is analysing hospital records to predict which sections of a hospital may be at risk of an infection. NICTA researchers have converted medical terms to machine-readable formats and made them available online. The Australian Capital Territory health department is now using this to management patient discharge reports.

From http://www.futuregov.asia 01/14/2015

TOP↑

 

Aussie Study Aims to Capture True Value of Public Wi-Fi

 

RMIT senior research fellow Dr Ian McShane expects Australia to experience a resurgence in community-based telecommunications as the ambitions of the national broadband network are gradually scaled back. McShane and his RMIT colleagues are 12 months into a multi-year study on the rollout of public wi-fi in Australia and its policy and economic implications, funded by a grant from the Australian Research Council. He says a push towards community-provided connectivity, which is commonplace in regions like Europe, was stifled in Australia when the NBN was launched and local authorities envisioned that their internet connectivity challenges would be solved. “In the early 2000s there was a lot of domestic interest from local government and community groups in community-based telecommunications," he told iTnews. "Examples include Bendigo Bank offering up telco services, utilities running fibre from power poles, and towns like Burnie in Tasmania rolling its own fibre down the main street. When the NBN was announced I think this experimentation stopped.”

 

But McShane believes local government and community groups are growing frustrated with what is on offer from the NBN, resulting in grassroots initiatives like the community-driven Goulburn free wi-fi scheme. Goulburn's wi-fi network came about after a group of residents - concerned their town was dropping back economically and keen to attract more visitors off the highway - pitched the idea of public wi-fi to council, and got knocked back. Driven by a Canberra-based technology professional, the group instead devised a bandwidth sharing scheme with local businesses to share the surplus of their respective data plans, using technology designed by the group. The council has since come on board the scheme, offering a $3000 grant to expand the network across the centre of town. McShane’s team, which includes himself - a public policy expert, network engineer, media and communications specialist, and an economist - are looking to put together a comprehensively researched case for greater public investment into wi-fi as a public utility across Australia.

 

“What is the policy argument for public investment? Can it offer things that private market investment can’t? Who benefits and who doesn’t from localised technology rollouts?" he said. “There hasn’t been any detailed research done into this area to date." The answers to these questions are likely to throw up some unexpected answers. McShane has already stumbled on an innovative use of free wi-fi by Bendigo council, which installed the service at a notorious taxi rank in an effort to combat late night violence - hoping users will be too absorbed in their phones to pick fights. Such anecdotal evidence is looking positive, McShane said. “The problem with public wi-fi is that the strongest policy and technical argument for greater investment is that we don’t know what results it will bring. It is an innovation argument. But politically this is a difficult sell,” he said. “We want to establish a foundation for these investment decisions. We want to be able to provide a clear case for investment in public wi-fi.”

From http://www.itnews.com.au 01/23/2015

TOP↑

 

Parents ‘Want Kids Taught Digital Skills’

 

The Australian Information Industry Association (AIIA) has published a Digital Skills and Careers Report, in collaboration with National ICT Australia (NICTA) and the Australia Computer Society (ACS). The research was conducted by Newspoll. The research, undertaken in late 2014, found that 61% of Australian parents believe it is important that children learn how to design, build or program computer applications. Less than 30% of respondents thought that the current school curriculum is adequate in preparing children with the skills they need for the future. “The research reinforces concerns regarding the deficit in the national school curriculum,” said AIIA CEO Suzanne Campbell. “This is playing itself out in Australia’s comparative under performance across science, technology, engineering and mathematics (STEM) capabilities. “With youth unemployment and underemployment at high levels it is not surprising that Australian parents are concerned about the future employment opportunities of their school aged children,” she said.

 

“The research found that 95% of parents would support their child’s decision to pursue a digital career. “In the next ten years, as more content becomes digitised and processes automated, more jobs will require digital skills, and technology will become an even bigger part of our homes and workplaces. “This is not just an issue for the future,” said Campbell. “As recently as last week it was reported that the IT industry has led the Australian jobs market with the largest proportion of new job ads – some 10.7% of total Seek new job advertisements in 2014. In fact the industry now represents the largest employment advertising classification – with the sector predicted to grow further in 2015. “This digitisation is setting the scene for fundamental transformations in our economy. It is important that young people not only know how to use technology, but also how it works, and can be used to develop innovative new content and applications. “The Newspoll research is consistent with work also released by the AiGroup this month, which highlights that STEM skills are increasingly important to the Australian workforce and competitiveness,” Campbell said. Digital gender-equality advocate, AIIA Board member and recently appointed co-chair of the national Digital Careers program, Marie Johnson, has emphasised the role of ICT and digital technology as a major driver of employment in Australia.

 

“Digital technologies create high value and well paid jobs in all sectors of the economy such as mining, finance and retailing industries, as well as in the ICT industry itself,” said Johnson. “Australia’s ICT market is the fifth largest in the Asia Pacific region and the 14th largest in the world. Over the last ten years, it created more than 100,000 new jobs. While national employment levels have risen by around 14% over the past decade, ICT professionals have seen a growth of nearly 50% over the same period. Technology-related jobs are projected to expand for years to come, making it an important source of employment growth for the future. “To meet the challenges of the global digital economy Australia must be prepared to invest – in building digital technology capability and more generally the STEM skills essential to the jobs of the future” said Johnson.

From http://www.itwire.com 02/23/2015

TOP↑

 

 

NEW ZEALAND: Tauranga Happy to Get Connected

 

The rollout of ultra-fast broadband in Tauranga should be done by June 2016. The rollout of ultra-fast broadband in Tauranga should be done by June 2016. More than 30,000 households, businesses and schools in Tauranga are now able to connect to the ultra-fast broadband network. As of September 30, there were around 28,900 Tauranga properties connected to the network and more than 31,500 users, such as households, businesses and schools, which were able to connect. The number of properties differs to the number of end users, as some properties have more than one potential user. Academy Motor Inn owner Gladys Simmons, whose business has been connected to the network since July, said she hadn't noticed any drastic effects of the broadband yet, though the odd guest had commented on how good it was. "The website and system are faster but I don't think it'll be until we get busier after Christmas that we'll notice a real difference," she said. "If we get young people staying who want to plug in their tablet and laptop and iPod and everything else going, I imagine we'll notice a difference then."

 

The rollout of ultra-fast broadband in Tauranga is expected to be completed by June 2016. Communications Minister Amy Adams said the national rollout was ahead of schedule and within budget. "At the end of September, 536,000 end users were able to connect, putting the ultra-fast broadband build at 40 per cent complete," she said. "For the rural programme, the build is now 70 per cent complete with 282 towers having been upgraded and 98 new towers having been built providing fixed wireless broadband to 213,000 premises." The deployment had been focused on connecting priority users such as schools, health centres and businesses, she said. Three towns (Whangarei, Te Awamutu, Oamaru) and 2259 schools were fully fibred ... Better connectivity here at home has the potential to completely change how we connect with each other, how we educate our children and how we provide healthcare and other services across the country," Ms Adams said. "Living outside the main centres no longer means a lesser level of opportunities to work, train or get specialist care ... Our best and brightest can create ideas, products and services from anywhere in New Zealand." The rollout alone had created more than 3500 jobs around the country, she said. The country's 33 biggest towns and cities, where 75 per cent of New Zealanders reside, were expected to be connected to the ultra-fast network by December 2019.

 

UFB in Tauranga

Tauranga ultra-fast broadband progress as of September 30:

*Properties connected to the network: About 28,900

*End users able to connect: More than 31,500

*Build completion: 64 per cent

*Uptake: 12 per cent

From http://www.nzherald.co.nz 12/26/2014

TOP↑

 

 

New Zealand Homes Increasingly On-Line: Census Data

 

Three quarters of New Zealand households had Internet access at the time of the 2013 national census, the government statistics agency announced Tuesday. The proportion was up from 34 percent in the previous census in 2006, according to Statistics New Zealand. The highest rate of home Internet access was in the South Island tourism and ski resort district known as Queenstown-Lakes, at 88 percent. The lowest was the remote eastern North Island district of Wairoa at 55 percent. "Around 95 percent of households earning over 100,000 NZ dollars (72,971 US dollars) have access to the Internet, while 45 percent of households earning 20,000 NZ dollars (14,594 US dollars) or less had access," census customer focus manager Gareth Meech said in a statement. The proportion of households with access to a cellphone had risen by 10 percent between the two censuses to 84 percent. The statistics on communication and transport also showed that 38 percent of households had access to two motor vehicles, while 16 percent of households with three or more motor vehicles. "On census day, 50 percent of employed adults drove to work in a private vehicle," Meech said.

From http://www.globaltimes.cn 02/03/2015

TOP↑

 

$450K NZ Govt Spend Targets Ed-Tech Expansion

 

The Government will invest almost $450,000 in co-funding through Education New Zealand towards 12 new growth initiatives in the international education industry. “The international education sector is performing very strongly and while we need to maintain this momentum in key markets, we must also accelerate the export of our education technology and services expertise,” says Steven Joyce, Tertiary Education, Skills and Employment Minister. Successful recipients for this fourth round of the International Education Growth Fund (IEGF) include Biozone International who will promote sales of new science resources for schools in the United States, and South Pacific Press who will build on its CSI Literacy resources by developing and marketing a new online solve-as-you read literacy series. “Nearly half of the successful applications to this round of the Fund are for initiatives involving education technology products and services for the United States and Asian markets,” Joyce says.

 

New Zealand is home to an innovative and talented ICT industry and teaming this expertise with our high-quality education is a key step towards further growing the value of international education for the country. While it is pleasing to see international student numbers are at the highest level they’ve been in four years, it is equally important we tap into the opportunities presented by delivering our expertise offshore. A good example of this is Massey University who will develop and export an oiled wildlife emergency response training programme through its distance and online learning platform, Massey Worldwide." Education providers and business can apply for matched funding up to $50,000 from the International Education Growth Fund which is administered by Education New Zealand - in this latest round, 50 applications were received.

From http://www.computerworld.co.nz 02/04/2015

TOP↑

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/e-Security.gif

 

 

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/01.gif

 

 

 

AFRICA: Uganda - Cyber Security and Internet Freedoms - Finding the Balance

 

In a world where children as young as 15 months are speaking on phone and playing computer games, there is growing concern about protecting young people from adverse effects buried in the great opportunities presented by the internet. In that respect, Uganda recently hosted an African conference on online child protection at Speke Resort Munyonyo. Frank Kisakye was at Munyonyo and now discusses some of the issues that emerged. There was uproar when government recently asked Parliament to approve Shs 205bn to secure a phone-tapping system from Israel in a bid to fight terrorism. Critics argued that the state should not be snooping on conversations of its citizens as that infringes on their right to freedom of speech. But cyber surveillance is now a globally-accepted responsibility for governments, internet and other service providers - to deliver a secure cyber space - free of fraud, stalking, and cyber bullying. The International Telecommunications Union (ITU) has even asked governments around the world to form computer emergency response teams (CERTs) to coordinate monitoring of computer usage and abuse.

 

Digital natives and digital immigrants

The gap between digital natives (children) and digital immigrants (parents) is not getting any smaller, and so are the increasing online risks, especially with fast-paced digital innovations and increased connectivity. Yet, digital immigrants - who are the least informed about risks and technological advancements - are still expected to play their parental role of protecting the digital natives from dangers. However, the risks go beyond the house-wall confinements. Most youths in Africa say they have accessed pornography from cyber cafes during late hours. An ICT survey by ECPAT International on 1,073 teenagers in Uganda, Kenya, Togo, Cameroon and Gambia in 2013 reveals deplorable statistics. Kenya stands at 55 per cent, Uganda at 49 per cent with the rest of the other countries at 30 per cent of the surveyed children (especially the 11-13-year-age group) had indeed accessed adult pornography online. Some 54 per cent had seen someone of their age represented in pornographic material. Particularly represented in pornography were 80 per cent of 11-13-year-old boys and 75 per cent of 14-16 year old boys.

 

Some 10 per cent of the surveyed teenagers had been approached by online contacts to share their sexualized images. Impressively, only three per cent - all from Kenya and Uganda and none from Gambia and Cameroon - positively responded to the call. Another 14 per cent of the teenagers had taken their online relationships offline. The question, then, is: how far can parents go on monitoring their children's online activity? For New Vision Chief Executive Officer Robert Kabushenga, it has to "to go all the way because I buy the gadgets and the data". He recognises that this might infringe on their rights but says: "Our developing countries are not blessed with systems that help in raising a child like the developed world. In this part of the world it's just me and my son. What is more important? Raising a child or children's rights?" However, almost unanimously, participants at Munyonyo said the best approach was not policing the children but, rather, having open dialogue to show them the risks and dangers online.

 

The ECPAT survey further says that 62 per cent of the youths did not talk to anyone when confronted with an uncomfortable situation online. of those that talked, 44 per cent chose their friends, 19 per cent chose siblings, 18 per cent talked to parents, 11 per cent talked to teachers and only three per cent reported to police. Kabushenga says if only gadgets and online ethics were streamlined into the education curriculum, everyone's rights and obligations would be clear. "Do we know the ethics of the gadgets we use? Do we have lawyers in this country who fully understand cyber security in this country?" Have you seen anything as such in the education curriculum to make our children grow up knowing how to behave in the cyber world?" Kabushenga wondered. Perhaps parents may consider using the Guardian App that, according to Safaricom's Karen Basiye, can monitor/limit data and voice usage of a smartphone running on IOS and Android operating systems.

 

Gender vulnerability

Technology-related violence against women takes a variety of forms such as cyber stalking, sexual harassment and unauthorised use, manipulation and dissemination of personal information - including photographs and videos. When Kawempe North MP hopeful Joweria Nakyeyune posted liberal views on the 'torture maid' video that somewhat appeared to justify the maid's actions of assaulting an 18-month-old toddler, she received a barrage of abuses and was even reportedly forced to deactivate her Facebook account. She eventually reactivated her account, but that particular post did not appear. Never mind the fact that veteran journalist Timothy Kalyegira posted similar views about the video on his blog without much reaction. To Dr Ruth Nsibirano from the school of Women and Gender Studies at Makerere University, that is a clear manifestation of gender inequalities extended online. For her, the cyber (virtual) world will just be as judgmental and prejudicial to the woman as the physical world.

 

"The setup in the natural world is that the man has more privileges, opportunities and fewer challenges. And this is what has been accepted by society, she says. "This ['unfair' acceptance] is what is [infuriated] into the cyber space. In the physical world I am supposed to be a conformist." Singer Desire Luzinda irked Ethics and Integrity Minister Simon Lokodo and some religious leaders like Sheikh Shaban Mubajje who said Luzinda should be treated as a 'suspect' rather than as a 'victim'; this was after her nude photos were leaked in the cyberspace. But we are yet to hear similar calls for Farouk Sempala, the ex-boyfriend to Kampala socialite Zari Hussein, whose nude photos also got leaked. And in a suspected case of counter-leakages, Zari's 'sex tape' also drew cyber mockeries and abuses. It is such abuses that curtail some women from fully embracing the cyber world and cyber security as a whole, Dr Nsibirano says, adding that whereas the natural world 'trains' boys to embrace such challenges and boosts their self-confidence, it instead upends when it comes to women.

 

Gerald Abila, a lawyer with Barefoot Law, says parents right from childhood sometimes subconsciously create these ICT gender inequities. Whereas the girls are bought dolls, cooking books, colouring books, etc, the boys are bought digital watches, toy mobile phones. When they are teenagers, they are bought video games; as they age further, they are bought computers. This, Abila says, makes the men understand the cyber world and security more than the women later in life. It is not actually rare to find women in cyber cafes asking for help to login, change passwords, etc, on their email accounts and social media platforms.

 

Individual responsibility

Whether with state surveillance or not, individuals should exercise personal responsibility to live normal lives. And, if anything, online users should even be more careful in cyberspace as most of the online platforms do surveillance themselves, argues Lillian Nalwoga of International ICT Policy in East and Southern Africa(CIPESA). "Some people tend to live 'double' lives. In the physical world they are more restrained", she says. "But when it comes to online, they just become someone else spewing all sorts of things in all sorts of language... " And it seems like the online platforms like Facebook, Twitter, etc, have realised this and somewhat loosened up on their data protection policies. It is now possible to request them [online platforms] to delete your previous comments. This may come in handy especially now in the era where job/tender applications are followed with a quick search to see the online activity of the applicant.

 

Nalwoga adds that while parents innocently and for good reason are friends with their children on online platforms, they ought to know the kind of online circles they are in- as their children might end up consuming material that was never intended for their age group. Dorothy Okello of Women of Uganda Network (WOUGNET) notes that whereas communications surveillance and cyber security monitoring is necessary; the state has to ensure that the collected data is safely guarded against abuse and misuse. Stella Alibateese, the director of regulation and legal services at National Information Technology Authority, says this is what the the Data Protection and Privacy Bill, soon to be to be tabled in parliament, tackles - the why, how, when, where and who should collect/share data of Ugandans. The current legal frameworks justify the government's surveillance, which uses laws such as the National ICT Policy (2003), Access to Information Act (2005), National Information Technology Authority Uganda Act (2009), Regulation of Interception of Communications Act (2010), and Uganda Communications Commission Act (2013).

From http://allafrica.com/ 01/08/2015

TOP↑

 

 

EUROPE: French IT Agency to Pilot Cloud Security Label

 

French IT security agency ANNSI is preparing a security label for cloud operators to help companies distinguish between support services, identifying the most secure ones, its chairman, Guillaume Poupard, told Les Echos. The agency has published a set of requirements to get the label and setting out good practice in hosting, encryption and data exploitation. The guide is being re-edited to include feedback from industry players. Poupard added that the label would offer an advantage to its holders, creating a legal distortion of competition. The system, which requires the use of data centres located in France, will be piloted by three cloud operators starting in the next three months before being adopted nationally. Although the data is stored in France can still be requested by the US authorities under the Patriot Act, and around 50 such requests are made every year. ANSSI’s role is to protect government IT systems and those of operators of vital importance, banks, telecom, etc. However it does not have powers of setting standards for the private sector, said Thierry Rouquet, who heads the cybersecurity committee of software association Adfel, adding that imposing rules that are too strict and may not apply to companies will have a direct impact on costs.

From http://www.telecompaper.com/ 02/03/2015

TOP↑

 

NORTH AMERICA: Canada - Internet of Things in 2015 - Security Threats Continue to Grow

 

For all the excitement and hype surrounding the Internet of Thing (IoT), many are also expressing concern over whether the new technological trend is prepared to handle the latest security challenges. The excitement is certainly understandable and in many cases it’s perfectly justified. The IoT essentially embeds sensors in all sorts of devices with the goal of connecting them to the internet while also enabling them to communicate with the user and each other. Research shows that by 2020 there could be up to 30 billion devices connected to the Internet, and that might even be a conservative estimate. The Internet of Things is growing, with more industries beginning to explore how they can take advantage of advancing technologies. With that growth, however, comes growing concerns over security threats, concerns that will need to be addressed if proponents of the IoT want more consumers to use it.

 

The demand for the Internet of Things is hard to deny. One survey shows that nearly two-thirds of American consumers are interested in having smart home appliances, but this survey does give added weight to worries over the security readiness of the IoT. About the same number of respondents say they have concerns about their privacy when using the Internet of Things. Such fears are understandable, especially in the wake of security breaches at many corporations like Target, JPMorgan Chase, and Home Depot. And who can forget the recent hack at Sony? Connecting more items to the Internet only allows for more entry points for would-be attackers to use to gain more sensitive information. For all the excitement and hype surrounding the Internet of Thing (IoT), many are also expressing concern over whether the new technological trend is prepared to handle the latest security challenges.

 

The excitement is certainly understandable and in many cases it’s perfectly justified. The IoT essentially embeds sensors in all sorts of devices with the goal of connecting them to the internet while also enabling them to communicate with the user and each other. Research shows that by 2020 there could be up to 30 billion devices connected to the Internet, and that might even be a conservative estimate. The Internet of Things is growing, with more industries beginning to explore how they can take advantage of advancing technologies. With that growth, however, comes growing concerns over security threats, concerns that will need to be addressed if proponents of the IoT want more consumers to use it. The demand for the Internet of Things is hard to deny. One survey shows that nearly two-thirds of American consumers are interested in having smart home appliances, but this survey does give added weight to worries over the security readiness of the IoT. About the same number of respondents say they have concerns about their privacy when using the Internet of Things. Such fears are understandable, especially in the wake of security breaches at many corporations like Target, JPMorgan Chase, and Home Depot. And who can forget the recent hack at Sony? Connecting more items to the Internet only allows for more entry points for would-be attackers to use to gain more sensitive information.

 

Indeed, it’s the data surrounding the IoT that’s a real source of concern for consumers, analysts, and business leaders alike. One of the main reasons the devices of the IoT are so effective and helpful to consumers is they use their sensors to collect and analyze data about the user. That data may be mundane information, like the last time they bought milk for their smart fridge, or more important, like the amount of energy they use for their home. Regardless of the type of information, data is collected almost around the clock. What happens with that data, who has access to it, and how it is accessed are just a number of questions that need to be answered about every Internet of Things device. Cyber attackers can use even the seemingly unimportant data to access more sensitive information. If every device is connected, that makes it that much easier for hackers to infiltrate one insecure device, thereby gaining entry into other areas.

 

Security concerns grow with medical devices

These concerns are even more serious when considering all the items that are now being connected to the Internet of Things. Home thermostats and smart watches are one thing; medical devices and vital infrastructure systems are a much different matter. While hacking a home appliance may reveal some sensitive information, hacking a transportation grid or heart monitor could lead to disaster. Medical devices, for example, are being added to the IoT to pave the way for added convenience and improved patient recovery, but should such a device be infiltrated by a cyber-criminal, not only would important medical data possibly be stolen, an attack on the patient may result. While no such attacks have been recorded yet, some experts are predicting it could happen within the next year.

 

The solution to these larger security threats should be a straightforward goal: better network security. Achieving such a goal is, of course, much easier said than done, particularly with the rapid spread of Internet-connected devices in almost every industry imaginable. Despite the challenge, the IoT community needs to prioritize securing connections for every device manufactured. IoT device makers should also provide consumers with the option to limit the amount and type of data collected by their devices. This data minimization strategy allows consumers to feel safer knowing their privacy is being respected and their data protected. Though concerns and fears over the security of the Internet of Things will remain, there are no signs the IoT will stop growing over the coming year. 2015 will likely feature innovative new devices tapping into the potential of the IoT, ones that will inspire the imagination of the average consumer. If manufacturers and experts can provide a more secure network and environment for these devices, there’s no telling how large the Internet of Things can grow.

From http://www.itbusiness.ca/ 01/15/2015

 

TOP↑

 

Ottawa to Spend $100M to Battle Cyber Attacks

 

The government will be spending as much a $100 million to protect its computer systems against cyber attacks. There is also “a request from inside the government” for extra money in the upcoming 2015 federal budget to back this cyber security strategy, according to a report from the Globe and Mail. The daily said it got its information from a senior officials who asked not to be identified. The sources said the amount needed for the initiative could go over $100 million spread over several years. The project will involve upgrading the government security system. The decision to move beyond patching security holes comes after Chinese state-backed hackers broke into the National Research Council’s network in July last year. The national body responsible for business-led technology research the “cyber-intrusion” on its IT infrastructure was detected by the country’s electronic spy agency, the Communications Security Establishment Canada (CSEC). The NRC said the cyber attack was carried out by a “highly sophisticated Chinese state-sponsored actor.” The NRC had to shut down the system to thwart cyber espionage activities. However, sources told the Globe and Mail that officials knew of the intrusion before they system was shut down. They did this in order to find out what the attackers were doing and how they were going about it.

 

The amount the government is seeking may look very big but it’s not really a lot of money considering what’s needed to protect the government system, according to Claudiu Popa, a security and privacy adviser to Canadian enterprise organizations, associations and agencies and head of Informatica, a Toronto-based risk assessment and security firm. “We must consider that security controls come in numerous different shapes and flavours,” he said. “The stated goals of the initiatives have been to add to Canada’s preventive and detective capabilities, but also from a response perspective, to bolster our ability to correct and remediate.” He said the types of safeguards needed also need to be applied across the nation and over multiple and often disparate systems. Over the last five years, the government has already devoted more than $240 million to bolster its cyber security capability. Meanwhile, sources told the Globe that the NRC computer system is currently being rebuilt and broader safeguards are being installed.

From http://www.itworldcanada.com/ 01/15/2015

TOP↑

U.S.: The Cyber Threat in 2015 - 10 Twists on Hackers’ Old Tricks

 

Hacking trends are not like fashion fads. They don't go in and out each year. They withstand defenses by advancing, in terms of stealth and scope. So there will be no 2015 "What’s Hot and What’s Not" list of cyber threats confronting federal agencies. Instead, here is a list of hacker "Old Faves and New Twists" feds should be mindful of.

 

Old Fave #1: Distributed Denial of Service, or DDoS, attacks that shut down agency systems temporarily by bombarding them with bogus traffic

New Twist: Wiper attacks that destroy and leak government data. A wiper virus allegedly was used against Sony to copy and erase company hard drives.

This development is not new. In 2012, bad guys wielded the so-called Shamoon virus to wipe clean 30,000 employee work stations at Saudi Aramco, Saudi Arabia’s state-owned oil company. What is new is the potential magnitude of the devastation, says Dave Aitel, a former NSA computer scientist. "I would say this is the No. 1 threat that U.S. corporations, critical infrastructure, state-local governments and the federal government should be concerned with," he says. Trend Micro Chief Cybersecurity Officer Tom Kellermann, a former World Bank data risk analyst, puts it bluntly: Now, "hackers burn the house down after burglarizing it.” Experts still expect DDoS attacks to pose a threat, as they evolve in sophistication. There is a growing underground market for "rent-a-bots," hordes of hacked computers that criminals can borrow, for a fee, to amplify their attacks, Aitel says. "DDoS extortion and DDoS as cover for a more serious attack," such as data removal, "are just a few updates on an old attack that should be taken seriously going forward," he says. 

 

Old Fave #2: Malicious insiders who leak data, like ex-federal contractor Edward Snowden and former soldier Chelsea Manning, who both exposed classified intelligence

New Twist: Unwitting insiders who leak data, including third-party contractors who leave network passwords lying around.

"Everybody is worried about service providers, from the HVAC providers to professional services firms," says Alan Raul, lead for Sidley Austin's privacy, data security and information law practice. Target’s HVAC vendor, for example, allegedly fell for a phishing email that stole his passcode to the retailer’s payment system. That said, Raul and other analysts stress agencies still should be worried about willful leakers. "Wikileaks, in my view, is one of the first cyber weapons we’ve seen," says Aitel, now chief executive officer of security consultancy Immunity, referring to the website to which Manning spilled secrets.

 

Old Fave #3: Retailer payment system infections that scrape credit card data.

New Twist: Feds fight back with chip-and-PIN government purchase cards.

"If PIN and chip, or PIN and sign, were to come into force as the government has mandated for federal credit card usage," under an October presidential executive order, "that should make point-of-sale scraping less risky . . . with any luck, we will be moving away from that," says Raul, a former vice chairman of the White House Privacy and Civil Liberties Oversight Board.

 

Old Fave #4: Criminals bust agency networks to steal personal information so they can sell it to identity thieves.

New Twist: Extortionists break into networks to steal business data so they can blackmail organizations with it. Ask Sony about this.

Criminal groups will find it harder to make money off filched IDs, as personal information becomes better protected and chip-and-PIN payment cards reduce fraud, says Chris Finan, former White House cyber adviser and cyberwarfare planner for the Defense Advanced Research Projects Agency. However, as C-suites grow increasingly concerned about leaks denting reputations, hackers who hold sensitive data hostage will reap rewards, he says.

 

Old Fave #5: Piercing cloud servers to steal credentials stored in bulk on the Web

New Twist:  Raiding a multitude of individuals’ smartphones for data stored inside the device itself, in apps like ApplePay and Bitcoin wallets.

“Consumers will increasingly host payment data on mobile devices as more convenient mobile payment methods gain adoption,” says Finan, now head of cyber startup Manifold Security. “Malware that rips payment credentials from mobile devices at scale will become more prevalent, as batch extraction from central servers becomes more difficult.”

 

Old Fave #6: Hackers redirect news website visitors, including federal employees, to evil, impostor websites.

New Twist: Hackers pollute legitimate news sites with invisible malware that gloms on to government computers.

Kellermann’s research points to a 600 percent increase in these “watering hole” attacks this year.

 

Old Fave #7: Attackers hijack systems remotely through the Web

New Twist: Attackers command systems through online and real-world trespassing.

"Think a possible attack on an electrical substation," says Mike McNerney, a security consultant at Delta Risk who previously served as a cyber policy adviser for the secretary of defense.

 

Old Fave #8: Stealing intellectual property to use for competitive advantage, as in the many cases where Chinese nationals allegedly stole IP from U.S. companies and agencies.

New Twist: "Using information itself as a weapon to embarrass, intimidate or extort,” McNerney says.

 

Old Fave #9: Terrorist organizations, like al Qaida, recruit extremists through social networks.

New Twist: Terrorists corrupt computer networks.

"While a significant computer network attack capability -- at least on par with major nation states -- may not be within the reach of organizations such as ISIS in the very near term, they may increasingly turn to cyber extortion as a means to supplement their kidnapping and ransom business," says Frank Cilluffo, director of the Homeland Security Policy Institute at George Washington University. This could mean injecting "ransomware" that freezes a computer's data until the victim divulges certain information, in essence kidnapping data. 

 

Old Fave #10: Cyber gangs expand their criminal networks to move stolen IDs and cash.

New Twist: Cyber gangs team with the real-world mafia to move product.

"As the physical and cyber domain converge, so too will organized crime -- old criminal organizations will increasingly cooperate with their newer tech savvy criminal counterparts," says Cilluffo, who served as a special assistant to President George W. Bush. Russian organized crime “will take on even greater significance in both the cyber and physical domain in the days ahead.”

From http://www.nextgov.com/ 12/31/2014

TOP↑

 

Federal Cybersecurity Spending Is Big Bucks. Why Doesn't It Stop Hackers?

 

Despite paying $59 billion for data protections since fiscal 2010, the federal government couldn’t stave off hacks against the White House, State Department, Army and dozens of other agencies. Across-the-board funding cuts last year hit cyber budgets, but the total tab, $10.3 billion, still more than doubles the $4.1 billion industry reportedly spent on computer security. And we all know those corporate expenditures did little to prevent data breaches at Sony, Home Depot and almost every other company, if you count the undetected compromises. The apparent futility of cyber spending does not bode well for the American population's online security. Government and private systems increasingly are interdependent. The Pentagon spent $7.1 billion for Cyber Command, the National Security Agency and other military components to defend critical U.S. industry systems at home and abroad. Nevertheless, banks, along with airports, were hacked.

 

The largest U.S. financial institution, JPMorgan, spent $250 million on cybersecurity, only to have attackers pry open records on 83 million households and small businesses. In an exit report by former Sen. Tom Coburn, R-Okla., who left Congress Monday, the avowed penny pincher said "federal information security remains a significant challenge for an overwhelming majority of federal civilian agencies” despite billion-dollar investments. The Homeland Security and Governmental Affairs Committee, where he served as top Republican last Congress, provided Nextgov with a Congressional Research Service memo that breaks down annual spending on cybersecurity compliance, under the Federal Information Security Management Act. Now, though, even some privacy hawks say it might be time for everyone to stop pouring money into system controls and use government-operated network monitoring technology.

 

"The big banks, big retailers and big media companies whose hacks make the front pages are not being penetrated because they've skimped on security out of sloth, stupidity or greed," Alan Raul, former vice chairman of the White House Privacy and Civil Liberties Oversight Board, said Monday in a Wall Street Journal op-ed. There is not much businesses could have done to prevent some of these intrusions, "any more so, in fact, than the White House, Air Force, Postal Service, Commerce and State Departments, [Federal Trade Commission], or countless other federal hacking victims, could guarantee their own cybersecurity,” added Raul, now head of Sidley Austin's privacy, data security and information law practice. One proposal would have the government offer companies an automated cyberdefense system, called EINSTEIN, that detects and deflects hackers. Internet service providers for the government have long used the technology to collect information on potential agency compromises, and last month it became capable of redirecting bad guys away from government employee computers.

 

"If EINSTEIN is in fact working, the government should make it available more broadly," said Raul, stressing that the government would then have to broaden the authority of federal civil liberties bodies. In the wake of the Sony attack, Rep. Dutch Ruppersberger, D-Md., on Friday is expected to reintroduce controversial legislation that would facilitate an EINSTEIN-like system for industry, The Hill reports. The Cyber Intelligence Sharing and Protection Act, better known as CISPA, would exchange details about malicious activity collected by companies and the government so all parties can tweak their antivirus programs accordingly. Could letting Big Brother see certain network activity, under strict privacy protocols, save some big bucks?

From http://www.nextgov.com/ 01/08/2015

TOP↑

 

Obama Turns Focus to Internet Security, Privacy

 

President Barack Obama will highlight plans next week to protect American consumers and businesses from cyber threats, a month after the most high-profile hacking attack on a U.S. company. Internet security became a national focus after a cyberattack on Sony Pictures that Washington blamed on North Korea. The attack and subsequent threats of violence against theaters prompted Sony to scale back its release of The Interview, a comedy film that depicts the fictional assassination of North Korean leader Kim Jong-un. A White House official said on Saturday Mr. Obama would announce legislative proposals and executive actions that will be part of his Jan. 20 State of the Union address and will tackle identity theft and privacy issues, cybersecurity and broadband access. On Monday, Mr. Obama will present plans “to improve confidence in technology by tackling identity theft and improving consumer and student privacy” in a visit to the Federal Trade Commission, the official said, on condition of anonymity. Mr. Obama will host members of Congress from both parties on Tuesday to discuss common goals for the economy and national security, the official said, as the Democratic president prepares a speech that will be his first to the U.S. Congress since Republicans won the Senate in November elections.

 

Later he will visit the Department of Homeland Security’s cybersecurity nerve center to promote voluntary information sharing between government and private sector and industry to fight cyber threats “while protecting privacy and civil liberties,” the official said. The National Cybersecurity and Communications Integration Center monitors threats to the country’s critical infrastructure, including energy and chemical plans, emergency and financial services and government facilities. In Iowa on Wednesday, Mr. Obama will propose new steps to increase access to affordable, high-speed broadband across the country, the White House said. Last week, the president highlighted economic issues and plans to help Americans, including a proposal to make two years of free community college tuition to students. That plan, and its $60-billion price tag over 10 years, immediately faced skepticism from Republican lawmakers on Friday. Mr. Obama floated the education idea on the third and final day of a tour to promote agenda items being prepared for his State of the Union address.

From http://www.theglobeandmail.com/ 01/10/2015

TOP↑

 

 

New Year, New Threats - Electronic Health Record Cyberattacks

 

The recent flood of cyberattacks means that hackers are relentless and more sophisticated than ever before. Cyberattacks are clearly on the minds of President Barack Obama, Islamic State jihadists, Sony Pictures execs and the CBS producers who are launching a new show this spring called CSI: Cyber. On Jan. 13, Obama announced plans to reboot and strengthen U.S. cybersecurity laws in the wake of the Sony Pictures hack and the one on the Pentagon's Central Command Twitter account from sympathizers of the Islamic State. Whether a real attack or depicted in television and films like Blackhat, this flood of cyberattacks means that hackers are relentless and more sophisticated than ever before. I’m not a fear monger by trade but want to sound the alarm that there is another cyber-risk that is looming and warrants attention of our emergency management community and government: electronic health records. The American Recovery and Reinvestment Act of 2009 authorized the Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services to award billions in incentive payments to health professionals (hospitals, long-term care agencies, primary care, etc.) to demonstrate the meaningful use of a certified electronic health record (EHR) system.

 

The intent to create EHR systems is to improve patient care by providing continuity of care from provider to provider by creating health information exchanges (HIEs) that allow “health-care professionals and patients to appropriately access and securely share a patient’s vital medical information electronically,” says HealthIT.gov. In addition, financial penalties are scheduled to take effect in 2015 for Medicare and Medicaid providers who do not transition to electronic health records. What do the cyber threats and attacks mean for the EHR systems and health information exchanges? Since health-care providers have been installing EHRs, the number of cyber threats and attacks has grown. As stated in a September 2014 MIT Technology Review article, “cybercriminals are increasingly targeting the computer networks of hospitals — one recently announced theft involved data from 4.5 million people who had received treatment from Community Health Systems, a company that runs more than 200 hospitals. … Data security is often lax within health-care facilities, and hackers are targeting systems that store troves of valuable personal information held in electronic medical records, according to the Websense researchers, who say they’ve observed a 600 percent increase in attacks on hospitals over the past 10 months.”

 

In a Politico article from summer 2014, “As health data become increasingly digital and the use of electronic health records booms, thieves see patient records in a vulnerable health-care system as attractive bait. On the black market, a full identity profile contained in a single record can bring as much as $500.” Lastly, the Target, Sony and Department of Defense hacks bring into focus the need for further action to prevent data breaches that could potentially have deadly or serious repercussions. If major corporations or the federal government can’t protect their data networks, what chance does a primary care provider or long-term care agency have to protect a patient’s medical record? Medical records include sensitive personal information such as a person’s blood type, HIV status, cancer or MS diagnosis, etc., that goes well beyond our Social Security and financial data. I develop plans for all types of health-care providers around the country and can safely say that a good majority of them have don’t have adequate firewalls, data security procedures or even business continuity plans to protect their electronic health records. I’m sounding the alarm and don’t have all the answers but want to start the conversation about how to protect patients and their data.

From http://www.govtech.com/ 01/19/2015

TOP↑

 

Cybersecurity Expert Says Government Hasn't Done Enough to Protect Data

 

A senior fellow with Indiana University's cybersecurity research center explains that government hasn't done nearly what it should when it comes to preventing cyberattacks. (TNS) Hackers could tap into air traffic control systems, bust into banks or even cut off the water supply to a city. There’s little or no legislation right now that could help prevent these attacks, but that could change soon as both President Barack Obama and Congress are taking steps to find compromises for cybersecurity legislation after years of deadlock. “The government’s not nearly done what it should,” said Fred Cate, Indiana University professor of law and senior fellow with the IU Center for Applied Cybersecurity Research. “We have no obligation to protect data.” Compare it to a car: There are safety measures that need to be in place, such as seat belts and air bags, tests that need to be done and other requirements met. But for cybersecurity, none of those safety rules and regulations exist, Cate said. And attacks are becoming more sophisticated and strategic. Cate pointed to the recent security breach at Sony and how information was “rolled out” over a period of days, a kind of orchestrated event.

 

“When we think about the risk of attacks, what we are seeing a lot more of are organized attacks,” Cate said. President Obama raised the issue in his State of the Union speech, calling for legislation to encourage information sharing between businesses and the government. Committees in both the U.S. Senate and House have met this week to discuss cybersecurity. Information sharing has been the key piece of cybersecurity legislation for a number of years, Cate said. Sharing information can lead to better cybersecurity, giving businesses an idea of how others were attacked and where holes could exist in security systems. It can be useful even if an attack is not successful, too, just to give a heads-up to businesses about how a crime syndicate may be attacking. “It’s what we think of as asymmetrical warfare,” Cate said. “If you’re the defender, you have to win every time; if you’re the attacker, you only have to win once.” The proposed legislation is mostly focused on information gathering, not necessarily on protection.

 

There’s also some reluctance on information sharing legislation because of civil liberties concerns about companies sharing customer data, especially with the government. Government may also be reluctant to share its information with private industry. Cate said cybersecurity information is usually classified, and would have to be declassified in order to share. There are other things the government could do besides information sharing. Companies could be held liable for money lost by other companies and individuals because of a data breach. These changes may be unlikely from Congress, though. “Every year, after every major attack, we say ‘This will be the year,’ and in a rational world, it would,” Cate said. “But Congress and the president — it isn’t rational. It’s really just a crap shoot. It’s like rolling dice.” Cyber protection may come from an executive order by the president or cases pending with the Federal Trade Commission, which could determine whether bad cybersecurity is a bad trade practice. The biggest problem regarding data security is people themselves. Most breaches have a human element, Cate said — someone clicks on a link they shouldn’t, someone accidentally turns over their password to a hacker.

 

Cate said more research is needed in cybersecurity, but there’s very little funding for research right now compared with other government areas. Money could also go to education. Cate suggested starting education about data security in elementary schools, alongside topics such as fire safety. Diverting more money to research could produce more concrete protection ideas, which is the biggest problem right now. With attacks coming from all corners of the world and taking many forms, it’s hard to give legislators an all-encompassing solution for data protection. “It’s lots of information — it’s part of what makes cybersecurity so hard to deal with,” Cate said. “Nobody’s got a silver bullet.”

From http://www.govtech.com/ 01/30/2015

TOP↑

 

 

White House Big Data Report Stresses Importance of Protecting Data

 

Two congressmen announced that they will introduce student data privacy legislation in the U.S. House of Representatives, perhaps as soon as the end of this month. A group of senior Obama administration officials charged with examining how big data will transform the way we live and work and alter the relationships between government, citizens, businesses and consumers delivered an interim progress report to the White House Feb. 5. The working group, spearheaded by White House counselor John Podesta, began examining the issue in January 2014. The interim report delivered yesterday details their progress to date, identifying six priority policy recommendations and a host of smaller initiatives to further the conversation about big data and privacy both inside and outside of government. Protecting student data and ensuring it’s used only for educational purposes is among the six priority areas. “As technologies proliferate in the classroom, we must be vigilant about ensuring that students’ privacy is protected in the educational context and that their educational data is not mined for commercial or marketing purposes,” the report states.

 

On Thursday, Rep. Luke Messer, R-Idaho, and Rep. Jared Polis, D-Colo., announced that they will introduce student-data-privacy legislation in the U.S. House of Representatives, perhaps as soon as the end of this month. The legislation will seek to protect student privacy in school while continuing to embrace the innovative educational potential of new technologies to improve student outcomes. “It’s imperative that we have a strong federal privacy legislation to protect our students,” said privacy attorney Bradley S. Shear. “It’s great that students can take advantage of technology-based advanced learning opportunities, but we must be assured that their data is not used against them or mined for other purposes later.” In the report, Podesta noted that one novel finding of the working group was the potential for big data technologies to circumvent longstanding civil rights protections and enable new forms of discrimination in housing and employment, and access to credit, among other areas.

 

In response, the working group is also examining how big data may inadvertently or deliberately lead to discriminatory outcomes, and what policy mechanisms may be needed to respond. For example, the White House Council of Economic Advisers recently conducted a study examining whether and how companies may use big data technologies to offer different prices to different consumers — a practice known as “discriminatory pricing.” The CEA found that many companies already use big data for targeted marketing, but this practice is not yet widespread. “Big data technologies raise serious concerns about how we protect personal privacy and our other values,” stated the report. “As more data is collected, analyzed and stored on both public and private systems, we must be vigilant in ensuring the balance of power is retained between government and citizens, and between businesses and consumers.” Privacy is of particular concern for the federal government in light of recent reports that personal data from the insurance exchange website HealthCare.gov were being shared with third parties. More than 50 companies are reported to have gained access to the personal information -- including names, ZIP codes, pregnancy status, age, income, smoking habits and Internet protocol address — of millions of Americans.

From http://www.govtech.com/ 02/06/2015

TOP↑

 

Tightening the Net: Governments Expand Online Controls

 

Freedom on the Net 2014 – the fifth annual comprehensive study of internet freedom around the globe, covering developments in 65 countries that occurred between May 2013 and May 2014 –finds internet freedom around the world in decline for the fourth consecutive year, with 36 out of 65 countries assessed in the report experiencing a negative trajectory during the coverage period. In a departure from the past, when most governments preferred a behind-the-scenes approach to internet control, countries rapidly adopted new laws that legitimize existing repression and effectively criminalize online dissent. The past year also saw increased government pres­sure on independent news websites, which had previously been among the few uninhibited sources of information in many countries, in addition to more people detained or prosecuted for their digital activities than ever before.

 

Between May 2013 and May 2014, 41 countries passed or proposed legislation to penalize legitimate forms of speech online, increase government powers to control content, or expand government surveillance capabilities.Since May 2013, arrests for online communications pertinent to politics and social issues were documented in 38 of the 65 countries, most notably in the Middle East and North Africa, where detentions occurred in 10 out of the 11 countries examined in the region. Pressure on independent news websites, among the few unfettered sources of information in many countries, dramatically increased. Dozens of citizen journalists were attacked while reporting on conflict in Syria and antigovernment protests in Egypt, Turkey and Ukraine. Other governments stepped up licensing and regulation for web platforms.

 

Emerging Threats

Freedom House identified three emerging threats that place the rights of inter­net users at increasing risk: Data localization requirements—by which private companies are required to maintain data storage centers within a given country—are multiplying, driven in part by NSA revelations, which spurred more governments to bring international web companies under domestic jurisdiction. These costly measures could expose user data to local law enforcement. Women and LGBTI rights are undermined by digital threats and harassment, resulting in self-censorship that inhibits their participation in online culture. Cybersecurity is eroding as government critics and human rights organizations are subject to increasingly sophisticated and personalized malware attacks, documented in 32 of the 65 countries examined. Despite overall declines in global internet freedom, pushback by civil society was am­plified this year by reactions to the NSA surveillance revelations. Awareness of the threats to fundamental rights expanded beyond civil society, as ordinary users around the world became more engaged in securing their privacy and freedom of expression online. In se­lect cases, long-running internet freedom campaigns finally garnered the necessary momentum to succeed.

From https://freedomhouse.org/ 12/04/2014

TOP↑

 

Cyber Sovereignty Must Rule Global Internet

 

China-U.S. relations in the field of the Internet is now an important component of the new model of major power relationship. To a great extent, the Internet will decide the future of both countries. As it is now, the relationship is generally positive and making progress in a steady manner in spite of hurdles. The relationship displays two features: First, deep fusion and high stakes. China and the U.S. have never been so closely interconnected as they have become in cyberspace. China is the biggest overseas market for U.S. Internet companies. Almost all leading U.S. Internet companies have made great profits in China. For instance, half of the profit of Qualcomm is realized in China; half of the new users of Apple products come from China. Nearly a thousand U.S. investment funds have designated China as their priority, reaching to every corner of the Chinese Internet market, accounting for more than half of their total overseas investment in this field. The success or failure of some U.S. companies is closely related to the Chinese market.

 

The U.S. is the main overseas IPO destination for Chinese Internet companies, almost 50 of which are listed in the U.S. with a total market value of nearly U.S. $500 billion. U.S. shareholders have benefited from the development of the Internet market in China. Not long ago, the IPO of Alibaba in the U.S., the largest IPO ever in the world, raised over U.S. $25 billion. Experts believe that the investments made by U.S. shareholders in Alibaba demonstrates they have great confidence in the Chinese Internet, the Chinese market and the future of China. Second, disagreements and frictions still exist. It is because of the deeper integration, more extensive exchanges and closer contacts between the Internet industries of China and U.S. that our differences are easily put under magnifying glasses and spotlights -- not to mention we also have the impact of cultural differences. Disagreements on certain issues thus understandably rise. For example, with regard to the cyberspace governance, the U.S. advocates "multi-stakeholders" while China believes in "multilateral." ["Multi-stakeholder" refers to all Internet participants on an equal footing making the rules and is considered more "people-centered" while "multilateral" refers to the state making the rules based on the idea of the sovereignty of the nation-state representing its citizens.]

 

These two alternatives are not intrinsically contradictory. Without "multilateral," there would be no "multi-stakeholders." Exaggerating our disagreements due to difference in concepts is neither helpful to the China-U.S. Internet relations nor beneficial to global governance and the development of the Internet. Our deep integration is because of confidence, but our disagreements are due to lack of trust. Confidence without trust is the unavoidable issue of the current China-U.S. Internet relations. Looking back at the 20 years' history of exchanges and development between the Internet industries of China and U.S., despite the disagreements that still exist, we can make the following judgments: our consensus is greater than our disagreements and our cooperation is more important than disputes. President Xi Jinping has pointed out that those who share the same idea and follow the same path can be partners, and those who seek common ground while reserving differences can also be partners. We can have disagreements but we must not stop communication.

 

We can have arguments but we must not discard trust. We should not be confused or blinded by chaotic situations. Instead, we should look carefully at the issues with a historic perspective. We should see that cooperation between China and the U.S. benefits our two countries as well as other countries, while confrontation can only hurt both sides and even the world at large. It is the essence of the development of the Internet that the Internet should bring peace and security to humans, should deny access to criminals and terrorists, should help younger generations to grow in health and should also serve the interests of developing countries since they need the Internet more than others. We should realize that the Internet has turned the world into a global village. Big convergence, great development and deep fusion are the trends of this era, and co-sharing and co-governance are the choices of the history.

 

In this spirit, I therefore put forward five propositions:

1. First, mutual appreciation instead of mutual negating.

The Internet was invented in the U.S. and then spread across the world, which is a great U.S. contribution to human development. China is the world's largest Internet market with over four million websites, 600 million Internet users and four of the world's top 10 Internet companies. Trade via e-commerce is expected to reach 200 million U.S. dollars in China this year and will keep growing at 30 percent a year. Chinese Internet companies Baidu, Alibaba and Jindong all reported more than 50 percent increase in their 2014 third quarter revenue, which is really rare growth in the Internet industry. These achievements are a demonstration of the openness and good governance of China's Internet industry. They are also testimony to the success of China's reform and opening up, of the development path chosen by the Chinese people, and the leadership of the Chinese communist party. We should not only cheer for our common ground, but also learn from each other's merits and experiences, rather than negating each other.

 

2. Second, mutual respect instead of confrontation and accusation.

All countries, big or small, should be equal. We should respect each other's cyber sovereignty, Internet governance, major concerns and cultural differences. We should strengthen communication, increase understanding and broaden consensus. The success of the Internet in China over the past 20 years shows that successful foreign companies in China respect China' s market environment and abide by China's law and regulations. U.S. companies operating in China show that those who respect the Chinese law can seize the opportunity of China' s Internet innovation and create immense value, while those who chose opposition will be isolated by themselves and finally abandoned by the Chinese market.

 

3. Third, mutual governance instead of self-interest.

President Xi has called for a multilateral, democratic and transparent international Internet governance system that upholds peace, security, openness and cooperation of cyberspace. That is the common consensus of international cyberspace governance. "No country can achieve absolute security without the overall security of international cyberspace." The gauge of a great country is not its power, but its responsibility. Peace between major countries may not result in a peaceful cyberspace, but distrust will definitely bring chaos. A responsible major country should never restrain others for its own development, or infringe on other countries' security to protect its own security. No country can achieve absolute security without the overall security of international cyberspace. As long as we take a long-term view and prepare for a new era of shared governance, we can translate the diversity of development into the driving force of world Internet development.

 

4. Fourth, mutual trust instead of mutual suspicion.

As the nation with the most Internet users in the world, China knows all too well the value of a peaceful cyberspace. As the main victim of hacking, China understands too well the importance of security. Our government has always opposed all forms of Internet attack. On the issue of cybersecurity, China and the U.S. should increase communication, deepen mutual trust, fight cybercrime, terrorism, hacking and invasions of privacy together, and jointly protect intellectual property rights, making the Internet as the treasure trove of Alibaba rather than a Pandora' s box. With wisdom and courage, cybersecurity will not become a source of conflict in Sino-U.S. relations, but a new bright spot of cooperation.

 

5. Fifth, win-win instead of zero-sum.

The development of China's Internet over the past 20 years resulted in mutual benefit, a win-win situation and integration with the United States. Between China and the U.S. Internet industry, there are differences in terms of market volume, operational mechanisms, technology and training. These differences should not be obstacles. It is precisely through these differences that we can complement each other and create all kinds of possibilities for cooperation and mutual benefits. When the largest developed country and largest developing country cooperate; when modern Western civilization interacts with long-standing Chinese culture; when the most advanced information technology is applied in the largest Internet market -- the scope for cooperation between China and the U.S. will definitely be wider than the Pacific Ocean.

From http://www.huffingtonpost.com/ 12/20/2014

TOP↑

 

Protecting the Internet from Government Control

 

Internet governance is at an inflection point and debate about the fundamental structure of the Internet is ramping up. This debate, now being had in the United Nations, Internet Governance Forum, ICANN and other organizations, will affect global business models relying on networked technologies and freedom of expression and privacy. The multi-stakeholder systems of Internet governance — which includes the private sector, civil society, governments, research institutions and non-government organizations in decision making — has made the Internet a transformative technology. The United States’ position has been clear on this question: The multi-stakeholder system must continue. But not every country shares our nation’s passion for free expression. Around the world, oppressive governments have restricted access to Facebook, Google, YouTube, as well as other sites, in an effort to control the free flow of opinions and information. During a late-September U.N. General Assembly gathering, Twitter CEO Dick Costolo asked the Iranian president, via Twitter, “Mr. President, enjoying your Tweets from the UN. We would love the Iranian people to enjoy them as well. When will that be?”

 

Unfortunately, Iran is not the only government that has sought to thwart its citizens’ access to the Internet. China is blocking websites and filtering its citizen’s searches, Cuba only allows pro-government users to upload content, Saudi Arabia has blocked more than 40,000 sites that it deems unacceptable with the government, and Turkey is taking steps to make it easier to block sites without a court order. The list goes on. During the World Conference on International Telecommunication (WCIT) in Dubai in 2012, countries including Russia, Iran and China sought to legitimize these practices by placing aspects of Internet governance under the UN’s International Telecommunication Regulations administered by the International Telecommunication Union (ITU). The ITU dates back to 1865, when it was established as the International Telegraph Union to coordinate the delivery of telegraphs among nations.

 

Governments are the only voting members. Whether “telegraph” or “telecommunications,” ITU’s mandate was never to cover the Internet, and installing the ITU or any similar body as the gatekeeper of Internet resources, policy and standards is the wrong approach to Internet governance. That is why, when there was an effort in 2012 in Dubai to bring the Internet under ITU control, the U.S. and 53 other nations, many in the European Union, stood together in the name of Internet freedom and refused to sign. Over the past few weeks, American diplomats and a large delegation of businesses and civil society members joined others from around the world in Busan, South Korea, for the ITU’s plenipotentiary conference, which is held every four years. The U.S. delegation worked to persuade other countries to ally themselves with a multi-stakeholder model of Internet governance that embraces individual users, academia, technologists, civil society, commercial interests, and governments, and in large part, achieved their goals.

 

Many countries joined the U.S. in recognizing that multi-stakeholder governance will ensure the resilience of the Internet, and enable commerce and economic development. They are increasingly seeing the self-interest and incentives of resisting an ITU-centric model, because it could empower countries to censor the free flow of information and suppress dissent, as well as stifle broadband investment in both e-commerce and network infrastructure. Our U.S. delegation made some important progress. Despite a push by a number of countries, the ITU remains peripheral to Internet governance. However, this issue was by no means defeated. The participants to the conference agreed that the ITU could act as a forum for the discussion, but not regulation, of Internet matters. While this is a seemingly small concession, it strongly indicates that the effort to expand ITU jurisdiction into Internet governance will only continue.

 

Countries that don’t share our commitment to an open Internet will continue to press for a greater role for governments and intergovernmental organizations like the ITU. We must remain vigilant in our convictions. It is critical that, on issues of Internet governance, the ITU-member states refrain from changing the current, well-functioning system. For continued advancement of the Internet, the world must maintain multi-stakeholder governance and reject efforts to recast the ITU or any other similar intergovernmental entity as an international Internet regulator. Handing over the reins of Internet governance to a body like the ITU would imperil the Internet at a time when its dynamism and innovation are benefitting more people around the globe than ever before. With the future of the Internet on the line, the U.S. and the many countries around the world supporting the principles of freedom, openness and innovation must continue to stand firm. The U.S. Congress remains unified in support of the U.S. delegation’s efforts to keep Internet governance out of the ITU’s jurisdiction. The multi-stakeholder model for Internet governance must prevail for more countries around the world to realize the transformative benefits of Internet connectivity.

From http://recode.net/ 12/20/2014

TOP↑

 

Added Protections for Consumer Information on Health Website

 

The Obama administration appears to be making broader changes to protect consumer information on the government's health insurance website, after objections from lawmakers and privacy advocates. The Associated Press reported last week that details such as consumers' income and tobacco use were going to private companies with a commercial interest in such data. AP also reported that a number of companies had embedded connections on HealthCare.gov, raising privacy and security issues for some tech experts. An independent analysis of the health care website, released Saturday, showed that the number of embedded connections to private companies had dropped from 50 to 30. Those changes accompanied another shift by the administration to curtail the release of specific personal information from the website. The AP reported that change Friday.

 

After failing to respond to interview requests, the administration posted a statement Saturday evening. HealthCare.gov CEO Kevin Counihan acknowledged that privacy questions have been raised, and added: "We are looking at whether there are additional steps we should take to improve our efforts. While this process is ongoing, we have taken action that we believe helps further increase consumer privacy." Officials have said the sole purpose of embedded connections to private companies was to monitor HealthCare.gov and improve performance for consumers. The episode could become a blemish on what's otherwise shaping up as a successful open enrollment season for the second year of expanded coverage under President Barack Obama's health care law. Lawmakers continue to insist on a full explanation. HealthCare.gov is used by millions to sign up for subsidized private coverage under the law, or to merely browse for insurance plans in their communities. The changes by the administration mean that the website is no longer explicitly sending out such details as age, income, ZIP code, tobacco use and whether a woman is pregnant. An independent tech expert said Saturday that a new analysis by his firm also found a sharp drop in the number of embedded connections to outside companies. Mehdi Daoudi, CEO of Catchpoint Systems, which measures website performance, said that was down from 50 to 30 such connections. Catchpoint had previously analyzed the performance of HealthCare.gov for AP, and found the site was much improved. But Daoudi had raised questions about the high number of third-party connections.

 

Cooper Quintin, a staff technologist with the Electronic Frontier Foundation, a civil liberties group, said the changes are "a great first step," but more needs to be done. For example, the health site should disable third-party tracking for people who enable the "do not track" feature on their web browsers. "HealthCare.gov should meet good privacy standards for all its users," he said. Privacy advocates say the mere presence of connections to private companies on the government's website — even if they don't explicitly receive personal data — should be examined because of their ability to reveal sensitive information about a user. Administration officials did not answer AP's questions about how the government monitors the outside companies. They only said that third parties must agree they will not use the information for their own business purposes. Third-party outfits that track website performance are a standard part of e-commerce. It's a lucrative business, helping Google, Facebook and others tailor ads to customers' interests. Because your computer and mobile devices can be assigned an individual signature, profiles of Internet users can be pieced together, generating lists that have commercial value.

 

The third-parties embedded on HealthCare.gov can't see your name, birth date or Social Security number. But they may be able to correlate the fact that your computer accessed the government website with your other Internet activities. Have you been researching a chronic illness such as coronary artery blockage? Do you shop online for smoking-cessation aids? Are you investigating genetic markers for a certain type of breast cancer? Are you seeking help for financial problems, or for an addiction? Google told the AP it doesn't allow its systems to target ads based on medical information. After AP's first report, Sens. Orrin Hatch, R-Utah, and Chuck Grassley, R-Iowa, called the situation "extremely concerning" for consumers. Grassley said Friday it's still unclear how consumers' information is being used and he wants a full explanation. Officials at the Department of Health and Human Services had at first defended their information-sharing practices. There is no evidence that consumers' personal information was misused, they said.

 

The website's privacy policy says in boldface type that no "personally identifiable information" is collected by outside Web measurement tools. That is a term defined in government regulations, but other personal details were being allowed through. HealthCare.gov is the online gateway to government-subsidized private insurance for people who lack coverage on the job. It serves 37 states, while the remaining states operate their own insurance markets. The privacy concerns surfaced just as the president was calling for stronger Internet safeguards for consumers, in his State of the Union speech. The website was crippled by serious technical problems when it made its debut in the fall of 2013. This year it has worked much better, a marked contrast. The administration is aiming to have more than 9 million people signed up by Feb. 15, the last day of open enrollment. But the privacy issues were a reminder that the website remains a work in progress, like the underlying law that created it.

From http://news.yahoo.com/ 01/24/2015

TOP↑

 

ENISA Draws the Cyber Threat Landscape 2014: 15 Top Cyber Threats, Cyber Threat Agents, Cyber-Attack Methods and Threat Trends for Emerging Technology Areas

 

ENISA’s Threat Landscape 2014 (ETL 2014) published today is the third yearly report in sequence, consolidating and analysing the top cyber threats and the evolution, encountered in 2014. ENISA Threat Landscape 2014, an activity contributing towards achieving the objectives formulated in the Cyber Security Strategy for the EU, stresses the importance of threat analysis and the identification of emerging trends in cyber security.

 

Novelties of the 2014 ETL include:

information on attack vectors, giving initial information on the “how” of a cyber- attack

the elaboration of use-cases of threat intelligence, showing how threat analysis  can be used in phases of security management, and the involvement of stakeholders, consisting of 13 experts from CERTs, vendors, Member States and users. In 2014, major changes were observed in top threats: an increased complexity of attacks, successful attacks on vital security functions of the internet, but also successful internationally coordinated operations of law enforcement and security vendors. Many of the changes in cyber threats can be attributed exactly to this coordination and the mobilisation of the cyber community. However, the evidence indicates that the future cyber threat landscapes will maintain high dynamics. 2014 can be characterised as the year of data breach. The massive data breaches identified massive attacks to main security functions of the Internet, demonstrating how effectively cyber threat agents abuse security weaknesses of businesses and governments. Main lessons learnt of the ETL highlight that “sloppiness” with regards to cyber security - is the number one reason for breaches accounting for 50% of the cases. Additionally, a positive development is reflected in the increase of both the quality and the quantity of the collected information, resulting in better threat assessment and more detailed material for end-users.

 

In the ETL 2014, details of these developments are consolidated by means of top cyber threats and emerging threat trends in various technological and application areas with references to over 400 relevant sources on threats, to help decision makers, security experts and interested individuals navigate through the cyber threat landscape. The Emerging Technology that will impact the Threat landscape are: Cyber Physical Systems (CPS), Mobile and Cloud computing, Trust Infrastructure, Big Data, and Internet of Things. CPS - has an important impact within the protection of Critical Infrastructure Protection - represents a distinct opportunity creating competitive advantages for European industry and research.

 

Udo Helmbrecht, ENISA’s Executive Director, commented on the project: “Identifying and understanding cyber threat dynamics evolves to a very important cyber security tool. The dynamics of the cyber threat landscape set the parameters for flexible, yet effective security protection regimesthat are adapted to the real exposure. Understanding the dependencies among all components of the threat landscape is an important piece of knowledge and an enabler towards active and agile security management practices. With ETL 2014, ENISA continues its contribution to publicly available cyber threat knowledge.” This year, ENISA has developed two thematic threat landscapes: one in the area of Internet Infrastructures and one for Smart Home Environments, to be published the following month. Individual, thematic Threat Landscapes provide guidance for the development of protection measures to minimize threat exposure of valuable assets in various sectors.

From https://www.enisa.europa.eu/ 01/28/2015

TOP↑

 

Internet Censorship: The Worst Offenders

 

In the UK, policies that restrict the flow of information across the Internet are generally met with outcry and consternation for contradicting our fundamental right of free speech, but for many individuals widespread Internet censorship is the norm. However, online censorship is much more pervasive than one might initially think, with Ethiopia, Russia and even the UK currently listed as Enemies of the Internet by the French non-governmental group Reporters without Borders (RWB). The most high-profile example remains of course China, which has monitored and regulated online use almost since the Internet's introduction in the country back in 1994. The Golden Shield Project, often referred to as the Great Firewall of China, was officially begun in 1998 and attempts to restrict the distribution of what it calls "sensitive" information. Websites referring to Tibetan or Taiwan independence, the Tiananmen Square protests or freedom of speech, amongst other topics are all outlawed. Well-known Western sites such as Twitter, Facebook and YouTube are also banned. Despite the rise of domestic social media platforms like Sina Weibo and attempts to circumvent censorship via VPNs and proxy servers, China remains one of the most stringently censored countries in the world.

 

Another country influence by a Communist regime, North Korea's general level of secrecy may make its censorship programme less well-known, but in many ways it is even more authoritarian. All media is controlled by the government and estimations suggest that just four per cent of the population have Internet access. Aside from high-ranking government officials, most citizens must use the national intranet Kwangmyong. Unsurprisingly, Kwangmyong is a heavily watered-down version of the World Wide Web, containing between 1,000 and 5,500 websites compared to a figure of more a billion than for the global Internet. As a result, the head of the Internet desk at RWB Julian Pain described North Korea as "by far the worst Internet black hole". Aside from issues of political sensitivity, the Internet's free exchange of ideas can also place it at odds with countries that have a more strictly religious society. In Saudi Arabia, for example, all Internet traffic first goes through a government run filter which, according to the country's Internet Services Unit, blocks all material of an "offensive or harmful nature to the society, and which violate the tenants of the Islamic religion or societal norms". In reality this often means any sites of a pornographic nature or which are supportive of LGBT rights, any found to be promoting Shia ideology, and any that are critical of the national government. Interestingly, the government encourages the Saudi people to be complicit in the censorship programme by asking them to actively report immoral pages to the government's website. Other Middle Eastern nations known to implement at least some form of online censorship include Syria, Iran, Bahrain and the United Arab Emirates.

 

While large scale censorship programmes may be restricted to a few high-profile countries, many nations have blocked or threatened to block popular websites in isolation. Social media is often targeted due to the way it encourages discussion and the transfer of information. In the past year for example, Pakistan, Iran, Eritrea, Turkey and Vietnam, alongside China and North Korea, have all blocked Twitter, Facebook or YouTube. However, while Western nations generally allow their citizens to freely browse social networks and the majority of other sites, it is easy to forget that many of these countries have experienced some form of online censorship in recent times. For example, both the United Kingdom and the US were listed as "Enemies of the Internet" by RWB in 2014, with the former dubbed the "world champion of surveillance". The UK's use of a web filter known as Cleanfeed to block child pornography is surely beyond criticism, but over the last couple of years the UK government has taken steps to increase its control over the World Wide Web. Since 2011, UK ISPs have been ordered to block websites that infringe upon copyright laws such as file sharing site the Pirate Bay.

 

However, it is Prime Minister David Cameron's controversial decision to enforce a filter on pornography as well as abusive material such as violent and suicide-related content, that has drawn the most criticism. For many, censoring what content an individual can privately access is a slippery slope to more proactive Internet control. Worryingly, Cameron looks set to continue on this path, telling the Australian parliament in November that "we must not allow the Internet to be an ungoverned space", if the threat of religious extremism is to be thwarted. With British citizens continuing to join the extremist group Islamic State in Iraq, a government-backed decision to place further limits on this kind of narrative is not entirely unfeasible. It is clear that Internet censorship is not an issue restricted to China, the Middle East or even countries that unashamedly place limits upon freedom of speech. When Wikipedia founder Jimmy Wales questioned whether the West was losing its "moral leadership" regarding online censorship, he hit upon a very pertinent point. It is the responsibility of every nation to appraise its barriers to free speech so that, not only the safety, but also the freedom of its citizens is ensured.

From http://betanews.com/ 01/31/2015

TOP↑

 

Most Dating Apps for Mobile Phones Vulnerable to Hackers, Says IBM Security

 

IBM SECURITY found more than 60 per cent of leading mobile-phone dating applications it studied to be vulnerable to a variety of cyber-attacks that put personal user information and corporate data at risk. The IBM study reveals that many of these dating apps have access to additional features on mobile devices such as the camera, microphone, storage, Global Positioning System location and mobile-wallet billing information, which in combination with the vulnerabilities may make them exploitable to hackers. IBM also found that nearly half of organisations analysed had at least one of these popular dating apps installed on mobile devices used to access business information. Dating apps are a common and convenient way for singles of all ages to meet new love interests. In fact, a Pew Research study revealed that one in 10 Americans, or roughly 31 million people, had used a dating site or app and the number of people who dated someone they met online grew to 66 per cent. Researchers at IBM Security identified that 26 of the 41 dating apps they analysed on the Android mobile platform had either medium or high severity vulnerabilities. The analysis was based on applications available in the Google Play app store last October. The vulnerabilities discovered by IBM Security make it possible for a hacker to gather valuable personal information about a user. While some apps have privacy measures in place, IBM found many were vulnerable to attacks such as malware, GPS information being used to track movements, stolen credit-card numbers, remote control of a device's camera or microphone, and hijacking of a user's dating profile.

 

- Dating App Used to Download Malware: Users let their guard down when they anticipate receiving interest from a potential date. That's just the sort of moment that hackers thrive on. Some of the vulnerable apps could be reprogrammed by hackers to send an alert that asks users to click for an update or to retrieve a message that, in reality, is just a ploy to download malware onto their device.

- GPS Information Used to Track Movements: IBM found 73% of the 41 popular dating apps analyzed have access to current and past GPS location information. Hackers can capture a user's current and past GPS location information to find out where a user lives, works, or spends most of their time.

- Credit Card Numbers Stolen From App: 48% of the 41 popular dating apps analyzed have access to a user's billing information saved on their device. Through poor coding, an attacker could gain access to billing information saved on the device's mobile wallet through a vulnerability in the dating app and steal the information to make unauthorized purchases.

- Remote Control of a Phone's Camera or Microphone: All the vulnerabilities identified can allow a hacker to gain access to a phone's camera or microphone even if the user is not logged into the app. This means an attacker can spy and eavesdrop on users or tap into confidential business meetings.

- Hijacking of Your Dating Profile: A hacker can change content and images on the dating profile, impersonate the user and communicate with other app users, or leak personal information externally to affect the reputation of a user's identity. This poses a risk to other users, as well, since a hijacked account can be used by an attacker to trick other users into sharing personal and potentially compromising information.

 

To protect themselves against potential threats, IBM advises consumers to take the following steps.

- Don't divulge too much personal information on these sites such as where you work, birthday or social-media profiles until you're comfortable with the person you are engaging with via the app.

- Figure out if you want to use an app by checking the permissions it asks for.

- Use unique passwords for every online account you have.

- Always apply the latest patches and updates to your apps and your device when they become available.

- Use only trusted Wi-Fi connections when on your dating app.

- Businesses also need to be prepared to protect themselves from vulnerable dating apps active inside their infrastructure, especially for bring-your-own-device (BYOD) scenarios.

- Leverage enterprise mobility management (EMM) offerings with mobile threat management (MTM) capabilities to enable employees to utilise their own devices while still maintaining the security of the organisation.

- Allow employees only to download applications from authorised app stores.

- Educate employees to know the dangers of downloading third-party applications and what it means when they grant that app specific device permissions.

- Set automated policies on smartphones and tablets that take immediate action if a device is found compromised or malicious apps are discovered.

From http://www.nationmultimedia.com/ 02/14/2015

TOP↑

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/02.gif

 

 

 

CHINA: Enhancing Security Checks for Govt Websites

 

China has strengthened security checks of government websites, hoping to clean up those that are not up to standard by the end of 2015, officials of the nation's top Internet watchdog said on Monday.Security checks of government websites is a key task for the country, as their data and information are sensitive and relate to State security, said Zhao Zeliang, director of the Cybersecurity Coordination Bureau at the Cyberspace Administration of China."Government departments should pool more resources to speed up the security of their websites. It's also their duty to guide social websites to enhance their online security, and be their model," said Zhao at the opening ceremony of the first China Cybersecurity Week, which runs from Monday to Nov 30.He added that his administration regularly organizes technology training for government officials, teaching them about cybersecurity and how to effectively prevent online attacks.Yang Chunyan, deputy director of the bureau, said they have begun a campaign to verify whether all "official" websites are actually operated by government departments.

 

"We will make a unified logo for qualified government websites and ask them to put it on their homepages to help residents quickly identify whether a website they visit is operated by a government department or not," Yang said.The unified logo will be issued on Tuesday, she said, hoping it will be uploaded on the verified sites in 2015.The National Computer Network Emergency Response Technical Team and Coordination Center said that 2,430 government websites were hacked in 2013, up by 34.9 percent year-on-yearThe hacking could cause information leaks and threaten State security, according to the center's report.In Sunday's security report by Qihoo 360, China's largest security software provider, 2,424 of 17,875 Web security loopholes were found on government websites."In today's big data era, there is no clear boundary between government websites and outside networks, or in other words, it is time for the authorities to highlight cybersecurity and boost their website security protection," said Qi Xiangdong, president of Qihoo 360.But some government authorities still worry about whether services and products provided by enterprises are safe, which Li Chenggang finds unnecessary.Li, chairman of Westone Information Industry, a State-owned security company in Sichuan province, said website protection and a security platform cannot depend only on some officials with computer training.Government departments should make full use of the technology, talent and experience of big security companies.

From http://www.news.cn/ 11/25/2014

TOP↑

 

Cost of Cybercrime Surging

 

Financial losses caused by cybercrime have soared in China and across the world this year, caused mainly by a lack of security strategies by many companies, according to global accounting firm PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP.The company said that the average annual financial loss resulting from cybersecurity incidents in the Chinese mainland and Hong Kong increased by 33 percent year-on-year in 2014 to $2.4 million, and that across the world rose 34 percent to $2.7 million.The study was conducted in the second and third quarters of 2014 and was based on more than 9,700 responses worldwide, including 420 organizations from the Chinese mainland and Hong Kong.Respondents included chief executive officers, chief financial officers and chief information security officers.Large organizations (with gross annual revenues of $1 billion or more) detected 44 percent more incidents compared with last year, but at the other end of the scale, 20 percent of the respondents in the Chinese mainland and Hong Kong detected zero incidents or could not give a figure.The total financial losses due to the theft of business secrets around the world were estimated between $749 billion and $2.2 trillion annually.

 

Samuel Sinn, PwC China's risk assurance partner, said that based on a simple calculation, using 4 percent as the Chinese respondents out of the total population of survey respondents, this could amount to a national amount of between $30 billion and $90 billion."While the survey confirms our concerns that the financial impact of detected security incidents is increasing rapidly, many more attacks are either going undetected or unreported," said Sinn."The actual value of stolen intellectual property or trade secrets is therefore likely to be much higher and could range in the tens of billions of dollars in the Chinese mainland and Hong Kong alone."Simon Wu, a senior manager with PwC's cybersecurity service in China, said: "Higher information transparency of companies and more paperless offices could be reasons for the rapid increase of financial losses caused by cybersecurity incidents."According to the survey, incidents attributed to insiders and third-party vendors rose while the actual security preparedness of companies fell.Around 41 percent of Chinese mainland and Hong Kong respondents reported that former employees were the most likely sources of internal breaches of security.

 

"The potential threat posed by former employees echoes a trend highlighted in our survey in which respondents claimed that four out of five economic crimes against businesses in Chinese mainland were inside jobs," said Sinn."Companies will give many workers privileged user-access tools, but implementation of key insider-threat safeguards is declining," said Chun Yin-cheung, a partner at PwC China's risk assurance practice in Shanghai."Compromises attributed to third parties with trusted access increased, while due diligence weakened."The survey also showed that while many Chinese mainland and Hong Kong respondents reported that they currently had data protection policies in place, 84 percent of them increased their information security budgets this year.But many companies admitted they still depended too heavily on law enforcement agencies for tipoffs rather than detecting incidents themselves.

 

"China has paid close attention to cybersecurity and enacted laws and regulations, but financial losses are difficult to quantify and increase the difficulty in the measurement of penalties," said Wu."To tackle the challenge, companies should ensure that their cybersecurity strategy is aligned with business objectives and is strategically funded, and they should identify their most valuable information assets and prioritize protection of this high value data," said Sinn."Companies should understand their adversaries, including the motives, resources and methods of attack to help reduce the time from detect to respond," said Cheung."They also need to assess the cybersecurity of third parties and supply chain partners, and ensure they adhere to your security policies and practices."Wu said it would be wise for firms to collaborate with others to increase awareness of cybersecurity threats and plan their response tactics.

From http://www.news.cn/ 11/27/2014

TOP↑

 

93% of Chinese Govt Websites Have Security Loopholes

 

More than 93 percent of nearly 1,000 Chinese government websites under evaluation have security lapses, and 97 percent of websites at the district or county level have security risks, a recent report has announced.Released by the China Software Testing Center under the Chinese Ministry of Industry and Information Technology, the 2014 report on the performance of China's government websites covers sites at the ministerial, provincial, municipal, district and county levels.The report said 43 percent of the websites were categorized as "extreme risk," while 30 percent were "high risk."Nearly half of all the sites examined were found to contain more than 30 security loopholes, and at least 70 had more than 100 security loopholes.The report also pointed out that this year's most widespread security failures, including the "Heartbleed Bug," information leakage and cross-site request forgery, were detected in 27 percent of the websites.

 

Website administrators have not established effective security and protection systems, and cannot keep a watchful eye on network security development trends or take effective measures, according to the report.The report was also pessimistic about the security of mobile government. The evaluation found that 60 percent of mobile government apps were prone to being tampered with and decompiled. Their lack of security mechanisms could easily lead to phishing attacks and leakage of private or sensitive information, the report said.A total of 2,430 government websites were hacked in 2013, accounting for 4 percent of the government websites checked, a survey by the National Computer Virus Emergency Response Center has found.The hacks have had an adverse impact on the government's image and pose serious threats to government operations, as well as to the security of governmental and individual information, the center said.

From http://www.news.cn/ 12/04/2014

TOP↑

 

Lawmakers Press for Fair, Efficient Social Security Network

 

China's lawmakers demanded an efficient, unified national social security network at the legislative session Wednesday.At a panel discussion on a State Council report on social security at the ongoing bi-monthly session, the National People's Congress (NPC) standing committee members urged the government to speed up unification of all programs.Currently, China has different social security programs for rural residents, urban residents who do not work for certain employers, and employed urban residents. Civil servants and staff of some public institutions are not included in social security programs but come under old state policies. The costs and benefits vary widely among different programs."Basic social security should not differentiate between citizens," said Wu Xiaoling, a standing committee member.Taking pensions as an example, Wu suggested a standard national program for every citizen with different employers offering extra annuities and citizens able to turn to commercial insurance programs.Social security program varies in different regions and there is a huge gap between rich eastern regions and less developed western ones.

 

"We can set an average level, maybe the middle-lower one, and different regions can adjust according to local financial situations by a certain degree. The central government should relocate funds from rich regions to poor ones to balance revenue," she said.Deng Xiuxin, another committee member, agreed with Wu on unifying social security programs and stressed reforming the pension program for staff in government, Party bodies, and public institutions.Most college teachers, under the old pension scheme, do not deposit in pension accounts like those covered by social security programs and instead receive a monthly salary from the university even after they retire. Including them in social security schemes will free the university from handling retirement affairs and save on human resources, said Deng, president of Huazhong Agricultural University.

 

When delivering the report, Vice Premier Ma Kai said the government will include civil servants and public institution staff in social security programs to break the dual system.Lawmaker Wang Naikun called for more preferential policies for disabled people while praising the improvement of social security benefits for them.The pension program should reduce the eligible age for receiving a pension from the program for people with serious disabilities, said Wang, vice chairperson of the China Disabled Persons' Federation.People with serious disabilities normally have shorter lifespans than average and many do not live long enough to receive a pension, she said.Lawmakers also suggested that social security programs invest better to stop funds from depreciating.According to the State Council report, as of the end of November, 837 million people had joined the pension programs and more than 95 percent of Chinese citizens, over 1.3 billion people, are covered by some kind of basic healthcare program.

From http://www.news.cn/ 12/25/2014

TOP↑

 

Online Info Security Boosted by Alliance

 

The first national "smart device security alliance" has been founded in Shanghai to improve Internet information security.The China Smart Device Alliance aims to ensure the security of e-commerce, personal privacy protection, and mobile payment.The alliance covers the whole industry chain from chip designers, handset vendors, operating system developers, and dot-com giants.China's smart device security market is seen to be worth over 16 billion US dollars and growth is expected to be rapid this year and next year.In 2014, sales of smartphones in China totaled 389 million, accounting for 30 percent of the global market.Domestic phone makers snared over 78 percent of the Chinese market last year.

From http://www.news.cn/ 01/19/2015

TOP↑

 

Rule to Protect Cyber Security 'On the Way This Year'

 

A cyberspace rule aimed at maintaining State security and protecting the public interest will be introduced later this year, an official at China's Internet watchdog said on Wednesday."We're always pushing the rule, hoping it will be published and become effective as soon as possible," Peng Bo, deputy director of the Cyberspace Administration of China, said at a news conference in Beijing.The exact timing of the rule's introduction is still uncertain, but Peng said it is expected to be published this year.In May, the cyberspace administration said China had decided to launch a security review targeting IT products, services and suppliers preparing to enter the country's market.The policy is aimed at preventing Chinese computer systems from being controlled illegally, disturbed or shut down by problematical IT products and the services of some suppliers, as well as protecting users' privacy.Companies that fail the vetting process must not provide their products and services in China, the administration said.Jiang Jun, a spokesman for the administration, said at the time that ensuring the technology used in cyberspace and computer systems is safe and under control is key to maintaining national security, and protecting the economy, social development and people's rights.

 

Jiang said some overseas countries' governments and corporations had used their monopolies in the technology industry to seize sensitive data and information on a large scale.This had damaged users' interests and brought threats to the Internet, according to Jiang.Beijing News reported on Wednesday that when Lu Wei, the administration's director, visited the United States, Apple CEO Tim Cook said he wanted to cooperate with China's cybersecurity review.On Wednesday, the administration also said it will launch a six-month crackdown against those who profit from helping others to delete negative posts, especially officials in cyberspace and information departments.It said even though it had introduced some measures in the past year, they had failed to stop some people taking advantage of their jobs to remove critical posts for payment."Benefiting from deleting online posts is a serious breach of the law and disturbs order on the Internet," Peng said, adding that it also damages the image of cyberspace in China.He Yongqiang, an official with the administration, said a 24-hour hotline is open and people providing valuable clues will be awarded a maximum of 50,000 yuan ($8,045).

From http://www.news.cn/ 01/22/2015

TOP↑

 

JAPAN: Sony Hack Adds to Security Pressure on Companies

 

Faced with rising cybercrime like the attack on Sony Pictures Entertainment, companies worldwide are under pressure to tighten security but are hampered by cost and, for some, reluctance to believe they are in danger. The Sony attack, which U.S. officials blamed on North Korea, was unusual because it included threats of violence if the Hollywood studio released its movie “The Interview,” a comedy that depicts the assassination of the North’s leader. But it is just the highest-profile case in a growing flood of data breaches that have risen in sophistication over the past five years. The growing skill of hackers has driven a shift in strategy for companies, which see they cannot be stopped and have switched to trying to limit losses, said Kwon Seok-chul, president of Cuvepia Inc., a security firm in Seoul. He said his company has received a growing number of requests from financial institutions and other businesses alarmed by reports of break-ins including last month’s Sony attack. “There is no way to block hacking,” said Kwon. “They are consulting with us for new types of defense measures.”

 

U.S. officials have told reporters they believe North Korea was connected to the Sony attack, though the evidence is only circumstantial. The threats of violence prompted Sony to cancel the release of “The Interview.” The North Korean government earlier denied involvement but called the attack a “righteous deed.” Other governments also have been implicated in commercial hacking. In May, U.S. authorities charged five officers from the Chinese military’s cyber warfare unit with hacking into American companies to steal trade secrets. During last year’s Christmas shopping season, U.S. department store chain Target Corp. disclosed it suffered a breach that exposed details of as many as 40 million credit and debit card accounts.

This month, a virus was discovered in Japan that steals credit card data from retail checkout systems. Police said more than 30 companies, government agencies and organizations have been targeted since 2009. Too many companies, though, assume they are too small to be targeted, said Chester Wisniewski of Sophos, a London-based security firm.

 

“It is generally ignored,” said Wisnewski. “When it does happen, most people you talk to say, I’m not Target, or, I’m not Sony.” Companies in developing countries face additional disadvantages. In China, widespread use of unauthorized copies of software downloaded from websites run by pirates allows to insert malicious code to gain access to company networks, according to Wisniewski. In countries such as India, Thailand or Pakistan, even security-conscious companies may not be able to afford the most advanced software tools. “Out of desperation, people get software wherever they can find it, but often that puts them in harm’s way,” said Wisniewski. Chinese companies also face official pressure to stop using foreign information technology, which communist leaders see as a potential national security threat. In 2010, banks and other major companies were ordered to use domestic technology whenever possible in an apparent effort to support growth of China’s fledgling security industry.

 

Beijing this year said it would review all imported security products for potential security flaws following revelations by former National Security Agency contractor Edward Snowden that U.S. technology companies cooperated with widespread government spying. In August, the Chinese government said it would no longer buy foreign anti-virus systems. China is regarded as the biggest global source of computer hacking. Experts say that in addition to Chinese hackers, those from other countries can easily take control of a computer network in China and use it to launch an attack because many lack adequate security. The Chinese government has rejected accusations it is involved in hacking, though it has given no indication it investigates complaints of attacks launched from its territory. “China is a victim of hacking,” a foreign ministry spokesman, Qin Gang, said Thursday. “We do not support cybercrimes anywhere on our soil.” Asked whether the government was investigating reports North Korean hackers launched the Sony attack from within China, the foreign ministry press office said Friday it had nothing to add to Qin’s statement.

 

The studio’s parent, Sony Corp., launched an overhaul of its own security in 2011 after hackers broke into its PlayStation Network gaming system and stole data of 77 million users. The Japanese government has spent heavily on improving its information security systems and has formed teams to study possible threats to power supplies and other infrastructure. But the country still tends to react instead of preventing attacks, according Ryusuke Masuoka, a security expert. “Japan needs what we might term a ‘forum for thinking the unthinkable,’ not only to react, but also to anticipate threats,” said Masuoka in a recent paper for the government-affiliated Center for International Public Policy Studies in Tokyo. The uproar over Sony might help technicians persuade reluctant executives to spend more on security, said Wisniewski. He said many companies pay more attention to securing laptop computers and other portable technology, while failing to protect equipment in their offices. “A lot of these guys already know it’s a problem,” he said. “Now you’ve got a poster child. You can take Sony to management and say: Here’s what can happen if we don’t act.”

From http://www.japantoday.com 12/22/2014

TOP↑

 

Tech Identifies Users Vulnerable to Cyberattack Based on Ways They Use Their Computers

 

Fujitsu Ltd and Fujitsu Laboratories Ltd have announced the development of the industry’s first technology for identifying users vulnerable to cyberattacks based on the ways they use their computers, such as their e-mail and web activities. This will make it possible to implement security measures tailored to individuals and organizations. While there are numerous security measures already in existence, the weakness that most cyberattacks and data breaches take advantage of is human error, such as, for example, when a user carelessly clicks on a malicious link in a faked e-mail message. Because this depends on individual traits, it is difficult to develop a standardized security measure to defend against it. Fujitsu and Fujitsu Laboratories used online questionnaires to identify the relationship between the psychological traits and behavior of people likely to suffer three kinds of attack: virus infections, scams, and data leakage. At the same time, based on activity logs on PCs, such as when the PCs freeze, they have developed a technology for calculating different users’ risks of being victimized. This technology could be used to precisely tailor security measures, such as, for example, by displaying individualized warning messages to users who often click on URLs in suspicious e-mail messages without checking them carefully, or escalating the threat level of suspicious e-mails sent between departments with virus-prone users.

From http://www.japantoday.com 01/25/2015

TOP↑

 

New Insurance System for Cyber-Attacks Planned

 

The government has decided to develop standards for insurance that covers damages from cyber-attacks in an effort to encourage more private companies to sign up for such insurance, it has been learned. A new system is planned in which the level of companies’ security measures will be assessed, and private insurance companies will then use the criteria when calculating insurance premiums. Insurance products will be promoted and companies encouraged to prepare for cyber-attacks. Cyber insurance currently covers such items as the cost of hiring experts to trace the route of a computer virus and compensation payments to customers for information leaks and other losses due to business suspensions. Although some private insurance firms handle such insurance products, the participation rate in Japan is reportedly lower than that of the United States and other nations. Observers believe Japanese companies are not as proactive in providing detailed information about the scope of the damage from a cyber-attack as they fear information leaks. The companies are, therefore, reluctant to purchase any insurance products that would require the revelation of such information. To change this situation, the government envisages a new system in which an independent public institution would analyze the companies’ information regarding the damage incurred and convert it into anonymous data before providing it to industry groups and insurance companies.

From http://the-japan-news.com 01/28/2015

TOP↑

 

Computer Hacking Case Demonstrates Need for Better Cyber-Investigations

 

It was quite right for the ruling to denounce this cunning cybercrime. The Tokyo District Court has handed down an eight-year prison sentence to Yusuke Katayama for forcible obstruction of business and other charges in a case in which personal computers were hijacked and remotely controlled. Katayama infected a number of other people’s computers with a virus he had created, and then used those computers to send threatening messages online, including threats to attack a kindergarten and bomb an airplane, to the purportedly targeted organizations. During the investigation into this string of online threats, police wrongly arrested four men whose computers had been hijacked and used to send the messages. The ruling criticized Katayama’s actions, saying he had “framed third parties who were complete strangers as the perpetrators, in order to fulfill his self-centered desire to outwit the investigative authorities.” The presiding judge added that these actions were “a particularly malicious case among cybercrimes.” We believe this is reflected in the heavy sentence of eight years behind bars. While Katayama was out on bail, he sent e-mails that claimed to be from the “real culprit” and tried to give the impression that someone other than himself was behind the crimes. The ruling had good reason to point out that his actions were “an unprecedented attempt to conceal what had happened.”

 

This incident also provided some major lessons about how such investigations should be conducted. Especially problematic is the fact that two of the four wrongly arrested men ended up giving false confessions. A 19-year-old university student arrested by the Kanagawa prefectural police was reportedly pressured by investigators who suggested, among other things, that he could be sent to a juvenile reformatory if he continued to deny the allegations. We wonder if there was inappropriate questioning by the police that induced statements from those wrongly arrested. Major blunders exposed It also cannot be overlooked that essential checking mechanisms of the prosecutors and the court did not function. A local public prosecutors office even prepared a deposition that contained a confession and a family court decided on a penalty of probation for one framed victim. A bill to revise the Criminal Procedure Code, which will make the audio and visual recording of police questioning mandatory, is scheduled to be submitted during the current Diet session. However, this obligation will not apply in cases involving forcible obstruction of business, such as this incident. Police and prosecutors must thoroughly ensure that every case is properly investigated and prevent false charges from being brought.

 

The weaknesses in cybercrime investigations have been raised as one factor that resulted in the wrongful arrests. The police placed excessive confidence in the IP address, which is a unique address assigned to each device using the Internet, of the computers in this case, and assumed that the owners of these computers must be the perpetrators. A virus that enabled computers to be remotely controlled was beyond the expectations of the investigators, who lacked knowledge about such matters. After this case came to light, the National Police Agency started creating a database of information about computer viruses. Police across the nation are increasing the number of personnel involved in cybercrime investigations. We hope they will further strengthen the resources available for such investigations. Cybercrime techniques are becoming more sophisticated by the day. The Metropolitan Police Department has concluded an information exchange agreement with a private-sector information security company, and is receiving advice. Grappling with cybercrime will require the police to use the most up-to-date knowledge in their investigations.

From http://the-japan-news.com 02/06/2015

TOP↑

 

SOUTH KOREA: Hacker Posts More Reactor Info on Internet

 

A hacker who obtained blueprints of South Korean nuclear reactors Sunday posted more internal information on the facilities, including the floor maps, on the Internet, threatening further "leaks" unless authorities close down the reactors. Using an account named "president of anti-nuclear reactor group," the hacker revealed on Twitter the designs and manuals of the Gori-2 and Wolsong-1 nuclear reactors taken from the state-run Korea Hydro and Nuclear Power Co. (KHNP). The information included details on the facilities' air conditioning and cooling systems. The hacker signed the posting as president of the anti-nuclear group in Hawaii. This was the fourth such posting since Dec. 15. The KHNP has been maintaining that the information leaked by the hackers were not related to core technologies and do not undermine the safety and security of the reactors. The KHNP manages South Korea's 23 nuclear reactors, which supply about 30 percent of the country's electricity needs. "If I don't see the reactors being closed on Christmas, I have no choice but to go public with all of the data and go ahead with a second round of destruction," the hacker said.

"I can open to the world 100,000 pages of data that have not yet been revealed," the hacker said in the posting. "You say this isn't confidential material. Let's see if you will take responsibility if the information on blueprints, systems and programs are all disclosed to the countries that want them." The hacker had leaked the personal data of some 10,000 employees of the KHNP on Monday. On Friday, the hacker demanded the shutdown of the Gori-1, Gori-3 and Wolsong-3 nuclear reactors for three months starting on Christmas, warning that "residents near the reactors should stay away for the next few months." The government team investigating the leakage said the hacker's IP address was tracked to a PC located in a provincial area. Investigators were sent to the unidentified provincial location as well as to the reactor sites, the team said. The KHNP said the recent leaks would not affect the safety of its reactor management, although it has stepped up its security posture against potential cyberattacks. 

From http://www.koreaherald.com 12/21/2014

TOP↑

 

Park Calls for Increased Cyber Security for Infrastructure

 

President Park Geun-hye called on officials Tuesday to beef up the cyber security of the country's nuclear reactors and other key infrastructure facilities following cyber-attacks in South Korea and the United States. The call comes as South Korea is struggling to find those responsible for a series of leaks of information related to two nuclear reactors. Officials said the Gori and Wolsong nuclear power plants, both located more than 400 kilometers from the capital Seoul, remain safe as their innermost networks are completely cut off from the Internet, though the latest incident raised safety concerns. She urged officials to "again fundamentally check the preparations against cyber terrorism on our nation's key facilities, including nuclear reactors," in a cabinet meeting in the new administrative city of Sejong, about 150 kilometers of Seoul. She also said the recent cyber attack on Sony Pictures is the latest reminder of the seriousness of cyber terrorism. The comments came as North Korea appeared to have lost access to the Internet amid a cyber stand-off with the U.S. over the hacking of Sony pictures. Major Internet sites based in the communist nation had been down since 1 a.m. before being restored before midday. They included several sites run each by the Korean Central News Agency and the Rodong Sinmun, Pyongyang's two key mouthpieces. Pyongyang's Internet blackout came after U.S. President Barack Obama vowed a "proportional" response to the recent hacking of Sony Pictures Entertainment blamed on North Korea

From http://www.koreaherald.com 12/23/2014

TOP↑

 

S. Korean Military to Set Up Cyber Operations Team

 

The South Korean military plans to establish a new team in charge of cyber operations under the Joint Chiefs of Staff (JCS) as part of efforts to boost its cyber warfare capabilities, officers said Tuesday. The new department "will set sail in January to take charge of the country's military operations online," a JCS officer said, requesting anonymity.  It is in accordance with the government's recent decision to entitle the JCS chairman to fully control the Military Cyber Command in an effort to proactively cope with cyber attacks. In the wake of growing security threats online, South Korea has decided to drop its long-held defensive tactics in cyber warfare and instead initiate proactive operations to better guard against enemies' online infiltrations. "It is our judgment that cyber warfare has become real, not a virtual one," said the JCS officer. "We need to detect signs of cyber attacks in advance and deter them." 

South Korea also plans to boost cooperation with the United States in the field, according to military officers. "The allies are scheduled to conduct the tabletop exercise, known as TTX, in around February next year to boost their joint preparedness posture against online threats," another JCS officer said. With the aim of carrying out cyber warfare effectively, South Korea plans to develop the weapon system and beef up human resources at the cyber command from the current 600 to 1,000, he added. Last month, Seoul also announced its plan to build a new independent complex in central Seoul to house the command by around 2016 to better conduct cyber warfare and carry out relevant research and development.  North Korea is known to have some 1,700 experts and 4,200 supportive members for hacking and other cyber provocations. For the first nine months of this year, South Korea has seen an increasing number of cyber attacks: 1,202 hacking attempts, up 595 cases from a year earlier, according to government data.

From http://www.koreaherald.com 12/23/2014

TOP↑

Korea to Enhance Hi-Tech War Systems

 

South Korea’s Defense Ministry on Monday unveiled a new defense vision based on information and communication technologies, and other cutting-edge digital platforms to better counter evolving North Korean threats and other security challenges. During its New Year’s policy briefing to President Park Geun-hye, Defense Minister Han Min-koo said the ministry would push to incorporate into military operations innovative technologies such as ICT, big data solutions and the Internet of Things, under the “Creative Defense” vision. Capitalizing on the country’s technological savviness, the ministry will step up efforts to develop future weapons systems such as combat equipment using laser beams and electromagnetic waves, and unmanned platforms, he said. “In consideration of the limited defense resources and various security threats, we will push to come up with more creative, innovative ways to manage our military, going beyond the old approach that was mainly about catching up with others rather than moving ahead of them,” Han told reporters after the policy briefing at Cheong Wa Dae. “Creative defense means creating new defense values through a significant change that will be brought about by infusing humans’ creative thinking and cutting-edge technologies into all aspects of defense-related tasks.”


Touching on the criticism that the initiative seems to be something carved out of a sci-fi novel, Han noted that the vision, devised to support President Park’s “creative economy” vision, was a mid- or long-term one that would require much time and effort. “We can’t say, for now, by when we can fulfill that vision in terms of developing the type of future weapons employing state-of-the-art technologies. But this is the policy direction we are pushing for,” he said. The ministry plans to focus on developing what it terms “reverse asymmetric weapon systems” ― which North Korea cannot develop due to its technological limitations ― to neutralize Pyongyang’s nuclear arms and other weapons of mass destruction. Among the weapons under development are high-power microwave (HPM) weapons and electromagnetic pulse (EMP) bombs, which are expected to be developed by the early 2020s. The ministry is also considering the development of laser-based weapons. HPM, known as an “E-bomb,” can spew out massive electromagnetic power to damage all electronic devices within around 300 meters, experts say. EMP also unleashes a high-intensity burst of electromagnetic energy that causes severe current and voltage surges to damage adjacent electronic devices. South Korea’s state-run Agency for Defense Development has been researching and developing the EMP weapons systems.

These weapons that are designed to disrupt operations of electronic devices and paralyze social infrastructures are called “soft-kill” weapons, compared with “hard-kill” weapons such as missiles that directly strike enemy targets. The ministry said it would build the soft-kill capabilities through close technological cooperation with the civilian sector. Under the creative defense drive, the ministry also envisions a future “smart soldier system” equipped with a host of digital devices such as a high-tech communications tool, a night-vision combat-control helmet and an Internet-linked battle suit. It is also considering paying more attention to developing unmanned battle systems including robots for combat deployment, surveillance tools and unmanned boats that would ensure fewer human losses and greater operational efficiency. Despite the combat advantages that the ministry anticipates from the new vision, critics argue that there should be plans to finance it, and that the vision lacks details on how to realize its objectives.

From http://www.koreaherald.com 01/19/2015

TOP↑

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/03.gif

 

 

 

INDONESIA: Country Plans to Set Up National Cyber Security Agency

 

Indonesian officials are in talks to set up a national body to fight cyber attacks on the country, the Ministry of Communications and Information (Menkominfo) said. With Indonesia’s plan to roll out a 4G network by the middle of next year, citizens will face a higher probability of virtual attacks, said Rudiantara, Minister for Communication and Information. Setyanto Prawira Santoso, Chairman of Telematics Society (Mastel), urged that the Cyber National Body (Badan Cyber Nasional in Bahasa, or BCN) should be set up as early as possible, preferably by early next year. “The Indonesian government recognises how complex and dangerous cyber threats can be to the country, particularly the security of national data that is still sectoral and uncoordinated”, added Romulan R Simbolon, Minister of Politics, Law and Security. Menkominfo has stated the need for a robust security strategy to support the growth of ICT and protect cloud users. “With cloud services that are getting wider usage and cheaper… it is vital for strong data protection strategies to be adopted”, said Bambang Heru Tjahyono, Director General of ICT Applications, Menkominfo. He added that the protection of privacy in the telecommunications, energy, aviation and banking industries were also very important. He explained that currently it is very difficult to trace the users and providers of internet services and how the services are managed. However, Indonesia does face an obstacle in setting up BCN. Santoso explains that there are debates going on because the country has yet to set up the role of a Government Chief Information Officer. “If the organisation does not have the capability in tackling cyber-attacks, the CIO role must be established first to lead the board in setting up cyber-defence practices.”

From http://www.futuregov.asia/ 12/19/2014

TOP↑

 

PHILIPPINES: Eyes for Centralized Crime Reporting System

 

The Philippine government has been pushing for a more updated and centralized system in accounting crime incidents to increase efficiency and accuracy, a senior government official said Thursday. Department of Interior and Local Government Secretary Mar Roxas said that the Philippine National Police (PNP) officers must " spend less time calculating and more time analyzing" in approaching crimes. Roxas, whose office has jurisdiction over the PNP, said his office is eyeing to have a stable and secure digital data management system by March this year. "Let a consistent, robust, and world class system or program with internal sub-checking do the work for you," he said referring to the software that will aid the police in consolidating crime report.

From http://news.xinhuanet.com/ 01/22/2015

TOP↑

 

THAILAND: No Violation of Privacy

 

PRIME MINISTER General Prayut Chan-o-cha yesterday denied that the Digital Economy bills would violate people's privacy. "No, I am not going to look into your secrets. I am not going to pore over your personal affairs," he said, adding that the bill would only allow authorities to crackdown on illegal activities in cyber space. "If anybody violates the law, we will have to intervene," he said. He added that if these bills were put into effect, they would provide the authorities better means to stem wrongdoings, such as those related to lese majeste violations. He also explained that the bill would be adjusted and improved during the legislative process. There has been an uproar over the bills, with critics seeing them as a threat to privacy and freedom of expression. "Why don't you talk about the good things in the bills, too?" the prime minister said.

From http://www.nationmultimedia.com/ 01/22/2015

TOP↑

 

VIETNAM: Computer Virus Costs Users 400 Mln USD in 2014 - Survey

 

HO CHI MINH CITY, Jan. 15 (Xinhua) -- Vietnamese users lost almost 400 million U.S. dollars in 2014 due to malicious software programs, or virus, a local Internet security firm (Bkav) said on Thursday. The total damage done by virus amounted to 8.5 trillion VND, or 396.12 million U.S. dollars in 2014, local Tuoi Tre (Youth) News reported, quoting the Bkav's latest survey findings announced on its website. The loss was calculated on the income of the victims and amount of time their work was disrupted by malware issues, said the firm, adding that each computer user in Vietnam would lose an average of 1.23 million VND (57 U.S. dollars) to malicious software in 2014. Currently, Vietnam has at least 6.98 million computers in use across the country, according to data from the Vietnam's White Book 2013 on informatics, computers and technology. Bkav also released a brief recap on Internet security in Vietnam in 2014, upon which 90 percent of mobile phone users in Vietnam are regularly bothered by SMS spam, with 43 percent of them receiving at least an unwanted message a day. According to the firm, virus that spread via USB devices and fake apps are also threatening Vietnamese users. Eighty-three percent of computers in Vietnam were infected with viruses spread via thumb drives at least once in 2014, whereas only 13 percent of the respondents said they paid attention to the makers before downloading their apps.

From http://news.xinhuanet.com/ 01/15/2015

TOP↑

 

 

 

 

 

 

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/04.gif

 

 

 

BANGLADESH: Govt Blocks Viber, Tango on Security Grounds

 

The government has blocked Viber and Tango, two online message and voice services, on security grounds. A high official at the Bangladesh Telecommunication and Regulatory Commission (BTRC) said they blocked the two popular services following requests made by different law enforcement agencies of the country.

From http://newsfrombangladesh.net/ 01/18/2015

TOP↑

BHUTAN: Internet Usage for Terrorist Activities - A Concern

 

While the internet has emerged as one of the most valuable means of communication, it is also being exploited for the purposes of terrorism. Thimphu: While Bhutan has so far not directly felt the tremors of terrorism, the Royal Government of Bhutan recognizes that it needs to be prepared to prevent and act against terrorism in light of its transnational nature. Bhutan supports regional and global initiatives against terrorism and has ratified 8 of the 19 international legal instruments against terrorism. The Royal Government of Bhutan has in particular stressed the need to be prepared for and take preventive action against the emerging threat of cyber-crime. While the internet has emerged as one of the most valuable means of communication, it is also being exploited for the purposes of terrorism and other criminal activities. In response to this concern, in January 2015, UNODC in collaboration with the Royal Government of Bhutan organized a national capacity building workshop titled, "The Universal Legal Framework against Terrorism and Countering the Use of the Internet for Terrorist Purposes" in Thimpu, Bhutan with the objective to strengthen the capacity of national criminal justice officials to implement the universal legal framework against terrorism and to address issues related to the use of the internet for terrorist purposes.

 

At the workshop, UNODC presented a brief overview of the relevant United Nations Security Council Resolutions related to terrorism, as well as the Global Counter Terrorism Strategy. The Royal Government of Bhutan described its legislative provisions on counter- terrorism, the Bhutan Information, Communication and Media Act (BICMA, 2006) and Bhutan's regional initiatives, including the respective regional conventions of the South Asia Association for Regional Corporation (SAARC) and the Bay of Bengal Initiative for Multi-Sectorial Technical and Economic Cooperation (BIMSTEC). International experts highlighted the rise of cyber-crime globally and the obstacles law enforcement and criminal justice officials face in addressing this threat, including the constant debate on the right to the freedom of expression and the need for government monitoring of information.  It was highlighted that while Bhutan has achieved remarkable progress in the area of information technology, a number of challenges associated with the potential misuse of the internet for criminal activities have emerged. In light of this, the BICM Act, 2006 is undergoing an amendment to include provisions pertaining to cyber-terrorism and other cyber-offences. Recognizing the importance of cyber-security, the Department of Information Technology and Telecom, Ministry of Information and Communications has initiated a project to establish the Bhutan Computer Incidence Response Team (BtCIRT). This team will serve as the national agency to (i) collect, analyse and disseminate information on cyber incidents, (ii) establish emergency measures for handling cyber security incidents and (iii) prepare disaster management, contingency plans and business continuity plans for critical information infrastructure.

 

The workshop concluded with a discussion around steps that should be taken at the national level to strengthen the domestic legal and policy framework to implement the universal legal framework against terrorism.  All participants underscored the need for platforms for exchange of information and the development of international cooperation. Participants also requested UNODC to conduct more capacity building activities to enhance effective criminal justice responses, given the relatively recent engagement in the topic of the use of the internet for terrorism. The workshop was attended by Representatives from the investigation and prosecution services of Bhutan as well as the Ministry of Foreign Affairs, Home and Cultural Affairs, Information and Communication, Department of Civil Aviation and the Royal Monetary Authority.

From http://southasia.oneworld.net/ 02/03/2015

TOP↑

 

INDIA: Government to Launch Security Web Portal

 

NEW DELHI: To promote innovation with security-related application and offer people safe means for the security needs, the government has decided to launch a web portal "MySecurity.in", a statement said. An official release from the ministry of home affairs said: "Union Home Minister Rajnath Singh has decided to launch a web portal 'MySecurity.in' that will be a platform for innovation in the field of security related web applications." The statement added that any individual, company, student, NGO can develop and deploy on this portal such security applications which may be useful to the people. "It will enable the general public to get access to a large number of security related applications," it said, adding that the people would have option to choose the applications best suited for their requirements. "The MHA will give priority on this website to host such applications which provide security in emergency situations to women, children, senior citizens and other vulnerable groups," the statement said.It further said other applications that would get priority include tools to monitor objectionable content posted on the internet and tools to monitor, prevent, detect and report cyber crime. "Thrust areas will also include applications that create awareness about good security practices among people and also educating them about legal provisions and applications facilitating legal services to the needy persons," the statement said. The statement also said application developers, meeting the basic screening criteria, will be allowed hardware and middle ware resources in a cloud based environment to deploy their applications. "An expert group constituted by MHA will also evaluate the application on parameters like usefulness, innovation, public acceptance, technology used, maintenance, updation and feedback mechanism," it said, adding that only those applications will be hosted on the website that pass security audit.

From http://news.siliconindia.com/ 01/22/2015

TOP↑

 

 

 

 

 

 

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/05.gif

 

 

 

Israel Offers Azerbaijan Solutions in Cyber Security

 

Israel is ready to share its experience with Azerbaijan in the area of cyber security, the Communications and High Technologies Ministry of Azerbaijan said in a message on Feb. 19.  The message read that the cooperation in cyber security was discussed in Baku at a meeting of Azerbaijan’s communications and high technologies minister, Ali Abbasov, with the head of the department for cyber technologies and computer software of Israeli government agencies, Iris Zur Bargury, and Israel’s ambassador to Azerbaijan, Rafael Harpaz.  The ministry said the Israeli side offers security solutions that can be applied in education.  The message quoted the Ambassador Harpaz as saying that currently Israel and Azerbaijan are closely cooperating in various industries, and one of the most important areas for cooperation is the area of ​​ICT.  The cooperation between the two countries in the ICT is carried out in accordance with an agreement reached at the intergovernmental level.  The Israeli model in cyberspace security strategy is based on experience combined with a unique concept of development.  Earlier, the Electronic Security Center of Azerbaijani Communications and High Technologies Ministry told Trend that the information security is one of the most important areas of cooperation between the two countries, and Azerbaijan is ready to learn from the experience of Israel in the fight against cyber crime and in information security.

From http://en.trend.az/ 02/19/2015

TOP↑

 

 

 

 

 

 

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/06.gif

 

 

 

Research: 59% Expect IT Security to Be More Secure in 2015

 

The majority of organizations expect to be more secure against security and privacy breaches this year, according to the latest Tech Pro Research survey. Security and privacy are top concerns for many IT professionals, and it's especially relevant now, after 2014's highly publicized data breaches. Companies around the world were victim to numerous bouts of malware, insider threats, stolen data and exploited vulnerabilities, many of which prompted urgent or emergency patches which disrupted IT departments and users alike. Big companies weren't immune to this plague, with Target and Home Depot suffering the sting of data breaches. Celebrities were also targeted, with compromised iCloud accounts resulting in personal photos being leaked online. Watch Tech Pro Research Senior Editor Teena Hammond discuss the issues surrounding IT security and privacy. Because of the constant concerns about security and privacy, Tech Pro Research conducted a new survey on the topic and compared the results back to a previous survey from 2013.

 

Security concerns

The numerous bouts of security and privacy breaches in 2014 were an obvious cause of concern to many, with 84% of survey respondents reporting an increase in security and privacy concerns for this year, compared to 2014. It's clear that almost everyone anticipates the need to prepare for security struggles in the upcoming months. Many are confident that they will be able to handle the security threats, with 59% of respondents expecting to be more secure in 2015 and 32% predicting no change in their organization's security and privacy. Only 9% expect to be less secure than in 2014.

 

Security and privacy breaches

The survey found that 35% of organizations had experienced some type of security or privacy breach in 2014, with 11% reporting that it was a major breach, and 24% describing it as minor. Large companies and small companies were both affected by breaches, and larger companies with more than 1,000 employees were slightly more likely to have experienced a breach, with 40% experiencing a security breach, compared to 32% of companies with fewer than 50 employees. And the industry most impacted was government, with education reporting no major breaches at all, and being better at blocking incidents than any other industry.

 

Security budgets

It's not a surprise that half of respondents stated their security budgets would increase, but it is somewhat unexpected that only 15% reported significant increases. About a third stated slight increases were underway. Given the anything goes nature of 2014 security breaches - which should have been a wake-up call for any organization too distracted or complacent to take security seriously - one might expect higher spikes in funding. The fact nearly half of respondents stated their budgets would remain the same indicate that the ability to allocate significant security budget increases is rare. This is corroborated by the fact 34% of respondents felt lack of security budgeting would be a security challenge in 2015. It may also be that some respondent organizations felt they were doing well with what they had. Very few reported decreases in security funding; this isn't a priority which is expected to die down anytime soon. The report shows that security and privacy are clearly full of challenges for companies that want to protect their data and assets from security and privacy violations. But, the report shows that confidence levels and planned projects mean that most respondents and their organizations feel up to the task.

From http://www.techproresearch.com 02/02/2015

TOP↑

 

AUSTRALIA: Revision of Cyber Security Strategy in the Works with 37% Increase in Attacks

 

The Australian government is refreshing its cybersecurity strategy to better preempt attacks on its networks, in the face of increased attacks on its infrastructure, the Prime Ministers Office announced. The governments intelligence agency reported a 37 per cent increase in cyber attacks involving government agencies in 2013, compared to 2012. A panel of public and private sector organisations will review the existing six year old strategy, the office said. They will look at how public and private sector systems can be made more resilient to attacks, how government and businesses can work together to manage cyber attacks, and how Australia can better preempt attacks on its government infrastructure. The outcome of the review will be reported in six months. Australias cyber security strategy is the least up to date among those of Singapore, United States, United Kingdom, New Zealand and Japan. Singapore refreshed its cyber security strategy last year. Meanwhile, the government has launched a new web site - Australian Cybercrime Online Reporting Network - to serve as a single window for citizens to instantly report online crimes to the authorities.

 

Currently, many online crimes are not reported because victims do not know where to report, dont think its worth reporting or are reluctant to do so, the Ministry of Justice said. The system will refer reports from citizens to the relevant law enforcement agencies for further investigation. The site also offers advice on how citizens can protect themselves from these threats. By having a wide database of cybercrime reports, the police will be able to get a bigger picture of cybercrime trends, and in response to those, come up with stronger tactics to fight back, the Ministry of Justice said.

From http://www.futuregov.asia 12/02/2014

TOP↑

 

Two Countries Lead Asia Pacific in Cyber Security Capabilities

 

Australia and Malaysia are the best prepared to tackle cyber security issues in Asia Pacific, according to the Global Cyber Security Index published by the International Telecommunication Union (ITU) and ABI Research last week. Both Australia and Malaysia ranked third globally, in the survey spanning 193 countries. Countries were judged on legal and technical capabilities, strength of institutions, availability of resources, and cooperation between countries and within governments. In efforts to preempt cyber attacks on its network, Australia plans to revise its cyber security practices. A panel of public and private sector organisations will look at changes on how systems can be made robust to attacks and how government and businesses can work together to manage cyber attacks. The government has received 37 per cent more cyber attacks in 2013 than 2012. Security is one of the top priorities of Malaysia’s new Government Chief Information Officer. Dr Suhazimah Dzazali plans to centralise security initiatives, but agencies must take responsibility, she added. Malaysia is also piloting a policy to enhance security when government officials access information on their mobile phones. Among other countries in the region, New Zealand ranked fourth globally, followed by India in fifth place. Singapore was placed at sixth and Indonesia ranked 13th. Elsewhere, Thailand ranked 15th, The Philippines at 17th place. Vietnam ranked last in the region, at 18th place. Singapore has recently announced plans to investment of US$33.6 million on cyber security research over the next five years, and beef up its cyber security practices with a new CyberSecurity Research Centre.

From http://www.futuregov.asia 12/19/2014

TOP↑

Two Countries Top the Region in Cyber Security Capabilities

 

Australia and Malaysia are the best prepared to tackle cyber security issues in Asia Pacific, according to the Global Cyber Security Index published by the International Telecommunication Union (ITU) and ABI Research last week. Both Australia and Malaysia ranked third globally, in the survey spanning 193 countries. Countries were judged on legal and technical capabilities, strength of institutions, availability of resources, and cooperation between countries and within governments. In efforts to preempt cyber attacks on its network, Australia plans to revise its cyber security practices. A panel of public and private sector organisations will look at changes on how systems can be made robust to attacks and how government and businesses can work together to manage cyber attacks. The government has received 37 per cent more cyber attacks in 2013 than 2012. Security is one of the top priorities of Malaysia’s new Government Chief Information Officer. Dr Suhazimah Dzazali plans to centralise security initiatives, but agencies must take responsibility, she added. Malaysia is also piloting a policy to enhance security when government officials access information on their mobile phones. Among other countries in the region, New Zealand ranked fourth globally, followed by India in fifth place. Singapore was placed at sixth and Indonesia ranked 13th. Elsewhere, Thailand ranked 15th, The Philippines at 17th place. Vietnam ranked last in the region, at 18th place. Singapore has recently announced plans to investment of US$33.6 million on cyber security research over the next five years, and beef up its cyber security practices with a new CyberSecurity Research Centre.

From http://www.futuregov.asia/ 12/19/2014

TOP↑

 

 

 

 

 

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/ICT_.gif

 

 

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/01.gif

 

 

 

EUROPE: Irish Government Wants 60% Increase in ICT Graduates

 

The Irish government has aims to increase ICT graduates by 60 percent and to offer grants and tax breaks to encourage entrepreneurs to start new businesses as key measures of its new Action Plan for Jobs, an effort to reach full employment by 2018, Silicon Republic reports. The plan also aims to cut red tape by reducing the administrative burden of 750,000 business interactions with Government in 2015, and by delivering a streamlined online system for applying for 29 retail licences in early 2015. New measures will deliver a SURE tax incentive to provide funding for people starting businesses and a Start-up Gathering that will be held later this year. Communications minister Alex White said, “We have attracted and kept some of the largest and most successful intenrt service companies in the world such as Google, Facebook, LinkedIn and many more. However, despite our growing digital ecosystem, it has been a challenge to convert that into real sales for real Irish businesses. Irish consumers are now spending more than EUR 6 billion online every year. Yet, less than a third of this spend goes to Irish retailers, and only 23 percent of small Irish companies have engaged in online sales. The ministry offers grants of up to EUR 2,500 to help small businesses sell online. Alex White also said 2015 would be a milestone for the national broadband plan. There are over 1 million homes and businesses with high speed broadband access at present and the figure is set to rise to 1.6 million (70% of total premises) by the end of 2016. Intel Ireland general manager Eamonn Sinnott, the new president of the American Chamber of Commerce in Ireland said, “The chamber notes that the plan commits actions by sixteen government department and 60 agencies. It is vital that each plays their part and that a ‘joined up’ approach is demonstrated across all these bodies in delivering the plan’s ambitious targets. The plan’s commitment to a national talent drive, with targets and a tracking of performance, is the right approach. It will be welcomed by the leaders of the US FDI sector in Ireland who are engaged in a fiercely competitive global battle for talent.”

From http://www.telecompaper.com/ 02/01/2015

TOP↑

 

Dutch FTTH Network Penetration Rises to 31% in 2014

 

The number of fibre lines in the Netherlands grew to 2.3 million in 2014 from 1.95 million the year before, with penetration rising to 31 percent from 26 percent, according to data from the Telecompaper FTTH Monitor. Reggefiber had by far the largest market share: 85 percent of all homes passed were covered by Reggefiber, with CIF taking the rest of the FTTH market with 12 percent. Penetration was highest in the Flevoland province, while Overijssel recorded the strongest growth in 2014. In absolute numbers, Gelderland had the most lines, while North Brabant added the most lines last year.

From http://www.telecompaper.com/ 02/09/2015

TOP↑

 

LATIN AMERICA: Brazil - GVT Clocks Fastest Broadband – Study

 

Brazil's National Telecommunications Agency (Anatel) has published the results of broadband quality measurements throughout Brazil, which show that GVT had the fastest average broadband connection for consumers in 15 of the 16 states in which the operator was analysed. The highlights for the month of September are the Federal District, with an average speed of 20.15 Mbps and Rio de Janeiro with 19.74 Mbps. Claro was the only operator among the four largest companies in the sector to meet the goals established in the two indicators assessed during the third quarter. In September, Claro was ranked first in 18 states in the indicator that measures the speed of instantaneous transmission, and in 7 states in the indicator that measures the average speed. In Rio de Janeiro, the operator was the best placed in both indicators during the quarter, and in Rio Grande do Sul, led the first indicator over the three months measured. TIM Participacoes was below the minimum level of mobile broadband quality in 18 states analyzed by Anatel in September. For its part, Oi failed to reach the minimum level in 13 states and also had a low quality of fixed broadband service in 22 states. Nextel had the best average (3G/4G) mobile broadband speed in Rio de Janeiro, while in Sao Paulo the company stands out for having the best consolidated instantaneous speed index in Q3. In the 20 different states where available, in the item Average Speed, Net had 100 percent compliance, much above Anatel's stipulated minimum target of 70 percent.

From http://www.telecompaper.com/ 12/21/2014

TOP↑

 

NORTH AMERICA: U.S. - The State of the Union's IT Issues

 

Technology typically takes a back seat in the annual State of the Union message, with presidents focusing on the economy and national security. But for the 2015 address, the first of his tenure before a fully Republican-controlled Congress, President Barack Obama early on signaled his intention to include a range of technology issues, including efforts to advance long-stalled legislation in cybersecurity and data-breach reporting. And while jobs and troops once again took their usual top billing, the president did indeed turn to technology late in his speech. "No foreign nation, no hacker, should be able to shut down our networks, steal our trade secrets, or invade the privacy of American families, especially our kids," Obama said, prompting one of the night's few bipartisan standing ovations. "I urge this Congress to finally pass the legislation we need to better meet the evolving threat of cyber-attacks, combat identity theft, and protect our children's information. If we don't act, we'll leave our nation and our economy vulnerable." And while Obama's proposed tax hike on the highest earners and calls to subsidize community college for lower-income Americans likely won't get serious consideration in Congress, there appears to be common ground for some of these tech proposals to become law.

 

Behind the sound bites

Here's where things stand for the IT proposals Obama sketched out during the speech or previewed in the days leading up to it: Broadband: Universal access to high-speed Internet and faster broadband speeds have been part of the Obama tech agenda since he took office in 2009. Now the president is looking to move the needle on broadband speeds nationwide, by targeting restrictions that exist in many states and municipalities that restrict local governments from acting as Internet service providers. On a recent visit to Cedar Falls, Iowa, Obama touted the promise of such "municipal broadband" offerings saying, "high-speed broadband is not a luxury, it's a necessity" -- for education, job seeking and business. He plans to call on the Federal Communications Commission to use its authority to regulate telecommunications competition to overrule 19 state laws restricting the entry of cities and towns into the ISP business. The plan is strongly opposed by leading commercial Internet providers, and Republicans in Congress are leery of what they see as a potential power grab by the FCC. The administration appears to be banking on the unpopularity of ISPs, particularly those selling connectivity over cable TV lines, with the general public.

 

Cybersecurity: The destructive cyberattack on Sony has galvanized attention on computer network protection, and showed how vulnerable even well funded firms are against determined adversaries. The Obama administration has decided that the time is ripe to revisit cybersecurity legislation that includes provisions for companies to share information on data breaches with the government under conditions that include certain liability protections. This approach to cybersecurity has failed before, under the Cyber Intelligence and Sharing Protection Act of 2012, which drew widespread and determined opposition from Internet activists and was ultimately scrapped. Obama is proposing a modified version of the legislation that will include safeguards on the type of information that companies will share with the National Cybersecurity and Communications Integration Center at the Department of Homeland Security, and on how attack information will be retained. While such a cyber bill has long proved elusive under a divided Congress, the path may now be smoothed by the GOP's control of both the House and the Senate. Any effort to legislate information-sharing, however, will likely face obstacles from civil liberties and privacy advocates worried about how data collected on cyberattacks is shared between civilian law enforcement agencies and military cyber defenders.

 

Data breach reporting: There has been solid bipartisan support in Congress for a bill to create a national standard for reporting data breaches to consumers, especially in the wake of front-page news about hacks that compromised customer data at Target, Home Depot and Staples. Currently, companies must navigate a patchwork of state laws governing the loss or theft of personal data. Obama backs a new standard requiring companies to notify consumers within 30 days of a breach, and the administration is seeking new authority to prosecute those who sell illegally obtained personal data on Americans. While these proposals by themselves are not controversial, support from Republicans will hinge on liability provisions in the legislation.

 

Surveillance reform: Data collection on Americans by spy agencies is proving to be the flip side of cybersecurity. In his 2014 State of the Union, Obama promised to reform some of the National Security Agency surveillance practices that were criticized in an administrative review, saying, "the vital work of our intelligence community depends on public confidence, here and abroad, that the privacy of ordinary people is not being violated." In this year's speech, he declared that "our intelligence agencies have worked hard, with the recommendations of privacy advocates, to increase transparency and build more safeguards against potential abuse. And next month, we'll issue a report on how we're keeping our promise to keep our country safe while strengthening privacy."

 

An effort at bipartisan reform of the Patriot Act to alter the practice of bulk collection of U.S. phone records passed the Republican House in 2014, but was blocked in the Senate. Since then, the Paris attacks, the Sony hack, and the surge of online terror videos from the Islamic State may have diminished the public appetite for surveillance reform. Additionally, a report from the National Research Council commissioned by the nation's top spymaster concluded that "no software technique ... will fully substitute for bulk collection where it is relied on to answer queries about the past after new targets become known." In other words, if you are looking for needles in haystacks, it makes sense to keep the haystacks handy.

 

Still, not quite center stage

As another sign of tech's importance, the administration also included Kathy Pham of the U.S. Digital Services among the special guests in First Lady Michelle Obama's seating box, high above the House floor. Pham has worked at Google and IBM, but also has the kind of appealing personal story that makes for good State of the Union theater. Her parents are immigrants, and her brother served in Afghanistan, where he earned a Purple Heart. But even for a president who name-checks Instagram in his speech, there are limits to how much limelight gets devoted to IT. While the White House, in announcing the list of special guests, praised Pham for "applying the cutting-edge skills she honed in the private sector to improve health IT for more Americans, expand veterans' access to benefits, and transform the way government provides services to families like hers," she did not get a mention from Obama during the address.

From http://fcw.com/ 01/20/2015

TOP↑

 

ITU Releases Annual Global ICT Data and ICT Development Index Country Rankings

 

Over three billion people are now online and information and communication technology (ICT) growth remains buoyant in just about every country worldwide, according to ITU’s flagship annual Measuring the Information Society Report. The report is widely recognized as the repository of the world’s most reliable and impartial global data and analysis on the state of global ICT development, and is extensively relied upon by governments, financial institutions and private sector analysts worldwide. Latest data show that Internet use continues to grow steadily, at 6.6% globally in 2014 (3.3% in developed countries, 8.7% in the developing world). The number of Internet users in developing countries has doubled in five years (2009-2014), with two thirds of all people online now living in the developing world.

 

Of the 4.3 billion people not yet using the Internet, 90% live in developing countries. In the world’s 42 Least Connected Countries (LCCs), which are home to 2.5 billion people, access to ICTs remains largely out of reach, particularly for these countries’ large rural populations. “ICTs have the potential to make the world a much better place – in particular for those who are the poorest and the most disenfranchised, including women, youth, and those with disabilities,” said ITU Secretary-General Dr Hamadoun I. Touré. “This important report is a critical part of the global ICT development process. Without measurement we cannot track progress, which is why ITU gathers ICT statistics for 200 economies across over 100 indicators.” In the mobile cellular segment, the report estimates that by end 2014 there will be seven billion mobile subscriptions, roughly corresponding to the total global population. But it warns against concluding that everyone is connected; instead, many users have multiple subscriptions, with global growth figures sometimes translating into little real improvement in the level of connectivity of those at the very bottom of the pyramid. An estimated 450 million people worldwide live in places which are still out of reach of mobile cellular service.

 

Encouragingly, the report notes substantial improvements in access to international bandwidth in poorer countries, with developing nations’ share of total global international bandwidth rising from just 9% in 2004 to over 30% today. But lack of sufficient international Internet bandwidth in many of the LCCs remains an important barrier to ICT uptake in these countries, and often limits the quality of Internet access. “It is precisely in poor and rural areas where ICTs can make a particularly significant impact,” said Brahima Sanou, Director of ITU’s Telecommunication Development Bureau, which produces the report. “New analysis featured in this report shows that many of the indicators of the Millennium Development Goals (MDGs) show significant correlation with the IDI, notably those related to poverty reduction and health improvement. The report also finds that progress in ICT development is linked to progress in achieving some of the MDGs. ITU has long been a vigorous champion of ICTs as a cornerstone of socio-economic development.”

 

ICT Development Index country rankings

Denmark ranked Number One in ITU’s ICT Development Index (IDI)*, a composite measurement that ranks 166 countries according to their level of ICT access, use and skills (Chart 1). It is followed by the Republic of Korea. The IDI top 30-ranking include countries from Europe and high-income nations from other regions including Australia, Bahrain, Canada, Japan, Macao (China), New Zealand, Singapore and the United States. Almost all countries surveyed improved their IDI ranking this year. In terms of regional comparisons, Europe’s average IDI value of 7.14 remains well ahead of the next best-performing region, the Commonwealth of Independent States (CIS - 5.33), followed by the Americas (4.86), Asia & the Pacific (4.57), the Arab States (4.55), and Africa at 2.31. The CIS and the Arab States showed the highest improvement in regional IDI averages over the past 12 months.

 

Dynamic performers

The report identifies a group of ‘most dynamic countries’, which have recorded above-average improvements in their IDI rank over the past 12 months. These include (in order of most improved): United Arab Emirates, Fiji, Cape Verde, Thailand, Oman, Qatar, Belarus, Bosnia & Herzegovina, and Georgia. IDI values are on average twice as high in the developed world compared with developing countries.

 

Household and community access

By the end of this year, almost 44% of households globally will have Internet access at home, up from 40% last year and 30% in 2010. In the developed world, 78% of households now have home Internet access, compared to 31% in developing countries, and just 5% in the 48 UN Least Developed Countries. Internet access in schools has made important strides forward over the past decade. In developed countries, the vast majority of schools now have broadband Internet, with many industrialized nations having already reached 100% school connectivity. In developing countries substantial progress has also been made, but access levels vary widely, not just from country to country, but also across different regions within nations. The report notes that the potential for public libraries and post offices to service as public ICT access points has not been sufficiently exploited. Worldwide, only 10% of post offices offer public Internet access, despite the fact that 20% of post offices globally have a broadband connection. According to ITU’s sister UN agency the Universal Postal Union, increasing the proportion of post offices offering public Internet services to 45% of all establishments would provide one third of all rural areas and towns worldwide with Internet connectivity.

 

Growing urban-rural divide

The Measuring the Information Society 2014 report also warns of a growing divide between urban and rural ICT uptake, even in the world’s richest nations. The difference is lowest in highly developed economies such as Japan and the Republic of Korea, where household Internet penetration is just 4% higher in urban zones than rural areas. But it widens markedly to as much as 35% in developing nations such as Colombia and Morocco, with the gulf estimated to be greater still in poorer nations, for which data is rarely available. Overall, the report notes, rural access is growing much more slowly than urban access, and connecting rural households to broadband Internet should remain a key priority for policy-makers in every country.

 

Market competition & affordability

Broadband prices continue to fall; for the five-year period from 2008-2013 entry-level fixed-broadband prices dropped by 70% globally. Over the same period, the standard entry-level broadband speed has risen from 256kbps to 1Mbps. Developing countries have witnessed the steepest price drop, with average prices declining 20% year-on-year. However, the report confirms that in most developing countries the cost of a fixed-broadband subscription still represents more than 5% of Gross National Income per capita, the affordability target set by the UN Broadband Commission for Digital Development. The report also finds that mobile broadband is six times more affordable in developed countries than in the developing world.

 

The report points to market competition and best-practice ICT regulation as the key drivers of affordable ICT services; new analysis featured in the report reveals that fixed-broadband prices could be reduced by up to 10% if competition and regulatory frameworks in developing countries improved. New analysis on income inequality shows that national inequalities in household income and expenditure greatly influence the affordability of fixed-broadband services. Iceland shows the smallest difference, with entry-level fixed broadband only 3.5 times more affordable for the richest 20% of the population than the poorest 20%. At the other end of the scale, in countries including Bolivia, Brazil, Colombia, Honduras and South Africa, prices are 20 times more affordable for the wealthy 20% compared to the poorest 20%.

 

The potential of ‘big data’

This year’s report features a special focus on the potential of ‘big data’ from ICT devices and applications to improve public services like healthcare, education and environmental management, with the increasing digitization of human activity making it possible to gather and analyse data from a huge range of disparate sources. Big data from the ICT services industry area already being used to produce large-scale insights of relevance to public policy, such as mapping inequality of income levels (Box 5.1). In the future, big data collection could also provide valuable information for measuring the information society, through analysis, for example, of mobile subscription data to provide mobility profiles and understand the utilization of different kinds of services. ITU is collaborating with the United Nations Statistical Commission (UNSC) and national statistical offices to identify ways of using big data to improve social and economic policy making.

From http://www.itu.int/ 12/01/2014

TOP↑

 

IDC Reveals Top 10 Tech Predictions for 2015

 

Worldwide ICT spending is set to grow to more than US$3.8 trillion, or 3.8 per cent, in 2015. That's according to IDC, which has revealed its top ten predictions for next year. IDC predicts nearly all of the spending growth will be focused on 3rd Platform technologies, with spending on the 2nd Platform expected to slip into recession by the end of the year. On a geographic basis, ICT spending in emerging markets is forecast to grow 7.1 per year over year, while mature markets hum along at 1.4 per cent growth. IDC senior vice president and chief analyst, Frank Gens, said the 3rd Platform would account for one third of global ICT spending and 100 per of spending growth. "The industry is now entering the most critical period yet in the 3rd Platform era: the 'Innovation Stage'," he said. "Over the next several years, we expect to see an explosion of innovation and value creation on top of the 3rd Platform's foundation. "This stage will be driven by a new wave of core technologies – innovation accelerators – that radically extend the 3rd Platform's capabilities and applications across all industries."

 

Telco services will see wireless data emerge as the largest ($536 billion) and fastest growing (13 per cent) segment of telecom spending. To avoid being marginalised as little more than infrastructure providers, carriers will scramble to develop platform- and API-based services that add value and attract developers to their networks. They will also seek rapprochement with over-the-top (OTT) cloud services providers through innovative performance and revenue-sharing arrangements. IDC has predicted mobile devices and apps will continue to charge ahead in 2015, but not at the frenzied pace seen in recent years. Sales of smartphones and tablets will reach US$484 billion, accounting for 40 per cent of all IT spending growth (excluding telecom services), while Chinese vendors capture a significant share of the worldwide market. Wearables will see an explosion of innovation, although unit sales will underwhelm. And mobile app downloads will start to slow in 2015, but enterprise mobile app development will double.

 

Cloud services will remain a hotbed of activity in 2015 with US$118 billion in spending on the greater cloud ecosystem. Adoption of cloud Infrastructure as a Service (IaaS) will grow briskly (36 per cent) as market leader Amazon comes under attack from all directions as challengers attempt the "Amazoning of Amazon". Similarly, look for heightened competition among Platform as a Service (PaaS) providers as competitors engage in death match battles to attract developers and their apps and Software as a Service (SaaS) players accelerate their adoption of PaaS and cloud marketplaces. Gens said Cloud was also where he expected to see new partnerships forming among strange bedfellows.

From http://www.arnnet.com.au/ 12/04/2014

TOP↑

 

 

More Than 35 Organizations from 19 Countries Launch Global Net Neutrality Coalition

 

Anyone who thinks that net neutrality is a boring technical issue for computer geeks needs to look outside the U.S. Netizens around the world aren't fooled by the confusing misdirection of industry lobbyists—they're championing the cause of an open internet by pushing for laws and policies that protect the features that made the internet what it is today. And they are just as fired up as President Obama himself was just this month, when he gave his full support for the open net. Net neutrality is not an American issue, or a European issue, or an African issue. It is increasingly a global human rights issue. Today, more than 35 organizations from around the world and 19 countries launched http://www.thisisnetneutrality.org, a website that will serve as a resource for policy makers and a staging point for international activism. Organizations from South Korea, Venezuela, Nigeria, Kenya, India, Germany, Pakistan, the United Kingdom, Chile, Bangladesh, Colombia, and the Netherlands provided their support and it has already been translated into 11 languages. (Yes, net neutrality matters just as much in Korean as it does in English.)

 

Below are some quotes from the diverse array of coalition members. We'll write with more updates soon. Marianne Diaz Hernandez, director of Acceso Libre (Venezuela), said: “Thisisnetneutrality.org is a great resource for us to show how important net neutrality is for the preservation of freedom of speech, access to information, and knowledge all over the world. In Venezuela, the protection of net neutrality is essential for the preservation of civil rights and democracy.” Niels ten Oever, Head of Digital of Article 19, said: “Protecting the plurality and diversity of information is fundamental to securing the right to freedom of expression for all. Unfortunately, they are under threat by moves to end "net neutrality" - the principle that those controlling the internet infrastructure should not interfere or discriminate between the types of data that travel along it.” Floris Kreiken, Human Rights Officer at Bits of Freedom (Netherlands), said: “Now we have a resource for the world to discover and for policy makers to know that net neutrality matters so that they can make informed decisions about the future of the internet.” Claudio Ruiz, Executive Director of Derechos Digitales (Chile), said: “This coalition understands that net neutrality is not just a technical issue but also a fully political one. It's not just a consumers issue but a substantive one. Chile and Peru have groundbreaking net neutrality law provisions and the Inter-American system of human rights sees net neutrality as a human rights issue. Its presence can guarantee fundamental rights such as freedom of expression and privacy for citizens worldwide, and therefore its defense has to be global.”

 

Mohammad Farooq of Digital Rights Foundation (Pakistan), said: “The significance of net neutrality in Pakistan cannot be ignored. With a fledgling infrastructure and a booming startup and entrepreneurship culture, net neutrality has a big part to play. Net neutrality can help raise awareness about internet censorship issues and champion the cause of internet freedom and the right to free speech worldwide. Pakistan is still in its infancy in terms of net neutrality, but its application is nevertheless significant and cannot be ignored at any cost. It is a principle that advocates for the equality of internet traffic online and no discrimination, and it encourages innovation and creativity that will only enhance the worthiness of the internet even further. Net neutrality is a principle that advocates for opportunities for any netizen online irrespective of class, creed, or culture.” Jeremy Malcolm, Senior Global Policy Analyst at Electronic Frontier Foundation, said: "We love the openness and accessibility of the internet, but we worry about it coming under threat from those who want to surround it with gates and toll booths. In cases where market competition isn't sufficient to dispel these threats, open internet rules can help."

 

Arzak Khan, director of Internet Policy Observatory (Pakistan) said: “Internet Policy Observatory Pakistan has joined the Global Coalition for Net Neutrality to highlight the importance of net neutrality to users and policy makers in Pakistan. The issue of Net Neutrality is very important for internet uses in Pakistan, as existing telecommunications law in the country, while prohibiting “unjust discrimination” by ISPs, does not effectively enforce net neutrality. The existing laws do not sufficiently prevent the possibility of ISPs offering tiered services to content providers, thereby turning the internet into a two-tiered network on which corporate content is prioritized over other content. Net neutrality means that every site on the internet runs on the same speed. That way, startups in Pakistan and other countries can compete with big Internet giants like Facebook, Twitter, and Google.” Sarah Clarke, Advocacy and Policy Officer at PEN International, said: “An open internet is essential to ensuring the unhampered transmission of ideas between peoples around the world, the central mission of PEN. Free access to an open  internet--now the most important medium for the transmission of ideas--is an integral part of freedom of expression and must be maintained in the face of moves to restrict access to serve narrow interests.” Carolina Rossini, Vice President of International Policy at Public Knowledge, said: "Public Knowledge is proud to support the global initiative, thisisnetneutrality.org. Net neutrality is important for all of the world's internet users, and it is just as essential for countries with robust internet infrastructure as it is for those still building infrastructure. Being able to find common ground on net neutrality with organizations in North America, Europe, South America, Africa, Asia-Pacific, and the Middle East and North Africa helps demonstrate the need for us to continue fighting for strong net neutrality principles at home and help our partners abroad. Thisisnetneutrality.org will be an important resource hub for internet users and policymakers from the United States and around the world to understand net neutrality and make informed decisions on behalf of the open internet."

From https://www.accessnow.org/ 12/04/2014

TOP↑

 

 

Towards a More Inclusive Society Through the Use of ICT

 

H.E. The President of Malta Marie Louise Coleiro Preca together with Parlamentry Secretary Hon Dr Jose Herrera and Hon Kristy Debono, presided the Annual General Meeting of the Foundation for Information Technology Accessibility (FITA). “It is important that whoever is providing ICT services, appreciate and implement effective ICT accessibility mechanisms in order to have a more inclusive society through the use of technology.” stressed H.E. President of Malta while thanking FITA, the private sector, government departments and persons with disability for their dedication and tangible actions. This year’s FITA AGM was preceded by a mini Expo to which local organisations and suppliers of accessible ICT products were invited. During the activity a live demonstration of ICT accessibility products was showcased, where visitors were able to try the products and evaluate how they could benefit from them. Some of these products are also part of the FITA ICT pool and can be borrowed all year round from FITA. The mini Expo also included a number of presentations about ongoing projects and accessibility aspects which drew a lot of interest. Ms Elizabeth Olivieri, Chairperson of FITA addressed those present and thanked the esteemed guests, for their continued support. She also thanked Mr. Tony Sultana, MITA’s Executive Chairman for the support that MITA regularly gives to FITA.

 

Ms. Olivieri described how FITA has a reltively wide portfolio of services and initiatives geared at addressing both disabled persons and also educators and employers who seek to enhance the accessibility of their services. She also urged disability NGOs and service providers to make use of these tools and opportunities provided by FITA. As per Government’s vision in this sector, FITA can collaborate with private and public sector entities to ensure that more persons with disabilities can be integrated into various jobs and initiatives. This will be done by improving the ICT knowledge and skills of persons with disability through FITA’s various programmes and also by suggesting applicable ICT platforms for entities to operate more inclusively. Mr Stanley M Debono, FITA CEO delivered an overview of FITA’s activities, including the use of the MSE over the years and the benefits for entities like local banks and their clients from using FITA’s ICT Accessibility Certification services. Mr Tony Borg and Mr Joseph Cauchi, both FITA service users, delivered short presentations outlining how they benefited from FITA ICT Training and FITA’s ICT Accessibility Consultancy respectively. Opposition Spokesperson for Competitiveness and Economic Growth, Hon Kristy Debono, explained how important it is that more individuals get to know about FITA’s work and how this is benefitting large amounts of disabled persons through increased accessibility.

 

Hon. Herrera, Parliamentary Secretary for Competitiveness and Economic Growth, commented how the training and ICT solutions must be used for persons with disability to generate exposure to work opportunities. This will not only lead to financial independence, but as FITA experienced directly through its own ICT courses, an increased level of self confidence. “These people that are working wholeheartedly to gain qualifications and maximise their potential” he said. Persons with disability have increased access to education and rightly so, now have higher expectations. It is therefore important that they are given equal opportunities for work, so they will continue to become more productive and contribute more actively in society.

From http://www.di-ve.com/ 12/07/2014

TOP↑

 

 

Web Report: Online Surveillance and Censorship Are Getting Worse

 

Mass online surveillance and censorship of what people see on the web appear to be getting worse, according to the latest Web Index report from Tim Berners-Lee’s World Wide Web Foundation. These trends, along with the paucity of net neutrality rules around the world, have led the web inventor to call for the internet to be made a basic human right. “That means guaranteeing affordable access for all, ensuring internet packets are delivered without commercial or political discrimination, and protecting the privacy and freedom of web users regardless of where they live,” Berners-Lee said in a statement. “In an increasingly unequal world, the web can be a great leveller — but only if we hardwire the rights to privacy, freedom of expression, affordable access and net neutrality into the rules of the game.”

 

The Web Index aims to quantify the web’s impact on countries’ social, economic and political progress. Produced annually since 2012, the index provides rankings that, over time, make it easier to spot trends. This year, the trends aren’t looking so hot. In 2013, the foundation’s researchers found that 63 percent of the 86 countries listed in the index had privacy safeguards that were weak to non-existent. A year on, that figure has risen to 83 percent. According to the report, the rise is partly because revelations about mass surveillance programs and their associated legal regimes have taught us more than we knew before about what’s actually going on. “However, there is also evidence that due process safeguards for citizens are being progressively dismantled,” the report stated, “even as the capability and appetite of governments to spy on us is expanding.”

From https://gigaom.com/ 12/11/2014

TOP↑

 

2015 a Pivotal Year for Internet Freedom

 

One of the most challenging things about working for an Internet freedom organization like OpenMedia is there’s often a lot going on. As in a lot. It certainly makes for an exciting work life, but I’d be the first to admit it can also make it tricky to take a step back, reflect on the journey to date and look at the bigger picture. When it comes to 2015, there’s a lot in store – it’s shaping up to be a pivotal year for digital rights and Internet freedom. Let’s look at just some of the key challenges we face:

 

Affordable Internet and cellphone service

Canadians have long suffered from some of the highest prices in the industrialized world for Internet and cellphone service. Our lack of choice and sky-high prices have held back innovation and our whole economy; 2015 will be a decisive year, with an important auction of key wireless resources and with policymakers at the CRTC poised to rule on three vital decisions on wholesale wireless access to affordable fibre Internet and the future of TV in a digital era. We’re also rallying supporters across the US, Canada and the globe in the ongoing US net neutrality debate about whether to force websites into an Internet slow lane if they cannot afford to pay expensive new fees. Canadians are sure to be affected by the outcome of this debate – you may not live in the US, but many of your favourite websites do and the ruling could set a worrying precedent for the CRTC, which is considering similar issues up here.

 

Safeguarding Canadians’ privacy

2014 was the year when the extent of Canada’s privacy deficit became clear. A combination of reckless spy agency surveillance, anti-privacy legislation and lax privacy safeguards at government departments has brought home the size of the task ahead if we’re to safeguard our digital privacy. Given this government’s terrible track record, things were going to keep getting worse unless we pushed back. So we recently reached out to Canadians to ask what their priorities are when it comes to privacy. We’ll be pulling their feedback together into a set of crowdsourced pro-privacy recommendations that we’ll publish early this year. And with a massive Privacy Coalition behind us, we can make clear exactly where Canadians stand.

 

Free expression

2015 is also shaping up to be a crucial year for freedom of expression. Talks on the secretive Trans-Pacific Partnership (TPP) are intensifying, with US President Obama pushing for a deal as soon as possible. The TPP has sparked huge concern from free expression advocates – we know from leaked drafts that it contains an extreme Internet censorship plan that’s been described as a wishlist for Hollywood lobbyists. It could result in entire families getting kicked off the Internet, merely for being accused of copyright infringement. It gets worse: Internet providers could even be forced to remove entire websites from the Internet. We’re pushing back with a Free Expression plan crowdsourced from over 300,000 people across the world that calls for sensible, balanced rules to promote sharing and collaboration online. (https://openmedia.org/digitalfuture)

 

It’s going be quite a year

All in all, the stakes for Internet freedom in 2015 could not be higher. Unless we push back, the Internet we know could become far more expensive, censored and policed. At the end of the day, it boils down to what kind of web we want. Do we want an Internet that works for everyday citizens or one dominated by powerful bureaucracies, be they spy agencies, giant telecom conglomerates or powerful Hollywood lobbyists? If we want a free and open Internet that works for all of us, we’re going to have to fight for it. You can learn more about our work to safeguard digital rights in 2015 at www.openmedia.ca

From http://commonground.ca/ 01/02/2015

TOP↑

 

The Global Information Technology Report 2014

 

The Global Information Technology Report 2014 is a special project within the framework of the World Economic Forum’s Global Competitiveness and Benchmarking Network and the Industry Partnership Programme for Information and Communication Technologies. It is the result of collaboration between the World Economic Forum and INSEAD. The Global Information Technology Report 2014 features the latest results of the NRI, offering an overview of the current state of ICT readiness in the world.

From http://www3.weforum.org/ 01/02/2015

TOP↑

 

Web Freedom Is Seen to Be Growing as a Global Issue in 2015

 

Government censorship of the Internet is a cat-and-mouse game. And despite more aggressive tactics in recent months, the cats have been largely frustrated while the mice wriggle away. But this year, the challenges for Silicon Valley will mount, with Russia and Turkey in particular trying to tighten controls on foreign-based Internet companies. Major American companies like Facebook, Twitter and Google are increasingly being put in the tricky position of figuring out which laws and orders to comply with around the world — and which to ignore or contest. On Wednesday, Russia’s president, Vladimir V. Putin, signed the latest version of a personal data law that will require companies to store data about Russian users on computers inside the country, where it will be easier for the government to get access to it. With few companies expected to comply with the law, which goes into effect Sept. 1, a confrontation may well erupt.

 

The clumsiness of current censorship efforts was apparent in mid-December, when Russia’s Internet regulator demanded that Facebook remove a page that was promoting an anti-government rally. After Facebook blocked the page for its 10 million or so Russian users, dozens of copycat pages popped up and the word spread on other social networks like Twitter. That created even more publicity for the planned Jan. 15 event, intended to protest the sentencing of Aleksei A. Navalny, a leading opposition figure. Anton Nosik, a prominent Russian blogger whose work has been censored by regulators, said it was absurd for a government to think it could easily stamp out an article or video when it can be copied or found elsewhere with a few clicks. “The reader wants to see what he was prevented from seeing,” Mr. Nosik said in an interview. “All that blocking doesn’t work.” Instead, that prompted the government to switch tactics, moving Mr. Navalny’s sentencing to Dec. 30 with little notice in an attempt to diminish protests.

 

The Turkish government faced similar embarrassment when it tried to stop the dissemination of leaked documents and audio recordings on Twitter in March. The administration of Recep Tayyip Erdogan, who was then prime minister and is now president, ordered the shutdown of Twitter within Turkey after the company refused to block the posts, which implicated government officials in a corruption investigation. Not only did the government lose a court fight on the issue, but while Twitter was blocked, legions of Turkish users taught one another technical tricks to evade the ban, even spray-painting the instructions on the walls of buildings. “We all became hackers,” Asli Tunc, a professor of communication at Istanbul Bilgi University, said in a phone interview. “And we all got on Twitter.” Despite such victories for free-speech advocates, governments around the world are stepping up their efforts to control the Internet, escalating the confrontation. “The trendlines are consistent,” Colin Crowell, Twitter’s global vice president of public policy, said in a phone interview. “There are more and more requests for removal of information.”

 

Continue reading the main story

Pakistan, for example, bombarded Facebook with nearly 1,800 requests to take down content in the first half of 2014, according to the company’s most recent transparency report. Google’s YouTube video service has long been blocked there. And the government briefly succeeding in getting Twitter to block certain “blasphemous” or “unethical” tweets last year until the company re-examined Pakistani law and determined the requests didn’t meet legal requirements. It’s not just autocratic regimes that are pressing for limits on free speech. In the European Union, a court ruling last year established a “right to be forgotten,” allowing residents to ask search engines like Google to remove links to negative material about them. Now privacy regulators want Google to also delete the links from search results on the non-European versions of its service because anyone in Europe can easily get access to the alternate sites.

 

Free-speech activists view Facebook, the world’s largest social network with 1.35 billion monthly users, as the company most inclined to work with governments and do whatever is necessary to keep its service up and running. Aleksei Navalny broke house arrest to attend a rally in his support. Credit Anton Belitskiy/Reuters. Last spring, while Twitter was blocked in Turkey and YouTube was shut down, Facebook removed contested content and continued to operate. It has a dedicated team of outside lawyers who field censorship requests from the Turkish government and then recommend to corporate officials whether content should be blocked. “Facebook can be quite important to the people who use it, so we try to make sure it remains accessible,” a company spokesman said. “We aggressively push back on unlawful or overly broad government requests.”

 

Twitter, which has about 284 million monthly users, styles itself as the world’s town square and a global champion of free speech, conforming to the letter of censorship laws while winking at workaround strategies, like users changing the location listed on their profile to evade specific blocks that apply in a particular country. For Turkey’s opposition movement, Professor Tunc said, Twitter “basically created an opening, a refreshing alternative, especially during the protests. And they know that. They act like a defender of freedom.” As the biggest player, Google, whose YouTube service seems to draw the particular ire of foreign governments, has been forced into fights on many fronts. It is still viewed by many as a hero for its decision to pull out of China in 2010 rather than continue to censor search results there. The company explained its philosophy at that time: “We have a bias in favor of people’s right to free expression. We are driven by a belief that more information means more choice, more freedom and ultimately more power for the individual.” While China remains a thorn in the side of most Western Internet companies — Facebook and Twitter are basically blocked there — Russia is the current flash point in the censorship wars. Over the summer, the Russian government began demanding that anyone with at least 3,000 daily visitors follow rules similar to those applying to a media company and face content restrictions. So far, Twitter and Facebook are simply passing those requests along to their users without making sure anyone complies. Many do not, but so far the Russian government has not pressed the issue.

 

Continue reading the main story Continue reading the main story

But the pressure may intensify later this year. Starting Sept. 1, foreign technology companies are supposed to store data about Russian users on computers located in Russia and make a software key available to the government that could be used to unscramble and monitor private Internet communications. That would give the government leverage in showdowns with tech companies, since it could simply raid the facility or arrest local employees. Most Western technology companies have no data centers in Russia and no plans to change that. “Our data centers are all in the United States,” said Mr. Crowell of Twitter. “It’s unlikely that our first data center outside the United States will be in Russia.” Google, whose search engine is the No. 2 player in Russia after the local Yandex service, has gone further, announcing recently that it will close its engineering offices in Russia. Although the company said it had been consolidating such offices globally, one factor in the closure is the risk of a raid by Russian authorities.

 

“If what’s going to happen is that Russians will show up and stick an AK-47 in an engineer’s nostril, Google is going to make sure that no one in Russia has a Google engineering logon,” said Ross J. Anderson, a professor of security engineering at Cambridge University in Britain, who studies privacy and censorship issues and did some work for Google in the past. A Google spokesman declined to comment on its Russia strategy, saying only, “We are deeply committed to our Russian users and customers and we have a dedicated team in Russia working to support them.” Twitter and Facebook have more room to maneuver. With far fewer users in Russia and virtually no advertising there, they can resist the government’s demands with fewer repercussions. Robert Shlegel, a member of the Russian Parliament active in shaping the Kremlin’s Internet policies, said in a phone interview that the Russian regulations were in many ways a response to the revelations of the former American intelligence contractor, Edward J. Snowden, about American government spying through Silicon Valley companies.

 

“This problem was created by the United States,” Mr. Shlegel said. Mr. Snowden lives in Russia, which granted him residency as the United States government sought to arrest him for his leaks. Russia’s first preference, Mr. Shlegel said, is to persuade other nations to form a common, international set of rules for social networking sites and crowdsourced news, clarifying when countries could block pages to comply with national laws. He said that Russian authorities had no intention of blocking American Internet companies for failing to follow the data storage law. “What we need to do is have a dialogue,” he said. And given Western sanctions and the collapse in the ruble’s value, Russia needs foreign business support, at least in part to prevent its online economy from grinding to a halt. If strictly enforced, the personal data law, for example, would close most Internet hotel and airline bookings, sending Russians to stand in line at travel agencies instead. Mr. Nosik, the Russian blogger, said that the country’s Internet regulator, Roskomnadzor, was unlikely to ban American companies like Facebook, if only for fear that millions of Russians who suddenly lost access to years of photographs, family memories, love letters and contacts with friends would blame the Kremlin. Only Mr. Putin could decide to cut off access, he said. “The moment Putin wants it done, it will be done within minutes and no law will be required,” Mr. Nosik said. “On the other hand, so long as Putin doesn’t give the command to block them, they will not be blocked.”

From http://www.nytimes.com/ 01/02/2015

TOP↑

 

Internet Freedom Saw Drastic Decrease in 2014

 

From tightening regulations on American-based Internet companies in Russia. "Everything goes through servers in the U.S. Everything is monitored there. ... You know that it all began initially when the Internet first appeared as a special CIA project, and this is how it's developing," Russian President Vladimir Putin said. "Recep Erdogan is carrying out a promise to shut down leaks targeting government corruption," Bloomberg reporter Alix Steel says. "Facebook, Twitter and Google were all already cut off in China. After the protests began, the party censored photo-sharing site Instagram," CNN reports. 2014 was not a great year for furthering Internet freedom around the world. Some even go so far as to say it was "disastrous." This study from Freedom House shows that since mid-2013, "41 countries passed or proposed legislation to penalize legitimate forms of speech online, increase government powers to control content, or expand government surveillance capabilities." Also, of the 65 countries assessed by the organization, 53 percent showed a decline in Internet freedom since mid-2013.

 

2014 also brought more arrests and prosecutions than ever before for Internet users, particularly in the Middle East. A Freedom House analyst told Voice of America: "The most dramatic declines were Russia, Turkey and Ukraine. ... The countries that really performed the worst are Iran, Syria and China." A big contributing factor to Russia's continued declining score were new regulations put in place by Putin that allow any page with so-called "anti-government propaganda" — including calls for unsanctioned protests — to be blocked. Another newly signed law will require all online sites to store data in Russia. That's all it took to get Google, Russia's second-most-popular search engine, to yank all its engineers from the county. But a writer for the National Post makes the point that all this didn't just spring up overnight. "When Internet freedom is chipped away at gradually, we tend to underestimate just how much we're losing. Until one day we wake to up [sic] realize that it hasn't just been a bad year for Internet Freedom. It's been a bad decade."

 

Now as these effects become more noticeable, backlash, dangerous protests and loopholes come into play. Take Turkey, for example. The New York Times notes when Twitter was blocked, "legions of Turkish users taught one another technical tricks to evade the ban, even spray-painting the instructions on the walls of buildings. 'We all became hackers' [one said.] 'And we all got on Twitter.'" But don't think the United States was completely free from scrutiny. Although the U.S. and most of Europe rank among the countries with the most freedom, the National Security Agency's surveillance programs didn't fare well in the Freedom House survey. As far as what we can expect in 2015, David Christopher with Canadian magazine Common Ground says it will be a "pivotal year," stating, however, if the world wants "a free and open Internet that works for all of us, we're going to have to fight for it."

From http://www.wkbw.com/ 01/03/2015

TOP↑

 

Schools in the Cloud: How Digital Media Is Changing the Future of Learning

 

In 2013, education scientist Sugata Mitra, won the $1-million TED prize to fulfill his dream of creating ‘Schools in a Cloud’ — where children could explore online resources to answer questions. It involves SOLES (Self Organised Learning Environments) fuelled by big, child-focused questions and self-discovery. Mitra concluded that working in groups help children find their own answers using the internet, supported by educators of all kinds – from Skype Grannies to parents and educators- who give them the freedom to explore their curiosity. “Give them a laptop and a group of pupils will teach themselves,” believes Mitra. His idea not only tackles one of the greatest problems of education (that the best teachers and schools don’t exist where they’re needed most), but it also involves students in both the learning and teaching process. Following the TED prize, Mitra launched his sixth lab in India. Called Area 4 – PSS in Phaltan, Maharashtra, it is integrated with the innovative school Pragat Shikshan Sanstha and is one of the better resourced and less remote locations of the School in the Cloud. “Being the only one in Maharashtra and fourth one in India, it provides us a setting to understand the impact of the SOLE approach which includes—pedagogy, and design of the learning environment as well as the technology used—over a continuum ranging from the most remote location, all the way to the labs in the UK,” informs Suneeta Kulkarni, research director, School in the Cloud, adding that it gives them the opportunity to see how this approach could be integrated into a regular school setting.

 

Area 4 – PSS is in many ways quite different from other labs in India. For starters, there is premium on children taking responsibility for different activities, as well as in their holistic approach to education. Yet, they have to operate within a system that is rigid, as well as contend with the challenges of enabling children to use technology. And at the same time all this has to be offered in a setting that has limited resources, and challenges created by an unfamiliarity with English (by far the language of the internet). “PSS is a Marathi-medium school that recognises the importance of the mother tongue while ensuring that children are not left behind because of their limited and stilted exposure to English as a frequent and ongoing means of communication,”adds Kulkarni. This medium enables children to operate in the real world. “Skills developed here through SOLEs makes them capable of learning what they need to learn, when they need to learn it. Using this approach and the virtual interaction with the educators as the two main pillars, children develop the capacity for scientific/ rational thinking and analysis,” says Mitra further adding,“Another advantage of this approach is that it enables children’s expression of thoughts and ideas as well as their understanding of situations, settings and cultures.”

 

Mitra hopes to create the seventh lab in India soon. This one will help children everywhere tap into their innate sense of wonder. Speculating about the future, Mitra says, “Urban children and those in other settings, will access the internet through a host of devices. A world in which using the internet, a learner could ‘‘pretend’’ to be educated. By ‘‘pretend’’, I mean the learner could claim to know a subject that he or she has not been taught in the traditional sense.” He further explains, “In other words, when a learner practices a set of skills without being taught but uses the internet for support, she/ he learns the subject, over a period of time. And SOLEs are the first faltering steps towards preparing our children for a future we can barely imagine,” he signs off. 

From http://www.dnaindia.com/ 01/03/2015

TOP↑

 

Riding the Digital Wave – The Impact of Cyber Capacity Building on Human Development

 

This report offers a valuable contribution to shaping the EU’s posture on capacity building. By promoting a development-focused approach to the issue, it provides a valuable alternative to the predominantly threat-oriented narrative about cybersecurity. The authors address security not as an end in itself but rather as a means towards social, economic and political development. Consequently, they seek to build bridges between different policy communities. As noted on numerous instances in these pages, such a comprehensive and integrated approach to cyber capacity building is instrumental to ensuring the sustainability and the effectiveness of current and future initiatives in this domain.

From http://www.iss.europa.eu/ 01/11/2015

TOP↑

The Mobile Web Isn’t Dead, IAB Says

 

Recent reports have suggested the Web is dying. That’s largely because data from analytics firms including comScore and Flurry say mobile device users now spend more than 85% of their time in apps instead of Web browsers. But according to the Interactive Advertising Bureau, a trade group for Web publishers, the relationship between mobile apps and the mobile Web isn’t that straightforward. It’s easy to look at comScore data and to reach the assumption the mobile Web is in decline, but what looks like app time may actually be mobile Web use in disguise, the online ad trade body said. Many apps, including news aggregation and social media apps, include browser capabilities within them. If a user opens the Facebook application and taps on a link, for example, they are technically operating within an application, but are actually consuming content from the mobile Web, too. To understand users’ mobile Web habits better, the IAB commissioned Harris Poll to survey 2,030 adults in the U.S. in December, and found 52% of smartphone owners in that group said they click links within apps that take them to content on mobile websites. The research also found users actually value apps in part because they enable the discovery of webpages.

 

The IAB said it believes this type of mobile Web browsing inside non-browser applications represents a significant volume of traffic. In other words, mobile app use isn’t replacing mobile Web usage, it’s driving it. “Our survey demonstrates that search and shared links from apps (primarily via social media) are the most commonly cited ways mobile Internet users find websites they visit on their smartphones,” the IAB report said. As a result, marketers and media companies need to think carefully about their mobile Web strategies, the IAB said. It’s true mobile app use is booming, but that doesn’t mean the mobile Web is dead. In fact, it may represent a growing opportunity for advertisers. “Marketers should follow the lead of mobile consumers, and adopt a pragmatic attitude toward the two modes of mobile. Including both in media plans will help to maximize chances of achieving target reach and frequency goals for a campaign,” the IAB advised.

From http://blogs.wsj.com/ 01/14/2015

TOP↑

Open Data and Privacy Not 'Headbanging' Concepts

 

Any discussion on open data is almost always followed by debates on privacy concerns. Many individual and organizations — whether in international development or other sectors — remain wary about publishing information online. And their fears aren’t unfounded. Some donor governments that publish activity-level data online have received flak for spending too much in a sector that, in the eyes of its taxpayers, doesn’t provide value for money. Many nongovernmental organizations, meanwhile, have been subjected to public scrutiny after disclosing how much they pay their CEOs. Given the negative attention, it is not surprising for many of these actors to become more controlling of the information they release to the public. Claire Melamed, lead author of a U.N.-commissioned report on data revolution, was spot on when she told Devex previously that “unless people trust the data would be used in ways that help them and don’t harm them, in ways they have confidence and have certain amount of control on how it will be used, they will not allow their data to be used.”

 

High-level aid officials such as U.N. Resident Coordinator for Indonesia Douglas Broderick and Australia’s development cooperation program head in Indonesia James Gilling also highlighted the issue of privacy in our conversations on open data. Gilling, in particular, underscored the importance of having “the right balance” to ensure privacy but at the same time open more data to the public. Similarly, professor Miriam Lips from the University of Wellington doesn’t believe open data and privacy is an either-or type of situation. Lips is currently involved in discussions around setting up a national data council in New Zealand wherein data would be published without revealing any personal information. “I don’t see privacy and increased information-sharing as opposite to each other or headbanging … or black and white. I think we should bring them together and design information-sharing initiatives that are privacy friendly,” she told Devex at a data conference in Bali, Indonesia, in November.

 

How such an initiative would look like within the international development sector remains to be seen, but a grass-roots initiative in Indonesia — kawalpemilu.org — that was set up to ensure the credibility and transparency of the recent election in the country provides an example of how this can be done. The crowdsourced platform, which was created solely to have a transparent system for counting and monitoring votes, is not the first such initiative. Developers started similar ones in the past, but none were launched. They had to stop developing the sites midway through the project for various reasons, including intimidation or interference from political parties. Others, meanwhile, were set up to disrupt the elections, intentionally showing incorrect figures. What Elisa Sutanudjaja, administrator of kawalpemilu.org, and Ainun Nadjib, who initiated the whole project, did was to keep all work, including responding to media inquiries, between themselves. This allowed the 700 volunteers — all of whom were screened to ensure they have no direct links to any of the candidates — who helped crowdsource the project to remain anonymous.

 

“What makes us different [is that] we are closed sourcing. We started from five people, and those five people trusted five more people, and then from that five people, it became 700 people,” Sutanudjaja told Devex. The volunteers came from more than 20 cities in Indonesia, and 26 other countries. Sutanudjaja and Nadjib maintained two websites as well. Votes are inputted into the second site, which can only be accessed by the volunteers. Editors, including Sutanudjaja, randomly check the inputted data to ensure accuracy, correcting errors if needed. “We have the check and recheck system … There are honest mistakes sometimes [like double typing],” the administrator said. “We also invite the public to oversee our work, as you can see from our [other] website. [If] we’ve put a mistake, the public can also report the data they have on the ground is different with [our] data, [and] after that we report it back to the KPU [Indonesia’s national election commission].”

From https://www.devex.com/ 01/19/2015

TOP↑

 

Report Highlights Opportunities to Build Tomorrow’s Electricity Sector

 

Diminishing financial returns for utilities have put at risk the ability of the electricity sector in OECD markets to raise the estimated $7.6 trillion in investments needed by 2040 to meet energy policy objectives, according to a new report from the World Economic Forum. This investment is needed to simultaneously decarbonize the sector while maintaining energy security. The Future of Electricity report offers guidance on transforming the electricity sector to a more sustainable, affordable and reliable system, and outlines recommendations for policy-makers, regulators and businesses in developed markets to attract needed investment. It is part of a broader Future of Electricity initiative, which was launched at the World Economic Forum Annual Meeting 2014, and aims to provide countries, companies and societies with a platform for dialogue and learning amid the transition to a lower-carbon electricity system.

 

“Since 2000, OECD countries have invested more than $3 trillion in new renewables, conventional power plants and distribution structure, but about 20% more investment a year is still required over the next 15 years,” said Roberto Bocca, Head of the Energy Industries at the World Economic Forum. “Collaboration across stakeholders will be critical to achieving this goal and providing the holistic perspective needed to successfully make the low-carbon transition.” “The electricity sector is at a crossroads. We are entering a period of unprecedented investment to meet our energy policy goals, but decreasing returns and increasing risk are raising questions over future investment,” added Julian Critchlow, a partner at Bain & Company, which collaborated with the Forum on the report. “OECD countries will need to take immediate action to ensure continued investment across the energy value chain.”

 

According to the report, root causes of the sector's investment challenges include:

Suboptimal geographic deployment: Europe could have saved up to $140 billion if deployment of renewables had been optimized within and across borders; for instance, by building more solar in southern Europe where there is more sun, and more wind farms in the north where wind factors are higher. Lack of buy-in: Society recognizes the need for an electricity system that produces less carbon, but has not yet fully bought into the value it brings and other positive impacts like job creation and security of supply. Inadequate carbon price signalling: In the EU, the Emission Trading Scheme permits have fallen to a price that will not materially impact investment consistent with a decarbonization programme. Declining returns of conventional generation: Falling demand, significant overcapacity, reduced load factors and wholesale price declines have all contributed to a massive loss of value in generation assets. Business model disruption: The traditional utility business model is being disrupted by technological innovation and customer trends at the end of the value chain, creating opportunities for new entrants and incumbent utilities.

 

“There are many lessons to be learned. Stakeholders across the energy sector need to collaborate to foster more cross-border cooperation while ensuring stable regulation,” said Ignacio Galán, Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Iberdrola, and current chairman of the Forum’s Energy Utilities community. “Central to this effort is a commitment to decarbonizing economies and a meaningful agreement at the Paris climate change talks this year.” The report also provides recommendations for key stakeholders for attracting investments to build the future electricity sector: Policy-makers need to plot the most efficient pathways to policy objectives by incentivizing “no regrets” investments and exploiting the most efficient renewable resources within and across borders. This will require building in flexibility, increasing societal support and prohibiting retroactive policy changes. Regulators need to ensure that markets provide clear and effective signals, by rewarding the reliability and flexibility of the system (encouraging supply and demand solutions) or by recognizing the value of reliable back-up grid capacity through network tariffs. Regulators also need to create “level playing fields”, harmonizing incentives and removing unnecessary regulatory barriers to competition. Business will have to develop complementary customer-centric business models, creating value for stakeholders by exploiting customer data generated from smart grids and connected devices. Equally, investors need to engage with policy-makers and regulators on how to best balance risk and return, while innovating investment structures to finance the evolving risk profile of the electricity value chain.

 

“Energy builds and supports modern economies, and is fundamental to our daily lives,” said Steve Bolze, President and Chief Executive Officer of GE Power & Water and Chairman of the Forum’s Energy Technology community. “We have an obligation to future generations to address the current limitations impacting the electricity sector, and provide a sound foundation for future economic progress and quality of life improvements.” The Co-Chairs of the Annual Meeting 2015 are: Hari S. Bhartia, Co-Chairman and Founder, Jubilant Bhartia Group, India; Winnie Byanyima, Executive Director, Oxfam International, United Kingdom; Katherine Garrett-Cox, Chief Executive Officer and Chief Investment Officer, Alliance Trust, United Kingdom; Young Global Leader Alumnus; Jim Yong Kim, President, The World Bank, Washington DC; Eric Schmidt, Executive Chairman, Google, USA; and Roberto Egydio Setubal, Chief Executive Officer and Vice-Chairman of the Board of Directors, Itaú Unibanco, Brazil.

From http://finance.yahoo.com/ 01/20/2015

TOP↑

 

ITA and Industrial Innovation Centre to Boost ICT Industry

 

The Information Technology Authority (ITA) signed a Memorandum of Understanding (MOU) with the Industrial Innovation Centre which is operated by the General Establishment for Industrial Estates to cooperate in the field of ICT industry innovation in the sultanate. The MOU was signed by Dr Salim Sultan al Ruzaiqi CEO of ITA and Dr Hamed Hashim al Dhahab chairman of the board of directors of the Industrial Innovation Centre. According to the MOU both parties will work on a joint programme in the field of ICT industry innovation through which several research projects will be done to serve the needs of the sector. The ITA is to assess the feasibility of the research projects innovations ideas and initiatives presented by the Industrial Innovation Centre and provide the necessary consultancies within its mandate as a specialised entity in the ICT industry development in the sultanate.

From http://www.menafn.com/ 02/16/2015

TOP↑

 

Ministers Firm on ICT Use to Narrow Gap in Development

 

Asean telecommunications and information technology ministers yesterday made a joint statement reiterating the grouping's commitment to realise the benefits of regional integration through the use of ICT as an enabler to narrow the development gap within and between member states. ICT as an enabler to narrow the development gap within and between member states. The statement was made after the two-day "14th Asean Telecommunications and Information Technology Ministers Meeting", which was held in Bangkok. To transform Asean in the move towards smart communities, an Asean ICT Masterplan 2015 (AIM2015) is required. The ministers agreed to complete the remaining measures in AIM2015 to facilitate the timely realisation of the Asean Economic Community (AEC) by the end of this year. Thailand's ICT Minister, Pornchai Rujiprapa, said the ministers had applauded efforts to promote a networked society and economy in Asean by encouraging innovation in the creation of online services, amongst other things, through the formulation of enabling policies for online service platforms, the promotion of a common secure transaction framework, promotion of online public and commercial services, and the holding of annual Asean ICT awards.

 

The ministers also agreed to support several initiatives to improve ICT connectivity, including the possible use of dynamic spectrum-allocation technology to better utilise scarce ratio frequencies, strengthening the submarine cable-protection regimes to ensure reliability of the communication network in Asean, and harmonising digital dividend spectrum utilisation. They will also continue the development of human capital through the upgrading of ICT skills, the establishment of ICT scholarship programmes, and the development of ICT professionals to utilise the newly established Asean CIO Association and the network of Asean ICT Centres of Excellence in order to exchange information and share best practices, he said. Moreover, ministers reaffirmed the importance of building confidence and security in the use of ICT among Asean citizens, public- and private-sector organisations through development of human and institutional capacity in network and information security. This includes the framework-development activities of the Asean Network Security Action Council, information-security awareness campaigns, and Asean Computer Emergency Response Team cooperative activities. The ministers also called for greater participation from the private sector to jointly develop quality ICT infrastructure and a skill-based workforce.

From http://www.nationmultimedia.com/ 01/24/2015

TOP↑

 

 

 

 

 

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/02.gif

 

 

 

CHINA: ICT Market to Grow Steadily

 

The information and communication technology (ICT) market in China will grow steadily in the upcoming years, analysts with International Data Corporation (IDC) said on Tuesday. "China's ICT market will expand at an annual rate of seven percent from 2013 to 2020," predicted Kitty Fok, managing director of IDC China. "By 2020, revenue from the information technology market and telecommunication services will both reach 300 billion U.S. dollars," said the director of the market intelligence firm. Wu Lianfeng, associate vice president of IDC China, said five factors will decide the future of the business: overall economic strength, government policy, technological progress, industrial restructuring and changes in consumer habits. Wu said stable economic growth in China in years to come will sustain steady development in ICT. Ambitious targets in shifting the growth model, raising incomes and protecting environment will unlock great opportunities for ICT companies. Technological progress in robots, 3D printing, the Internet of Things and other related fields will speed up innovation, said Wu.

From http://www.news.cn/ 11/19/2014

TOP↑

 

China Mobile Eyes 250 Mln 4G Customers Next Year

 

China Mobile, China's largest telecommunication service provider, has forecast that it will have 250 million 4G customers in 2015.The company has experienced robust 4G business growth in 2014 and had more 50 million 4G users as of the end of October, China Mobile chief executive officer Li Yue said Friday.China's 4G is powered by the homegrown technology, Time-Division Long-Term Evolution (TD-LTE), one of the two major international standards in the mobile telecom industry, the other being Frequency Division Duplex (FDD-LTE)."The TD-LTE sector is maturing, and increasingly accepted by more telecom companies. Given this, we aim to increase our 4G users to 250 million in 2015 by increasing the number of our 4G base stations to 1 million to enhance coverage," Li said during a global cooperation partners conference held by the company in Guangzhou.China Mobile chairman Xi Guohua said 2014 was the start of the 4G era for the company.He said the company had 700,000 4G base stations currently under construction and that they would be complete by the end of 2014. He also forecast the company would have almost 80 million 4G customers by year end.The company has 42 TD-LTE commercial networks worldwide, allowing users to access 4G services in 26 countries and regions, Xi said.

From http://www.news.cn/ 12/20/2014

TOP↑

 

China Mobile Aims at 250 Million 4G Users in 2015

 

Xi Guohua, chairman of China Mobile, revealed the company's goal for 2015 during China Mobile Global Partner Conference 2014, stating that China Mobile plans to sell 250 million terminals, including 200 million 4G devices, and they aim to develop 250 million 4G users in 2015.Xi said the company has surpassed the goals for 4G services in 2014. They not only completed the building of 500,000 4G base stations, but also constructed additional ones; and they expected to have 700,000 4G base stations completed by the end of 2014. For user group expansion, they planned to develop 50 million 4G users; however, the number may reach 80 million by year-end once all calculations are confirmed later this year. In addition, the number of 4G terminals will reach 220 million.For 2015, Xi revealed that China Mobile plans to build one million 4G base stations, achieve 100% LTE international roaming access, sell 250 million terminals including 200 million 4G devices, and develop 250 million 4G users.He also revealed that for device development, China Mobile will stick to multi-frequency, wearable devices, and owned mobile phone brands. He emphasized that the owned mobile phone brand does not mean to compete with mobile phone manufacturers; instead, they will try to establish a new framework for pricing and design.

From http://www.news.cn/ 01/09/2015

TOP↑

 

Big Data Tops China's Top 10 Management Practices

 

The application of big data was voted the "best management practice" of the past year, according to a ranking published by Chief Executive China magazine, a trade journal published by Global Sources, on Tuesday, Jan. 13, 2015 in Beijing.Big data application refers to the process of collecting data sets that are normally large and complex enough to be analyzed by traditional measures. Indirect correlations are usually found in the process of big data analysis, which facilitates spotting business trends among other benefits.Craig Pepples, the magazine's editor, said although big data is an abstract idea, "it is a way of understanding directly what customers are doing and what they want," which is a more realistic, practical way of looking at the application of big data in business."There will be more and more attention to feedback directly from clients, therefore making changes in the product or in the enterprise based on customers' needs," Pepples said at the launch of the annual ranking.

 

He reiterated that the ranking was determined by a voting process rather than by any individual successful case involving big data analysis that his team came across.Pepples attributed the ranking results to the fundamental changes that took place in China during the past year."Deepening reform, restructuring the economy, subversive innovation, the Internet of Things and the shape of 'One Belt and One Road' [the New Silk Road Economic Belt and the 21st Century Maritime Silk Road] were among the most heated topics in China. Management practices change along with the change of business environment," said Pepples.Apart from the recent ascension of big data, global integration of resources and brand innovation took the second and third. This is the twelfth consecutive year that "innovation" or "brand" has made it into the Top 10 ranking.

From http://www.news.cn/ 01/14/2015

TOP↑

 

3D Printing Ready to Revolutionize Manufacturing

 

In October, the southern Chinese city of Changsha launched an industrial park. What sets it apart from other manufacturing centers is that it is poised to play a key role in the growth of Chinese technology.The development is China's first hub for 3D printing technology, and was established with an immediate goal to produce 100 3D printers, and to triple the number of devices by 2016. Taking Changsha's lead, the cities of Wuhan and Zhuhai have announced plans to develop similar industry hubs.Other countries in the Asia-Pacific region are also focusing on this fast-growing technology.Over the next five years, Singapore plans to invest $500 million to boost skills in advanced manufacturing, focusing heavily on 3D printing.Companies in Japan are already marketing inexpensive desktop 3D printers, while South Korean conglomerates are widely using the technology.

 

After decades of development, 3D printing has emerged as a viable and affordable technology, increasingly used by both the private and public sector. While problems remain, it could eventually revolutionize the manufacturing sector that many countries in Asia depend on for economic growth."3D printing has been around since the 1980s and has been expanding into mass production and specialized manufacturing since then," says Maria Smith, head of law firm Baker & McKenzie's trademarks practice in Hong Kong."The business is growing rapidly. In 2013, the (global) market size was estimated at $2.5 billion. It is projected to reach $16.2 billion by 2018."3D printing, also known as additive manufacturing, has already been used to produce cars, buildings, guns and even artificial body parts.

From http://www.news.cn/ 02/02/2014

TOP↑

China Mobile's 4G Users Top 100 Mln

 

China Mobile, China's largest wireless service provider, said on Sunday that its 4G clients have topped 100 million by the end of January thanks to its expanded service coverage.The company said it has established more than 700,000 4G base stations so far, covering over one billion people.They forecast 4G users will top 250 million in 2015 and the company will set up one million 4G base stations by the end of the year.Meanwhile, the company said it has expanded its 4G roaming service to more than 71 countries and regions, forming the biggest 4G network worldwide.In December 2013, the Ministry of Industry and Information Technology licensed China Mobile, China Telecom and China Unicom to operate the home-grown TD-LTE standard, or Time Division - Long Term Evolution, a major variant of the 4G standards with the other being LTE FDD.

From http://www.news.cn/ 02/15/2015

TOP↑

 

SOUTH KOREA: Ranking No. 2 in ICT Development

 

South Korea ranked No. 2 in development of its information and communications technologies (ICT), a U.N. agency said Tuesday, giving up its first place to Denmark. The International Telecommunications Union (ITU) said Asia's fourth-largest economy ranked second among 166 countries surveyed. It marked the first time for South Korea to miss the top spot since 2010.  Sweden came in at third, followed by Iceland, Britain, Norway, the Netherlands and Finland. Hong Kong and Luxembourg also made the top 10 list.  By sector, South Korea took the top spot in the percentage of households with Internet access and second place in secondary gross enrollment ratio. It took sixth and ninth place for fixed (wired)-broadband Internet subscriptions per 100 inhabitants and active mobile-broadband subscriptions per 100 inhabitants, respectively. 

From http://www.koreaherald.com 11/25/2014

TOP↑

 

The Shifting of Korea’s Mobile Social Media

 

The current population of South Korea is close to 50 million, and smartphone owners make up 74 percent of that. Among Koreans in their 20s, smartphone ownership stands at 98 percent. What are the most used apps on your smartphone? They are probably social networking services (SNS) apps, such as Facebook, Twitter or Instagram. Up until last year, Koreans tended to use more open types of foreign SNS, such as Facebook and Twitter, which allow users to communicate with friends on an international level, or even with people they’ve never met. However, these days, trends in user preference have shifted toward more closed types of local SNS, such as Kakao Story or Naver’s Band. These are now used more commonly than the more open types mentioned above. Launched in November 2011, the first of this closed type of SNS was Between by VCNC, a mobile startup. The app was created for use between only two people, usually couples. This was its main attraction: only two close people could transmit and receive pictures and messages in real time. This closed type of SNS has come into its own, gaining favor by letting users be selective in their interactions, thus avoiding acquaintances or unknown “friends” or “followers” from the web.

According to Nielsen Research, Kakao Story’s market share of Monthly Active Users (MAU) was 41.1 percent in June 2014, which placed it as the leading SNS service in Korea. Naver’s social network, Band, showed the second highest market share with 28.7 percent. Facebook came in with a 22.5 percent share, while Twitter’s showing was at 4.2 percent. In the domestic mobile SNS market, Kakao Story and Band had made their way to the top. This is a significant change from the end of last year. Band’s market share, which was at 9.9 percent in January 2013, had increased to 23.1 percent by October, surpassing Facebook’s 22.7 percent. Kakao Story has led the mobile SNS service market by steadily occupying over 40 percent since the beginning of 2013. By contrast, Facebook’s market presence stagnated, but has held onto around 22 percent of the market since the end of 2013. Twitter’s share has fallen from last year’s 7 percent to 4. Accumulatively, Kakao Story and Band acquired around 50 percent of the market by January 2013, continuing to rise to over 70 percent by June 2014.

Behind the growth of these domestic SNS networks was a substantial increase in smartphone users in their 30s, 40s and 50s. According to a survey conducted by Digieco, a Korea Telecom (KT) research group, involving 800 smartphone users, the higher percentage of users in their 30s helped give Kakao Story its top spot. Users in their 40s pushed Band into second place. This migration to more closed networks contrasted with the behavior of younger generations, who predominantly used Facebook. Digieco went on to explain that users in their 40s users liked closed networks because they only wanted to share information, complaints and ideas with close friends and old schoolmates. Kakao Story proved to be the most popular network for full-time housewives between the ages of 30 and 50, whom the report labeled as “communication windows.” The results of a Korea Information Society Development Institute (KISDI) survey of 1,233 housewives in their 30s, 40s and 50s showed that 76.8 percent of them used Kakao Story, while Facebook and Twitter garnered a mere 9 percent and 7 percent, respectively. In the meantime, Band has recently launched services in 10 new languages including English, Japanese and Mandarin. In a sign of the growth of international trade, Band reported that a German language version will be launched later this year.

From http://www.korea.net 11/27/2014

TOP↑

 

Korea Reveals New ICT Vision

 

The South Korean government has set forth a new vision for enabling the country to achieve sustainability through information technology amid the dawning of the Internet of Things era. In an event commemorating the country’s achievement of connecting the society through IT since 1984 in Pangyo, Gyeonggi Province, Friday, the Ministry of Science, ICT and Future Planning unveiled a road map for the future of Korea’s technology. The five strategic visions are: developing a digital market where everyone can think and come up with creative ideas, strengthening the country’s software capability, establishing and expanding the economic foundation for sustainability, advancing technology for increased connectivity, and fostering global ICT leaders. “We hope that these visions can be shared with everyone and become stepping stones for the country to leap forward toward a new hyperconnected age,” said ICT Minister Choi Yang-hee in his keynote speech at the event.

“We urge everyone in the public and private sectors to participate and achieve their dreams in the new digital nation,” the minister added. However, he said that the private sector rather than the government and its public enterprises should lead the way in creating the envisioned economy. The government said the road map for the new connected era should most of all aim to narrow the digital divide by improving the lives of the underprivileged through IT. Also, technology enabling hyperconnections of not only mobile devices but also wearables such as glasses should help the country create an environmentally friendly environment. The country set out its IT initiative to build a connected society in 1984 when it began developing a network infrastructure to back mobile communications. The ministry said that Asia’s fourth-largest economy should aim to develop a “humanized technology,” allowing everyone not just to collaborate, but cocreate and share value in order to sustain the economy. “Korea should move to develop a ‘horizontal industry’ (where players and participants treat each other equally) and achieve a paradigm shift,” the ministry said in a press statement. The country, overall, aims to develop a “creative society” through hyperconnections by 2025.

From http://www.koreaherald.com 12/05/2014

TOP↑

 

S. Korea, China to Launch Joint Research on '5G' Network

 

South Korea and China on Thursday agreed to begin joint research on developing a "fifth-generation" ultra-fast mobile network, officials said.  The agreement, which also includes joint research projects on biotechnology, new materials and renewable energy, was signed in Beijing between South Korean Minister of Science, ICT and Future Planning, Choi Yang-hee, and his Chinese counterpart, Wan Gang. Over the next three years, South Korea and China will jointly raise 3 billion won (US$2.7 million) to fund the joint research projects, the South Korean ministry said in a statement. "I believe that South Korea and China could play a leading role in the fields of next-generation ICT (Information, Communication and Technology) through practical cooperation and partnership," Choi told the Korea-China Tech Forum in Beijing.  Theoretically, the "5G" wireless technology would make mobile communications about 1,000 times faster than current fourth-generation networks. 

From http://www.koreaherald.com 12/18/2014

TOP↑

 

2015 to See Dawn of Internet of Things

 

Take a moment and imagine a world where every information and object is customized to your needs through the power of big data solutions, sensor and cloud computing technology. Even before you step out of the office and head home on a cold winter night, your automobile will not only know your final destination, but it will warm up your seat in advance, your thermostat will raise the temperature to heat up your house and your refrigerator will recommend what food to eat for dinner. Although this may look like a landscape normally seen in a science fiction movie, the Internet of Things, powered by cloud computing, information, mobile and social network technologies, will be realized in the not too distant future. No one is sure exactly how a new connected society will look like when more than 20 billion objects including household appliances and devices will be connected to the Internet by 2020. But industry sources said further cross-industry convergence and innovation is expected to bring changes and generate value in line with the world’s future vision of IoT, which stands on the “peak of expectations” on the curve of global IT researcher Gartner’s Hype Cycle for Emerging Technologies. “The industry does not have a clear picture of the IoT, and that is why companies are changing tack by collaborating with players in different industrial sectors, acquiring inventive startups and investing in new technologies,” said an industry source.

However, the general direction involves every company to move toward creating their own kind of an ecosystem, or “oasis,” in the uncharted territory by spotting the next big thing in technology. Samsung Electronics is said to be envisioning a smart home system in which its household appliances will be connected and operated according to consumer needs. Google’s driverless cars and acquisitions of a smart thermostat maker Nest and robot developer Boston Dynamics could be seen as a move to expand its software prowess into a variety of fields including artificial intelligence for the IoT. Apple’s smart health care solution connected to its iOS-backed mobile devices is also part of the IoT movement. Amid this trend, information will take center stage as the borderless world through the development of superfast network connections such as fifth-generation telecommunications will enable information to travel more freely and reach consumers without barriers. “This is where big data analytics come in to efficiently manage information for consumers,” said another industry source. Although it may take more than a decade for the IoT to take shape, analysts forecast a growing number of companies to join in the movement to create a connected world.

From http://www.koreaherald.com 12/31/2014

TOP↑

 

KT Manages the World’s Largest Underwater Telecommunications Network

 

In what will be remembered as a trailblazing project to use submarine cables to manage superfast cross-border Internet traffic, KT, the nation’s leading integrated wired and wireless telecommunications service provider, will soon also operate the world’s largest international submarine communications network from the southern port city of Busan.  On Oct. 21 this year – the second day of the 2014 World IT Show (WIS) – KT (formerly Korea Telecom) celebrated the opening of its Asia Pacific Gateway Network Operations Center (APG NOC), an integrated control center for the submarine communications network. The APG NOC will take on the role of being an APG control tower, managing the establishment, operation and risk management of the submarine cable network from the KT Busan International Center. When fully established, the submarine optical cable network will extend a total of 11,000 kilometers – with 6,000 meters laid underwater – and connect Korea with eight other Asian territories: China, Japan, Taiwan, Hong Kong, Vietnam, Thailand, Malaysia and Singapore. The APG is scheduled to be completed in 2015.

At the opening ceremony for the center, KT Chairman Hwang Chang-gyu said, “Through the effective management of the state-of-the-art integrated international submarine communications network, we are fully determined to promote South Korea’s position from being a communications hub for Northeast Asia to being a global hub for ICT (Information Communications Technology).” Hwang’s remarks were echoed by Minister of Science, ICT and Future Planning Choi Yang-hee, who congratulated the nation’s leading mobile telecom carrier for taking charge of an international submarine communications network, saying, “I hope KT will advance beyond the walls of Asia to the United States and the European nations.” KT established and leads the consortium of 13 companies – 10 overseas communications carriers and three investors, including Facebook – that decided to participate in the project for the APG’s implementation.

The data transmission speed of the APG is 40 Gbps (gigabytes per second) per wavelength, more than two times faster than existing submarine cables. The network has a transmission capacity of 38.4 Tbps (terabytes per second), the largest of around 280 underwater cables across the world, according to KT officials. “Having been recognized for its technological expertise at stably operating six submarine cables, last year KT was able to obtain ISO 22301 certification, a standard course of action for such networks,” said Oh Seong-mok, director of KT’s Network Division, to Yonhap News. Analysts say that this project will help Korea to both control and initiate support for an international submarine communications network, as users in the nine countries will be able to exchange massive amounts of content at a much faster speed. They argue that it will also help promote the overseas advancement of domestic Internet service industries, while expanding the distribution of Korean mass media overseas.

In addition, KT predicts that the operation of the APG NOC will help attract Internet data centers and the R&D branches of global ICT businesses to Korea. KT forecasts that it will likely receive more than KRW 1.1 billion annually from the APG consortium. Sales will eventually reach KRW 11.5 billion per year for maintenance services through the operation of the APG NOC. Management of the integrated international submarine communications network is meaningful because KT has a preferential right in network control, meaning it retains a certain amount of leadership in the network, experts say. Meanwhile, KT has also formulated a plan to make its submarine communications network enter the Pacific region. The same day, KT signed an agreement with a global common carrier for the construction of a 14,000 km submarine cable, the New Cross Pacific (NCP) to directly connect Korea, China, Japan and Taiwan. The NCP will be opened and commercialized by the end of 2017.

From http://www.korea.net 12/31/2014

TOP↑

 

Smartphone Industry Eyes Technological Leap

 

The world’s smartphone industry will likely achieve a quantum leap in 2015 with a slew of cutting-edge technologies adopted in handsets, including a curved 4K display, a 64-bit processor and faster telecommunications chips. Local manufacturers are expected to ride the wave, with Samsung Electronics, the world’s largest smartphone-maker by sales volume, expected to unveil its flagship Galaxy S6 smartphone at the Mobile World Congress, the world’s largest mobile trade show, which will be held in March. Some anticipated features of the high-end smartphone include a dual curved-edge display, an aluminum case and a 64-bit Exynos mobile processor. Samsung’s marquee smartphone will also likely support the tri-band Long Term Evolution-Advanced technology, which has a transfer speed of 300 megabits per second ― four times faster than the current fourth-generation LTE. Pressed by Apple’s high-end iPhones and budget Chinese devices, the Seoul-based smartphone-maker will make further efforts to diversify its product portfolio too.

The long-awaited Tizen-powered smartphone, named the Z1, will be one of Samsung’s low-cost products to be released in global markets reportedly starting in India in January.  Samsung has been pouring resources into developing the Tizen operating system for the past couple years to wean itself off Google’s Android operating system. Rumor has it that the first Tizen smartphone will come with a price tag of $100, and that it will sport a 1.2GHz dual-core processor, 768MB RAM and a 3MP rear-facing camera. Market analysts forecast more manufacturers will jump on the bandwagon to beef up their affordable smartphone lineups. “The competition in the global smartphone market will intensify as extremely cheap handsets will continue to be rolled out this year,” said Song Eun-jung, an analyst at Hi Investment and Securities. “The race to gain more market share with budget products, however, could lead to a point where the firms hurt their own profits.”

Posing a challenge to the duopoly of Samsung and Apple in the world’s smartphone market, Huawei and Xiaomi, the third- and fourth-largest smartphone-makers, are to unveil their new flagship models the Mi5 and Ascend P8, respectively, at the International CES, an electronics trade show slated to be held in Las Vegas in January. Riding the growth momentum created by the G3 smartphone, LG Electronics will likely make bold attempts to outrun its competitors by packing trailblazing technologies, including a 4K display and Qualcomm’s 64-bit Snapdragon 810 processor, into its next flagship models including the G4 and G Flex 2 this year.  Despite all the technological advancements and innovations to be achieved this year, market analysts expected that the growth rate of the global smartphone market will slow down to some extent. The number of global smartphone shipments is expected to increase 12.2 percent on-year ― falling from 26.3 percent in 2014 ― to 1.4 billion in 2015, according to research institute IDC. 

From http://www.koreaherald.com 12/31/2014

TOP↑

 

ICT Evolving for Consumers in 2015

 

The following is the fifth in a series of articles on the prospects for the world economy in 2015. ― Ed. Over the last few years, the impact of information and communication technologies on society has been enormous. ICT has deeply affected and reshaped most parts of our society, while radically influencing the global economy. No one can predict with certainty what role it will play in the future, but we do know that it will be significant.  One aspect of the growth of ICT in 2014 has undoubtedly been its entry into the “mobile era.” It is a tool that constitutes a new infrastructure, changing the way our societies function, while its technical applications give us totally new opportunities to develop new and better solutions to our existing problems. As the latest International Telecommunication Union publication “2014 Measuring the Information Society Report” notes, the world witnessed continued growth in ICT last year and, by end-2014, almost 3 billion people had used the Internet, up from 2.7 billion at end-2013. While the growth in mobile-cellular subscriptions is slowing as the market reaches saturation levels, mobile broadband remains the fastest-growing market segment, with continuous double-digit growth rates in 2014 and an estimated global penetration rate of 32 percent. International bandwidth has also grown steeply, at 45 percent annually from 2001 and 2013, and developing countries’ share of total international bandwidth increased from around 9 percent in 2004 to almost 30 percent.

The growth in Internet users ― including via smartphones and smart pads ― has witnessed a parallel, steep growth in the volume of Internet content. More and more people are actively participating in the information society by creating, sharing and uploading content and using social media and other Internet-based applications, covering a large range of topics and sectors. Going ahead, this year we are likely to see a consolidation of the gains that have already been made, and there will progress on many other technologies that are now on the periphery. Some of the technologies that have been forecast to make a big impact among consumers in 2015 include, among others, mobile cloud computing, the Internet of Things, 3-D printing, wearables and smart machines. As noted by International Data Corporation, in 2015 the industry is going to accelerate its transition to the “Third Platform” for innovation and growth, built on the technology pillars of mobile computing, cloud services, big data and analytics, and social networking. “In 2015, the Third Platform will account for one-third of global ICT spending and 100 percent of spending growth. The industry is now entering the most critical period yet in this era: the ‘Innovation Stage,’” it said in a recent report. Of this, MCC is expected to be a hotbed of activity and will grow briskly. The combination of cloud computing, mobile computing and wireless networks will bring rich computational resources to mobile users and network operators, as well as cloud computing providers. 

 

The ultimate goal of MCC is to enable the execution of rich mobile applications on a plethora of mobile devices, with a rich user experience. And as smartphones and other mobile devices continue to grow in market share, despite the sudden dip witnessed in recent months, there is likely to be more focus on serving the diverse needs of the mobile customer. Especially when it comes to making their data available whenever and wherever they are. There will be a rise in the delivery of on-demand computing resources and with wireless data set to emerge as the largest and fastest-growing segment, one can expect the cloud services to grow in parallel. Next is the new buzzword, the Internet of Things ― all-encompassing, cutting across existing product categories and industries ― which is supposed to provide an impetus to the so-called “third platform” era. Its expected growth, along with the increasing consumer demand for an always-on, connected lifestyle, has made startups and large companies bullish on the IoT sector.

The invention of more and more intelligent and connected “things” will push the development of many new machines, applications and solutions. There are, however, many issues that still need to be tackled, including privacy, data ownership and spectrum congestion. As noted by Jamie Moss, an analyst at the leading ICT research and advisory firm OVUM, “Its definition and constituents are expanding and evolving. All companies involved in the establishment of today’s ICT service infrastructure believe they have a pivotal role to play in the IoT. However, few accurately know what that role will be, or have a realistic estimation of the size of the opportunity. The IoT is beset by far more questions than answers.”  Experts are also expecting significant activity in 3-D printing. According to Gartner, 3-D printing will reach a tipping point over the next three years as the market for relatively low-cost 3-D printing devices continues to grow rapidly and industrial use expands significantly. New industrial, biomedical and consumer applications will continue to demonstrate that 3-D printing is a real, viable and cost-effective means of achieving improved designs, streamlined prototyping and short-term manufacturing.

Another segment that could see an explosion of innovation is wearables. But, even as many anxiously await the release of the iWatch, Apple’s own foray into wearables, the interest already appears to be diminishing.  According to a survey conducted by Ovum in mid-2014 across 15 countries, less than 10 percent of respondents planned to buy a wearable device in the next 12 months. At the same time, more than a dozen smart wearable devices have been launched since, and many of them have fared dismally.  As regards smart machines, there are already prototype autonomous vehicles, advanced robots, virtual personal assistants and smart advisers, which are likely to evolve, ushering in a new age of machine helpers. Experts think that the smart machine era could be the most disruptive in the history of IT. We can only wait and watch to see how they evolve. Many new gadgets and software programs will make their way to the market in 2015, but the most understated technological change is the promise of new Wi-Fi standards. Emerging standards will increase Wi-Fi performance this year. 

Also, when HTML 5 finally hits the market this year, it is set to become an essential technology for many organizations. With this new system, Web development tools will mature, as will the popularity of mobile Web and hybrid applications. Ultimately, businesses will be able to easily and quickly deliver applications across multiple platforms in a way they never could before, while consumers will be able enjoy superior-quality applications. There will also likely be an uptick in mobile payment technologies as more and more companies roll out their services, and consumers get accustomed to convenient cashless transactions. In addition, there will be more on-demand apps for various services, like Uber, leading to the so-called sharing economy. In short, be prepared for seamless mobile access, smarter and more flexible wearable mobile devices, and increasingly strong and flexible cloud computing technology. Moreover, mobile office, information sharing, socialization, electronic business, Internet finance and other services will become accessible anytime and anywhere, further improving our lives with added convenience. There will of course be more security challenges as hackers become more sophisticated.

From http://www.koreaherald.com 01/07/2015

TOP↑

 

S. Korea's ICT Exports Grow in 2014 on Strong Semiconductor

 

South Korea's exports of information communication technology (ICT) products rose to a new annual high in 2014, partly on record exports of semiconductors, the government said Thursday. Outbound shipments of ICT products came to US$173.88 billion last year, up 2.6 percent from a year earlier, according to the Ministry of Trade, Industry and Energy. The trade surplus in the ICT sector shrank slightly from $88.6 billion in 2013 to $86.35 billion last year as imports grew 8.3 percent on-year to $87.53 billion. The surplus was still nearly double South Korea's total trade surplus of $47.4 billion in 2014, the ministry said, showing that the ICT sector helped more than offset trade deficits in other sectors. "ICT exports also contributed greatly to the growth of the country's exports, accounting for 30.3 percent of the country's total shipments ($573.1 billion) last year," the ministry said in a press release. The increase in ICT exports was partly attributed to high performance by semiconductors, the country's single largest export item. In 2014, shipments of semiconductors surged 9.6 percent on-year to $62.65 billion, breaching the $60 billion mark for the first time. Exports of mobile phones gained 6.3 percent to $26.44 billion. Those for display panels slipped 3.2 percent on-year to $28.38 billion, largely on a fall in global demand, as well as growing competition from Chinese manufacturers whose combined global market share expanded from 13 percent in the fourth quarter of 2013 to 15.3 percent in the third quarter of 2014. By country, shipments to China, the world's single-largest market for South Korean ICT products, gained 3.6 percent on-year to $88.6 billion, with exports to the United States growing 3.8 percent to $16.86 billion. Shipments to Japan, on the other hand, plunged 11.3 percent on-year to $6.17 billion. Exports to the European Union slipped 1.7 percent to $13.25 billion. 

From http://www.koreaherald.com 01/08/2015

TOP↑

 

Park Vows to Boost IT-Based Cultural Content Industry

 

President Park Geun-hye asked the nation’s business leaders and policymakers to promote the commercialization of cultural content integrated with information and communication technology, calling it a major growth engine for the nation. “I believe that the culture industry is the core engine of our future growth,” Park said Wednesday at a ceremony held to launch a joint project aimed at nurturing South Korea’s cultural content industry, on Wednesday. “The cultural content industry is the alchemy of the 21st century as it generates fresh values (by collaborating with) other industries including tourism, medical, education and manufacturing businesses,” she said. With the project, the Park administration aims to build an ecosystem in which individuals and start-up companies can develop their creative cultural content into high value-added products. The government plans to set up an idea-developing center, a business incubator facility, a theme park and an education institution, to systematically develop and commercialize cultural content and ideas. The supportive system will be fully established by 2017, officials said. A total of 64 government agencies, cultural and entertainment businesses agreed to participate in the project, they added.

South Korea achieved economic prosperity through its hardware manufacturing industry, followed by information technology. The ceremony signifies a shift of focus from past hardware industries to creative industries integrated with cultural content, An Chong-bum, Park’s senior secretary for the economy, told reporters later in the day. The government also plans to provide legal and financial consultation to firms seeking to enter the global market. An said the plan was part of Park’s creative economy vision. Park believes that a creative economy can become a solution for emerging problems such as deepening income inequality, slowing economic growth and rising youth unemployment. As part of the ceremony, the nation’s entertainment giant CJ Group and Gyeonggi Province government agreed to make a 1 trillion won ($911 million) investment to build a cultural content hub, tentatively named K-Culture Valley, in Goyang, north of Seoul. They plan to create an entertainment theme park where visitors can experience both Korean traditional and pop culture as well as studios for companies producing films and dramas. The envisioned park will also include a 1,500-seat theater to stage popular performances like Nanta, officials said. The government expects the park to have an economic impact of 25 trillion won over the next 10 years and create 170,000 new jobs.

From http://www.koreaherald.com 02/11/2015

TOP↑

 

 

 

 

 

 

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/03.gif

 

 

 

INDONESIA: Great Leap Forward for Network Connectivity, but There’s a Catch

 

Indonesia will roll out 4G network plans in the middle of next year, it has been announced this week. The Ministry of Communication and Information (Menkominfo) has laid plans for a Long Term Evolution (4G-LTE) program at a frequency of 900 Mhz. The project, which will be carried out till 2019, will cost over US$ 21.7 billion. This will be used to construct fibre-optic cables, underwater cables, pave for radio access and satellites. The broadband plan will cover both east and west networks in Indonesia. Fibre optic networks will also be set up in Papua, a province in the east of Indonesia. While Menkominfo will aim to launch this programme by the end of 2014, it will not be ready to be commercialised yet.

From http://www.futuregov.asia/ 12/15/2014

TOP↑

 

SINGAPORE: Why the URA Is Using 3D Maps for Future Planning

 

Singapore has limited land, but its skyline is constantly changing. The city’s urban planning agency has found that 2D maps and physical models are not able to keep up with such a complex environment, its Chief Information Officer, Peter Quek said. The Urban Redevelopment Authority is now using 3D mapping to get a more realistic view of the city and simulate future scenarios, so agencies can plan their services better. Planners can run new types of analyses in 3D, Quek said. For example, a planner can see how a building casts shadows on its surroundings (see images below). This can be used to decide where best to plant trees to mitigate heat in the area. Planners can also run 3D simulations to understand how a future development may impact its surroundings and create scenarios to optimise this. For instance, Singapore runs micro-climatic studies to understand how a development can improve wind flows around buildings and reduce heat for pedestrians, Quek said.

 

3D in action

URA is working with GIS company, Esri, to use 3D techniques to plan its newest regional centre, Jurong Lake District. In addition, it uses 3D to generate scenarios for long-term planning - 50 years or more in the future - using economic and social parameters, he said. URA is working with other agencies and the industry for real estate developers to submit 3D models so that URA can integrate these with its own platform and ensure that they meet design guidelines and urban plans, Quek added. There are challenges that the agency is dealing with in using such a detailed system. Image gathering is one issue. Although advanced techniques like satellite imagery and remote sensing with laser are useful for gathering data on terrain, more intensive modelling techniques have to be used for creating high quality models of the buildings. “For planning we want a very realistic view. For that kind of an experience, we need to do a lot of ground survey and take photographs, so we need to have a team of highly trained people to do that,” Quek said. Another challenge is the software and sufficient computing power required to quickly crunch through all the images for real time analysis. The system needs high quality images of the city and it needs to instantaneously respond to planners making changes in the system, he said.

 

Benefits are ‘tremendous’

However, the benefits of using 3D mapping are “tremendous”, Quek believes. In the past, it was not possible to generate many scenarios for future planning, he said. “Using physical models, you generate two to three scenarios and stop there,” he said. “But with a [3D] model in place, you can generate many times the possibilities and optimise the plan.” The data that is gathered is not just used once, he added. “You can use it subsequently and can even share with other agencies so they benefit from the whole system.” The authority plans to complete detailed 3D models of 50 per cent of Singapore’s urban areas by end of 2015, and complete the entire model in two to three years, said Quek. While governments have been using digital 2D maps to plan services for a number of years now, perhaps it is time to consider if an investment in 3D maps could bring higher returns.

From http://www.futuregov.asia/ 12/15/2014

TOP↑

VIETNAM: Technological Innovation Vital to Increasing Competitiveness

 

Technological innovation was important to helping Vietnamese businesses enhance their competitiveness and create new, high-quality products and services, Prime Minister Nguyen Tan Dung said. He was addressing a ceremony in Ha Noi yesterday to launch the National Technology Innovation Fund, which was established by the Ministry of Science and Technology. He hailed the ministry's efforts to set up the fund which would serve as an important financial institution of the State to boost technological innovation among businesses. The establishment of the fund also illustrates the Vietnamese Government's resolve to boost economic growth and renovate growth models based on science and technology. With charter capital of VND1 trillion (US$47 million), the fund aims to promote businesses' creation of new products and services that have a high level of technology and added value. It was set up in accordance with Decision 1342/QD-TTg issued by the Prime Minister in August 2011, and Decision 1051/QD-TTg in July 2013.

From http://vietnamnews.vn/ 01/09/2015

TOP↑

 

 

 

 

 

 

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/04.gif

 

 

 

BANGLADESH: World Class IT Training for 30,000 Launched

 

Dhaka, Bangladesh (BBN)- The government has launched a training programme to develop 30,000 professionals for the IT and ITES sectors within the next three years. The Leverage ICT for Growth, Employment and Governance (LICT) Project and Professional Services Company Ernst & Young (EY) jointly arranged the launching of Top-UP IT training and ITES Foundation Skills Training programme at Hotel Sonargaon in the capital Dhaka on Saturday. Under the training programme, 10,000 IT and science graduates will get IT training, while 20,000 HSC and graduates will get ITES foundation skills training. The World Bank funded LICT Project of Bangladesh Computer Council (BCC) has appointed EY to impart Top-up IT training to a total of 30,000 youngsters. Addressing the launching function, Chairman of the University Grants Commission (UGC) Professor AK Azad Chowdhury said 30,000 youngsters of the country are getting world class IT training from a reputed global firm at a time when the government has put its best endeavour to implement the vision of Digital Bangladesh by 2021.

 

Presiding over the function, State Minister for ICT Zunaid Ahmed Palak said the training will meet the demands of skilled manpower for the IT industry and boost the country’s IT export. “The trained youngsters would help Bangladesh achieve its target of $1 billion export earnings from the ICT sector within five years.” The main feature of the training is the commitment to provide jobs at home and abroad about 6,000 (60pc) out of the 10,000 trained IT and science graduates. EY will be partnering with US-based Info Learning, which is amongst the largest IT training companies in the world. We’ll also be working closely with leading universities in Europe and the US to provide quality training and employability-linked skill development, said Partner, Performance Improvement of EY Anurag Malik. The World Bank (WB) is providing $70 million to LICT project with an aim to catalyse the growth of Bangladesh’s IT and ITES industry and create employment. The initiative targets to develop skilled manpower for IT and ITES sectors and assist in export diversification. The project was launched in February 2013 for implementation within five years. The WB, in its cost benefits analysis of the training component in the project concluded that direct employment of 30,000 graduates would lead to indirect employment of about 120,000 people.

From http://www.businessnews-bd.com/ 01/31/2015

TOP↑

 

Digital World-2015 Begins in Bangladesh Monday

 

Dhaka, Bangladesh (BBN)- A four-day mega ICT event 'Digital World-2015' is set to begin on Monday in the capital Dhaka to showcase technology-based innovations and achievements aiming to unlock economic potential of IT sector. "Digital World-2015 is the fourth mega ICT event, which is featuring various impressive technological advancements of the country," State Minister for ICT Division Zunaid Ahmed Palak told a press conference at Bangabandhu International Conference Centre(BICC) in Dhaka on Sunday. Prime Minister Sheikh Hasina is expected to inaugurate the Digital World at a function to be held at BICC on Monday. Prime Minister's ICT Adviser Sajeeb Wazed Joy, among other, also will attend the inaugural function of the digital world. The ICT Division and the BASIS in association with several IT organizations are organizing the digital world-2015 with the theme of "Future is here".

 

ICT Secretary Shayam Sundar Sikder, Executive Director of Bangladesh Computer Council SM Ashraful Islam, President of Bangladesh Association of Software and Information Services Shameem Ahsan, among others, addressed the press conference. As many as 85 IT experts from 25 countries will attend the different programmes during the event, the minister said, adding a total of 24 seminars, 9 conferences, 11 workshops will be held, where renowned IT experts from both local and international levels, officials, policy makers, business leaders and entrepreneurs are expected to attend. A total of 137 stalls -- 44 stalls are public and 93 stalls private-- will be set up at the digital world. As many as 22 pavilions including 12 mini pavilions from public sector while 59 pavilions including 43 mini pavilions from private sector will be set up at the four-day ICT event. The digital world will remain open for all from 10am to 8pm every day.

From http://www.businessnews-bd.com/ 02/08/2015

TOP↑

 

India and US to Further Strengthen Their Ties in the Field of Electronic Manufacturing and Information Technology

 

The USA, Under Secretary of State Ms. Catherine Novelli met the Minister for Communications and Information Technology Shri Ravi Shankar Prasad last evening.  The Minister shared the Digital India vision with the Under Secretary and its broad constituents namely- the digital infrastructure, digital delivery of services and digital empowerment of citizens. He informed the Under Secretary about Idukki- the first district where NOFN has been commissioned. The government is in the process of digitizing the services of the states. We have launched Digital Literacy Mission to educate the citizens about the usage of digital technology. He shared the recent initiative of Jeevan Pramaan- a biometric identity based pension certification system and the biometric attendance system. MyGov is a participative platform developed for citizens to take active participation in the process of governance. Electronic manufacturing is an area that this government is promoting in a big way. The government has launched various incentives for promoting manufacturing in India.

 

The Under Secretary Ms. Novelli expressed that the companies from the USA are very excited to join India in promoting manufacturing. But she felt that the constraints of global supply chain must also be understood while promoting Make in India. Minister assured the Under Secretary that if US companies are investing in India, they will be treated at par with the Indian companies and they are not subjected to any different conditions for investing in India. If they manufacture in India, they not only sell their products in India but also export it to the rest of the world and avail incentives.  The Minister shared that the Cyber Security is another area of great concern for cooperation between India and the USA. He further raised the issue of governance of Internet and net neutrality. The Under Secretary felt that the discussions on internet governance has become more broad based and inclusive. There is a need to have dialogues with engineers, IT professionals, companies, stakeholders. Net neutrality is an area on which the US federal government has taken a firm stand that we do not want any compromises on net neutrality. To this the Minister shared that the Internet must promote local along with the global. For India, net neutrality is very important. It is an instrument for the masses and it must remain an instrument for the masses. As far as government architecture to deal with this issue is concerned India is studying this and discussing it with stakeholders. Shri Ravi Shanker Prasad also shared with Ms. Novelli, India’s global representation in the internet governance the need to increase this. He felt that an open and democratic society must allow larger space to each other. Ms. Novelli said that it is very important for the USA also and the USA would like to see India playing larger role in the internet issues of the world. The USA is open to talk more about these issues and would like to be on the same side of these issues.

From http://pib.nic.in/ 01/14/2015

TOP↑

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/05.gif

 

 

 

AZERBAIJAN: Improving Positions on ICT Development Index – ITU

 

Azerbaijan ranked 64th place in the ICT Development Index (Measuring the Information Society Report 2014) of the International Telecommunication Union (ITU) for 2013 with an index of 5.65, by improving the rating by one position compared to 2012.  ICT Development Index has been published by ITU since 2009. It reflects 11 indices, which include assessment of the computerization level, mobile-cellular penetration, fixed and mobile Internet.  The IDI average value for all 166 countries represented in the rating is 4.77. The greatest increase in the number of households with an access to the Internet and computer technologies was observed in Russia (67 and 70 percent, respectively) as of late 2013.  This figure exceeded 50 percent in Azerbaijan, Belarus and Kazakhstan, while in Uzbekistan and Kyrgyzstan - below 10 percent.  Azerbaijan and Russia among the CIS countries rank second with 17 percent on fixed broadband Internet coverage, after Belarus (30 percent).  As of late 2012, this figure was less than 15 percent in Azerbaijan.

From http://en.trend.az/ 11/26/2014

 

TOP↑

 

Azerbaijan, Iran to Support Entrepreneurs of ICT Sector

 

Azerbaijan and Iran will create the necessary conditions for the active work of IT companies on the markets of the two countries, said the ministry of communications and high technologies of Azerbaijan.  The issue was discussed in Baku during the meeting of the Minister of Communications and High Technologies of Azerbaijan Ali Abbasov and his Iranian counterpart Mahmoud Vaezi.  During the meeting, the sides stressed the importance of strengthening bilateral relations, the message said.  During the meeting, Abbasov said that the results of intense negotiations recently held between the two countries, have a positive impact on the field of information and communication technologies, according to the message.  In turn, the minister of communications and information technologies of Iran said that these negotiations give impetus to a new stage of development in the relations between the two countries.  Vaezi also said that the Iranian delegation took part in the largest exhibition of telecommunications and information technologies in the Caspian and Caucasus regions Bakutel-2014 held Dec.2-5 in Baku. Iran was introduced at the exhibition by 10 branch companies, and these companies are interested in their presence on the Azerbaijani market, the minister said.

From http://en.trend.az/ 12/08/2014

TOP↑

 

Azerbaijan, Qatar Agree to Cooperate in ICT

 

Azerbaijan and Qatar signed a memorandum on cooperation in the field of information and communication technologies, a source on the telecommunications market of Azerbaijan told Trend.  The memorandum was signed Dec. 8 as part of the World Exhibition and Conference "ITU Telecom World-2014" held in Doha (Qatar), December 7-10.  The document was signed by Azerbaijani Minister of Communications and High Technologies Ali Abbasov and Minister of Information and Communication Technologies of Qatar Hessa Al Jaber. The memorandum envisages the cooperation between Azerbaijan and Qatar in the fields of telecommunication, support for IT-entrepreneurship (start-up projects). Moreover, nanotechnology is considered as one of the priorities of cooperation between the two countries. A one-day summit of leaders dedicated to the problems of the future, which was held under the guidance of renowned futurologists, opened "ITU Telecom World-2014" exhibition-conference. "ITU Telecom World-2014" gathered the industry leaders, who will examine three main scenarios, namely the disruption of the activity, partnership between industries and intellectual future. The technologies and investment opportunities of its participants were presented in national and thematic pavilions of the exhibition, as well as on industrial stands. The main objectives of the work of Azerbaijan’s national pavilion are to inform the participants and visitors about Azerbaijan’s economy, to present the latest technological solutions in the telecommunications and high-technologies.

From http://en.trend.az/ 12/08/2014

TOP↑

 

ICT Sector Revenues in Azerbaijan Increase by over 7.3%

 

Azerbaijan has seen a 7.3% growth in ICT sector. The total amount of income received from the mobile services in the country, totaled 836.3 million AZN for the period, which is 7.3 percent more than in January-November 2013. According to the State Committee on Statistics, some 57.2 percent of the total earned income accounted for mobile services.

From http://news.az/ 12/17/2014

TOP↑

 

Nar Mobile Continues “New Smartphone for New Year” Campaign

 

Nar Mobile offers an excellent opportunity for users to change their mobile phones. Thus, any person buying a smartphone without initial payment through the network of Irshad Electronics stores will also get bonuses from Nar Mobile.  It should be noted that in addition to the Nar number, the customer will get free on-net calls at the cost of more than 50 percent of the value of smartphone and up to 250 Mb Internet traffic depending on the price of smartphone.  Bonuses within the campaign are active in “0” tariff package only and last for subsequent six months. At the same time, voice calls will be calculated in accordance with “0” tariff. To keep your bonuses active, you should top up balance by 5 AZN each month. Bonuses can be checked by dialing *777#84#YES or send “I” to 777 short number.  Additional information can be obtained at our official webpage: https://www.narmobile.az/en/pages/default/pageName=campaigns_catalog&id=673/ Azerbaijan’s fastest growing mobile operator Nar Mobile serves its subscribers since 2007. Since its creation, Nar Mobile remained always committed to its policy of affordable prices providing an exceptional value for its customers via a variety of attractive tariff offerings. Beyond the convenient voice tariffs, it also offers a great variety of choice and best value for its internet packages and a single price for each roaming zone. Nar Mobile is proud to be an Official Mobile Telecommunications Service Provider of the Baku 2015 European Games.

From http://en.trend.az/ 12/19/2014

TOP↑

 

Volume of ICT Services in Azerbaijan Grows 15.1%

 

The State Statistical Committee of the Republic of Azerbaijan (SSC) released data on the volume of information and communication services rendered to organizations and the population in the country in January-December 2014. According to SSC, in January-December 2014, the volume of information and communication services rendered to organizations and the population in Azerbaijan by information and communications enterprises amounted to AZN 1.6 billion, which is 15.1% more compared to the same period of 2013, AzerTag reports.  The volume of information and communication services rendered to the population accounted for 72.5 %.  During the reporting period, the total volume of revenues generated from ICT services for the population increased by 6.8 % and amounted to AZN 914.6 million.  Of the revenues from services in ICT sector, 56.5 % was generated from the mobile phone communication.

From http://news.az/ 01/23/2015

TOP↑

 

Prospects of ICT Development in Azerbaijan Discussed in Baku

 

Key aspects and prospects of development of information-communication technologies in Azerbaijan have been discussed on February 18 at the business forum, organized by the Caspian European Club and attended by Minister of Communications and High Technologies of the Republic of Azerbaijan Ali Abbasov.  Addressing the business forum, Minister of Communications and High Technologies of the Republic of Azerbaijan Ali Abbasov noted active work of the Caspian European Club, which brings together over 5000 companies from 50 countries of the world, in building business-to-government dialogue, which enables to establish much closer cooperation between the government institutions and the private sector, Caspian European Club reported.  Abbasov spoke about the activity of the Ministry of Communications and High Technologies of Azerbaijan at the event. Possibilities of involvement of the private sector in ICT-projects that the state implements as well as issues that are of interest to the Caspian European Club member companies were discussed at the meeting. 

 

Abbasov outlined that ICT and high technologies are one of the developing sectors in Azerbaijan. According to him, considering the outcomes of 2014, the rates of the ICT sector development exceed the rates of the social-economic development of the country by several times. Overall profits gained from ICT sector of Azerbaijan reached 1.7 bln AZN (over $2bln) in 2014. The growth rate of the ICT sector totaled 16.2 percent.  According to the report of the World Economic Forum, Azerbaijan is nowadays ranks with the developed countries on many indicators. 53 percent of the profit gained by ICT sector of Azerbaijan in 2014 fell to the share of mobile communication. Though, this indicator totaled 70 percent in 2004. This indicator totals 60 percent on a global scale. Nevertheless, MCHT is carrying out a targeted work on diversification of the ICT sector development. In the meantime, there is a slight decrease of investments within the ICT sector and totaled about 140 mln AZN ($200mln). The share of private investments totaled about 40 percent. Though, it is the private sector which gains 80% of profits in the ICT sector.  According to him, the decline of oil prices since September 2014 required to make saving-related corrections within the projects financed by the state. Therefore, the state financing on a number of projects was substituted by other types of financing, the minister noted. 

 

Ali Abbasov outlined that projects of infrastructural importance are currently implemented in the ICT sector including the field of cellular communication, internet, landline communication, radiotelevsion, satellite services. The biggest project is being implemented together with the State Oil Fund of Azerbaijan in the field of development of the broadband internet.  “We forecasted allocation of 450 mln AZN for a three year period. However, we have rescheduled this project to the period after 2016”, the minister noted. According to the minister, agreements on financing of a number of ICT projects have been reached with foreign banks and international financial institutions. “Certain projects have already found financing sources as investments made in this sphere are regained within 3-5 years”, Ali Abbasov outlined.  Minister Abbasov touched on the prospects of development of digital television and mobile communication. Ali Abbasov stressed the goal to expand the ICT market in Azerbaijan. A special role in this aspect belongs to development of projects aimed at manufacture of export-oriented products.

 

Separately, Minister Ali Abbasov provided information on the development of ICT projects in the regions.  The Minister also spoke about innovative development. In this regard, he stressed development of start-ups and adoption of new technologies.  Discussed at the meeting were the proposals of the business forum participants on the topic as well as issues of interest to the member companies of the Caspian European Club.  Speaking at the business forum, CEO of the Caspian European Club Telman Aliyev thanked Ali Abbasov for a constructive dialogue as well as attention to proposals and requests stated by the member companies of the Caspian European Club during the event.  Telman Aliyev invited Minister of Communications and High Technologies of the Republic of Azerbaijan to the Caspian Energy Forum, which is going to gather in Baku heads of a number of ministries and agencies of the countries across the Caspian, Black Sea and Baltic regions and the member companies of the Caspian European Club at the one venue. “We are hopeful in the future this forum will become a key event for investors of countries of the Caspian, Black Sea and Baltic regions”, Telman Aliyev stressed. 

 

He said the Caspian European Club was established in June 2002 with active participation of Caspian Energy International Media Group and under support of the largest oil and gas companies working in the Caspian and Black Sea region. His Excellency President of the Republic of Azerbaijan Ilham Aliyev is the Chairman of the Caspian European Club. According to Telman Aliyev, the Caspian European Club has promoted attraction of oil sector revenues into development of the non-oil sector since its establishment. Caspian European Club, which brings together over 5,000 member companies and organisation, is operating in 50 countries around the world, carrying out an active work to maintain the dialogue between government agencies and the private sector.  Minister of Communications and High Technologies of the Republic of Azerbaijan Ali Abbasov was handed the Honourary Membership Certificate of the Caspian European Club. Certificates were also handed to new member companies of the Caspian European Club. Participating in the business forum of the Caspian European Club were the heads of companies and representatives of some diplomatic missions accredited in Azerbaijan.

From http://en.trend.az/ 02/18/2015

TOP↑

 

CEIBC Discusses ICT Prospects

 

Businessmen discussed key aspects and prospects of ICT development in Azerbaijan on February 18. The representative of the private sector sat for talks in a business forum organized in Baku by the Caspian European Club. Ali Abbasov, Communications and High Technologies Minister, noted the active work of the Caspian European Club, which brings together over 5,000 companies from 50 countries of the world, in building business-to-government dialogue which paves the way for establishing much closer cooperation between the government institutions and the private sector. The Club was established in June 2002 through active involvement of Caspian Energy International Media Group and with the support of the largest oil and gas companies operating in the Caspian-Black Sea region. Touching upon the role of information and communication technologies amid overall economic growth in Azerbaijan, he said, the development in the country’s economy has created conditions to achieve success in the field of ICT.

 

The meeting discussed possibilities of involvement of the private sector in ICT-projects that the state implements as well as issues that are of interest to the Caspian European Club member companies. Abbasov outlined that ICT and high technologies are among the developing sectors in Azerbaijan. “Considering the outcomes of 2014, the rates of the ICT sector development exceed the rates of the social-economic development of the country by several times. Overall profits gained from ICT sector of Azerbaijan reached 1.7 bln manats (over $2bln) in 2014. The growth rate of the ICT sector totaled 16.2 percent,” he stressed. In the meantime, there is a slight decrease of investments within the ICT sector, which totaled about 140 million manats ($200mln) in 2014. The share of private investments totaled about 40 percent. Meanwhile, the private sector gained 80 percent of profits in the ICT sector. The minister said the decline of oil prices require the states to make some saving-related corrections within projects financed by them. Therefore, the state’s financing of a number of projects was substituted by other types of financing. Abbasov outlined that projects of infrastructural importance are currently implemented in the ICT sector including the field of cellular communication, internet, landline communication, radio and television, satellite services. The biggest project is being implemented together with the State Oil Fund of Azerbaijan in the field of development of the broadband internet.

 

“We forecasted allocation of 450 million manats for a three year period. However, we have rescheduled this project to the period after 2016,” the minister added. Agreements on financing of a number of ICT projects have been reached with foreign banks and international financial institutions, he said. “Certain projects have already found financing sources as investments made in this sphere are regained within 3-5 years.” Abbasov stressed the goal to expand the ICT market in Azerbaijan, where a special role belongs to development of projects aimed at manufacturing of export-oriented products. Speaking about innovative development, he stressed expansion of start-ups and adoption of new technologies. CEO of the Caspian European Club Telman Aliyev said: “We are hopeful that in the future this forum will become a key event for investors of countries of the Caspian, Black Sea and Baltic regions.” Aliyev said the Caspian European Club promotes attraction of oil sector revenues into development of the non-oil sector since its establishment. The meeting also discussed the proposals of the business forum participants on the topic as well as issues of interest to the member companies of the club.

From http://www.azernews.az/ 02/19/2015

TOP↑

 

Azerbaijan, Israel Discuss Development of ICT Cooperation

 

Azerbaijan and Israel have explored ways of developing ICT cooperation as Minister of Communication and High Technologies Ali Abbasov met Israeli Ambassador Rafael Harpaz. Mr. Abbasov hailed Azerbaijani-Israeli relations in all fields, including in ICT. The Minister stressed the existing potential for the development of cooperation. Noting the topicality of cybersecurity, Ambassador Harpaz underlined the significance of future cooperation on this front.

From http://news.az/ 02/23/2015

TOP↑

 

UZBEKISTAN: Seeking to Cut Cost of Industrial Production

 

The Cabinet of Ministers of Uzbekistan adopted a resolution, urging the country’s industrial enterprises to reduce the production cost by 10 percent in 2015. The resolution on "Additional measures of reducing the manufacturing costs and a production cost in the industry" was published in the Uzbek media. These parameters are planned to be achieved by reducing the energy consumption, improving the energy efficiency of production. The technological processes and the consumption rates of raw material resources, operational and overhead expenses must be rationalized by introducing the information and communication technologies (ICT) and optimizing the number of administrative and industrial personnel. Moreover, the summary parameters of reducing the manufacturing costs and a production cost in economic associations and large enterprises by an average of 10 percent, as well as by nine percent - by reducing the manufacturing costs are approved in accordance with the resolution.

 

Uzbekistan’s industrial enterprises will have to reduce the production costs by 2.22 percent by saving energy resources, by 0.78 percent by reducing the technological losses, 3.34 percent – optimization of expenditures on raw materials and supplies, 0.31 percent – optimization of the manpower. It is planned to reduce the cost price by 13.6 percent at the enterprises of Uzbekneftegaz National Holding Company, 13.8 percent – Uzbekenergo State Joint-Stock Company, 7.2 percent - Almalyk Mining and Metallurgical Complex, 6.7 percent - Navoi Mining and Metallurgical Combine and 11.1 percent – at the enterprises of Uzkhimprom (Uzbek Chemical Industry). It is planned to reduce the cost price by 6.9 percent at the enterprises of Uzavtoprom in accordance with the resolution, 10.4 percent - Uzeltekhprom Association, 10 percent – Uzbeklegprom, 10.3 percent - Association of Food Industry Enterprises, 10.1 percent – Uzbekistan Railways and 10 percent in Uzpharmprom. The parameters on reducing the cost price of the industrial products are set by Uzbek government every year. It was planned to reduce the cost price of the industrial products by 11 percent in 2012, 11.2 percent in 2013 and 10 percent in 2014.

From http://en.trend.az/ 01/26/2015

TOP↑

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

http://www.unpan.org/information/RCOCI%20GovernanceWatch/images/new/06.gif

 

 

 

AUSTRALIA: To Finally Get Sky High Internet via NBN Satellites in 2015, 2016?

 

Australia to FINALLY get sky high Internet via NBN satellites in 2015, 2016? A new report says NBN Co is in talks with Australia’s two major airlines so its customers can get Wi-Fi in the sky, not just for boring old inflight entertainment, but the real deal of inflight Internet. Remember back in 2008 when Qantas tried to insult the intelligence and wallets of Australians when it flew up a trial balloon of super-expensive Internet and mail access with GPRS? I’ve never forgotten it, so audacious was the ditched plan when US carriers were already offering Wi-Fi in the sky, albeit because they had the right satellites in place and Australia didn’t. Then, in 2011, Qantas and Virgin teased Australians again with the potential of sky high Wi-Fi, but it an idea that sadly crashed and burned. The most promising flight path to Internet in the aisle (and my seat) then came in May this year, when Telstra announced it was trialling 4G inflight, which is something we’ll still love to see as it will probably be a lot faster than the NBN’s plans for satellite based inflight Internet.

 

That’s because the NBN’s Ka-band satellites would deliver 12Mbps down and 1Mbps up, which with a plane full of people could get pretty saturated, pretty fast, and while Telstra’s claimed inflight 4G speeds would be only about 3Mbps faster at 15Mbps down, you’re also talking 10Mbps up, with both those figures giving a heck of a lot more bandwidth to more users. Of course, if Virgin and Qantas can have both inflight services at our disposal, then we’re really going to start cooking with AV GAS. That said, any Telstra 4G network for planes would be on very specific and profitable corridors like Sydney to Melbourne, whereas satellite delivered Internet would theoretically cover the country. The reason for the flurry of articles from Australian media on the topic is because NBN Co CEO Bill Morrow spoke at a business lunch yesterday in Melbourne, and spilled the beans on his talks with Qantas and Virgin. We don’t know if Morrow took off prematurely with his talk, perhaps he should have waited until he actually had a deal or something, rather than talking about the ‘possibility’ of the two airlines offering inflight Internt, but Morrow is presumably confident he hasn’t run out of runway on the topic by announcing details early.

 

The other thing is that the satellites needed aren’t even in the skies yet, with the Herald Sun noting they won’t actually launch until ‘late next year’, with the satellites still being tested in the US. Satellite based Internet would be able to give planes access in very remote parts of Australia, places where no 4G network is ever going to reach anytime soon. The thing is, if we have to wait until 2015 or 2016 until NBN can deliver Internet to planes via satellite, Telstra may have already used its 4G network to deliver 4G Internet to planes on all the popular and profitable routes, leaving the NBN delivered Internet floating sky high without aviation users. But that’s the chance the NBN is taking, because it needs the satellites anyway to deliver broadband speeds to the bush where FTTP, FTTN and ground-based Wi-Fi just won’t go. So - it looks like Australia is finally going to get Internet in the sky, although as with everything the NBN Co is doing to super-speed up our Internet, we’re going to have to wait. And wait. And wait some more - almost as if you were still on 56k dialup, as it looks like the only thing the NBN Co can't hurry up is itself.

From http://www.itwire.com 11/28/2014

TOP↑

 

Coming Soon - Better 4G for the Bush

 

Australia's regional and rural areas will get better 4G mobile coverage if new spectrum plans are approved. The Australian Communications and Media Authority (ACMA) wants the Government to re-allocate and auction spectrum in the 1800 MHz band, which in regional areas is often used for carrier backhaul. This spectrum is already used for 4G mobile phones in the city. The ACMA has invited comment on a draft recommendation it intends to make to the Department of Communications about the reallocation of s1800 MHz spectrum in regional areas. The organisation is the custodian of the allocation of Australias radiofrequency bandwidth. It is a constant juggling act – technologies and priorities change, but the amount of available spectrum remains the same. The ACMA says that the increasing worldwide availability of 4G mobile telecommunications technology using the 1800 MHz band has led to an increasing demand for access to it in regional areas. “The demand is regional areas is coming from various industry sectors, including telecommunications carriers, mining and energy companies as well as railway authorities to deploy 4G communications networks and smart infrastructure systems across regional Australia,” said ACMA chairman Chris Chapman.

 

“Spectrum-licensed access to the 1800 MHz band would benefit various industry sectors in Australia and, ultimately, citizens and consumers, who would enjoy the flow on economic and social benefits from international harmonisation of this band and equipment economies of scale,” he said. Spectrum in the regional 1800 MHz band (ranges 1725-1785 MHz and 1820–1880 MHz) is currently subject to apparatus licensing and is used mainly for fixed links. “Those licensing arrangements in the band are not able to accommodate potential future uses of the band, such as the delivery of mobile services to regional Australia,” Chapman said. “The release of the terms of the draft reallocation recommendation marks the first legislative step in reallocating the regional 1800 MHz band for new uses. The ACMA is committed to consultation, cooperation and collaboration on spectrum matters. I encourage all interested stakeholders, particularly those who hold apparatus licensees in the regional 1800 MHz band, to review the terms of the draft recommendation and consider providing a submission to the ACMA.”

 

Chapman said the ACMA will consider all comments received on the terms of the draft recommendation before making a final recommendation to the Minister for Communications, Malcolm Turnbull. “If the Minister accepts the ACMA’s proposed recommendation and makes a reallocation declaration in relation to the regional 1800 MHz band, the ACMA intends to allocate the spectrum by auction. The ACMA invites written comments from potentially-affected apparatus licensees and other interested stakeholders on the terms of the draft recommendation and other matters raised in the discussion paper by 11 March 2015.

From http://www.itwire.com 02/11/2015

TOP↑

NEW ZEALAND: On Edge of Phone Revolution

 

New Zealand is on the edge of a smartphone revolution being led from an epicentre in Asia. Kiwis are traditionally early adopters for technology and this country holds its own in smartphone penetration. About 70 per cent of mobile users have a smartphone that enables them to access the internet, which is broadly similar to comparable markets. The question is whether a small country such as New Zealand can take advantage of the shift to a world where internet communications are mostly on cellphones - a mobile-first world. By comparison the biggest penetration is in South Korea where 93 per cent of people have smartphones. Australia and Britain had 74 per cent, while the United States had 64 per cent. A country of 4.2 million people was not top of anybody's mind at a Google Mobile First conference in Taiwan this month. Google invited about 200 technology journalists from the Asia Pacific region including the most connected countries such as Singapore and South Korea and emerging markets like Vietnam and Malaysia.

 

Taiwan is a growing market for Google and it recently upgraded the status of its Taipei office, which is based high on the 77th floor of the pagoda like skyscraper that dominates the skyline - called Taipei 101. For Google the pot of gold lies just 200km across the Taiwan Strait in the mainland China market where it is banned by government authorities. Google executive chairman Eric Schmidt gave the keynote address, saying that mobile handsets had become supercomputers with connectivity. People were forsaking their clunky desktop computers for sleek new handsets and tablets, using the cloud to avoid the need for storage and heavy computing power. "We are going from a 'web-first world' to a 'mobile-first world'," Schmidt said. John Drinnan attended the Google Mobile First conference in Taipei courtesy of Google.

 

Shift to smartphones challenges marketers

The big question for marketers is whether their approach to selling fits with the way people are using mobile devices. Big ad agencies have specialist teams tailoring their marketing to make mobile promotions more effective. The move from desktop and laptops to smartphones needs a bigger shift in thinking than tweaking images to work on smaller screens. DDB New Zealand chief executive Justin Mowday says smartphones are "very personal" devices. Marketers had to remember that some people did not like to be interrupted. Advertisers are aware that messages have to be welcome. "Communications are a value exchange. People watch free-to-air television and they accept that there is a value exchange." In return for seeing the ad breaks people get programming for free. Likewise mobile apps need to be enjoyable experiences for mobile users, Mowday said. "The fact is that the experience you get from watching advertising on a big cinema screen - or a 42 inch TV screen - is a lot better than you get from your mobile," he said.

 

Mobile advertising has to be a value-added proposition, he said. Mowday accepted that mobile marketing was entering a new phase as it took up a greater proportion of users' time on the web, but he warned about excessive optimism. It was like the idea of smartphone geo-marketing, which had been around for a long time, but it was still coming. Corey Chalmers, an executive creative director at Saatchi & Saatchi, says mobile is already being treated as " the first screen".Chalmers said there were pitfalls in marketing through smartphones. There was a tendency for apps - which enable marketers to make direct contact with consumers on their mobiles - to be "one-hit wonders". So ideas for reaching smartphone users had to have more depth. Marketing to mobile had becoming an increasingly critical part of their business operations, Chalmers said. "Take a look around on a bus people are staring at their screens the majority of the time. They've got time to enjoy stuff," he said. "Marketing is so much more than just ads now. It's an app that gives extra features to sell a movie, it's a way to get a voucher for free beer, it's a way to check your heart rate and sell some Nikes along the way," Chalmers said.

 

Mobile had transformed everything, even brands. Ironically advertising for telcos was a case in point. "Only two years ago it was all about call rates and landlines, and now it's about data, speed and experiences," Chalmers said. "All the work we do for them now is not only selling data and devices, it's about using those very devices as the medium." Indeed the growth of smartphones uptake has led to a large number of ancillary devices servicing the needs of marketers.

 

Ford changes gear on mobile media advertising

Ford New Zealand has been realigning its digital promotion to smartphones for around 18 months. Google provided an audit that found 30 per cent of Ford's prospective customers were using their smartphones to research buying new cars. "Now we are changing how we are investing in mobile enabled advertising," said chief marketing officer Chris Masterson. The ideal solution was to align smartphone mobile campaigns with traditional media such as television. "Ultimately we need to be present in where people are going - and if people are googling we need to be there - we can't be left behind," he said. "That is the challenge - we have to fight that much harder to be seen," Masterson said. Ford New Zealand is the marketing arm of a global multinational that is active in many markets. New Zealand had benefited from Ford's experiences in marketing to other Asian markets, which are leading the way in the shift to smartphones. "India does not have a landline infrastructure so it has 95 per cent mobile penetration for accessing the web. In New Zealand [we are] a little bit behind Australia - but we are catching up quickly." Ford New Zealand had its mobile advertising audited by Google experts in the US who examined how it sold itself on the net.

 

Masterson thought maybe three other car marketers in New Zealand also used Google but said that some of them - including premium brands - had been slow to realise there was a marketing shift to mobile and risked being left behind. "You would be amazed at how many New Zealand companies are not mobile enabled and formatting their marketing screens," he said. As for the role of Google's analysts, he is practical about their dominance of the market. "They are one of the most successful companies in the world - but in many ways they have become a bit of a monopoly," he said. In the meantime there are the practicalities of changing communications on the net to fit the new medium. The size of mobile screens was limiting for a product like new cars which companies want to present in their gleaming glory. "In a practical sense we set it out as mobile versus tablet versus laptop," Masterson said.

From http://www.nzherald.co.nz 11/22/2014

TOP↑

 

Faster Connectivity on the Way for FSM

 

Broadband internet is a step closer to Micronesia with the World Bank announcing cost reductions and wider bandwidth. The bank's board has approved the second phase of its Pacific Regional Connectivity Program, which consists of a $47.5 million US dollar grant. The project will be co-financed by a planned $25 million US dollar Asian Development Bank loan to the Republic of Palau. The World Bank says the project will involve the construction of submarine cable systems to connect Palau with the FSM states of Yap, Chuuk and Pohnpei and the US territory of Guam, as well as the provision of next generation satellite broadband for the FSM state of Kosrae. The Pacific Country Director for the World Bank, Franz Drees-Gross, says affordable technology will improve social and economic opportunities for individuals, businesses, government and nongovernment agencies.

From http://www.radionz.co.nz 12/23/2014

TOP↑

 

New Zealand Tops OECD Fibre Broadband Subscription Growth

 

New Zealand has topped the Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD) in fibre broadband uptake, seeing a 272 percent increase in fibre broadband connection growth for the year ending June 2014, almost double the rate of increase of Luxembourg, which came second, with 139 percent. By comparison, Australia came in sixth, after Canada, Spain, and Chile, with an annual growth rate in fibre broadband connection of 77 percent, according to the OECD. The OECD, which has tallied up the broadband growth among its 34 member countries, revealed in its latest report that mobile broadband penetration has risen to 78 percent within its catchment area. This equates to just over three wireless subscriptions for every four inhabitants, according to data for June 2014 released on Friday. Mobile broadband subscriptions in the OECD were up 11.9 percent from the previous year to a total of 983 million, driven by the growing use of smartphones and tablets. Seven countries, including Australia, Finland, Japan, Sweden, Denmark, Korea, and the United States, now lie above the 100 percent penetration threshold for mobile broadband.

 

Meanwhile, fixed-line broadband subscriptions in the OECD area reached 344.6 million as of June 2014, up from 332 million in June 2013 and making an average penetration of 27.4 percent. DSL remains the prevalent technology, making up 51.5 percent of fixed broadband subscriptions, but it continues to be gradually replaced by fibre, which now accounts for 17 percent of subscriptions. Cable made up most of the rest, with 31.4 percent. New Zealand saw 31.2 per 100 people, or just under 1.4 million, with a fixed broadband subscription. Australia claimed 26.9 per 100 inhabitants, equating to just over 6.2 million people, with a broadband subscription. The OECD average was 27.4 per 100. Australia had one of the top rates of mobile broadband subscriptions, coming in third after Finland and Japan. Australia had over 26.6 million mobile wireless broadband subscriptions -- the country's population, according to the Australian Bureau of Statistics, is just under 23.8 million. New Zealand came in ninth, seeing 95.5 per 100 people with a mobile broadband subscription, or just over 4.2 million subscriptions out of a population of just under 4.5 million. Australia saw a 6.5 percent increase in fixed broadband penetration between June 2013 and June 2014, while New Zealand recorded a 5.4 percent increase in fixed broadband penetration for the same period. Luxembourg, Chile, and Switzerland claimed the top three positions in fixed-line broadband penetration increase. According to the OECD figures, as of June 2014, Australia had over 6.2 million fixed broadband subscribers, while New Zealand claimed 1.4 million. According to the figures, Australia holds the second position after Finland in wireless broadband penetration over the past 10 years.

From http://www.zdnet.com 02/20/2015

TOP↑

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Powered by   UNPAN-AP Editorial Department